0 Greetings
read the full article
1 Introduction
read the full article
2 Implementation
read the full article
Atelier
read the full article
Books
read the full article
Concrete Poetry
read the full article
Diagram
read the full article
Experiment
read the full article
Fire
read the full article
Galleries
read the full article
Homage
read the full article
International
read the full article
Join
read the full article
Kinetics
read the full article
Light
read the full article
Music
read the full article
Nature
read the full article
O=0
read the full article
Poster
read the full article
Quotes
read the full article
Red
read the full article
Structure
read the full article
Theater
read the full article
Utopia
read the full article
Volt
read the full article
Women
read the full article
X = 0 x 0 = Art
read the full article
Y for Yves
read the full article
ZERO
read the full article
0 Greetings
Welcoming Remarks of the Gerda Henkel Foundation

When the distinguished historian Jürgen Osterhammel received the Sigmund Freud Prize in 2014, hisspeech of acceptance bore the title “Decisions and Beginnings.” This was an allusion to how authors from the humanities consciously set the tone and narrative perspective in their writings. “In any case,” said the author ofmajor works on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, “the twentieth century demands other forms ofrepresentation: more fractured and fractal, accentuating and making individual voices audible.”

The editors and authors of The ABCs of ZERO do not tell the history/story of ZERO in a linear fashion either. They proceed by following the English alphabet, a method as complex as it is simple. It is complex, because this structure has involved major decisions on the part of all those involved: each letter features but once, yet there is no losing sight of the big picture. And it is simple because, for readers, the outcome and how to use it are easy: they now have the key terms of ZERO laid out clearly before their eyes.

The ABCs of ZERO is a research tool, henceforth, for anyone interested in this art movement—as well as in the historical era that the ZERO generation itself, despite everything, faced with a great deal of optimism. We are very happy to support this undertaking with Foundation funds, and we wish this important book the success it rightfully deserves.

 

Dr. Angela Kühnen, Member of the Executive Board, Gerda Henkel Foundation

Poster for the exhibition ZERO in Bonn, Städtische Kunstsammlungen, Bonn, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.54
Foreword of the Landschaftsverband Rheinland (LVR)

“ZERO is good for you” was the motto with which, in 1966, the three Düsseldorf artists Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker celebrated the dismantling of their collaboration that had begun eight years earlier—Uecker joining in 1961—with a grand “ZERO Midnight Ball” at Rolandseck railway station in Remagen. Even the end of their collaboration seemed imbued with optimism. From their base in the Rhineland, the three artists launched an art movement in the late nineteen-fifties and earlynineteen-sixties that radiated a spirit of optimism and lightness—in stark contrast to the often-gloomy abstractions of Art Informeland Tachisme, in which the psychological and physical devastation wrought by the Second World War lingered. In view of the crisis-ridden times we live in, one could wish that this confidence would spread to us and brighten up our faces a little, upon which war, pandemic, and environmental destruction have left their marks.

But the ZERO movement was not only characterized by playful free-spiritedness and hope for the future. This association of artists, which operated in an international context and, like Surrealism, did not have a style of its own but rather an attitude, had intellectual foundations, and stood for far-reaching visions. Along with the forces of nature, it was not least technological progressthat fed the optimism of the ZERO movement and promised hope for the future.

Although the ZERO artists created networks and made friends throughout Europe, the principal stages of their nine-year collaboration took place in the immediate vicinity of the Rhine: the movement began in the rooms of the studio house rented by the artists in Düsseldorf-Unterbilk, and their last exhibition together took place around seventy kilometers up the Rhine at the Städtische Kunstsammlungen (Municipal Art Museum) in Bonn. To mark the finale of ZERO, they organized the aforementioned Midnight Ball at Rolandseck railway station, south of Bonn, where, among other attractions, there was a theatrical performance in which a wagon full of straw was set on fire and sent running from the station toward the Rhine, where it sank in the river.

The ZERO avantgarde has left its indelible mark on the Rhineland. We not only encounter its productions—the Light Stelae by Heinz Mack, the kinetic installations of Otto Piene, or the Nail Pictures and Objects by Günther Uecker—in museums and galleries, but also in parks, opera houses, or on the façades of department stores. Even decades after it was created, ZERO art does not look one bit outdated and still amazes us with its playful lightness and joy in experimentation. Safeguarding and researching this cultural heritage, whose enduring significance extends far beyond the history of German art, is one of the coretasks of the Landschaftsverband Rheinland (LVR)—the Rhineland Region Communal Association. We are therefore delighted that The ABCs of ZERO, initiated by the ZERO foundation and developed together with international researchers, could be realized with the support of LVR funding for culture. Its interdisciplinary approach, the archival material provided by the ZERO artists Mack, Piene, and Uecker from the ZERO foundation in Düsseldorf and, last but not least, the interdisciplinary key concepts guiding the endeavor, enable us to take a fresh view of this avantgarde movement from new perspectives.

 

Anne Henk-Hollstein, Chairperson of the Landschaftsverband Rheinland (LVR)

 

Ulrike Lubek, Director of the Landschaftsverband Rheinland (LVR)

Gencay Kasapçi, Untitled, 1964, 50 x 70 cm, acrylic on paper, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2016.03, photo: Judith Michaelis
Greetings Friends of the ZERO foundation

The Friends of the ZERO foundation Düsseldorf Association is committed to keeping alive the ZERO idea—the radical renewal of art after the Second World War—and to promoting and supporting it on a regular basis. It is therefore a great pleasure for us tolend our support to the ABCs of ZERO research project.

Past projects to which our Association has contributed include publication of the volume The Artist as Curator, the major ZEROretrospective exhibition ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s, at the Gropius Bau in Berlin in 2015, and, above all, contributions to the restoration and furnishings of the ZERO House.

More recently, the Friends of the ZERO foundation have provided financial support for: the ZERO Art and Fashion project, which was realized to mark the ZERO foundation’s fifteenth anniversary; the exhibitions Otto Piene: Stars, at the National Museum in Wrocław, and Mack, at the ZKM Karlsruhe; and the purchase of two works by Günther Uecker, %%%Sintflut%%% (Die Engel fliegen) and Sintflut Manifest: Überflutung der Welt TRANSGRESSION, both from 1963, as well as an untitled white monochrome work of 1961 by Hermann Bartels.

The publication The ABCs of ZERO not only brings the archive of the ZERO foundation to life and makes it accessible to a widerpublic, but the contributions to this book also make it clear just how topical and relevant the ZERO themes—such as light, fire,nature, and kinetics—still are today, and how beneficial the artists’ consistently positive and optimistic attitude to the future is for usas well. It is therefore most gratifying that this publication is complemented by a website of the same name in German and English.We wish the publication and the website a wide readership and outreach and look forward to the ensuing discussions.

 

Dr. Detlef Hunsdiek, Chairperson of the Friends of the ZERO foundation

Preface

Besides numerous exhibition catalogs, with the two books ZERO 4321 and The Artist as Curator, the ZERO foundation has already published two important academic publications that resulted from the research activities and studies carried out by the foundation since 2008.

With the third volume in this academic series, The ABCs of ZERO, the foundation moves away from a chronological account and looks at interdisciplinary aspects. As with the previous publications, the ZERO foundation is supported by renowned international scholars; this time not only by art historians, but also by experts from the fields of music, theater and performance, literature, cultural policy, the art trade, and, of course, art studies.

Opening the Archive is the subtitle of The ABCs of ZERO, which suggests, but does not predetermine, the direction that the investigation might take. The archival materials from the period 1957/58 to 1966, which Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker donated to the foundation, enable a historically sound analysis to be developed. In addition, there are conversations, thoughts, and documents sourced from other archives that make the ABC a storehouse of authentic knowledge. From the book’s contributions, a vivid picture of ZERO artin the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties emerges, following such key terms as A for Atelier, B for Books, K for Kinetics, and L for Light.

In 1957, posters for the West German federal election to the Bundestag advised “No experiments.” We are very glad indeed that the ZERO artists ignored this advice, and instead set out to create art on the basis of Europe-wide friendships, the reverberations of which continue to this day and keep our curiosity undiminished. The ZERO foundation, too, likes to experiment and to facilitate new encounters in unusual formats. Many thanks to the ZERO team, first and foremost Barbara Könches, who have given us this experience with their commitment to, and in the name of, ZERO!

We would also like to thank the authors of the publication, as well as those who made this challenging project possible with their financial and nonmaterial support: the Kunststiftung NRW (Art Foundation of North Rhine-Westphalia) (Prof. Dr. Dr. Thomas Sternberg, Dr. Andrea Firmenich); the Gerda Henkel Foundation (Dr. Angela Kühnen); the Landschaftsverband Rheinland (Rhineland Regional Association) (Anne Henk-Hollstein, Ulrike Lubek); the Friends of the ZERO foundation (Dr. Detlef Hunsdiek); and the Vervoordt Gallery (Boris Vervoordt).

 

Dr. Friderike Bagel, Chairperson of the ZERO foundation, 2008–23

 

(Excerpt from the welcome address for the workshop held on September 1, 2023, at ZERO House)

All texts have been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

1 Introduction

Barbara Könches

“Raymond Bellour: Where do you personally stand within these changes, which, as it were, embroil the most sophisticated works of knowledge in a novel-like adventure?


Michel Foucault: Unlike the so-called structuralists, I am not so much interested in the formal possibilities that a system such as language offers. Personally, it is the existence of discourses which won’t leave me alone—discourses that are there because they have been uttered. These events once functioned within the framework of their original situation; they have left traces, continue to exist, and, because they persist within history, perform a number of manifest or hidden functions.


Raymond Bellour: In doing so, you follow the passion of the historian who responds to the endless murmur of the archives.”[i]


[i] Michel Foucault, in conversation with Raymond Bellour, “Über verschiedene Arten, Geschichte zu schreiben,” in Schriften in vier Bänden. Dits et Ecrits, vol. 1, 1954–1969, eds. Daniel Defert and François Ewald, trans. Michael Bischoff (Frankfurt am Main, 2003), p. 762, English translation by Gloria Custance.

None other than Michel Foucault (1926–1984) paved the way for this publication that is fed by the archive—an archive which in this case holds the bequests and estates of visual artists. On ninety meters of shelving, neatly packed in acid-free cardboard boxes marked “Loreley” or “Scala,” letters, invoices, assemblages, lists, as well as photographs, sketches, and drafts slumber in the dark in a biotope with a constant, pleasantly warm, but never too warm temperature. Several times a day, the lights are switched on briefly and someone pulls out this or that box to take out a specific item or hopefully find a document that may provide answers. Yet, often enough, the (re)searcher finds answers to questions that have not yet even been asked.

“Yes”—Foucault agrees with Raymond Bellour’s (b. 1939) statement that he is reacting to “the endless murmur of archives,” and continues:

“for my object is not language, but the archive; that is, the accumulated existence of discourses. Archaeology, as I understand it, is not related to geology (as an analysis of the subterranean), nor to genealogy (as a description of beginnings and consequences); it is the analysis of discourse in its modality as archive.[i]

[i] Foucault 2003 (see note 1), p. 763, italics in the original.

If Michel Foucault’s thinking should prepose the work that is done in an archive, then it should be from the point of view that Paul Veyne (1930–2022), his long-time friend and biographer, made clear:

“Foucault admits that humans take the initiative, but denies that they do this because of the presence of the logos in them, and that this initiative could lead to the end of history or of pure truth.… One must relinquish all hope of ever reaching a point of view from which we could gain access to complete and definitive knowledge of our historical limitations.”[i]

[i] Paul Veyne, Foucault: Der Philosoph als Samurai, trans. Ursula Blank-Sangmeister (Stuttgart, 2009), p. 133, italics in the original.

Old storage boxes from the estate of Otto Piene, archive of the ZERO foundation, photo: Judith Michaelis

The painting as a manifestation of art had been abandoned “after Duchamp rejected it in favor of the real object, and Rodchenko reduced it to a surface of pure color with the statement ‘it’s all over,’” as Christian Kravagna says aptly in his review of the exhibition Bildlicht: Malerei zwischen Materialität und Immaterialität(Picture-Light: Painting between Materiality and Immateriality).[i] Both Bildlicht and the parallel exhibition Das Bild nach dem letzten Bild (The Picture after the Last Picture), both shown in Vienna in 1991,[ii] were about nothing less than “the end of art.”[iii] “What happened in the 19th century that made artists feel for the first time that they had read and seen everything, written and done everything?” asked Peter Weibel (1944–2023) in the exhibition catalog for The Picture after the Last Picture.[iv] His answer is as complex as it is rigorous: taking “Mallarmé’s ideal poem, which would just be silence”[v] as his starting point, Weibel develops his argument that the “crisis of verse” is the “crisis of representation.”[vi] Like Foucault, Weibel reads the dissolution of the image as the revolutionary victory of signs over things.[vii] But how can art stop this self-destruction that is inherent in the modern age? The solution is: through the archive.

[i] Christian Kravagna, “Bildlicht: Malerei zwischen Materialität und Immaterialität,” KUNSTFORUM International, no. 114 (July–August 1991), p. 378.

[ii] Bildlicht: Malerei zwischen Materialität und Immaterialität, Museum des 20. Jahrhunderts, Vienna, May 3–July 7, 1991, curated by Wolfgang Drechsler and Peter Weibel; Das Bild nach dem letzten Bild, Galerie Metropol, Vienna, April–June 1991, curated by Peter Weibel and Kasper König.

[iii] Peter Weibel, “Das Bild nach dem letzten Bild,” in Peter Weibel and Christian Meyer, Das Bild nach dem letzten Bild (Cologne, 1991), p. 198.

[iv] Ibid., p. 189.

[v] Ibid., p. 184.

[vi] Ibid., p. 188, italics in the original.

[vii] Ibid., pp. 186, 207.

“Art today would mean free access to the archives and therefore also free innovation instead of variation and repetition, because this is what permeates “modern art.” However, a liberated archive will only emerge through free interpretation. What is held in the archive and what it means must be redefined each time anew.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 208.

“The Ende der Kunstgeschichte [end of art history] can’t impress anyone anymore who has already become accustomed to the Ende der Kunst [end of art],” is how Hans Belting (1935–2023) begins his publication of 1995.[i] He freely admits that he himself has ventured far ahead[ii] by bidding farewell to his own discipline and, in order to formulate his concern more clearly, adds that what he is speaking of is the “end of a certain artifact, called art history, in the sense of rules of the game, but assumes that the game” will be continued in another way.

Belting also recognizes the crisis of representation, which went hand in hand with the crisis of art history, and because of this art history lost one of its fundamental elements: the work of art. Using the example of Yves Klein’s Anthropometries, Belting makes it clear that “the original has lost its tried and tested meaning,” because the tasks once strictly divided between “the commentary and the work” have evaporated “ever since art declared itself to be a text.[iii] This is accompanied by the loss of the “binding narrative schema,” which has been replaced by context, because “artistic creativity has been released on all sides at the interface between ‘art and life.’”[iv] Art is gaining in importance for visual and cultural history, Belting thinks, which is no longer Eurocentric and channeled by the Western gaze.[v] “The ‘end of art history,’ as a necessary fermata, and the insight of the fictional character of the written art history of the modern age liberate the view for a greater task: The inspection of one’s own culture with the gaze of an ethnologist.”[vi]

Belting does not find it easy to bid farewell to linear art history, for he discerns a “rattling of sabers … when new isms are proclaimed yet again. Simultaneous theater alone, where one plays every piece and satisfies every taste,” leads to a kind of arbitrariness in which work forms appear or disappear at random without disturbing the flow.[vii] “It’s like a hall of mirrors,” the art historian says about his profession, “where you can’t find a way out. The information is theses, and the theses in turn subsequently become information that ends up in the archive once it has been exchanged for other theses.”[viii]

What can be done, how can art history be continued? How can the now expanded discipline shape its future? A lexical record could offer a way out, “because it relieves the author of the obligation to retell a sequence of events,”[ix] says Belting. Panoramas could also be an option, as they enable a “simultaneous view” of all kinds of things “that do not have to be presented side by side or one after the other.”[x]

[i] Hans Belting, Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte: Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren (Munich, 1995), p. 7, italics in the original.

[ii] Hans Belting, Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte (Berlin, 1983).

[iii] Ibid., pp. 164, 183, italics in the original.

[iv] Ibid., p. 165.

[v] Ibid., p. 171.

[vi] Ibid., p. 178.

[vii] Ibid., p. 185.

[viii] Ibid., p. 185.

[ix] Ibid., p. 189.

[x] Ibid., p. 189.

Collection of historical books, exhibition catalog on ZERO in Bonn, Städtische Kunstsammlungen, Bonn, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, photo: Judith Michaelis

This publication, Opening the Archive: The ABCs of ZERO, brings together all the possible options for art historiography after the end of art history. Presented in the form of an alphabet, it is an account of the avant-garde that emerged in Europe after the Second World War that was summed up under the name “ZERO” or “Zero.” The archive of the ZERO foundation in Düsseldorf is both the starting point and the focus. The documents and material that Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker handed over to the foundation in 2008 represent a body of knowledge that has since been expanded through interviews and oral histories, and through the accession of further archives—such as that of William E. Simmat—as well as film and photo documentation, for example, by filmmaker Werner Raeune.

The terms selected for inclusion in the book are paradigmatic for ZERO art and the ZERO movement. They originate from a thematically limited, yet open and free reservoir, which is only reduced by the fact that a selected term, and thus a particular letter, limits the number of possibilities in another field. So instead of “Music,” one could have chosen “Monochrome,” or instead of “Women,” “White.”

The form of the essays varies, as does their respective focus. It has been important to break away from the constraints of the historiography of art history, since ZERO, performance, and music have become part of the canon of media utilized by visual artists, and artists have developed along similar conceptual lines that suggest the drawing of comparisons.

The texts differ not only in that each author has his or her own individual approach, but also in the functionality of the ABCs of ZERO presented to the reader. Shorter essays that tell an entertaining anecdote are juxtaposed with longer theoretical discussions that require a higher level of concentration. Whether you read the book from beginning to end or browse here and there is up to you.

Jürgen Wilhelm describes the historical starting point and development of the ZERO avant-garde in his introduction. As opportunities for young artists to exhibit their work were limited in the nineteen-fifties, Heinz Mack and Otto Piene began to organize the so-called Evening Exhibitions in their own studio, and founded under the name “ZERO” what is now an integral part of art today. Ann-Kathrin Illmann takes a look back at the place where ZERO was born: the “Atelier” in the rear building at Gladbacher Strasse 69 in Düsseldorf.

Mack and Piene’s historic achievement back then was twofold. First, they founded the studio exhibitions, and second, they published three magazines, the first of which coincided with the 7th Evening Exhibition. In this way, they ensured that their activities were documented and visible to the media. Bartomeu Marí examines the significance of the “Books” for the ZERO movement.

A work by Eugen Gomringer (b. 1935), an important concrete poet (“Concrete Poetry”) and a close friend of Günther Uecker, is reprinted in the ABCs of ZERO. This both underlines the importance of this art movement for ZERO, and also highlights the fact that work in the archive is always work on the archive as well.

Astrit Schmidt-Burkhardt analyzes the “Diagram”—actually, several of them—that Heinz Mack created in the early nineteen-seventies. “The fictitious genealogies that modern artists dreamed of are treacherous,” warned Hans Belting, but Schmidt-Burkhardt elegantly clarifies the boundary between attribution and setting.

While the incumbent Chancellor Konrad Adenauer (1876–1967)[i] of the CDU had posters put up for the 1957 elections to the Bundestag that proclaimed “No experiments” in large letters, the artists in the ZERO circle were doing everything they could to bring about a renewal of art by experimenting even more. In their article, Regina Wyrwoll and Andreas Joh. Wiesand discuss the important role played by experimentation (“Experiment”) in the art of the postwar avant-garde.

The mindset of the generation born in the years 1925 to 1935 was critical: many had spent their childhood under the Fascist Nazi regime; thus it is hardly surprising that they questioned everything, not only politics and ideology, but also art. Their critique was not confined to the contents and motifs of artworks, but included the tools, materials, and media that artists could work with. In this respect they achieved a remarkable breakthrough with their use of fire. Although from 1939, when the Second World War began, entire cities in Germany and elsewhere were set on fire, after 1955 many of the ZERO protagonists created a new art with Prometheus’s element. The development and works of “Fire” art are presented by Sophia Sotke.

Nadine Oberste-Hetbleck traces the history of Galerie Schoeller (“Gallery”), a programmatic gallery in Düsseldorf that specialized in ZERO and Concrete Art, and where one or the other artwork may have been exhibited as a “Homage” to artist friends.

In the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties it was very important for artists to work “internationally” (“International”). In 1952, Belgium, Germany, France, Italy, Luxembourg, and the Netherlands founded the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC), which at the same time defined the geographical locations that would become pivotal for the development of ZERO art. A loose network of artists, critics, and thinkers based in Amsterdam, Brussels, Milan, Paris, and Düsseldorf grew up, who in their letters arranged to meet, planned exhibitions and publications, or just sent each other holiday postcards—at that time telephones were connected by underground cables and not every household had a connection. Rebecca Welkens sketches this network in her article “Join.”

As early as 1956, the sculptor George Rickey (1907–2002) published an essay on “Kinetic Sculptures” in the journal Art and Artist,[ii] which the Düsseldorf ZERO artists probably did not know about.[iii] They came into contact with motorized art through Jean Tinguely (1925–1991), a Swiss artist living in Paris. Anna-Lena Weise explores how “Kinetics” influenced ZERO.

Whether in the form of fire, flashlights, or powerful spotlights, “Light” played a seminal role for the ZERO artists: metaphorically, allegorically, as an immaterial material, or as a starting point (zero point) for a system of signs and, as Marco Meneguzzo explains, an extension of space.

It was not only the visual arts and literature that developed from a zero point after 1950; “Music” was also looking for a new beginning. In his essay, Rudolf Frisius examines the idea of a new start in music. Romina Dümler investigates the concept of “Nature” in the various artistic concepts developed for the planned ZERO festival at the Dutch port of Scheveningen.

The zero stood for a new departure and a beginning, but it was also a graphic symbol and a metaphor. Anna-Lena Weise has given much thought to this. And Rebecca Welkens has analyzed the large number of posters and announcements in the archive, and tells the story of their design and how they were created (“Poster”).

Leonard Merkes has compiled an audio piece of original “Quotes” by the ZERO protagonists and has created a work of literature from the words found in the archive. “Red” represents the few colors or non-colors from which the ZERO artists created their monochromes, which were typical of this time. Matthieu Poirier traces how the two-dimensional developed into the three-dimensional monochrome. Just as the monochrome panel painting is firmly linked with the name of Kazimir Malevich (1879–1935), Russian-Polish Constructivism and Unism are constitutive for the foundations of ZERO art. Iwona Dorota Bigos uncovers the underlying “Structure” in her essay.

As described above, Hans Belting recognized that the end of the artwork meant the end of art history. Pars pro toto, he names Yves Klein, who transformed “the act of creation into a theater,” “in which this act itself becomes a work: a work of ‘performance.’”[iv] Over and above the performative character typical of ZERO artworks such as Piene’s %%%Lichtballett%%% (Light Ballet), Heinz Mack’s Rotors, or Günther Uecker’s Sandmühle (Sandmill), the artists worked closely with the theater and designed stage sets as early as the nineteen-sixties. Barbara Büscher explores the relationship between ZERO art and the “Theater.”

Mention is often made of “Utopia” in the literature on ZERO, but were the dreams of art in the desert or in the sky really utopian? I ask myself. To sum up in the words of Harald Jähner: “Forgetting was the utopia of the hour.”[v]

With kinetics and movement, something found its way into art that had previously only been associated with the profane world of the industrial age, namely electricity. In their article “Volt,” Romina Dümler and Rebecca Welkens describe how restorers today take care of the early mechanically powered works of art.

My article “Women” focuses on the female ZERO artists; and yes, although clearly outnumbered by the men, they did exist.

The “X” not only has a special position in the alphabet because it unites only a few terms in its set; it also forms a bridge to mathematics, both as the Roman numeral for the Arabic number ten, and also as a symbol for multiplication. This play with meanings prompted the title of a documentary film about the ZERO movement, 0 x 0 = Art, the meaning of which I briefly outline. The final letters of the ABC resemble mountain peaks; from up there, everything that has gone before looks easy. Although none of the terms from “A” to “X” are dedicated to a single artist, I had to make an exception for the “Y”, because no word beginning with a “Y” fits ZERO as well as “Yves.” Many detailed monographs devoted to Yves Klein (1928–1962) have been published, so “Y” presents just a brief history of the French artist, reconstructed from letters in the archive.

Finally, the “Z” for “ZERO” attempts to answer the question that runs subliminally throughout the entire publication: What is ZERO?

During a symposium in September 2023, the ABC authors and others interested in ZERO met to clarify what this elastic, ambiguous, multilayered, polymorphic name “ZERO” means, by way of lectures that have been incorporated into this book as contributions. Read my summary to find out whether we were able to answer the question. Or start reading the ABCs of ZERO at “Z” for “ZERO”. Or else explore the terrain beginning from any chapter heading you like.

[i] Konrad Adenauer was the first Chancellor of the Federal Republic of Germany, founded in 1949, from 1949 to 1963. He was a member of the Christlich Demokratische Union Deutschlands (CDU), which he cofounded after the war, and of which he was leader from 1950 to 1966.

[ii] See https://www.georgerickey.org/resources/bibliography (accessed March 9, 2024).

[iii] At any rate, there are no references to it in the archive.

[iv] Belting 1983 (see note 13), p. 163.

[v] Harald Jähner, Wolfszeit: Deutschland und die Deutschen 1945–1955 (Berlin, 2019), p. 27.

Friedrich Kittler (1943–2011) anchored German media history and theory in his 1985 study Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900 (appearing in English in 1990 as Discourse Networks 1800/1900), in which he analyzes the condition of media and their use in literature and shows how “the mother’s mouth” changed “learning to read around 1800”—namely, from learning by heart to comprehending. “The word embedded in a sentence easily allows paraphrases that translate according to the spirit and not the letter.”[i] For “‘In the beginning’ was, not the Act, but the ABC book,” writes Kittler.[ii] These words close many of the circles opened up here: that of art and its permanent reactivation through the archive; that of women and men, inventors and researchers; that of the legitimization of this book, which is not the only ABC book, but the only one about a “group of artists” who called themselves ZERO.

[i] Friedrich Kittler, Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900, 4th ed. (1985; Munich, 2003), p. 38; English edition: Discourse Networks 1800/1900, trans. Michael Metteer, with Chris Cullens (Stanford, CA, 1990), p. 28-29.

[ii] Kittler 1990 (see note 27), p. 28.

I would like to thank everyone who has contributed to this publication: the sponsors, the authors (whose biographies can be found in the appendix), the collaborators, the graphic designers, the image copyright holders, the publisher, and the readers!

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

2 Implementation

2 Implementation

ZERO matters

Jürgen Wilhelm

Today, more than seventy-five years after the end of the Second World War, unleashed by Germany, it is very difficult indeed to imagine the constraints under which Germany’s economic, social, and also cultural life operated back then. In the visual arts, shades of gray dominated, as well as Informalism/Art Informel and Tachisme. Moreover, many artists were somewhat afraid of figurative art, nervous that it could be suspected of reviving Fascist realism.[i] The shackles of the immediate past cast their shadow in the art academies, where one fell back on what was classical because one did not know the avant-gardes, nor were they represented in terms of their personnel. Added to the lack of internationality, after two devastating world wars within a short period of time, these conditions characterized art that was pessimistic in the extreme and despairing of humanity.


[i] Some of the exceptions were Wilhelm Lehmbruck, HAP Grieshaber, and Horst Antes. See Hans Platschek, Neue Figurationen(Munich, 1959).

Against this background of a psychogram of “homo miserabilis,”[i] paintings and sculptures emerged whose attitude avant-garde artists wanted to break away from; an avant-garde whose biographical recollections were not absorbed, dominated, or blocked by their war experiences—although these certainly affected them. With ambition and a considerable amount of self-confidence, they demanded and dared to set in motion a departure for a new age. The artistic as well as intellectual protagonists of this were Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014), who were later joined by Günther Uecker (b. 1930). After some initial meetings, they decided to name their hitherto informal group “ZERO.”[ii] Already in the first period of their activities, they opened up to like-minded people with their “Evening Exhibitions,” which came easily to them because they did not call into question the individual nature of artistic creation and did not prescribe any one “style.” These exhibitions, which took place in a very small art space and lasted for just one evening, were born out of necessity, because there were no galleries that were willing to take on something new. In the nineteen-fifties, the miasma of a conservative understanding of art was all-pervasive, and only a few courageous people opposed it. Wilhelm Lehmbruck’s (1881–1919) sculptures, Ernst Wilhelm Nay’s (1902–1968) disk paintings, and a few other artistic approaches, were exceptions; they began to assert themselves cautiously and only gradually, for the Expressionism of the prewar period had been condemned as “degenerate art” during the Nazi era and its proponents sanctioned. Even Surrealism did not receive much attention in Germany until the late nineteen-fifties, after Max Ernst (1891–1976), Hans Arp (1886–1966), and Joan Miró (1893–1983) had won prizes for sculpture and painting at the 1954 Biennale di Venezia. But the avant-gardes of international art did not live and work in Germany anyway; they were in New York and Paris.

In addition, the circle of collectors of artworks was still very small, since most Germans had to concentrate on the reconstruction of their country and on making a living. Had it not been for Alfred Schmela (1918–1980), an open-minded Düsseldorf gallery owner who was interested in the unorthodox and who dared to make a start with Yves Klein (1928–1962), before featuring the work of ZERO extensively, there would not have been any press coverage of or interest in ZERO’s activities. Such coverage as there was, however, was for the most part remarkably conservative.[iii]

Thus, ZERO broke with the past and communicated a completely new sense of free-spiritedness, optimism, and the hope for allies in an international context. Courageously, they shook off the ballast of the past and shattered the numbness—the cramping, protective cloak of art that implemented a point of view from the history of the Nazi era. In his “poetically formulated manifesto,” Heinz Mack summarized the inspirational feeling during the first years of ZERO:

[i] Wieland Schmied, “Notizen zu ‘ZERO,’” in Mack, Piene, Uecker, exh. cat. Kestner Gesellschaft (Hannover, 1965), p. 8.

[ii] How the name actually came about in connection with the 7th Evening Exhibition is evidenced by remarks by Otto Piene and Heinz Mack, even though there are different nuances in the remembered details. See Otto Piene and Heinz-Norbert Jocks, “Otto Piene: Das Gold namens Licht,” in Ulrike Bleicker-Honisch and Anna Lenz, eds., Das Ohr am Tatort (Ostfildern, 2009), p. 102.

[iii] See, for example, the articles in Frankfurter Rundschau, July 20, 1959, and in Die Welt, July 25, 1961, reprinted in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), pp. 41, 63.

“In the hour of its beginning, ZERO was a dimension of infinite space in which one could float placelessly, carried solely by boundless ideas. A wonderful, liberating experience that remains in the memory, unrepeatable.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “Gedanken zu ZERO,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), p. 18.

In terms of art history, ZERO not only conveyed a new image of the forces of nature and the potential of technology, which at that time still seemed to promise a hopeful future that would not come up against ecological limits, but kinetics also played a prominent role. The heading of the 8th Evening Exhibition in 1958, with the publication of ZERO 2, was Vibration, a thoroughly baffling title for an art exhibition at that time. The terms “Light Ballet” and “Structure,” which Piene and Mack used there, changed the perception of contemporary art after the dominance of Expressionism, Informalism, and Surrealism. Asked about his reason for using nails, Günther Uecker replied: “I finally wrote a Transgression Manifesto on the occasion of an exhibition … and I nailed texts to the floor.… ‘Art floods the world’ is the name of the game.”[i]

Earth, materials, and war were not the points of reference that Heinz Mack and Otto Piene wanted to invoke with their art at the end of the nineteen-fifties. With the turn away from paintings on walls, and thus the necessity of having walls at all in exhibition spaces (museums, galleries, et cetera); with the radical concentration on light, fire, air, the infinity of outer space, and the barely comprehensible emptiness of a desert; and with Günther Uecker, who understood and used the nail as a new “linguistic device,”[ii] a new horizon opened up, which quickly established itself internationally through lively and mutually beneficial exchanges with other artists. In particular, the encounters with Arman (1928–2005), Lucio Fontana (1899–1968), Klein, Piero Manzoni (1933–1963), Jean Tinguely (1925–1991), Jef Verheyen (1932–1984), as well as others, helped quickly to establish the Evening Exhibitions that were initially focused on the German (Düsseldorf) art scene, and to expand ZERO’s theoretical and artistic approach. Rarely was a historical image corrected so fast;[iii] rarely did a young generation from Paris to Düsseldorf and from Milan to Amsterdam take such a vehement and sustained stand against the art establishment. This was due not least to the friendly and open collaboration between many of the protagonists who had found their way to a radical form of art (for example, Mack met Fontana through Manzoni in Milan as early as 1959), and to Klein, who possessed almost boundless energy and was forever seeking new paths without compromise, and Tinguely, who introduced kinetics into art. Gradually, museums and international galleries opened up to the new tendencies, from Paris to New York and Amsterdam, and—time and again—in Düsseldorf, with Schmela to the fore.

[i] Günther Uecker, in Günther Uecker and Heinz-Norbert Jocks, “Die Chiffren des Seins,” in Bleicker-Honisch and Lenz 2009 (see note 3), p. 119.

[ii] Ibid., p. 118.

[iii] Manfred Schneckenburger, “ZERO oder der Aufbruch zur immateriellen Struktur,” in Gruppe Zero, exh. cat. Galerie Schoeller (Düsseldorf, 1988), p. 8.

Heinz Mack’s %%%ZERO Rocket%%%, which was featured in the publication ZERO 3, took up this notion of a new dawn in an impressive way, and the brilliant retrospective at the Guggenheim Museum in New York in 2015—fifty years later—was titled Countdown to Tomorrow, which, with its lucid intellectuality, captured the essence of the intentions of ZERO’s founders.[i]

[i] The exhibition also signaled a certain (sociopolitical) rehabilitation of postwar German art in New York, the art capital of the world.

Yet even if it is successful in the end, the road to international recognition is far from an easy one. New developments always run up against well-guarded walls at first. And new developments that are understood as progress always require the breaking of established taboos. The lean period until recognition is achieved, which then allows an artist to live adequately from their art, is usually long. And, last but not least, many artists despair on the stony road to independence and give up. Not so the three decisive protagonists of ZERO.

Many things contributed to this. In addition to the compelling artworks themselves, with their abundance of new materials (fire, light, metal, kinetics, nails) and the actions that blew away the dust of the nineteen-fifties, from the very beginning the ideas that tied Mack, Piene, and later Uecker to ZERO were transported preeminently by its theoretical dimension. This dimension should not be underestimated. The ZERO textual works, published by Heinz Mack and Otto Piene (ZERO 1, 2, and 3), represent the first publicity offensive of a European art avant-garde to emanate from Germany since the publications of the Bauhaus, unshakably postulating its work in sociopolitical and art-historical terms.

Even after the end of ZERO, Mack, Piene, and Uecker documented, varied, and reaffirmed this basic understanding—albeit with different emphases in individual cases—in many conversations, interviews, catalog contributions, and so on. To this day, there is probably nobody in postwar art who has given more comprehensive and well-founded statements about the classification of their artworks and their underlying self-image than Mack, Piene, and Uecker. In the catalog of the exhibition at the Galerie Hubertus Schoeller (Schoeller Gallery) in 1988 alone—that is, over twenty years after the end of ZERO—they contributed considerably to understanding and situating the art-historical classification of their work with a “manifesto” (Uecker) and further explanatory statements.[i] This is another reason why ZERO is of enduring significance that goes far beyond German art history. The intellectual resources that contributed fundamentally to the inner stance of ZERO find their intellectual counterpart in the twentieth century with Surrealism, which—beginning initially with poetry and prose texts and their interpretation, primarily by André Breton (1896–1966)—found its way into the creation of visual art through Max Ernst and others. Other art trends have little that can compare with this; their interpretations stem largely from art-historical or art-critical write-ups.

Further, one should not underestimate the role that the inspirational team spirit of the three protagonists played, which existed and was conspicuous for some years. It was only in the community of ZERO that the artists came to life, and in part found themselves, becoming unique.[ii] Moreover, because of its theoretical foundations, ZERO evoked a sense of community among artists in many European countries; the exhibitions and the performances that often accompanied them radiated an enthusiasm not previously associated with Germany. It is hard to imagine this in the twenty-first century, but the regaining of internationality and the opportunity to travel and to build up contacts with people in the art scene were not things that could be taken for granted. Above all, it was necessary to reestablish trust and regain acceptance, which had been forfeited due to the atrocities committed in the Nazi era: contacts with the art world and any reciprocal intellectual cross-fertilization had been largely destroyed.

The emotional and partly spiritual side of ZERO was emphasized and brought to the fore from the outset, whereupon the ZERO artists had the gratifying realization that comparable aspirations existed among artists in many European countries, who enthusiastically welcomed contact with the initiative coming from Germany, and often cooperated. Without taking any direct political or social stance by making a public statement, the ZERO artists saw in their actions a force that could influence society. The references in their art to technology (Piene) and to materials used in industry (Mack), and the radical change of view through nailing (Uecker), testified to their search for a point of view that at the beginning was not yet entirely assured, nor was their own starting point confirmed. Yet their self-imposed aspiration was definitely to understand art as a means of knowing the world through making visible fundamental phenomena of the times and raising people’s awareness of them.[iii] Although the beginnings of ZERO can be interpreted as a turning away from the conventional understanding of art and its social reception, in ZERO 2 the role of the artist is described by Otto Piene soberly and without illusions:

[i] See Jürgen Wilhelm, ed., Mack im Gespräch (Munich, 2015); Jürgen Wilhelm, ed., Piene im Gespräch (Munich, 2015).

[ii] Wieland Schmied, “Etwas über ZERO,” in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 5), p. 16.

[iii] See Anette Kuhn, ZERO: Eine Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre (Frankfurt am Main and Berlin, 1991), pp. 179–80.

“The common view that the artist has to give expression to their time is naïve in that it ultimately degrades the artist to a reporter. Artists react to their times, but their reaction is creative in that it relates formatively to the future more than to the present.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene, “Über die Reinheit des Lichts,” in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 5), p. 27.

The question posed in ZERO 1 in 1958, “Does contemporary painting shape the world to a considerable degree?”—the question as to whether painting leads to noticeable changes in human behavior and activities—must remain open today, as it did then, despite many attempts to answer it.[1]

[1] See the compilation of highly individual responses in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 5), pp. 527–49.

Günther Uecker, Heinz Mack, and Otto Piene at the restaurant Tante Anna’s, Düsseldorf, around 1960, archives of the ZERO foundation, photo: Heinz Corneth

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Atelier

A Atelier

The Atelier at Gladbacher Strasse 69: A Multiple Space

Ann-Kathrin Illmann

“As we understand it today, they were not ateliers, they were just rooms in an old factory.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “Da war das Licht gerade glücklich,” in Helga Meister, ZERO in der Düsseldorfer Szene: Piene, Uecker, Mack(Düsseldorf, 2006), p. 57.
4th Evening Exhibition, atelier Gladbacher Strasse 69, Düsseldorf, September 26, 1957, archive of the ZERO foundation, photo: Hans Salentin

Heinz Mack’s (b. 1931) response to the request to describe the location and premises he shared with Otto Piene (1928–2014) in the rear building at Gladbacher Strasse 69, in Düsseldorf, depoeticizes. His words dispense with the notion of the atelier as a mysterious, mythical place of artistic creation that is anchored in the collective consciousness, as evoked by numerous pictorial representations à la Gustave Courbet (1819–1877), and instead create the image of an “other” space. This otherness certainly refers first and foremost to the contrast with the outlined topos. In Mack’s statement, there is also an echo of a differentiated understanding of space that, on the one hand, distinguishes between the built, physical, and as such visible space—the space in the old factory—and, on the other, the space that is projected onto this actual space: the atelier.

The Methodological Approach: Other Spaces According to Michel Foucault

The idea of double or multiple spatiality in one and the same geographical location can be found in a text by Michel Foucault (1926–1984) that was published posthumously.[i] In Of Other Spaces, he develops the concept of “heterotopia” in contrast to utopia:

[i] Michel Foucault, “Of Other Spaces” (1967), trans. Jay Miskowiec, Diacritics 16, no. 1 (Spring 1986), pp. 22–27.

“There are also, probably in every culture, in every civilization, real places, places that do exist and that are formed in the very founding of society, which are something like counter-sites, a kind of effectively enacted utopia in which the real sites, all the other real sites that can be found within the culture, are simultaneously represented, contested, and inverted. Places of this kind are outside of all places, even though it may be possible to indicate their location in reality. Because these places are absolutely different from all the sites that they reflect and speak about, I shall call them, by way of contrast to utopias, heterotopias.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 24.

According to Foucault, these “other spaces” arise when society assigns one or more specific functions to a place that cannot be directly explained by or derived from its topography. If this particular task disappears, the heterotopia vanishes or adapts to the new circumstances. A central characteristic, therefore, is that these spaces can be reevaluated at will by the members of a society at any time. Heterotopias are not static entities; they turn places into mutable spaces, the understanding of which, and thus their respective meaning, only emerges from analyzing all of the contexts within which these spaces are constituted.

According to the definition, the term “atelier,” which is borrowed from the French, was used in German from the middle of the nineteenth century to refer to the workshop of an artist. Regardless of whether it was built specifically for this purpose or had once had a different function, the declaration of a space as an atelier is linked solely to artists and their intentions. Foucault’s discursive approach helps to shift this rigid focus and to consider Mack’s and Piene’s atelier at Gladbacher Strasse 69 in Düsseldorf, where the history of ZERO began, over and above the term’s definition, as a potentially multidimensional space that could equally be shaped by others, by the circle of visitors. In addition to the various use-specific aspects of the location, Mack and Piene, as active designers of the space, also show a differentiated approach to its staging, whereby, depending on the occasion, they consciously attempt to negate the topos of the atelier or use it specifically as an instrument.[i]

[i] The idea of applying Foucault‘s theory of heterotopias to the atelier comes from Eva Mongi-Vollmer, who has explored the various forms of the studio in German-speaking countries during the latter half of the nineteenth century. See Eva Mongi-Vollmer, “Das Atelier als anderer Raum: Über die diskursive Identität und Komplexität des Ateliers im 19. Jahrhundert,” KUNSTFORUM International, no. 208 (May–June 2011), pp. 92–107.

The Atelier as an Atelier

Candles, an upturned glass, open cans of paint, various bottles, cardboard boxes, a small table clock, and a multitude of other utensils lie in a jumble, piled up on top of a grand piano, which is barely recognizable as such underneath. Traces of artistic creation are found everywhere—the body of the musical instrument, which appears to have been repurposed as a workbench; the floor; the easel in the background; and all of the furniture are covered with residues of brightly colored paint. There are scraps of paper lying around, along with canisters of various sizes. And in the midst of this creative chaos, its creator, with one of his famous Grid Paintings in his hands.

Otto Piene in his atelier at Gladbacher Strasse 69, Düsseldorf, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, photo: Paul Brandenburg

A photograph from 1958 shows Piene in his studio, and is obviously arranged. Dressed in a suit and bow tie, but above all with a black grid template in front of his chest—the tool with which he began to distance himself from the habitus of gestural painting and to strive for a standardization of the surface—the cofounder of ZERO is staged at the keyboard by photographer Paul Brandenburg, literally setting the tone as the protagonist of a new conception of art. The clear, regular structure of the grid template stands in marked contrast to the disorder of the collection of articles in front of him, which he does not look at, instead gazing strictly ahead as if into the future. “ZERO is the (new) beginning” appears to be the programmatic motto of this depiction, which clearly places the studio in the service of the artist’s self-fashioning. The impression of the space conveyed, however, appears to be authentic. A comparison with a photograph of a more documentary nature by Charles Wilp (1932–2005), which shows Piene in the process of priming a canvas, draws a similar picture, and identifies the space as a modest workshop oriented toward artistic activity—an atelier, by way of definition. This is the place where the fleeting idea materializes, slowly takes shape, and finally manifests itself in a finished work of art. It is governed by its own rules, which do not demand any strict order, but are solely up to the creative process.

The Space(s)

The atelier was located on the upper floor of a building in the rear courtyard at Gladbacher Strasse 69, in the Düsseldorf district of Bilk. The building had been partially destroyed during the Second World War, and the lower floor was occupied by a turning shop.[i] The upper floor, which was reached by a narrow and extremely steep staircase directly behind the wooden door with the white letterbox, consisted of three rooms: two to the left and one to the right of the staircase. Mack was already using the latter as a workshop, and at times also as a place to live, when the opportunity arose to take over the larger of the two rooms opposite—a ballet school that rented the premises moved out around 1955/56.[ii] Mack, Piene, and Hans Salentin (1925–2009), who had become friends during their time together at the Kunstakademie Düsseldorf, joined forces with the artist Hans-Joachim Bleckert (1927–1998) and the advertising photographer Charles Wilp, and rented it collectively.[iii] The room was around fifty-six square meters and had several windows on the south and west walls.[iv] The roof was of corrugated iron, which replaced the original war-damaged roof.[v]Visible steel lattice girders supported the construction and, together with the unclad brickwork, ensured that the room always had an industrial feel to it, as Mack emphasized in the statement quoted at the beginning of this contribution to underline the basic conditions at the premises.[vi] In this connection, Piene also referred to it in a similarly terse way as a “building shell.”[vii] There were no skylights, nor were there any sanitary facilities. he artists shared an outside toilet in the small garden next to the turning shop with the staff there. If the water pipes running across the courtyard froze in winter, they went to the Hafenquelle restaurant on the opposite side of the street.[viii] In 1957, Piene became sole tenant of the room, and he kept it until 1966, when ZERO ended.[ix] The adjacent smaller studio had been rented by the sculptor Kurt Link (1926–1996) before Mack officially took it over later. It also served partly to provide additional space for the Evening Exhibitions[x]—the legendary events organized by Mack and Piene that ultimately led to the founding of ZERO and to the opening up of the atelier in terms of concept and function, beyond the familiar meaning of the term as an artist’s workspace.

[i] See Otto Piene, “Wo sich nichts spiegelte als der Himmel,” in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 15.

[ii] See Thekla Zell, Exposition Zero: Vom Atelier in die Avantgardegalerie. Zur Konstituierung und Etablierung der Zero-Bewegung in Deutschland am Beispiel der Abendausstellungen, der Galerie Schmela, des Studio F, der Galerie Nota und der D(ato) Galerie(Vienna, 2019), p. 81.

[iii] The information about who rented which room and when is not always consistent. Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 15, mentions Kurt Link as well as Bleckert in connection with the rent for the large room. Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 81, who bases her statements on the information given by Piene, does not mention Bleckert. Mack confines himself to the general statement that the “larger room had been rented by five people … and the smaller one later by Kurt Link, and then by me.” Mack, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 55.

[iv] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 83.

[v] See Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 15.

[vi] Mack, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 57, even compares his small apartment “almost” to a “penal institution,” but says at the end of his reply that they “didn‘t actually see it as hardship at all.”

[vii] Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 17.

[viii] See ibid., p. 17.

[ix] See Otto Piene and Heinz-Norbert Jocks, “Otto Piene: Das Gold namens Licht,” in Ulrike Bleicker-Honisch and Anna Lenz, eds., Das Ohr am Tatort (Ostfildern, 2009), p. 101.

[x] See ibid, p. 101; also Mack, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 55.

Atelier Gladbacher Strasse 69 (exterior with view of the entrance), Düsseldorf, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp ZERO.1.V.11, photo: Heinz Mack
The Forum of the Evening Exhibitions

The same place, photographed from almost the same angle, and yet a completely different space. Nothing here is reminiscent of the mysterious atmosphere that Brandenburg’s photograph exudes, on the trail of the artist’s creative process. At the time when this photograph was taken, artistic production had come to an end for these outcomes, as the hanging paintings of different formats and content make clear. The walls look whiter. Some tidying up has been done; nothing is lying around anymore. The heap of props has given way to neatly lined-up glasses. They are as yet unused; the crate of beer bottles under the grand piano is full—obviously the vernissage has not yet begun.

This photo by Hans Salentin documents September 26, 1957, when Mack and Piene organized their 4th Evening Exhibition. Born out of a general need—there was virtually no platform for young, progressive artists to present their work to the public in the conservative Düsseldorf of the nineteen-fifties—the two artists had decided around six months earlier to take matters into their own hands and had organized their famous Evening Exhibitions.[i] At regular intervals of one to three months from April 1957 to October 1958, they opened the doors to their atelier in Gladbacher Strasse for one evening, to show the latest developments in contemporary painting to an interested audience.[ii]

The idea of converting their workshop into an exhibition space was by no means new. Asmus Carstens (1754–1798) and Jacques-Louis David (1748–1825), for example, used their studios in Rome toward the end of the eighteenth century to present their works in shows organized especially for the general public.[iii]However, what had not been done before and that represented a decisive difference was artists exhibiting not only their own works but also, or even primarily, those of their colleagues. Far from commercial considerations, such as attracting an audience of potential buyers[iv] or expressing independence from established authorities like the Paris Salon in the case of Courbet or Édouard Manet (1832–1882),[v] Mack’s and Piene’s primary intention in opening up their atelier was to exhibit and to give the discourse on art a space in the truest sense of the word. Mack declared that exchanges are an existential need: “As an artist, you run the risk of becoming depressed if you paint all alone and without any echo at all. You want to know whether what you are doing will endure.”[vi] Piene formulated the same thoughts in a letter to Adolf Zillmann, from the perspective of the audience:

[i] See Dirk Pörschmann, “‘M.P.Ue.’ Dynamo for ZERO: The Artist-Curators Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds., The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967(Ghent, 2015), p. 20.

[ii] The pragmatic reason for limiting the duration of the exhibitions was that Mack and Piene worked as teachers during the day and only had time for their own projects in the evenings. See Heinz Mack, “Am Anfang war Bach,” in Bleicker-Honisch and Lenz 2009 (see note 13), p. 52. However, a certain exclusivity that went hand in hand with the limited running time of the shows quickly became apparent, which is why the events continued to be advertised strategically as “one-evening exhibitions,” although it was soon possible to visit the exhibitions beyond the opening evening. See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 80; also Otto Piene to Oskar Holweck (carbon copy), July 21, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.884.

[iii] See Michael Diers, “atelier/réalité: Von der Atelierausstellung zum ausgestellten Atelier,” in Michael Diers and Monika Wagner, eds., Topos Atelier: Werkstatt und Wissensform, Hamburger Forschungen zur Kunstgeschichte, vol. 7 (Berlin, 2010), p. 3.

[iv] See Oskar Bätschmann, Ausstellungskünstler: Kult und Karriere im modernen Kunstsystem (Cologne, 1997), p. 138. Bätschmann explains this development of the open studio at the end of the nineteenth century by way of the increasing necessity of “advertising for an audience,” on which the “exhibition artists” depended.

[v] See Diers 2010 (see note 17), p. 3.

[vi] Mack, in Bleicker-Honisch and Lenz 2009 (see note 13), p. 52.

“The trinity of creator–image–viewer is incomplete when the creator underestimates the viewer. We all know that the audience can be cruelly wrong, but even that is a part of its role. The viewer’s perspective will ultimately drive the sensitive artist forward. And even a vulgar audience has something to offer.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene to Adolf Zillmann, November 21, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.958.

And Klaus Jürgen Fischer (1930–2017), who gave the opening speech at the 7th Evening Exhibition, also emphasized the key role of the audience, without whose response “art easily withers away in recipes, in what is risk-free, celebrity, or even in mastery.”[i] In the open atelier, all three entities—artists, artworks, and visitors—were able to come into direct contact with each other and engage in dialogue in direct confrontation with their counterparts. Another of Salentin’s photographs from the 4th Evening Exhibition shows Mack and Piene as the two organizers of the evening: dressed in suits, sitting in a half circle of chairs in front of the exhibits, they literally invite us to enter into conversation with them and illustrate the communication-oriented approach of the event in person.

[i] Klaus Jürgen Fischer, opening speech at the 7th Evening Exhibition, April 24, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.VI.27.

This was both the explicit intention of the two artists and also something that appeared to fulfill a lack on the part of the audience, as demonstrated by the considerable popularity of the Evening Exhibitions, right from the very first shows. The concept obviously captured the mood of the times, as was emphasized several times in the press, who began to report on the events after the 2nd Evening Exhibition.[i] Karl Ruhrberg (1924–2006) highlighted in the Düsseldorfer Nachrichten of May 17, 1957, the “lively discussion about the nature of young art and what it wants,”[ii] and compared these events favorably to other exhibitions, which often neglected this aspect. He also referred explicitly to a “whole lot of interested laypeople”[iii] who were present in addition to the connoisseurs and who helped to shape the discourse. In an article that appeared in the Rheinische Post newspaper, the “lively and ongoing debates” were explicitly linked to the “studio atmosphere”[iv] and even placed in direct contrast with the institution of the gallery. In the context of the Evening Exhibitions, the atelier took an intermediate position at the interface between artist, work, and public, along with the gallery and the museum, and became a kind of forum that promoted and sometimes catalyzed exchange.[v] Within just a few months, Mack and Piene had turned the lack of exhibition platforms for young art into a general place for social encounters, as a snapshot of the first event shows, in which the exhibits are barely seen due to the number of visitors.[vi] The pronounced social aspect, which, in contrast to the aforementioned predecessors in the nineteenth century, was already part of the endeavor’s intention, ran like a red thread right through to the realization of the concept. In retrospect, Mack was correct when he made the following assessment: “The whole thing was also a social occasion, an event. That’s what you would call it today. Suddenly, our atelier was more than just a space for paintings. It was a social meeting place where people came together who had never met before, which made it unique.”[vii] For the artists themselves, this opened up an ideal form of informal networking that brought them into contact with like-minded artists such as Yves Klein, as well as with gallery owners, critics, media representatives, potential collectors, and people from the museum landscape.[viii]

[i] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 87.

[ii] Karl Ruhrberg, “Junge Bilder im alten Bilk: Ein Maler verleiht sein Atelier an die Kollegen,” Düsseldorfer Nachrichten, May 17, 1957.

[iii] Ibid.

[iv] “Neuer Treffpunkt ‘Abendausstellungen’: Max Bense als Gast,” Rheinische Post, December 18, 1957, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.II.32.

[v] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 60; also Diers 2010 (see note 17), p. 4. Both refer here to the classification of the atelier in the nineteenth century, which can indubitably be applied to the situation of Mack‘s and Piene‘s studio.

[vi] The photograph is reproduced in Anette Kuhn, ZERO: Eine Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre (Frankfurt am Main and Berlin, 1991), p. 14, fig. 4.

[vii] Mack, in Bleicker-Honisch and Lenz 2009 (see note 13), p. 52. Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 18: “The Gladbacher Strasse became a meeting place.”

[viii] Already during the first Evening Exhibitions, Mack and Piene got to know the later collectors Ilse Dwinger and the married couple Troost, for example. See Mack, in Bleicker-Honisch and Lenz 2009 (see note 13), p. 53. See also Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), p. 18, who lists other well-known visitors to the Evening Exhibitions, including Rolf Wiesselmann from WDR and Clement Greenberg, the US art critic.

Heinz Mack and Otto Piene during the 4th Evening Exhibition in their atelier at Gladbacher Strasse 69, Düsseldorf, September 26, 1957, archive of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.V.74, photo: Hans Salentin
From Ruins to the Path into the Light: On the Reception of the Atelier

In addition to the implicit obligation to put in an appearance at the evening of the vernissage, it was also the state of the building that exerted a great attraction on the public. Newspaper reports repeatedly focused on the architecture of the location and its partially derelict condition, although Mack and Piene had not intended this—quite the opposite. As Piene emphasized, they tried to make their studio “as clean as possible, so that no romanticism or sentimentality about ruins could be read into it.”[i] That which, in the eyes of the visitors, primarily evoked the typical idea of the studio as a “phantasmal” site of creative acts, a visit to which promised to bring one closer to this enigma, for the artists primarily conjured up associations with the war and, with regard to art, with Tachisme, a style of abstract painting from which they gradually sought to detach themselves in their works.[ii] In order to liberate the space from the dirt and the burden of the past and produce a presentation area that was as neutral as possible both intellectually and visually, they completely cleared out the studio in the run-up to the events and whitewashed the walls, “which was necessary anyway after that Tachiste era,”[iii] said Mack, thus highlighting the unwanted connection. The interior design, reminiscent of the principle of the “white cube,” thus not only emphasized the external transformation from atelier as workshop to atelier as exhibition space, but also pursued ideological purposes—a plan that, despite the differences described, would work out in the reception of the location. In an article in the Düsseldorfer Nachrichten newspaper on October 7, 1958, a critic described the walk to the atelier as though it were a path from the dark Tachiste painting processing war experiences, as ZERO then interpreted it, to a singular pictorial language led by structure and light:[iv]

[i] Otto Piene, “Untitled,” in Wulf Herzogenrath, ed., Selbstdarstellung: Künstler über sich (Düsseldorf, 1973), p. 132.

[ii] See Heinz Mack, “Gespräch mit Heinz Mack,” in Susanne Rennert, ed., Dieter Hülsmanns und Friedolin Reske: Ateliergespräche, Düsseldorf 1966 (Cologne, 2018), p. 109: “Like most of my friends, I allowed myself to be seduced by Tachisme for a short while. Without inner conviction, I went along with what was then the newest of all art phenomena, but it led to inner tensions. The results, which depended more on chance, did not satisfy me; I suffered and was desperate.”

[iii] The whole sentence reads: “And since in the mid 1950s there was virtually no chance of exhibiting, this situation led to the decision to tidy up our ateliers, which was necessary after that Tachiste era, to whitewash the walls and hang up our new works.”Heinz Mack, “Untitled,” in Herzogenrath 1973 (see note 31), p. 106.

[iv] See Kuhn 1991 (see note 28), p. 14.

“Gladbacher Strasse: rows of houses as usual—suddenly ruined walls in the dark, reflected in black puddles.… A gloomy, yawning doorway receives us and takes us into a damp courtyard that can barely be seen. Over there are the bright, latticed rectangles of three windows in the hard contours of walls.… One climbs up the wooden steps of an endless staircase …, two steps: then one stands in the dazzling cold light of functional glass bulbs that illuminate the very last cracks on a wide white square of wall: it is not a temple, not an ivory tower, but an enclave of avant-garde art, a ‘laboratory’ built inside ruins.”[i]

[i] M. W., “Malerei im Trümmergrundstück,” Düsseldorfer Nachrichten, October 7, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.II.21.

The Atelier as a Nucleus

“It was simply about showing what we 20 to 25-year-olds were working on”

In the course of the Evening Exhibitions, the studio in Gladbacher Strasse expanded into a multiple space whose dimensions stretched beyond the conceptual definition. Yet in a certain sense the series of events was intended to hark back to the original etymological meaning of the studio as a place of artistic creation. The first Evening Exhibitions were conceived as general demonstrations of current trends in art without any specific focus of content. “It was simply about showing what we 20 to 25-year-olds were working on,”[i] as Piene summarized the idea in retrospect. The only prerequisite for collaboration with other artists was that they “were not represented by a gallery. They had to experiment and look for new things, with regard to what was available at the time.”[ii] The invitation cards, always produced with the same plain layout design, list the names of the exhibiting artists. With the exception of Johannes Geccelli (1925–2011), to whom the 5th Evening Exhibition was later dedicated as a solo show, they were in fact all working abstract artists.[iii] They mainly belonged to Gruppe 53 and based their works on the gestural style of French Art Informel, as did Mack and Piene at the time.[iv] The first turning point came with the 4th Evening Exhibition, in September 1957, in which Piene presented for the first time his new Grid Paintings, created during the summer holidays, with which he gradually began to turn away from the prevailing visual language and develop his own style.[v] The same trend can be observed with regard to the conception of this exhibition, which in the selection of artists documents a dissociation from Gruppe 53.[vi] The final paradigm shift took place with the 7th Evening Exhibition, in April 1958, which for the first time had a concrete theme: its title was Das rote Bild(The Red Painting). In the “Invitation to Participate,” Mack and Piene requested the submission of a painting of “medium size,” “whose dominant color is red.”[vii] This is the wording of the circular letter, which they sent specifically to colleagues known to them, in whose works they discerned a relationship to their own, including Günther Uecker (b. 1930) for the first time.[viii] Thus the project, which initially had just begun as an experiment, was increasingly taking on apparent characteristics of a program. These would manifest themselves in the articles on art theory in the first issue of their self-published magazine ZERO 1, which appeared parallel to the 7th Evening Exhibition, and which gave their endeavor both its name and its identity.[ix] Under the title Vibration, the 8th Evening Exhibition followed in October 1958. This further sharpened the profile because the goal of a common artistic tendency was obviously crystallizing and the event was accompanied by the publication of ZERO 2.[x] ZERO was officially born.

Retrospectively, Dirk Pörschmann aptly described the series of Evening Exhibitions as the “mythical, legendary humus of ZERO’s history.”[xi] The nucleus was the atelier, Mack’s and Piene’s workshop, which contributed decisively to the early success of the series of events and thus to the formation and establishment of ZERO, both due to its special features and orientation as a physical space and also due to the “other” spaces sketched over the real premises. The fact that “Atelier” stands at the beginning of thisABC of ZERO is obvious, for “A” comes first in an alphabetized organization of chapters, but it also makes sense in terms of content and chronology, because: in the beginning was the atelier (at Gladbacher Strasse 69).

[i] Piene, in Bleicker-Honisch and Lenz 2009 (see note 13), p. 100.

[ii] Ibid., p. 101.

[iii] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 85.

[iv] See ibid, p. 85.

[v] See ibid, p. 91.

[vi] See ibid, p. 91.

[vii] Otto Piene, invitation to the 7th Evening Exhibition (concept), March 5, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.963.

[viii] See Pörschmann 2015 (see note 15), p. 29.

[ix] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 85.

[x] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 117. ZERO 3 was presented at the event ZERO: Edition, Exposition, Demonstration, at the Galerie Schmela in 1961. The third and final issue of the magazine contains contributions by over thirty artists from various countries, and provides an overview of the ZERO approach and mindset, which developed into an international art movement.

[xi] Pörschmann 2015 (see note 15), p. 20.

The Atelier as a Space for Action

As soon as galleries included Mack’s and Piene’s works in their portfolios, the two artists ceased organizing their own Evening Exhibitions.[i] The heterotopia of an exhibition platform for progressive art in the atelier on Gladbacher Strasse had fulfilled its purpose; it became increasingly superfluous, and disappeared once more. Two years after the eighth and final event in the series, Piene organized a show titled 9th Evening Exhibition, which, despite the title suggesting a continuation of the series, has to be classified as a completely independent format, as it deviated fundamentally from the original concept. It took place in collaboration with Galerie Schmela as part of Piene’s second solo exhibition there, which was titled Piene: Ein Fest für das Licht (Piene: A Festival for the Light), and which opened on October 7, 1960, in the gallery’s premises on Hunsrückenstrasse in Düsseldorf’s old town. On three evenings, parallel to the exhibition in the gallery, Piene staged in his atelier various versions of the Lichtballett (Light Ballet) that he had been developing for about a year.[ii] The exhibition poster lists both venues, highlighting their symbiotic character, which is also reflected in the structure of the poster. The names of the venues are set at the same line height—here shown on one of Piene’s drawings of the design with the underlined exhortation “achsial!” (“axial!”) as a central and meaningful design element. They appear as equal venues at eye level, as it were, whereby the artworks on display in each case determined the meaning of the respective locations or, in the case of the atelier, even changed it decisively. While Alfred Schmela showed new Rauchbilder (Smoke Paintings) and light graphics by Piene, which are tangible and permanent works that were suitable for marketing and which confirmed the function of the gallery, the artist presented a purely ephemeral work with the various choreographies of his Light Ballet in his atelier, which could not be captured for a permanent presentation nor was eligible for sale.[iii] In particular, the first performance, of Light Ballet mit Folien nach Jazz” (“with foils to jazz”),[iv] in which several people made the light dance in the room—and not machines, as in the third, Vollelektronisches Lichtballett (Fully Electronic Light Ballet)—was created purely for the moment and it only existed in that moment, instantly transforming the atelier into an “experimental action space.”[v]Whereas in the eight preceding Evening Exhibitions it had served the basic function of surfaces on which exhibits were displayed, here the atelier was now ennobled to the status of a kind of stage, and thus itself became part of the artwork being presented.[vi]

[i] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 63.

[ii] See ibid., p. 125.

[iii] See ibid., p. 127.

[iv] Otto Piene, typescript, Düsseldorf, January 3, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.58.

[v] Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 127.

[vi] However, this only applies to the moment of the performance. It should also be borne in mind that, as a rule, Piene conceived and designed his Light Ballets to be independent of space. They could be projected anywhere—the location itself always played a subordinate role, although it is of course an inherent criterion of the work, without which the installation cannot function.

The End of the Atelier—The End of an Era

In 1966, Piene organized a Zweites Fest für das Licht (Second Festival for the Light) in collaboration with Schmela. From November 11 to December 9, the artist staged several actions, which, like the first event of the same name six years earlier, were spread across several venues. In addition to the two locations used before, Piene’s new atelier rooms at Hüttenstrasse 104—the present headquarters of the ZERO foundation—became a third location, where he presented Blackout 1 and Blackout 2 on two evenings, two interactive happenings that involved the visitors as participants in the action, which consisted of slide projections and multimedia elements.[i] On December 2, 1966, Piene staged the demonstration Die rotglühende Venus (The Red Hot Venus) in his old studio on Gladbacher Strasse, at which the location was incorporated in a performance one last time and became an event space. In the darkened studio, Piene heated with a Bunsen burner a metal sculpture of a small angel, hanging freely in the room, until the bronze began to glow red, before it slowly lost its color again after a few minutes, as it cooled.[ii] On the poster, the action is announced as the “Last Evening Exhibition,”[iii] which makes it clear that this term was used solely in the context of the atelier on Gladbacher Strasse, and that the format was specifically linked to the premises there.[iv] The extinguishing of The Red Hot Venus not only brought the series of Evening Exhibitions to a close, but the history of the studio on Gladbacher Strasse had come to an end—Piene subsequently moved to Hüttenstrasse. A week earlier, during the opening of the exhibition Zero in Bonn at the Städtische Kunstsammlungen (Municipal Art Museum) in Bonn on November 25, 1966, Mack, Piene, and Uecker had officially declared the end of their artistic collaboration, and ZERO was also over.[v]

[i] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 130.

[ii] See Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 1), pp. 30–31.

[iii] Piene: Zweites Fest für das Licht (poster), Galerie Schmela, Düsseldorf, Atelier Piene, Gladbacher Strasse 69, Düsseldorf, Atelier Piene, Hüttenstrasse 104, Düsseldorf, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.VII.4.

[iv] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 129. Interestingly, the term “atelier” only appears on the two posters for the Fest für das Licht, that is, when it was used solely for events exhibiting works by Piene. The invitation cards for the first eight Evening Exhibitions give the address of Gladbacher Strasse 69 as the location, without any reference that this was Mack‘s and Piene‘s atelier, which again underlines the social aspect of the endeavor—that the focus should not be on them, but on the community of all the exhibiting artists.

[v] See Zell 2019 (see note 6), p. 131.

Invitation card for the exhibition ZERO in Bonn, Städtische Kunstsammlungen Bonn, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate Heinz Mack, mkp.ZERO.1.VII.68
Invitation card for the exhibition ZERO in Bonn, Städtische Kunstsammlungen Bonn, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate Heinz Mack, mkp.ZERO.1.VII.68

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Books

B Books

ZERO and the Printed Page

Bartomeu Marí

This text focuses on the intersection of several specialized areas: artmaking, curatorship, exhibiting and documenting, writing about art (or art criticism), publishing, graphic design, publicity… without my having an academic background or objective in any of those fields. I approach them as a witness who participates in the object of study, as my own “studio practice.” These are activities that converge, for my account, in the publication of books and everything we call “printed matter” (including magazines, pamphlets, posters, manifestos, advertisements, invitations to events…). This universe is expressed on paper and exists in multiple copies. They are not unique objects; they are reproduced. There is no original. The abundantly illustrated chronology elaborated by Thekla Zell and published in 2015[i] offers a beautiful route through the meanders of aesthetic diversity generated by the artists around ZERO in Europe.


[i] Thekla Zell, “The ZERO Traveling Circus: Documentation of Exhibitions, Actions, Publications 1958–1966,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), pp. 19–176.
Woman with ZERO 3, n.d. (about 1961), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.V.211, photo: unknown

I approach them as a witness who participates in the object of study, as my own “studio practice.”

Books and magazines only apparently belong to different categories. In the context of the postwar artistic avant-garde in Europe they are part of a larger universe that has entered the field of heritage and is collected, conserved, and exhibited alongside artworks in the traditional sense of the word. In the environment of the ZERO group, in particular, books and periodicals played an essential role in the dissemination of ideas that were central to an entire generation of artists. Consciously or unconsciously heirs of the renovating spirits that animated the avant-garde of the interwar period, the members of this new generation tried to surpass their predecessors, to make a clean sweep of the past and invent a new aesthetic language, new functions and channels of operation for art, and—why not—to contribute to the invention of a new world that was to emerge from the destructive barbarism of World War II. Most artists of whom I speak in this text were children during the war: Heinz Mack, Otto Piene—who was conscripted as a so-called Flak-helper—and Günther Uecker, who recounts a decisive episode, during the war, for the choice of the flagship materials of his work.[i] They did not ignore the negative side of a modernity that produced—as Goya denounced that “the Sleep of Reason Produces Monsters”—the first truly global tragedy.

[i]Günther Uecker Interview: Making Poetry with a Hammer,” YouTube video, 41:41 mins, uploaded by Louisiana Channel, June 13, 2017, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MPH7XSsK3SY (accessed October 21, 2023).

The critical cartography of this territory is already extensive and the contents of the publications that form the corpus to which I refer in these lines have been analyzed in depth. I will try to raise some questions mainly about periodical publications, in particular ZERO, Azimuth, and Nul=0. I might also have included publications such as Nota and De nieuwe stijl,[i] as well as other editions, linked to specific exhibitions. Yet on this occasion I focus on the periodicals directly edited and produced by artists themselves, and leave aside the exhibition catalogs and books published by institutions such as museums for further study. In my opinion, this latter group of publications obeys other kinds of editorial criteria that make them very different by nature. I focus instead on the common intentions of artists to create a space of expression and promotion for their own discourses. This is a very modern need: the intellect must support the relevance of an artwork that has not been commissioned by power but by the pure creativity and intentionality of the artist. Every work of art seems to need a theory that, more or less organized, more or less coherent, gives it meaning in a new space of contemplation.

[i] Both Nota and de nieuwe stijl bring together the worlds of visual art and experimental poetry.

“Exhibitions go, books stay.” Harald Szeemann

One of the elements that unites all these publications and magazines is the fact that they are precisely produced by artists, who, in a conscious and organized manner, become authors, designers, and editors. They go far beyond the mere production of works of art or images for reproduction. As the volume The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967 argues, the artists concerned actively extended their fields of action to specialized areas, among which we find the publication of magazines and books, and this offers an essential differentiation.[i] For the artist, the book or magazine is a space of creativity that is equivalent to the space of the studio as well as an extension of the gallery space. It is a space of reproduction and dissemination. It concerns the occupation of a space proper to modern identity (in the Habermasian sense of the term) that is equated with the space of the institutions that define the culture of an open society. The space of art is no longer the chambers of the prince, nor is it managed by the government (as was and is the case with totalitarian governments). Nor is its presence reduced to museums, open for a very short time to contemporary art, or to fairs or salons where aesthetic innovations can be appreciated. Art occupies, with a certain normality, with a certain exceptionality, a new public space whose origin lies in the dissemination of information and opinions. The extensive monograph Artists’ Magazines[ii] offers a dense analysis through a selection of mainly North American publications, among which the German Interfunktionen (1968–75) stands out. The publication is, therefore, a space of communication, like that of the gallery or the exhibition space. For the institution, for the museum, the book is an extension of the institutional space of representation. For the art critic, curator, or author, the publication is (or was) the natural space in which to convey ideas and arguments. This is why the interests of multiple actors in the system converge in the pages of books and magazines. The printed page, the book, the periodical, or the pamphlet, is a hybrid space of great power and significance. “Exhibitions go, books stay,” Harald Szeemann told me many years ago. Today, we understand exhibitions as a category of historiographical importance, mainly thanks to what remains of them—catalogues and magazines—which make them “stay” beyond their ephemeral nature. In this sense, it is interesting to consider that the history of exhibitions has emerged only very recently as a subcategory in the historicization of contemporary art.

[i] Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds., The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967 (Ghent, 2015).

[ii] Gwen Allen, Artists’ Magazines: An Alternative Space for Art (Cambridge, MA, and London, 2011). Beyond the specificity of the magazines as “alternative” spaces for art, I also recommend Brian O’Doherty, Studio and Cube: On the Relationship between Where Art Is Made and Where Art Is Displayed (New York, 2007).

Azimuth, 1, 1959, cover, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.VII.59 (1)
Azimuth, 1, 1959, p. 25, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.VII.59 (1)

The publishing activities of the second half of the twentieth century have a clear counterpart in those before World War II. The so-called historical avant-gardes were equally prolific in their literary and critical activities and were involved in numerous publishing projects. Let us recall, among others, publications central to the development of art movements and groups at the time, such as De Stijl (1917–20 and 1921–32), Mecano(1922–23), Ma (1916–25), 391 (1917–24), L’Esprit Nouveau (1920–25), Bauhaus (1926–32), Der Sturm(1910–32), Die Aktion (1911–32), Die Freie Strasse (1915–18), Dada (1919–20), Merz (1923–32), LEF (1923–25), and so on, many of which were published in Germany. From a comparison of both groups of publications, a first consideration emerges: the graphic creativity of most interwar publications is enormous; those published after World War II offer a great visual and graphic sobriety that contrasts with the earlier ones. In the interwar period, visual experimentation was expressed in new territories such as typography, with great compositional freedom. The written word became a very powerful image, in a radically different way than it had been in the Middle Ages or the Renaissance. Experimental and phonetic poetry contributed to placing writing and image at equal levels. The combination of visual innovations linked to experimental and phonetic poetry, typographic revolutions, and the breakthrough of graphic possibilities brought by photography was a perfect intersection that consolidated the modern aesthetic that would later be transformed into advertising.

Nul=0, 2, 1963, p. 21, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.VII.58 (1–2)
Nul=0, 1, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.VII.58 (1–2)

Besides its apparent nihilism, ZERO was about a new start, the building of a new condition, a rebirth.

How can we explain the graphic sobriety of the postwar artists’ publications? I don’t have a definitive answer, but I imagine that their authors were clearly aware that these periodicals were fundamental instruments for obtaining a primary objective: to gain the public visibility, impact, and relevance that would allow them to gain respect and recognition. I am not talking about this in terms of what we would now call “marketing”: this generation of artists had to rebuild their own public sphere. It was not a question of occupying a preexisting scene, nor of reconstructing a scene that had been cracked. The enthusiasm breathed by their texts and proclamations has more to do with the will to invent something that did not yet exist than to change something that existed before. In contrast, the artists around Futurism or Dada had devoted as much energy to destroying the prevailing bourgeois culture of the past as to generating a new aesthetic program; that is why Dada was identified for a long time (and wrongly, in my opinion) as anti-art. Besides its apparent nihilism, ZERO was about a new start, the building of a new condition, a rebirth.

The books and publications in the milieu of ZERO and adjacent groups seem to contrast with the atmosphere of fun, bustle, constant movement, and the unpredictable and surprising character of the performances in public spaces, at certain openings, the appearances of Piero Manzoni (1933–1963) on television at the time, or the meetings of the artists. The periodicals are “serious”; they “say” that what these artists do should be taken seriously; they deserve the viewer’s attention; they are not to be considered lightly.

The publications we refer to today had relatively small print runs, and the best known, ZERO and Azimuth,also had a short history. The first two issues of ZERO, which appeared in 1958, were published in 400 and 350 copies, respectively. Number three, apotheosis and conclusion at the same time, had 1,225 copies in 1961: its promoters were sure that its reception had increased exponentially. Azimuth, authentic lightning, flare, and brilliance of a very specific moment, had only two issues, which were published in about 500 copies each.

nota, 4, 1960, p. 14, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp ZERO.1.VII.149

At the end of World War II and for many years following, the center of Europe, including the island of West Berlin, was economically in the hands of Marshall Plan finances. The undisputed military and economic leadership of the United States of America would soon find a translation in what Theodor Adorno and Max Horkheimer called the “culture industry,” as well as in the “prestige crafts” such as the art system. Not only did New York steal from Paris the status of capital of the art world, but the center of gravity shifted across the Atlantic, especially with the power of the academy, and the critical, editorial, and publishing apparatus that would give it credibility and authority. ZERO and its adjacent groups represent the swan song of a Europe that became, after the war, the scene of a play in which industry, commerce, the military apparatus, and science displaced the centrality of culture and heritage, rendering them subsidiary to the fight for global primacy between the two ideological leaders, the United States and the Soviet Union. The intellectual and aesthetic dramaturgy to which I refer occurs at the same time as memorable episodes of the Cold War, and the shift from the beatnik generation to the hippies preceding the revolts of 1968. Is it not strange in this sense that, well into the twenty-first century, we know so little about and are not showing much interest in the “Nove Tendencje” exhibitions held in Zagreb in 1961, 1963, and 1965? The debates that took place in that context are a historio graphical frontier that we should explore without delay.

ZERO, Azimuth, Nul=0

Two issues of the Dutch magazine Nul=0 appeared. The first, in 1961, featured texts by artists in German, French, and English, along with reproductions of their works. Issue two, which appeared in 1963, was dedicated to the recently deceased artists and real media agitators Yves Klein (1928–1962) and Manzoni.Both editions have a great graphic sobriety that draws attention to the fonts used, which are reminiscent of old typewriters.

Two issues of Azimuth magazine were also published, the first in September 1959 and the second in January 1960. Both follow the same logic: texts by artists and reproductions of works, with the exception that issue number two reproduces the texts in Italian, German, French, and English, demonstrating the international and cosmopolitan ambition of the project.

Published in German, the first two issues of ZERO follow a similar logic, although ZERO is the pioneer magazine that encourages and brings together the largest number of enthusiastic European artists. Issue one was dedicated to the color red and accompanied an Abendausstellung (Evening Exhibition) on the same theme. The volume was preceded by a quotation from Hegel, to which well-known artists and thinkers responded, including Arnold Gehlen (1904–1976), Max Burchartz (1887–1961), Georg Muche (1895–1987), and Klein. Accompanying the 8th Evening Exhibition, issue two would rotate thematically around the idea of vibration in painting—an idea that the young Italian artists of Gruppo T and Gruppo N (enne) would take at face value a year later by investigating the real possibilities of the vibration of objects and surfaces in three-dimensional and animated works.

Only issue three of ZERO, published in 1961 as the last iteration of that editorial project, offers a number of thoughtful pages that go beyond the traditional image-text relationship, composing a conceptually organized visual narrative. Referring on multiple occasions to Dynamo, the exhibition held at Galerie Renate Boukes in Wiesbaden in 1959, ZERO 3 contains several “visual essays” that create a particular iconographic atmosphere, reminiscent, on some pages, of the details of Pop Art or mass media imagery. Not only are works by artists illustrated—with ample representations of Lucio Fontana (1899–1968), Klein, Jean Tinguely (1925–1991), Otto Piene (1928–2014), and Heinz Mack (b. 1931)—but a dense grid of images blurs on the paper, and powerful female lips invite us to read the pronunciation of an inaudible word. A numerical countdown leads us to the liftoff of a rocket that propels ZERO toward the confines of the firmament (the space race would take a further eight years to bring man to the moon). To say goodbye to the volume, a very clear message: “We live. We are for everything.”[i] On the inside pages, a “brutal” intervention by Yves Klein interrupts his text, cutting the page with fire.

[i] Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, “Proclamation,” in Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO, trans. Howard Beckman (Cambridge, MA, 1973), p. 329.

ZERO 1, 1958, p. 10–11, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.137
ZERO 2, 1958, p. 1–2, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.139
ZERO 3, 1961, various pages, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.144
ZERO 3, 1961, various pages, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.144

The almost ascetic sobriety of the work of some of them, as well as the intense conceptual charges of others, did not prevent them from being of “their” time.

In 1956, Richard Hamilton and the artists involved in the Independent Group produced the well-known exhibition This Is Tomorrow at the Whitechapel Art Gallery in London, with which the language of advertising, popular culture, and consumerism, and the ebullience of mass media all entered the sacrosanct territory of the fine arts. ZERO, Azimuth, Nul=0, and others would remain at the visual antipodes of the typographic experimentation of the first decades of the century and the overwhelming visual cascade that would soon be imposed in the everyday life of European citizens. I do not intend to compare dissonant aesthetics, but rather seek to understand the motivations and strategies of artists who practiced minimalist abstraction, tried to make painting vibrate, promoted the monochrome almost as a transcendental creed, and followed with fascination Lucio Fontana’s tireless search for a new kind of space, a space made from the void. We are well aware of the interest of artists emerging in the postwar period in popular subcultures linked to the entertainment industry, advertising, consumerism, and the media. European artists did not gloss over the visual and social transformations of their environment, but they did take positions that were highly critical or distant from it all. The almost ascetic sobriety of the work of some of them, as well as the intense conceptual charges of others, did not prevent them from being of “their” time. It was also about offering an aesthetic resistance through art, at the same time that behaviors in the public space embraced forms of collective enjoyment and interaction. They were fascinated by mass media, especially television. Some of them were excellent communicators or entertainers (or clowns, as they have come to be characterized). Their sense of humor and provocation went hand in hand with a great communicative effectiveness, and contrasted with the intense visual constriction of their publications.

The contents of ZERO, Azimuth, and Nul=0, the main publications of that time linked to the scenes of Düsseldorf, Milan, and the Rotterdam-Amsterdam axis, are organized around common principles: texts by artists referring to specific works or projects, texts by critics or museum curators in tune with these ideas, together with illustrations of works by the artists directly or indirectly involved. Books and periodicals created and maintained a sense of community. Modernity had stimulated artists to agglutinate, associate, and organize themselves in order to exist. Artists became authors, editors, and participants in exhibitions that were often linked to the release of the periodicals in question. Another element attracts my attention: in parallel to the celebrated publications, ZERO and the adjacent groups maintained a prolific production of diverse printed matter: posters, foldouts, announcements, invitations, and so on—informational material promoting activities that on certain occasions were accompanied by catalogs. Also, within this variegated category of printed matter we can observe a graphic diversity of great communicative impact. In the exhibition Far from the Void: ZERO and Postwar Art in Europe, presented by the IVAM Centre Julio González in Valencia in 2022, the central corridor of the show, which linked its different rooms and environments, was precisely occupied by a “backbone” of vitrines and display units dedicated to highlighting—as a unifying element of works, artists, and ideas—the books and different publications, films, and documentation produced by the different groups. Books, magazines, and printed material not only provided visual identity in the public space; they also served as conceptual “mortar.” The physical space of the city and the ethereal space created by the media kept them in communication with each other. Art historian and critic Claire Bishop has recently emphasized the problem of the superabundance of documentation in exhibition spaces traditionally reserved for artworks: the artistic heritage is a vast ensemble that is managed according to disparate criteria.[i]

[i] Claire Bishop, “Information Overload,” Artforum 61, no. 8 (April 2023), pp. 122–89.

Installation view of the exhibition Far from the Void: ZERO and Postwar Art in Europe, IVAM Centre Julio González, Valencia, 2022/23, photo: IVAM

While ZERO, Azimuth, and Nul=0 did not accompany traditional exhibitions, they nonetheless shared public repercussions with them, disseminated ideas contained in them, and distributed parallel intellectual motivations and arguments.

How can we explain the evident graphic and visual sobriety of the publications analyzed? From all evidence, the artists we are concerned with were not unaware of either the power or the function of creative graphic design as a means of persuasion for their projects. The new aesthetic ideas sought to occupy a space of visibility, a public territory in fabulous transformation. The art publishing industry would begin to recompose itself fundamentally with these artist-led initiatives, both in Europe and in the United States. In the nineteen-sixties, the “big bang” in the arts spread through artist-led publications before the space of the printed page was occupied by publishing companies aimed at profit. Vocations preceded shareholders’ interests.

I believe that the artists gathered around ZERO, Azimuth, and Nul=0, however short the life of each of these projects, did not seek in their publications an alternative space to the traditional exhibition spaces of galleries and museums. Heinz Mack and Otto Piene had invented a new category and a new format of exhibition space: the artist’s own studio, with the opening night providing the space-time coordinates in which the exhibition took place. On the other hand, the openings would continue to use some of the exhibition’s traditional ritual elements, such as the invitation card or the opening speech by a scientific or institutional authority. Piero Manzoni and Enrico Castellani created their own gallery in Milan, and the Dutch artists “squatted” the most dynamic museum, the Stedelijk Museum in Amsterdam, on two occasions. Their Belgian colleagues had access to a new exhibition venue that they organized by themselves in Antwerp, the Hessenhuis, where memorable exhibitions took place in 1959. A few years later, Aspen magazine in the United States would attempt to provide a new type of exhibition space in the form of an experimental magazine, as an alternative to the three-dimensional circuit of Euclidean space as experienced in commercial galleries, museums, or nonprofit spaces. While ZERO, Azimuth, and Nul=0 did not accompany traditional exhibitions, they nonetheless shared public repercussions with them, disseminated ideas contained in them, and distributed parallel intellectual motivations and arguments.

Exhibitions in commercial galleries and a few exhibitions in museums came relatively quickly. Participation and success in major events such as Documenta or La Biennale di Venezia largely failed to materialize – Mack, Piene and Uecker did, however, exhibit in Kassel in 1964.  When the aesthetic forms and ideas of the European ZERO artists arrived in the United States in 1964,[i] they did so under a category or denomination that was relatively alien to their origins, in an international context already completely dominated by the dazzling success of American Pop Art.

The books and publications are part of a wider network of actions and supports that contained the performances, or collective and theatrical actions, and the use of new media (television), at a time of multidisciplinary and anti-academic emergence—addicted to rupture but not disrespectful to existing institutions, innovative but aware of the new orders that were being created little by little. The new art permeated slowly and dissolved into the system, shadowed by the rapidly succeeding trends, groups, and labels established by galleries and art critics.

[i] The exhibition The Responsive Eye took place at the Museum of Modern Art in New York between February 23 and April 25, 1965. The press release for this exhibition reads: “The Responsive Eye exhibition will bring together paintings and constructions that initiate a new, highly perceptual phase in the grammar of art.… Certain of these artists establish a totally new relationship between the observer and the work of art.” Museum of Modern Art (website), https://assets.moma.org/documents/moma_press-release_326375.pdf (accessed November 6, 2023).

I imagine that—with all possible differences and distances—the atmosphere of the Evening Exhibitions organized by Heinz Mack and Otto Piene in their Düsseldorf studio might have resembled moods that we have all experienced in our youth. Every creative activity is vital for any artist. And part of the vitality I am trying to describe consisted, I imagine, in rationalizing powerful intuitions that would appear and disappear at any moment, but which needed to be materialized in the studio, where they became works of art. Rationalizing creativity, explaining with ideas and arguments why a work of art is how it is and not any different, is a task that artists after World War II adopted as part of their natural activity.

The printed page will always be different from the screens that surround us.

While it is the artists in the milieu of Futurism, Surrealism, and Dada who initiated the systematic practice of experimental and critical writing with activist or creative intent, and of publishing their own media, books, and magazines, it is the artists related to ZERO and its peer groups in Europe who consolidated the genre in the second half of the twentieth century. Publications that reached three issues or fewer, and that existed for one, two, or three years, combining great graphic simplicity with a high print quality, continue to fascinate us today. Exhibitions in museums and galleries, symposiums, articles, and books are dedicated to them with some regularity, and we find them in specialized public and private collections. In some cases, they are reprinted and reissued; in others they circulate freely in electronic formats. Many of the ideas put forward in their texts seem naïve or outdated to us today. But they undoubtedly refer us to facts, forms, and materials without which today’s art would not be what it is.

The attitude that produced all of this, a genuine form of “do it yourself,” teaches the artist and the intellectual of today that where there is no adequate channel to convey new ideas, it must be created. And it shows that new forms, without ideas to back them up, rarely acquire solidity or relevance. Although auctions and the different art markets do not allow us to speak of an art industry, on account of the economic volume they move, we find ourselves today at the intersection of a series of complex crafts that the digital world and the World Wide Web have altered forever. The printed page will always be different from the screens that surround us. But the latter owe to the former an ability to relate images, words, ideas, and sensations—our intellectual activity and our emotions.

Endnotes

Concrete Poetry

C Concrete Poetry

Concrete Poetry and ZERO [1979]

Eugen Gomringer

In the same period, with only a few years’ difference, concrete poetry emerged in Switzerland and Brazil, and ZERO in Düsseldorf. Concrete poetry is rightly numbered among the literary movements in poetry, yet it is inconceivable without its relation to Concrete Art, which in Switzerland existed through my encounter with the Galerie des Eaux Vives in Zurich in 1944, as well as partly through its roots in visual art, and in Swiss graphics and typography. Thus, ZERO’s philosophy, themes, and issues are by no means alien to the phenomenology of concrete poetry. On the contrary: shifts in boundaries and interactions soon resulted, which continue to bear fruit to this day [1979]. There is more than abundant evidence that both movements, without initially knowing much about each other, pursued similar goals and addressed similar topics.

Portrait of Eugen Gomringer, 1954/2018, photo: unknown

In the first manifesto of concrete poetry, which I published exactly 25 years ago, in 1954, in the Neue Zürcher Zeitung (“From Verse to Constellation”), I described “constellation” as follows: “It encompasses a group of words — in the way that a group of stars becomes a constellation.” And on the function of this new poetry within society it says: “The contribution of poetry will be concentration, economy, and silence. Silence distinguishes the new poetry from individualistic poetry. For this it relies upon the word.” In later manifestos, the description of the “constellation” and the demand for silence as the starting points for creative work were increasingly accompanied by the issue of surface and space, not least because constellations of stars, as well as of words, owe their effectiveness to the wideness of space. Consequently, later Pierre Garnier in France later transformed concrete poetry into “spatialisme.” Almost all authors of the 1950s put their signatures to his manifesto.

It should also not be overlooked that concrete poetry presented its intentions in an emphatically positivistic manner, optimistic in mood and turned away from the “dark” forces, including the emotional ones. It was about the new poetry of a new world. The term “constellation” in its own way denotes that the gaze wanted to be oriented to the heavens, and that the constellation should be brought down from the skies to the earth.

In the catalog of the ZERO exhibition at the Kestner-Gesellschaft in Hannover in 1965, Wieland Schmied describes the term “ZERO”: “However, it did not stop at this ‘pointed’ conception of ZERO — as a starting point or as a zero point. Soon they were speaking of the ‘ZERO Zone,’ and in this zone of contemplation, of stillness, of reflection, the nought, the zero, certainly has its place as an object of meditation and concentration. ZERO was to Mack, Piene, Uecker, Holweck, and Goepfert an unoccupied zone, a space not yet entered, an area not yet occupied by ideas, theories, and failed realizations, an area from which everything is still possible, from which it is possible to begin without preconditions, without any onerous legacy, without the fetters of the past.”

The idea of a space not yet entered, a zone of contemplation, of stillness, or the idea of the zero as an object for meditation and concentration — these could just as well have been ideas of the early concrete poets. Both they and ZERO have the same starting point, reiterated again and again with the terms “concentration,” “silence,” and “space.” These are terms that belong to the first phase, in which the decision was taken in favor of a new, pure worldview. Yet there was not only kinship in their large-scale thinking: ZERO early on favored “nuances” — in contrast to “noisy shouting” and “maximum physical effort” (Otto Piene). Günther Uecker wrote in 1960: “The wind is the beauty of the ice, as the sun flies, I fly, it goes through me, as it goes through something and nothing, it has transformed itself and me. It is the new awareness of the elemental forces, indeed of a central force, of immediate experience. Likewise, in my earliest constellations, flying and the wind and the tree played a crucial role.”

Uecker gave a “Lecture on White” in 1961, which is in fact a song of praise of the white world:

“To get to my work,” he says at the end, “here you see a quiet staccato, a legible white zone, which in its freedom awakens our most sensitive feelings, which conveys to us a new world of small nuances, of silence, far away from all the noise.”

Eugen Gomringer, Silence, 1953
Eugen Gomringer, Wind, 1953

No need here to point out the parallels in concrete poetry, where ideograms seek to represent silence, or to provoke keeping silent. And likewise for the concrete poets white is a major, inspiring situation. For the poet the blank page is the white field on which every small character, every single word attains its full stature, attracts attention, is an action.

Both ZERO as well as concrete poetry have also pointed up numerous new paths in design. Unfortunately, in the case of concrete poetry, art critics have still not realized that its minimal positive designs — Dieter Rot [Karl-Dietrich Roth] was a great inspirer in this respect — are actually the precursors of the later Minimal Art. ZERO is recognized to have made groundbreaking achievements in the understanding of artistic structure. Uecker: “The exploration of present structures leads us into a new reality”; “I constructed my white structures, which I deliberately call objects because they differ from pictorial projections on a canvas, with prefabricated elements such as nails. In the beginning I used rigorously ordered rhythms, mathematical sequences, which later dissolved into a free rhythm.”

Heinz Gappmayr, Weiss (White), 1967
Timm Ulrichs, OrdnungUnordnung, 1961

What Uecker achieved with nails, concrete poets designed with groups of letters and words. The concordance reached a new high point when Uecker stated that “current structural resources can be understood as the language of our spiritual existence.” But then it also becomes clear that the design options differ. An important concept for ZERO was “vibration” and “oscillation.” “For me,” Uecker said, “it is about using these means to achieve a vibration within their ordered relationship to one another, which disrupts their geometric order and is capable of irritating them.” In the second phase, the poems of concrete poetry were also set in motion. The crystals of the early phase, too, became irritating structures. The only difference to the creative artistic means of ZERO was that all linguistic means can never only be shapes and shells — they repeatedly proved to be semantic means as well, which, of course, enabled quite different kinds of irritations. Many of Ernst Jandl’s texts are based on irritations of this kind.

Today, when people are so fond of looking back, the realization might dawn that the two movements — the real avant-garde movements of the postwar period — certainly played their part superbly in the 1950s and 1960s, and that their creative and psychological potential reached far beyond a mere historical stylistic affiliation. To create poetry in the sense of concrete poetry means to work with the elements of language; that is, writing as well as speaking, to use them positively as elements of existential intellectual confrontation within the wider open structure. And the ZERO texts by Piene, Mack, and Uecker — who can claim that they can be fixed historically solely through their intelligent confrontation with the elementary feeling of life, and also with the larger open structure? Both movements have not yet been exhausted in terms of their insights, knowledge, and perceptions.

Reprint from “ZERO. Bildvorstellung einer europäischen Avantgarde 1958-1964”, ed. by Ursula Perucchi-Petri, exhib. cat. Kunsthaus Zurich 1979, pp. 37-39.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Diagram

D Diagram

ZERO’s charts

Astrit Schmidt-Burkhardt

There are avant-garde movements that created a diagrammatic image of themselves in order to give themselves a program from the outset, and then there are those that only became aware of the aesthetic principles, ideological foundation and historical constellations that had fostered their success in retrospect. The latter include ZERO.

On September 26, 1964, the exhibition Integratie 64 opened in Antwerp. It was organized by the Belgian artist Jef Verheyen (1932–1984) and the writer Paul de Vree (1909–1982). The latter was also in charge of the project’s publicity and public relations. In his short introduction to the exhibition, de Vree emphasized the need to bring architecture, art, and technology together to form a “universal unity,” now that industry, and with it technology, had created new social structures in society that demanded a unity that was innovative. Instead of speaking about works of art in the conventional sense, de Vree envisioned artistic prototypes that would play a part in shaping the future. Instead of questioning and critiquing their own reality, he urged artists to participate in a “new reality.” For since the nineteenth century, architects, visual artists, and musicians had been busy in an endeavor to reconcile mass culture and technical innovations. Now, however, modern materials had to be tested in experiments to ascertain their applicability, and then utilized to advance into new aesthetic dimensions. According to de Vree’s optimistic convictions about the future, such fundamental changes would eventually embrace all areas of civilization.[i]

[i] See Paul de Vree, “Integration 64,” Plan 1, Special Issue Integratie (1964), p. 4.

Alongside this text, de Vree presented his main ideas in a diagram. The vividness of Integratie makes up for what his introduction to Integratie 64, formulated clumsily in German, lacked in clarity. The programmatic importance that de Vree attached to his schematic drawing can be inferred from the fact that he reproduced it in a special issue of the magazine De Tafelronde, which he directed and published, shortly after the exhibition opened. The original diagram may have been lost in the meantime, but its publication raised it to the status of an enduring document of theorizing that was influenced by cultural sociology, which prefaces de Vree’s editorial, “Integratie.”[i]

[i] See Paul de Vree, “Integratie,” De Tafelronde 10 vols., no. 1 (1964), pp. 3–10.

Paul de Vree, Integratie, in De Tafelronde, 10. vols., no. 1, 1964, p. 2, photo: H. Erdmann

If one interprets the transverse oval in de Vree’s diagram as the closed cosmos of what goes on in the arts, then it is determined by two parameters whose effects extend from the periphery to the center: the “sociale omwereld” (social environment) above and the “technische omwereld” (technical environment) below. In these hemispheres, “massa” and “machine” are two categories dialectically opposed to each other, separated by a timeline not marked by years that runs across the entire width of the ellipse’s space. Along this axis, de Vree notes prominent stages in the development of art, beginning with “Klassicisme” and “impressionisme,” two contrary nineteenth-century styles with regard to optics (“optiek”), which are located on the far left—on extraterritorial terrain as it were, but at any rate outside the art world of the twentieth century. The stages of development run, following the direction of reading, from Classicism and Impressionism, via “kubisme” and “dada,” to “nieuw realisme”—or, more generally, in a progressive linear sequence from the easel painting of the nineteenth century to the artistic design of the human habitat after World War II. Shifted in parallel and assigned to the “sociale omwereld,” another line of development leads from “fauvisme” via “expressionisme” to the “nieuwe figuratie.”

In his diagram, de Vree drew a picture of European art in which older models linger and continue to exert an effect. One does not have to go back thirty years to the Diagram of Stylistic Evolution from 1890 to 1935 of 1936, by Alfred H. Barr Jr. (1902–1981), in order to recognize the leitmotif of binarism here.[i] Admittedly, this comparison has its flaws. In Barr’s flow chart, there is a dichotomous bifurcation of abstract art, which drifts apart into nongeometric and geometric directions. De Vree also characterized this development as an ever-new process of splitting. Thus, in Integratie, for example, two contrary avant-garde directions emerge from Cubism, Surrealism, and Constructivism that are negotiated and influenced by Dada, and thus exemplarily represent the hemispheres permeated by “subjektivisme” and “objektivisme,” respectively. However, unlike Barr, de Vree operates with indications of temperature: the “warm” current of “informeel” and the “koud” (cold) current of geometric abstract art.[ii] In this internal world of aesthetics, at the equatorial level the thermodynamically heated avant-garde leads to ever-more schisms: to “experimenteel” and to “lyrisch abstrakt”—qualities that are intrinsic to art and can be followed farther to “pop’art” and “op’art.”

[i] Michel Seuphor, who despised figurative art, was among the first to fully appreciate Barr’s chart: he included it in his seminal book L’Art abstrait: Ses origines, ses premiers maîtres of 1949, which was reprinted many times, and thus contributed to spreading the binary construction of history.

[ii] Later, Germano Celant—with recourse to Marshall McLuhan’s terminology—would speak of the transition of “warm” Art Informel (Jackson Pollock, Willem de Kooning, Franz Kline, Hans Hofmann, Mark Rothko, Jean Fautrier, Alberto Burri, Jean Dubuffet, and Georges Mathieu) into “cold” Art Informel (Neo-Dada, Nouveau Réalisme, Fluxus, Happenings, ZERO group, and Conceptual Art). See Germano Celant, Piero Manzoni 1933–1963, exh. cat. Städtische Galerie im Lenbachhaus and Kunsthalle Tübingen, trans. Michael Obermayer (Munich, 1973), p. 4.

Like Barr before him, de Vree employs dialectical extremes that are in the tradition of polarizing argumentation, but with a decisive difference: he carries over the aesthetic opposites that constitute Pop Art and Op Art into a superordinate unity. Under the major concept “integratie,” which he highlights in boldface type, de Vree summarizes what, in essence, does not belong together, but is nevertheless thought to be symbiotically and progressively effective in the future—with the fascination for technological achievements and the possibilities for expansion associated with them. Thus, the germ cell “integratie,” drawn with a broken line to indicate receptivity, absorbs contrary tendencies and strives—programmatically charged as it is—for independence from old framing conditions toward a new era.

In his diagram, de Vree traces, as it were, the broad, not to say rough, lines of aesthetic developments during the twentieth century, in the fraught area between “mass society” and “machine,” in order to develop—with “integration”—a productive perspective on a desired future. In this way, a theoretical picture emerges that gives an impression of the sense of new beginnings that prevailed in the sixties, to which the “zero beweging” had not least contributed, and which in de Vree’s schema is assigned to Op Art.[i] The diagram published in De Tafelronde did not, however, provide any information about the conceptual preconditions under which the ZERO movement began, what guiding artistic principles it pursued, or who was associated with it—in short, what its essence was. It was Heinz Mack (b. 1931) who provided this information later by means of three diagrams.

[i] ZERO in the narrower sense was Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and, as of 1961, Günther Uecker. The Düsseldorf protagonists—along with sixteen other artists—exhibited works in the Integratie 64 exhibition, mentioned at the beginning of this chapter.

Conceptualization

In 1966, Mack returned to Germany, after two years in New York, and reoriented himself artistically. The suggestion to dissolve the three-member ZERO group—which consisted of himself, Otto Piene (1928–2014), and Günther Uecker (b. 1930)—came from Mack that same year. The time was ripe for a résumé. With the speculatively titled Zéro: mögliche Konzeptionen (Zéro: Possible Conceptions),[i] Mack drafted a diagram that summarizes ZERO’s aesthetic program in retrospect. At the moment of the artists’ consensual parting of the ways, it records the ideas that connected the members of the Düsseldorf group and other artists for eight years without a founding event, without a manifesto, and without any obligation of commitment.

With thick arrows and colored pencils, Mack reconstructed the strata of thoughts and ideas upon which ZERO was founded. Here, (art) theory was conceived in its original sense, and at the same time it was Kantian, as it were. It is presented in clear-cut graphics—which, conversely, can always turn from contemplation into theory—the smallest units of which are the key concepts. Mack’s elaborated text-image accomplishes both: it breaks down the artistic ideas into concepts, which are in turn given pictorial form with sketches. The result is an art-theoretical tableau in which the didactic experiences of this former art teacher continue to have an effect, Mack having practiced this bread-and-butter profession (with civil servant status) in parallel with his work as an artist until 1964. The catalog magazine ZERO (1958–61), which he and Piene edited, served as a source of inspiration.

[i] Heinz Mack, Zero: mögliche Konzeptionen, 1966. Felt-tip pen, colored pencil, pencil, ballpoint pen, ink, and collage on white paper, mounted on black cardboard, 74.5 x 100 cm (cardboard), 70.5 x 65 cm (sheet of paper), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.30.

Heinz Mack, Zéro: mögliche Konzeptionen, 1966, 74.5 × 100 cm (cardboard), 70.5 × 65 cm (sheet), felt-tip pen, colored pencil, pencil, biros, ink, and collage on white paper, mounted on black cardboard, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.30

The titular motto of the overview Zero: Possible Conceptions is compositionally bracketed by two black arrows extending from the upper right corner to the lower half of the page; the diagram with the horizontally drawn blue connecting arrow is divided into two according to content. The upper half, structured in five columns, is best read from left to right and from top to bottom. The central concern of assembling the artists into three groups is made clear by including one schematic drawing for each: the coordinate cross, the circular model, and the horizontal line. These stand for “structure,” “centralization,” and “line(s)”—all guiding concepts that share common intersections and are based on formal criteria: “plane,” “point,” and “line.” The mastermind behind this triad of concepts was Wassily Kandinsky (1866–1944). His book Punkt und Linie zu Fläche (Point and Line to Plane) was first published as the ninth volume of the Bauhaus Books series in 1926, and three new editions appeared in rapid succession from 1955 to 1963, overseen by the former Bauhaus student Max Bill (1908–1994). Kandinsky made the case for an abstract formal language, which, together with the continuing great interest in “concrete art”—especially among artists—guaranteed the book a lively reception.[i]

For ZERO, the conclusion to be drawn from the painterly elements plane, point, and line inside a curved bracket was “reduction.” What this signified was the “abolition of complexity,” as a subsequent addition inserted in pencil specifies. This went hand in hand with the “tendency towards Minimal Art,” which Mack had personally followed at close quarters in the USA. What the typographic bracket does not address is the implicit thrust of the terms: Art Informel and Tachisme; in short, expressionism of every kind, with which the three ZERO artists had experimented at the outset of their artistic careers, but from which they then freed themselves through formal reduction.

[i] This is why Kandinsky was featured at the beginning of the 1960 exhibition Konkrete Kunst (Concrete Art), organized by Max Bill. See Konkrete Kunst: 50 Jahre Entwicklung, exh. cat. Helmhaus (Zurich, 1960), pp. 9–10.

Halfway down the page, events with a performative character come into view, pushed to the right by a subsequently added short black arrow: “Actions,” “Demonstrations,” “Manifestations,” and “Coloboration” (sic).[i] The common denominator of these groups of works is their expansion of the possibilities for artistic action, combined with the aspiration to generate increased public attention as a “team.” Mack does not, however, disregard the potential dangers involved: pure “provocation” and a relapse into “ideologies.” This alludes—the contradistinction is deliberate—to the appropriation of art by the Nazis, for example, and explains why ZERO’s alliances were with aesthetics and not any political agenda.

Four text boxes contain the central artistic ideas in the characteristic ZERO non-colors of white, black, and gray. Strictly dialectically, Mack always includes “light” in “shadow,” “movement” in “stillness,” the (color) “spectrum” in “monochrome,” and “Landart” (sic) in “space art,” in order to underpin them with central theorems such as “vibration,” and “achromatic”—all programmatic words of “postcolorist painting” (Robert Fleck). Between these specific topics, red arrows establish connections or refer to the major actionist terms above them. In this directional reference frame, “Happening,” on the one hand, and “Landart,” on the other, include artistic directions from which the Düsseldorf ZERO artists have taken essential ideas in order to establish their own aesthetic focuses.

[i] On ZERO’s actions in relation to Happenings and Fluxus events, see Malte Feiler, “Aktionen bei ZERO: Happenings?,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., ZERO-Studien: Aufsätze zur Düsseldorfer Gruppe ZERO und ihrem Umkreis (Münster, 1997), pp. 135–48.

Apparently, Mack developed his diagram with its dense information descending in a text-like manner, which at least explains why a page is glued onto the back of the landscape-format page, forming the lower third part of the diagram, and why it was necessary to stabilize the entire portrait-format composition with cardboard backing after the transparent adhesive tape had been removed. Adding this second sheet of paper provided enough space to add another conceptual aspect of ZERO: the consistent use of new materials in art, first and foremost the four elements of “Fire,” “Air,” “Water,” and “Earth,” which are in turn assigned to individual artists.

With the reference to three-dimensional “space” at the bottom of the diagram, a category is invoked that cannot be comprehended topographically. Located between “finite” and “infinite,” the scale can vary from a dot to the universe. ZERO sought the open, pristine space beyond the walls of a museum. Its dimension was light. Like a fountain, it reaches out above the iconic pictorial formula, with its three coordinates, to the artists listed under the headings “Air,” “Water,” and “Earth,” according to Mack’s dictum:

“Without light, matter is invisible, and without space, matter is nonexistent.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack in conversation with Daniel Birnbaum and Hans Ulrich Obrist, “Simple Is Complex,” trans. Tim Connell, in Heinz Mack: Licht—Raum—Farbe / Light—Space—Colour, exh. cat. Bundeskunsthalle, Bonn (Cologne, 2011), p. 32.

The avant-garde striving to expand into the infinite depths of the sky, into the immense expanse of the oceans, or into the monochrome vastness of the desert, is brought back to human civilization at the bottom of the diagram by geographic indications of place: the centrifugal forces of the ZERO movement can be gauged from the far-flung cities of New York, London, Düsseldorf, Milan, Paris, Amsterdam, and Eindhoven.

Mack’s colors follow a strict code, which—exceptions included—are as follows: spatial terms are in blue, actionist program words are in green, and formative design ideas are written in black. Spatial relationships as well as thematic connections are indicated by red arrows. Time and again, Mack took up a fine pen to add short explanations to the main terms in his beautiful uniform handwriting. In this way, terms are related to one another that correspondingly play key roles in ZERO’s approach to art. At the top, the text bubble “the rest in the unrest” provides a first clue. This paradoxical-sounding formulation goes back to a 1958 text of the same name in which Mack describes the artistic tendency to evolve and expand:

“The restlessness of a line: it wants to be a plane. The restlessness of a plane: it wants to be space.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “Resting Restlessness” (1958), in Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO, trans. Howard Beckman (Cambridge, MA, 1973), p. 41.

In Zero: Possible Conceptions, the direction of development alluded to here runs progressively from the elementary doctrine of planes and surfaces to issues of design that determine spaces.

By putting together and arranging the conceptual approaches of ZERO and its comrades-in-arms under varying aspects, Mack went beyond what an entire generation of artists held in common aesthetically, in order to differentiate by drawing up ever-new lists of names. What actually united these almost two dozen listed artists (they were exclusively men) from nine different countries was their striving to assert themselves—something they shared with all avant-garde movements. If one takes a closer look at the compilations of names framed by thin lines, it is clear that from the very beginning, Mack, Piene, and Uecker were in contact with numerous artists far beyond the borders of Germany. The keyword “coloboration” (sic), as a synonym for “team work” and “group movement,” is significant here. The artists from Düsseldorf had quickly recognized the advantages of a collaborative, collective approach. So was ZERO a metacollective that could be subsumed under the collective term “zero beweging,” as de Vree insinuated? Or was it rather a “group of groups,” as Piene once put it?[i] Mack’s second diagram provides an answer.

[i] Otto Piene, “ZERO Retrospektive,” in ZERO aus Deutschland 1957–1966. Und heute (ZERO out of Germany 1957–1966. And Today), exh. cat. Villa Merkel (Esslingen and Ostfildern, 2000), p. 38

Radius of Action

The background to the creation of the diagram Radius Zero (circa 1970),[i] is quickly told. In 1970, Mack, together with Uecker, was invited to participate in preparing an exhibition on the theme “Radius ZERO.” This was an initiative by Alexander Schleber (b. 1939), director of the Phaidon publishing house in Cologne, who convinced Karl Ruhrberg (1924–2006), director of the Kunsthalle Düsseldorf, to support this project, for which Schleber wished to produce a publication. In the end, for organizational as well as financial reasons, the exhibition, scheduled for spring 1973, was never realized. What remains are the documents planning the event—and a diagram by Mack that was intended as the basis for the design of the exhibition’s poster.[ii]

Focusing on Schleber’s theme, Mack took a large folio-size sheet and sketched a complete picture of ZERO’s reach with felt-tip and ballpoint pens. Admittedly, the distance in time from the events cited helped him to recognize the larger context of all the interrelated activities that were directly or indirectly linked to the Düsseldorf triumvirate.[iii] In Mack’s analytical approach, the ZERO movement breaks down into individual collectives.

[i] Heinz Mack, Radius Zero, ca. 1970. Felt-tip pen and ballpoint pen on paper, mounted on gray cardboard, 53 x 69 cm (cardboard), 50 x 65 cm (sheet of paper), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.25.

[ii] See Anette Kuhn, ZERO: Eine Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre (Frankfurt am Main and Berlin, 1991), pp. 57–58, pp. 241–42, n. 240; Anette Kuhn, “Zero im Kontext der europäischen Avantgarde,” in Zero: Eine europäische Avantgarde, exh. cat. Galerie Neher, Essen; Galerie Heseler, Munich; Mittelrhein-Museum, Koblenz (Oberhausen, 1992), pp. 10‒23.

[iii] See Mack 2011 (see note 9), p. 37; Valerie L. Hillings, “Die Geografie der Zusammenarbeit: Zero, Nouvelle Tendance und das Gruppenphänomen der Nachkriegszeit,” in ZERO: Internationale Künstler-Avantgarde der 50er/60er Jahre, (ZERO: International Artists’ Avant-Garde of the 50s/60s), exh. cat. Kunstpalast, Düsseldorf, and Musée d’art moderne et contemporain, Saint-Étienne (Ostfildern, 2006), p. 76

Heinz Mack, Radius Zero, undated (1970), 53 × 69 cm (cardboard), 50 × 65 cm (sheet), felt-tip pen and biros on paper, mounted on gray cardboard, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.25

The result is a topological block model with three vertical formations that consist of a good dozen like-minded groupings. The spatial proximity of these groups on the sheet creates something like a structure, even though their arrangement does not follow any firm national or geographical parameters. First, Mack wrote down the names of the collectives, before adding the names of their protagonists, with details of the groups’ locations or the dates they were founded. In order to keep these different groups of artists apart, Mack drew ovals around them with quick strokes. Here the number “0,” celebrated typographically by ZERO, appears in a new variant of its form: lying horizontally. And, as always in the history of signs, the semantics shift with the transformation. Thus, the transverse ovals may now be understood as germ cells of avant-garde aspirations.

Through subsequent folding, once horizontally and once vertically, a right-angled axial cross has been discreetly inscribed on the paper of the diagram, dividing it into four equal rectangles. Positioned slightly off coordinate “0” in the upper left quarter, “ZERO” in Düsseldorf, with its three protagonists, is the center of the Radius Zero composition. On the chronologically aligned central axis, “ZERO” even presents itself as an ideal center in space and time: between Constructivist-inspired theory at the very top—Władysław Strzemiński’s (1893–1952) Unism and the Mechano-Faktura of Henryk Berlewi (1894–1967) (“Berlevi”), both members of the Polish “Blok Group”—and the “New Realism” in France at the lower end of the central axis. The special position occupied by “Zero” is supported and affirmed by osmotic exchanges with collectives of kindred spirits in neighboring countries. Between the decentralized art scenes, again and again double arrows build bridges, marking connections with gradations of affinity.

A short black double arrow emphasizes the close ties to the Milan circle around the magazine Azimuth, the first issue of which came out in September 1959. In December, the gallery of the same name was founded, which was the most important platform for artists linked to ZERO in Italy until it closed six months later—Gruppo MID was also part of it. The founding of the Milan-based Gruppo T (October 1959) and Gruppo N (pronounced “enne”) in Padua (November 1959) were also inspired by Azimuth. Mack depicted both of these outsiders as a group of islands to the right of the main axis.

Another thick double arrow denotes the strong connection to the Dutch group Nul, separated here into two wings.[i] In contrast, two arrow outlines in violet flag important relationships to the French art metropolis: to GRAV (Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel), on the one hand, and to New Realism, on the other. The radius of action that Mack shows in his diagram is concentrated on Europe. It was there that a kind of overarching group formation emerged, easily recognizable by the artist circles ringed in red, which were at home on the Rhine, the Lambro, and the Amstel.

[i] Mack characterizes Herman de Vries as a maverick in Radius Zero. Because of his extensive work as a writer, later art historians did not consider him as belonging to the artist group Nul.

Contrary to what the sweeping arrow sign pointing to the “Far East” suggests, ZERO’s actual radius of action was in fact much smaller. The Düsseldorf artists maintained only loose contacts with the Japanese Gutai group, on the left edge of the diagram. Even more difficult, since both politically explosive and aesthetically challenging, was collaboration with avant-garde groups in Argentina (Gruppo Arte Concreto), Spain (Equipo 57, founded in exile in Paris), the USSR (Group Dvizdjenje [Movement]), and Yugoslavia (Nove Tendencije)—all contemporaneous phenomena but without any overt connection to ZERO.[i]

[i] On the collaborative works produced by the collectives mentioned by Mack, see Nina Zimmer, SPUR und andere Künstlergruppen: Gemeinschaftsarbeit in der Kunst um 1960 zwischen Moskau und New York (Berlin, 2002), pp. 264­–93.

What is implied in Radius Zero, but not explicitly stated, are the benefits accruing from alliances between artists, initially based on friendships, that spanned countries and continents: the strategic expansion of ZERO’s sphere of influence with the firm goal of advancing its own internationalization, group show by group show, publication by publication. It will become apparent that this policy of alliance was dictated by changing interests, in which the latent competition inherent in the relationships became increasingly apparent.

While the artist groups circled in the diagram partially touch each other, sometimes forming intersections or rudimentary interlinks, the long thin arrow drawn between “Zero” and the “Gutai Group” represents spatial distance and inner estrangement. The long-distance relationship that ZERO maintained with the collective founded in Osaka in 1954 was initially based on their shared interest in initiating a new beginning for art after World War II. However, neither effective transcontinental bonding forces nor Mack’s assessment of the situation lasted. The ties with the Japanese group grew weaker over time, until Mack, in an act of self-reflective distancing, described it as a “parallel movement” with which ZERO had nothing (any longer) in common, in view of the group’s “poetic” and “Dadaist” objects—a later correction that keeps completely quiet about something they had shared: the Space Art actions carried out both here and there.[i] Of course, this cannot be read from the diagram itself, nor can ZERO’s differences from Nul, GRAV, or Nove Tendencije, which were stated later.[ii]

In Radius Zero, on the other hand, another of Mack’s observations, made at “artesian wells,” found visible expression: the fact that similar artistic ideas were manifesting themselves at the same time in different places could be assigned without difficulty to the “Zero” circle.[iii]

[i] See Mack 2011 (see note 9), pp. 38–41.

[ii] See Hillings 2006 (see note 14), who—partly with reference to Mack and Piene—maps out the differences between the groups mentioned.

[iii] See Heinz Mack in conversation with Stephan von Wiese, “ZERO e Azimuth: Un pozzo artesiano,” in ZERO: 1958–1968 tra Germania e Italia, exh. cat. Palazzo delle Papesse Centro Arte Contemporanea, Siena (Milan, 2004), pp. 165–66; Heinz Mack in conversation with Christiane Hoffmans, in Jürgen Wilhelm, ed., Piene im Gespräch (Munich, 2015), p. 83.

To stay with the artesian wells metaphor: these groupings, which in many places shot out of the ground like geysers, were connected by a “kind of subterranean correspondence.”[i] This is why there was no need for Mack to link all the artists’ groupings in his drawing to “Zero” with arrows. Of the thirteen groups arranged around “Zero,” the trio from Düsseldorf are only directly linked to five. Nevertheless, like communicating cells, as members of transnational, changing exhibition teams they were in constant exchange with each other—be it in letters, by telephone, or in person-to-person conversations. The diagrammatic form that Mack chose to illustrate these interrelated phenomena, however, did not derive from the older “aquatic” symbolism, but from modern network thinking.[ii]

[i] Mack 2015 (see note 19), p. 83.

[ii] See Ulrich Pfisterer and Christine Tauber, eds., Einfluss, Strömung, Quelle: Aquatische Metaphern der Kunstgeschichte (Bielefeld, 2018); Hartmut Böhme, “Einführung: Netzwerke. Zur Theorie und Geschichte einer Konstruktion,” in Jürgen Barkhoff, Hartmut Böhme, and Jeanne Riou, eds., Netzwerke: Eine Kulturtechnik der Moderne (Cologne, 2004), pp. 17–36.

Heinz Mack, ZERO (Circles), undated (around/after 1964), 74.5 × 100 cm, collage, felt-tip pen, pencil on cardboard, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp ZERO.1.IV.31

This multipolar network of relationships between like-minded creatives stands out with particular clarity in another of Mack’s abstract pictorial formulas, which was also originally created as a poster design. ZERO (Circles),[ii] undated, is a collage of circular found pieces taken from publications, aligned on symmetrical axes, arranged in lines, and closely interrelated with double arrows. The eleven discs—optical rotors, light reliefs, texts, and a flexi disc, all references to actual artworks—nevertheless do not function like machinery. ZERO’s claim of freedom for art could not be illustrated using a mechanical gearbox. Rather, ZERO saw itself as the rotating force of a movement that in Bern, in 1962, was able to present a list of thirty-three artists (top right) participating in a ZERO exhibition. All the connections denoted by arrows guide the viewer’s gaze directly or indirectly to a telephone dial at the lower center of the collage. Here, the self-stylization as a communicative hub with the telephone-dial number “Mack” speaks for itself. Aware of being the mouthpiece of a larger movement, ZERO sought to usher in a new era. The pictured ZERO-Wecker (ZERO Alarm Clock, ca. 1961)[iii]strikes the hour zero. Later, art history will speak of the first German avant-garde movement after 1945.[iv]

[ii] Heinz Mack, ZERO (Circles), undated (ca./after 1964). Collage, felt-tip pen, and pencil on cardboard, 74.5 x 100 cm, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.31.

[iii] The object ZERO-Wecker (ZERO Alarm Clock) by Heinz Mack (ca. 1961, 15 x 13 x 6 cm, alarm clock with collage), is held in the collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.12.

[iv] See Kuhn 1991 (see note 13), p. 8; Renate Wiehager, “5-4-3-2-1-ZERO: Countdown für eine neue Kunst in einer neuen Welt,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., Günther Uecker: Die Aktionen (Petersberg, 2004), p. 23.

But back to Radius Zero: the various groups of artists featured represented ideas that were not identical, but related. Together the protagonists took a stand against contemporary art. The metaphysical term “zeitgeist” has been around since the nineteenth century to describe this kind of aesthetic. Mack spoke soberly and analytically of the “ubiquity” of events.[i] Looking at his diagram, moreover, it is quite clear that the various artist groupings did not succeed in joining forces to establish themselves as an internationally effective “school,” and the fact that Mack, Piene, and Uecker went their separate ways after December 1966 also had a decisive influence on this.

[i] Mack 2011 (see note 9), p. 37. Almir Mavignier, on the other hand, made no secret of his utter astonishment at this phenomenon; see Almir Mavignier, “Neue Tendenzen I: Ein überraschender Zufall” (1969), in Tendencije 4 / Tendencies 4, exh. cat. Galerija Suvremene Umjetnosti (Zagreb, 1970), n.p.

In critical retrospect, when the peak of the ZERO movement had long since passed, Mack described the relationships among the fourteen artist groupings as “neighborhoods,” who had no apparent desire to cross their own property lines.[i] This metaphor evokes notions of ideational range and intellectual property. The latter was no longer shared but defended.

The reasons for this are to be found in the differing DNA of the collectives. Jack Burnham (1931–2019) distinguished between two bloc formations around “Zero”: the artist groups that favored experimental objectivity, anonymity, perceptual psychology, and socialism (GRAV, the groups T, N, and MID, as well as Equipo 47), and those that focused more on individual research, recognition, poetry, idealism, immateriality, luminosity, and nature (“Zero,” Nul, and, with Yves Klein, a section of the New Realists).[ii] As plausible as Burnham’s paradigmatic differentiation may seem at first glance, it mirrors the formation of blocs on the world’s political stage during the Cold War, however little this may be verified on the basis of Mack’s spatial formation of camps. After all, the factions shifted over and over again between 1957 and 1966. The politics of alliances within the ZERO movement has always been subject to a wide variety of self-interests. It was as unstable as the forces competing for recognition on the broad field of the avant-garde.

In their phase of artistic awakening, the Düsseldorf ZERO artists sought intensive contact with other groups as allies for the dissemination, establishment, and assertion of their own position. They welcomed the participation of important initiators, such as their peer Yves Klein (1928–1962) or the grand seigneur of the Concetti spaziali, Lucio Fontana (1899–1968), while they conversely continued—with increasing success—to work toward their own aesthetic sovereignty in the perception of the outside world.

 

[i] Heinz Mack in conversation with Anette Kuhn, February 6, 1992; see Kuhn 1992 (see note 13), p. 12.

[ii] Jack Burnham, Beyond Modern Sculpture: The Effects of Science and Technology on the Sculpture of This Century (New York, 1969), p. 247.

Indicative of this was the Düsseldorf ZEROists’ consternation when New York gallery owner Howard Wise (1903–1989) initially proposed to present their works in “close proximity” to their former idols in November–December 1964.[i] Genealogical fallacies (along the lines of “Aha! So these are the fathers of ZERO!”) were on no account to be put into the minds of the American visitors.[ii] After all, this was ZERO’s first solo show in New York.[iii] The suggestion that one picture by Fontana and one by Klein—both names are found in Mack’s diagram—could be hung in the gallery owner’s office, so that no direct connection was intended or drawn, reassured the ZEROists.[iv]

This shift in emphasis in dealing with kindred spirits is also apparent in Radius Zero. The pioneers are listed in the footer without any connecting arrows—first and foremost Max Bill, the founding director of the Ulm School of Design, mentioned and highlighted in red in the diagram. The invitation of the ZEROists to the 1960 exhibition Concrete Art in Zurich was later to earn Bill the ambivalent praise of being an “(occasional) supporter.”[v] In addition to Bill, and listed horizontally with names side by side, are Fontana, Ad Reinhardt (1913–1967), Barnett Newman (1905–1970), Piero Dorazio (1927–2005), and Jesús Rafael Soto (1923–2005)—all mavericks and authoritative artists for ZERO, amicable encounters with whom were of great importance to the Düsseldorf artists, at least as long as their own careers were not overshadowed by them.[vi]

[i] “We, that is, Uecker and I, were quite shocked, when we heard that H.[oward] W.[ise] wanted to hang a picture of Fontana and Yves in our exhibition.” Heinz Mack in a letter to Otto Piene, September 21, 1964, 13 pages, quotation on p. 12, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.1.2688_14 (underlines in the original; the first in red).

[ii] Ibid.

[iii] “It is after all our exhibition and Fontana is Fontana and Yves is Yves.” Ibid., p. 13.

[iv] See ibid.

[v] Otto Piene, “ZERO 1989,” in Gruppe Zero, exh. cat. Galerie Schoeller (Düsseldorf, 1988), p. 27; cf. Konkrete Kunst 1960 (see note 7).

[vi] See Heinz Mack, “Aus meinem Leben” (“From My Life”), in Heinz and Ute Mack, eds., Heinz Mack: Leben und Werk. Ein Buch vom Künstler über den Künstler / Life and Work. A Book from the Artist about the Artist. 1931–2011 (Cologne, 2011), pp. 12, 15; Mack 2011 (see note 9), pp. 37–38.

In Radius Zero, Mack, Piene, and Uecker claim to occupy a key position in art history, located between the Polish avant-garde of the nineteen-twenties and the American variant of Concrete Art. However, part of the truth of this (ambivalent) self-historicization is that ZERO did not want to have received its inspiration from these predecessors. The objection came from its own camp:“ZERO” had arisen out of itself, without taking any pride in ancestry such as the historical avant-gardes.[i][i] See Astrit Schmidt-Burkhardt, Stammbäume der Kunst: Zur Genealogie der Avantgarde (Berlin, 2005).

“Influences later attributed, for example, Unism and Russian Constructivism, did not exist,” Piene states with the pathos of distinction.[i]

[i] See Piene 1988 (see note 32), p. 24.

He and his two comrades-in-arms only learned about artists such as Strzemiński and his Unism much later, through the Parisian gallery owner Denise René (1912–2012), once again in the history of art invoking the allegory of the phoenix rising from the (postwar) ashes.[i] ZERO’s “elective affinities,” Piene insists, were exclusively personal relationships. These are manifested in ZERO publications, ZERO exhibitions, and ZERO actions.[ii]

[i] Looking back, Mack places ZERO firmly in the tradition of Strzemiński; see Mack 2015 (see note 19), p. 86.

[ii] See Piene 1988 (see note 32), p. 24.

Conclusion

There have been avant-garde movements that drew up a diagrammatic image of themselves to give themselves a program from the outset, and then again there have been others that only in retrospect ascertained the aesthetic principles, ideological underpinnings, and historical constellations that had favored their success. ZERO is one of the latter. Looking back and historicizing, Mack worked out what had ideationally connected the ZERO movement for eight long years. Created in the years after 1964 and 1970, for a long time these diagrams did not have the status of stand-alone works, even though the signatures and dates on some of them proclaimed them as such. It is symptomatic of this nonrecognition that the diagrams were not included among the works for sale in the 1992 exhibition organized by the gallery owners Otmar Neher and Walter Heseler. Moreover, they did not appear in the catalog at all.[i] With the advent of the “diagrammatic turn” in arts and humanities studies after the turn of the millennium, this attitude changed fundamentally.[ii] In the course of a reevaluation of diagrams as aesthetic artifacts, Mack’s diagrams are now no longer seen as unartistic illustrations of abstract facts or contexts. On the contrary: graphical representation is now a genre of its own in art history—and consequently also includes the examples in Heinz Mack’s oeuvre.

[i] See Zero: Eine europäische Avantgarde 1992 (see note 13).

[ii] See Astrit Schmidt-Burkhardt, die Kunst der Diagrammatik: Perspektiven eines neuen bildwissenschaftlichen Paradigmas, 2nd ed. (Bielefeld, 2017), pp. 25–28.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Experiment

E Experiment

Regina Wyrwoll interviews Andreas Joh. Wiesand

Regina Wyrwoll Andreas Joh. Wiesand

“Artists are exceptionally curious.” Otto Piene


 

Our contribution, a kind of question-and-answer game, could itself be perceived as a kind of experiment in this publication, since it will largely do without art-historical work analyses. As will be seen in a moment, however, this might be acceptable, because experiments do not necessarily yield results for eternity, but can often inspire discourses.

I. ZERO and Others: Improvise, Experiment, Network
Gemeinschaftsarbeit "Weiße Lichtmühle", Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker

Regina Wyrwoll: Experiments in art: Are they the necessary prerequisite for something new to emerge?

 

Andreas Joh. Wiesand: Art and literature depend on change, to which experiments can contribute. Unlike rule-based scientific experimentation, these experiments can involve rule-breaking, and occasionally they even have to. As philosopher Otto Neumaier puts it: “Art depends on an expansion of the use of rules, on a change of rules; for example, works of poetry also each belong to a language, but it would be fatal for them if their use of language were largely to coincide with that of an everyday communication.”[i]

That visual artists in particular experiment with the techniques, colors, and other materials they use is well known, at least since the beginning of the twentieth century. However, not all such experiments lead to the hoped-for results or even become constitutive elements of a new artistic “movement,” as ZERO is sometimes referred to today. Heinz Mack (b. 1931) is a good example of this, because before turning away from Art Informel and Tachisme, he had, as he himself writes, “painted Tachisme for a while; my studio looked like a pigsty.” “All my experiments put me in an uncertain position,” he recalls, and this experience then led to the decision of a radical new beginning and the attempt “to create something that is quite simple, as simple as possible.”[ii]

Experiments therefore do not necessarily deliver the completely new but are rather an open-ended component of artistic work processes. John Coltrane, jazz legend of the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties, put it this way: “I’ve got to keep experimenting. I feel that I’m just beginning. I have part of what I’m looking for in my grasp, but not all.”[iii] New themes and a change in the use of materials, instruments, or techniques can be based on the fact that previous experiments and resulting findings end up being consciously, sometimes radically, discarded—which, however, did not stop ZERO artists and many others from further experimenting, at least until they successfully set artistic “trademarks”.[iv]

 

RW: Was the rejection of mainstream art movements and this kind of experimentation in the postwar period a unique characteristic of ZERO?

 

AJW: No, there were many radical artistic initiatives in Germany and numerous other countries. For example, already in 1948, artists from three countries founded the (very short-lived) group COBRA (an abbreviation for Copenhagen, Brussels, and Amsterdam). Their program was to “join forces in the struggle that must be waged against the degenerate aesthetic views that stand in the way of the formation of a new creativity.” Uwe M. Schneede writes about this in the catalog of a Hamburg exhibition:

[i] Otto Neumaier, Vom Ende der Kunst: Ästhetische Versuche (Vienna, 1997), p. 10. See also Otto Neumaier, ed., Grenzgänge zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst (Münster, 2015).

[ii] Heinz Mack, quoted in Heike van den Valentyn, ed., Heinz Mack, exh. cat. Kunstpalast (Düsseldorf, 2021), p. 41. Translation by Andreas Joh. Wiesand.

[iii] Quoted from the album cover of John Coltrane, My Favourite Things, Atlantic 1361, 1961.

[iv] This is the thesis of Thomas Ayck in his report “Kunst als Markenzeichen” (“Art as a Trademark”) for the German TV series Titel-Thesen-Temperamente on November 3, 1972, with special regard to the development of Heinz Mack and Günther Uecker.

“Most of these artists, not even thirty years old, whether in Belgium, Denmark, or the Netherlands, were cut off from contemporary art during the war. A dispute, a development, could not happen. In 1945, they were faced with nothing.”[i]

[i] Uwe M. Schneede, ed., COBRA: 1948–51, exh. cat., Kunstverein in Hamburg (Hamburg, 1982). Translation by Andreas Joh. Wiesand.

Atelier of Heinz Mack at Gladbacher Strasse 69, around 1957, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.V.42, photo: Heinz Mack

Starting in 1957, individual COBRA artists participated in the Munich group SPUR, which protested against the “canonical rank of abstract art” and was connected with the Situationist International.[i] The later communard Dieter Kunzelmann also joined SPUR.

 

RW: Was the cultural awakening after World War II limited to the visual arts?

 

AJW: For literature, the prominent Gruppe 47 in Germany already proves the opposite. During this period, groups and meetings were often organized in opposition to existing institutions, but occasionally also with public support, like in the case of the International Summer Courses for New Music in Darmstadt, which came into being as early as 1946 and has shaped the development of contemporary music to this day. In addition, there were informal meetings with avant-garde exhibitions, concerts, readings, or dance performances, where interdisciplinarity or “intermedial” experimentation were part of the program, as the example of the Mary Bauermeister (1934–2023) studio in Cologne shows, where personalities such as George Brecht (1926–2008), John Cage (1912–1992), Merce Cunningham (1919–2009), Mauricio Kagel (1931–2008), Nam June Paik (1932–2006), and Karlheinz Stockhausen (1928–2007) were in discourse, as, incidentally, were Heinz Mack and Otto Piene (1928–2014).[ii]

 

RW: But radical experiments were already common in the first half of the twentieth century and in some cases much earlier.

 

AJW: There are indeed many such examples, and also continuing ones, perhaps most famously Wassily Kandinsky’s (1866–1944) synesthetic experiments with color and music, or the Ukrainian Kazimir Malevich (1879–1935) with his Suprematist painting Black Square on a White Ground, of 1915. Josef Albers (1888–1976) probably inspired this in the end: with his talent, also shaped by family traditions, he developed new forms of expression, initially with “glass studies,” at the Bauhaus in Weimar and later in Dessau, until he emigrated to America after the National Socialists seized power. In 1935, an American magazine sketched Albers’s workspace at Black Mountain College (North Carolina) as “a laboratory rather than a studio,” and said of him:

[i] Beate von Mickwitz, Streit um die Kunst (Munich, 1996), pp. 56–63.

[ii] Wilfried Dörstel and Reinhard Matz, eds., intermedial, kontrovers, experimentell: Das Atelier Mary Bauermeister in Köln 1960–62 (Cologne, 1993).

“He studies like a scientist determined to discover forms, values, and color relationships that are reliable, and by trial and error to exclude the uncertain and the false.”[i]

[i] Grace Alexander Young, in Arts and Decoration, January 1935, quoted in Charles Darwent, Josef Albers: Leben und Werk (Bern and Vienna, 2020), p. 311.

However, it then took about a decade and a half before he arrived at his now celebrated magnum opus, Homage to the Square, while teaching at Yale.

Josef Albers, Study for Homage to the Square, 1962, oil on masonite, 60 x 60 cm, photo: Werner J. Hannappel
II. Terms are debatable

RW: Could the example of Josef Albers not suggest that artistic and scientific experiments have a lot in common?

 

AJW: The question of differences or similarities between experiments in scientific research and those in artistic work is currently quite controversial.

Katharina Bahlmann[i] scours art theory and philosophy for conceptual clarity and stumbling blocks to artistic experimentation. According to her, “artistic experimentation consists in working with differences, in exploring the possibilities of redirecting the gaze and negotiating meaning through it.”[ii] She addresses similarities between artistic and scientific experiments, each of which work on their own “frame of reference,” including philosophical ones. In doing so, she refers, among others, to Thomas Kuhn,[iii] who became famous for his reflections on the conditions for a “paradigm shift,” that is to say, a great upheaval in science (and beyond). In the end, however, she insists “that there is an essential difference between the reshaping of the scientific world and the art world: The reshaping of the scientific world becomes a necessity when more and more facts speak against an existing theory. Artistic experimentation, on the other hand, remains unaffected by considerations of contradictory logic. An artistic point of view is not refuted or invalidated; at most, it loses significance.”[iv] We may assume, however, that for a paradigm shift in art, radical views, experiments, or self-empowerments alone are not sufficient.

Nicole Vennemann[v] also sees artistic experiments in contrast to result-oriented experiments in science, as open-ended research actions designed by artists, within which participation is possible (as partially happened among the ZERO artists).

However, some experts now seem to be moving away from this sharp distinction. The announcement of the symposium Zufall und Einfall: Creative Media in Art and Science of the German Society for Aesthetics (DGAE), November 2023 in Linz, even declared them to be “misconceptions,”[vi] because:

[i] Katharina Bahlmann, “Das künstlerische Experiment zwischen Fortschritt und Wiederholung,” in Ludger Schwarte, ed., Kongress-Akten der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Ästhetik (VIII. Kongress der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Ästhetik 2011), vol. 2: Experimentelle Ästhetik, http://www.dgae.de/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Bahlmann_Exp_Fortschritt_Wdh.pdf.

[ii] Ibid.

[iii] Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (Chicago, 1962).

[iv] Bahlmann 2011 (see note 9).

[v] Nicole Vennemann, Das Experiment in der zeitgenössischen Kunst: Initiierte Ereignisse als Form der künstlerischen Forschung (Bielefeld, 2018).

[vi] See DGAE–Plattform#3: Zufall und Einfall: Medien der Kreativität in Kunst und Wissenschaft, Deutsche Gesellschaft für Ästhetik, November 9–11, 2023, http://www.dgae.de/dgae-plattform3/ (accessed July 2023).

“Just as aesthetic design does not arise out of nothing, scientific facts cannot be achieved by deductive procedures alone. Rather, an experimental field spans between art and science, in which the aleatory, serendipity, and also material inducements possess a far greater role than imagined.”[i]

[i] Ibid.

One workshop sought to determine the role of “medial triggers” in innovative scientific and artistic processes: “The fact that experimentation with procedures is of such significant importance in both art and science suggests that in both fields the desired outcome often occurs only indirectly and non-intentionally.”[i]

 

RW: Related changes in both artistic and scholarly strategies have become apparent in the last decade. What are the consequences? Or is it just a matter of new terminology?

 

AJW: In any case, terms in publication titles on the DGAE homepage[ii] show that the idea of the “researching artist” has apparently become commonplace today. This concerns, for example, terms like “attempt,” “transformation,” “innovation,” “fluidity,” “encounter,” or “laboratory”. After art and music colleges have updated their curricula in this direction or towards “scientification,” especially in the last two decades,[iii] self-descriptions such as “research artist”[iv] can now often be found in artistic biographies and on Internet platforms. In addition, a separate genre, so-called “SciArt”[v]—with a more societal, social, and ecological orientation—hopes to overcome traditional boundaries between art and science.

 

But all this is less new than some assume, and Silvia Krapf tries to locate it already in ZERO:

[i] Ibid.

[ii] See Deutsche Gesellschaft für Ästhetik (website), http://www.dgae.de/ (accessed August 2023).

[iii] Mick Wilson and Schelte van Ruiten, eds., SHARE: Handbook for Artistic Research Education (Amsterdam, 2013).

[iv] See, for example, Gloria Benedikt (website), https://www.gloriabenedikt.com (accessed August 2023).

[v] The X (formerly Twitter) profile of www.sciart.org.uk describes its activities as “Scientists and artists working together to stimulate the human imagination and make the world we live in more intelligible.” See https://twitter.com/sci_art?lang=en (accessed August 2023).

“The artists’ turning away from the subjective expression of Abstract Expressionism was also reflected in the changed role of the artist and of art. They no longer saw themselves as purely intuitive creators, but as scientists who strove to subject their work to analysis. Works of art emerged from the act of experimentation and exploration, and teamwork was propagated.”[i]

[i] Silvia Krapf, “ZERO—Eine europäische Vision,” in Anja Brug, Silvia Krapf, and Hannah Weitemeier, ZERO: Künstler einer europäischen Bewegung. Sammlung Lenz Schönberg 1956–2006, exh. cat. Museum der Moderne Salzburg Mönchsberg (Salzburg, 2006), p. 22.

RW: In addition to “experiment” and “research,” what other terms come to your mind, especially for artistic ways of working in the ZERO years?

 

AJW: Some of the things that happen in artistic research phases could perhaps be better described by the term “testing” than by the term “experiment,” because here—similar to technical investigations—less research is done into causes or disruptive factors and more into results hoped for by artists. Occasionally, chance also plays a role.[i]

Especially in music (jazz, contemporary music, some varieties of pop) and in the performing arts, improvisation is added as a further experimental approach. However, variations of this can also be found in the visual arts, beyond ZERO, Fluxus, and Happenings. Since the nineteen-sixties, for example, the Austrian Actionists around Hermann Nitsch (Das Orgien Mysterien Theater) or Otto Muehl were known for their hard-to-calculate, sometimes shocking spectacles, which often led to confrontations with the police or judiciary. In a conversation, Muehl once described the experimental practice of Aktionismus as “therapeutic acting out,” which he had pursued as a kind of research.[ii]

Mack, Piene, Uecker, and others in their circle were among those artistic personalities who questioned cultural traditions and were able to transform old images into new views and images by means of experiments. However, this was not a unique specialty of ZERO.

 

RW: As early as 1966, ZERO disbanded as a group at the instigation of Heinz Mack—and yet ZERO still exists, at least in the art world. How can that be explained?

 

AJW: We should not put certain terms in connection with ZERO on the gold scale, but rather understand them as what they often are, namely self-descriptions or often even later attributions. This is also true for the now frequently used term “ZERO movement”: In sociology and social psychology, “movements” are seen as collective actors or organized social systems that use specific mobilization strategies and forms of action to try to influence social change, whether forward or backward. In the case of ZERO, however, both the collective organization and the goal-oriented social action were lacking—the initiators saw themselves as thoroughly competitive individuals with independent artistic goals and signatures who, moreover, unlike Fluxus, remained committed to the concept of the “work” in the old artistic tradition. Possibly their rejection of outdated structures and ways of thinking could still be seen as an indication of a “movement” for which, from the point of view of systems theory, protests are regarded as “elementary operations.”[iii] Piene, Mack, and Uecker, in their “mobilization communication”[iv] for art events, did in part take up the desire or even hunger, especially of younger people in the postwar population, for sociocultural change. However, the ZERO demonstration on July 5, 1961, in the old part of Düsseldorf, was not an example of political or social “protest,” but was intended primarily, and thus self-referentially, as PR for the Schmela Gallery’s publication ZERO 3.[v]

 

RW: Then what other term would be more appropriate to describe the ZERO collaboration?

 

AJW: Günther Uecker (b. 1930) even rejected terms like “group” or “association” because the collaboration with other artists at that time was so “open” and informal.[vi] For this reason, too, one could perhaps speak quite neutrally of a ZERO initiative or an artistic “platform”—at first rather regional, then soon Europe-wide. Today, the term “community” might even be appropriate,[vii] which is understood as a group with common or similar interests, values, or ideas, in which experiences are regularly exchanged and where the participants become active for certain goals. Common goals can legitimately include the desire to become better known, to conquer a space in the art market, which was largely closed to new ideas at the time, and thereby to change it in the long term; and indeed, these were important motives for the collaboration at ZERO, as interviews with the protagonists suggest. A resounding success in the art market could not yet be achieved in the few years they spent together, but occurred all the more so following their separation in 1966, after which the ZERO initiators made individual careers in Europe and the USA.

 

RW: This sheds light on the cultural situation fifteen to twenty years after World War II. How should we imagine the “art climate” during that time?

 

AJW: Basically, in the first decade of the German postwar period, an art market open to radical new ideas did not yet exist—in literature, some publishers were already more courageous, such as Rowohlt with its “rotation novels” on newsprint. Likewise, there was hardly any cultural policy promoting such endeavors, and most of the relevant prizes or scholarships did not come into being until later.[viii] And the shortage was by no means limited to the material; there were also major sociocultural deficits. The art scholar and psychologist Friedrich Wolfram Heubach castigated aesthetic tendencies and the intellectual climate of the nineteen-fifties as a “stuffy culture of repression” with the “hardly coincidental concurrence of history denial and Informel, conflict taboo and abstractionism, hostility to intellectuals and Ecole de Paris,” accompanied by “invocations of an obscure occidental heritage,” by “militant bigotry” and the search for “actuality” or “depth.”[ix] According to Heubach, therefore, new groupings such as Happenings, Fluxus, and Situationism, directed against such conditions, were also no accident. An exhibition at Wuppertal’s Von der Heydt Museum in 2022[x] suggested that ZERO could be seen as an experimental forerunner of these and other artistic initiatives at the time.

[i] For example, in the case of Heinz Mack’s discovery of the “Light Relief” by accidentally stepping on aluminum foil. See Helga Meister, ZERO in der Düsseldorfer Szene, Piene, Uecker, Mack (Düsseldorf, 2006), p. 61.

[ii] On the relation between art and psychoanalysis, see Harald Falckenberg, ed., Otto Mühl: Retrospektive (Frankfurt, 2005), pp. 29–31.

[iii] Niklas Luhmann, Protest: Systemtheorie und soziale Bewegungen (Frankfurt, 1996).

[iv] Heinrich W. Ahlemeyer, “What is a Social Movement? On the Distinction and Unity of a Social Phenomenon,” Journal of Sociology 18 (1989): 175–91.

[v] Otto Piene, in Meister 2006 (see note 22), p. 35.

[vi] Günther Uecker, in Meister 2006 (see note 22), p. 77.

[vii] Here understood as an “analog” grouping with different artistic interests and signatures, and thus to be distinguished from today’s “virtual communities” that often discuss global challenges (see, for instance, Oliver Basciano, “What Does the ‘Global South’ Even Mean?” ArtReview, August 23, 2023, https://artreview.com/what-does-the-global-south-even-mean/), as well as, of course, from artistic “collectives” à la documenta fifteen. See https://documenta- fifteen.de/en/ (accessed August 2023).

[viii] For data on this for the period from 1945 to the late 1970s, see Karla Fohrbeck and Andreas Joh. Wiesand, Handbuch der Kulturpreise und der individuellen Künstlerförderung (Cologne, 1978).

[ix] Friedrich Wolfram Heubach, “Die Kunst der sechziger Jahre: Anmerkungen in ent/täuschender Absicht,” in Wulf Herzogenrath and Gabriele Lueg, eds., Die 60er Jahre: Kölns Weg zur Kunstmetropole Vom Happening zum Kunstmarkt, exh. cat. Kölnischer Kunstverein (Cologne, 1985), p. 113.

[x] ZERO, POP und Minimal—Die 1960er und 1970er, exh. cat. Von der Heydt-Museum Wuppertal (Wuppertal, 2023).

RW: If you read the catalogs of the many ZERO exhibitions through the decades, including international ones, it is striking that art scholars, museum people, and critics struggle to identify anything like a common “ZERO signature.”

 

AJW: The exhibition ZERO, from spring 2015, with works by about forty male and only three female artists (!) at Berlin’s Martin-Gropius-Bau and the Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam is still considered a milestone on the way to a better understanding of this art initiative. The exhibition made clear that this understanding is less to be gained—as with many other artistic groupings of the twentieth century—through commonalities in subjects and techniques or forms of action of the participants. Rather, the exhibition catalog states, despite some conceptual commonalities,[i] there is a great “heterogeneity” of work. A scholarly symposium held in Berlin, parallel to the show and in cooperation with the Akademie der Künste, also struggled to develop conclusive analytical tools for ZERO art. A report by Barbara Wiegand for Deutschlandfunk Kultur[ii] outlined the approach of the exhibition’s curators, who had arranged some 200 works according to themes such as color, light, structure, and movement, and sought to demonstrate what constitutes ZERO through various research findings:

[i] These could include, for example, a “newfound spatial thinking” in art, as Barbara Könches put it at the ZERO ABC workshop in Düsseldorf on September 2, 2023.

[ii] Barbara Wiegand, “ZERO-Kunst im Martin Gropius Bau: Aus der Leere wollten sie Neues schaffen,” Deutschlandfunk, March 20, 2015, https://www.deutschlandfunkkultur.de/zero-kunst-im-martin-gropius-bau-aus-der-leere-wollten-sie-100.html (accessed August 2023).

“Going back to ‘zero’ meant above all reducing. To limit oneself to just one color in painting, for example—or to use none at all.”[i]

[i] Ibid.

In the same report, Heinz Mack is quoted as saying that he and Otto Piene noticed early on how little their training, including philosophical courses, was suitable for creating something truly new. This, he says, led them to the conclusion:

“We have to forget everything we have learned. And we have to make an attempt to start all over again, to look for the beginning. And this in a situation where the horror vacui, the emptiness, was all around us. To make the first discoveries in this emptiness, to make experiments and to find a new beginning, that was a very essential moment.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, quoted in Wiegand 2015 (see note 33).

III. Art—an “Innovation Engine”?

RW: Do artistic tests or experiments aim solely at aesthetic innovation or do they sometimes also influence social change?

 

AJW: The influence of artists and intellectuals on social developments—not only in the cultural sphere, but also in economic and technical fields—should not be played down: They often deliver impulses at the interfaces of communication processes and are, at the same time, creators of new messages and views with the ability to translate them into aesthetic forms. On the one hand, their influence can be decisive, when it comes to testing new technical means and, on the other hand, when it comes to pointing out alternative sociopolitical perspectives. Today this concerns, for example, the meaning and consequences of “globalization”; in earlier times, overdue political changes that must also reach the minds and hearts of various sections of the population were at stake: the political upheavals in central and eastern Europe about thirty-five years ago provide many examples of “midwives” from art and literature.

The situation in Germany in the nineteen-fifties, shortly after the end of the Nazi regime and the catastrophe of World War II, could suggest a similar scenario: Wasn’t it time for a new start, radically questioning established political views and, equally, unclear artistic positions? At the time, this new beginning, seen as a whole, was only partially successful; Adenauer’s motto “no experiments” was the order of the day—although the planning of German rearmament, which began only a few years after the war, could actually be seen as a far-reaching experiment …

Portrait drawing of Konrad Adenauer, CDU campaign poster for the 1957 Bundestag election, “No experiments!”, design: Paul Aigner, commissioned by: CDU federal office, Bonn

RW: How do such innovations come about through art?

 

AJW: Social change can depend on “aesthetic irritations” to the point of overturning traditional images and beliefs that stand in the way of innovation. The economist and social scientist Michael Hutter has researched such experiments and processes for decades. In addition to the well-known artistic, economic, and technological innovations such as those of the Bauhaus movement, to which Mack[i] and others in the ZERO environment also referred, Hutter points, for example, to the role played by artists, writers, and composers from the Middle Ages through the Renaissance to the nineteenth century in shaping our perceptions of space and time, which are “among the most fundamental cognitive conventions in human interaction.”[ii]According to his observations and those of other researchers, artists such as Ghirlandaio or Velasquez, for example, made decisive contributions to a view of the world in which the traditional distinction between a celestial and an earthly sphere could be overcome. In that context, the artistic invention of central perspective enabled the development of new techniques, e.g., in geometry, construction, and spatial planning as well as the planning of economically motivated expeditions around the globe—and in that process, however, colonial conquests.

 

RW: Today, the ever more rapid development of new technologies is of great importance in social upheavals. Do artists play a role there as well?

 

AJW: Some observers conclude—as previously indicated by the example of the DGAE—that only art, science, and technology together can form the basis for creativity, innovation, and productivity in society. Innovations in the development and artistic validation of new technologies, sometimes not intended by those involved, have occurred throughout history. Only occasionally did artists try to make this potential of their work clear to politicians. Günter Drebusch (1925–1998) of the association Deutscher Künstlerbund, for example, mentions Willi Baumeister (1889–1955), who first made the screen printing technique known in Germany around 1951, and continues:

[i] Mack states that “at the Bauhaus, people thought constructively and positively about harmonious coexistence in civil society. The fact that art was not only for loners and romantic ivory tower dwellers, but could make social imperatives and moral demands, impressed me a lot at the Bauhaus. After all the war events, the clarity of this visual language was more than welcome.” Heinz Mack, quoted in Meister 2006 (see note 22), p. 52.

[ii] An overview of these research findings is provided in Michael Hutter, “Structural Coupling between Social Systems: Art and the Economy as Mutual Sources of Growth,” Soziale Systeme 7 (2002): 290–312.

“Who would think that the use of silicone rubber and rigid foam in modern foundry technology was originally developed by sculptors for complicated casting techniques? What architect or advertising expert still thinks of Raoul Hausmann and John Heartfield when using photomontage? Who still cares that today’s most widespread printing technique, the offset process, is largely based on an invention made and further developed by artists?”[i]

[i] Günter Drebusch, lecture at the conference Art as an Economic Factor of the Christian Democrats parliamentary group, June 1983, quoted in Karla Fohrbeck and Andreas Joh. Wiesand, Von der Industriegesellschaft zur Kulturgesellschaft? (Munich, 1989), p. 81.

Others highlight the innovative role of creative professionals in artistic experimentation with “new media,” which today also enable non-linear forms of communication.[i] Leading companies in the creative sector have recognized this potential of artistic research and productivity for some time, for example Edgar Bronfman, then CEO of Warner, at the Freedom Foundation Convention in Aspen in 2005: “Technology shapes music and music influences technology. The best proof for that is the iPod.”[ii] Ironically, however, this example illustrates that some technological innovations and related consumer goods can have a relatively short half-life, while artistic innovations linked to them may survive for quite some time.

 

RW: Can you place ZERO in such processes of valorization and, to some extent, popularization of new technology?

 

AJW: Otto Piene, who became a professor of environmental art at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in 1972 and was director of the Center for Advanced Visual Studies there from 1974, probably comes closest among the ZERO initiators to this (today no longer exotic) role of the artist through his experiments and strategies of combining art with technical innovations. However, this was long frowned upon in art discourse, as contemporary witness Marita Bombek (University of Cologne) recalls: “That was a taboo. I always argued with him about that back then.” She continues: “He not only thought across disciplines, but also acted that way.”[iii] Stephen Wilson, himself from MIT, analyzes the potential of artists like Piene this way:

[i] Dieter Daniels, Kunst als Sendung: Von der Telegraphie zum Internet (Munich, 2002).

[ii] Andreas Joh. Wiesand in cooperation with Michael Söndermann, The “Creative Sector”: An Engine for Diversity, Growth and Jobs in Europe(Amsterdam, 2005), p. 15.

[iii] Marita Bombek, quoted in Robert Filgner, “‘Ja, ich träumte von einer besseren Welt—sollte ich von einer schlechteren träumen?,’” Kölner Universitätsmagazin 2 (2015), p. 50.

“At the early stages of an emerging technology, the power of artistic work derives in part from the cultural act of claiming it for creative production and commentary. In this regard, the early history of computer graphics and animation in some ways mimics the early history of photography and cinema.”[i]

[i] Stephen Wilson, Information Arts: Intersections of Art, Science, and Technology (Cambridge, MA, 2002), p. 10.

RW: Finally, was there also a “European ZERO hour”?

 

AJW: In fact, the (quickly successful) European networking could perhaps be seen as one of the most important joint “experiments” of the German ZERO initiators and their partners. After all, that was not a matter of course in the postwar period, when the Nazi years had not yet really been dealt with. They were not afraid to exchange ideas with colleagues (only a few female artists among them) from many other countries with the aim of increasing the visibility of their art, and also to form alliances, especially for exhibitions in various places in Europe. This was then apostrophized both by the artists themselves in the ZERO manifesto of 1963 and later again in a retrospective by Thekla Zell in the catalog of the 2015 Berlin exhibition as the “traveling circus ZERO.” Nevertheless, perhaps apart from similar developments in the Netherlands, the few years the ZERO protagonists spent together are probably better classified as a phenomenon of the German art scene in the mid-twentieth century. Then, over the decades, ZERO was able to maintain, and develop further, its function as a kind of unique Düsseldorf “umbrella brand” with appeal in the international art scene.

This text has been translated from German into English by Andreas Joh. Wiesand.

Endnotes

Fire

F Fire

The element of fire in the works of ZERO artist's

Sophia Sotke

“Rising columns of smoke and fire … catapults of lightning” Heinz Mack

Bernard Aubertin looking at a reclining fire painting in his studio, Paris, 1971, courtesy Kunstmuseum Reutlingen | konkret, photo: unknown

Over 174,000 hectares of land in Greece burned last summer in the largest forest and bush fires in the history of the European Union.[i] Also in 2023, Canada experienced its most devastating forest fire season since records began.[ii] Such disasters are due to heatwaves, among other things, that are exacerbated by human-made global warming, and the ecological consequences for flora and fauna are devastating. Although we live in a highly technological civilization, we experience fire as an overwhelming, elemental force of nature, just as people must have experienced it in ancient times. For centuries, Christians believed that this force of nature was a “punishment from God”—purgatory and the embers of hell.[iii] However, when it is tamed and tended, fire is an essential basis of technology and culture, whether as a warming hearth, a forge fire, or, above all, a source of light. This dual character of the elements was already described by Ovid (43 BCE–17 CE) in the Metamorphoses (first century CE). His natural philosophical observations describe nature as an

[i] See “Seasonal Trend for European Union: Fires Mapped in EFFIS of Approx. 30 ha or Larger,” European Forest Fire Information System (website), https://effis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/apps/effis.statistics/seasonaltrend (accessed October 6, 2023).

[ii] Dan Stillman, “This is Canada’s Worst Wildfire Season on Record, Researchers Say,” The Washington Post, September 15, 2023, https://www.washingtonpost.com/weather/2023/09/13/canada-wildfire-smoke-climate-change/ (accessed October 6, 2023).

[iii] Gernot Böhme and Hartmut Böhme, Feuer, Wasser, Erde, Luft: Eine Kulturgeschichte der Elemente (Munich, 2014), p. 287.

“episodic, unpredictable game of changing identities, constantly alternating between treachery and redemption, punishment and goodness.”[i]

[i] Böhme and Böhme 2014 (see note 3), p. 30.

Of the generation who grew up during World War II (1939–45), ZERO founders Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014) experienced all the negative aspects of fire during their childhood and youth. As a boy, Mack took a photo with his “accordion Agfa” folding camera when the city of Krefeld was bombed. This led—unconsciously, according to Mack—to his later drawing Schwarze Strahlung (Black Radiation), 1960, where the charcoal hatching towers upwards like the beams of anti-aircraft searchlights.[i] And when Piene developed his Light Ballets, he referred to his experiences as a young Luftwaffe auxiliary:[ii] “So far, we have left it to the war to devise a naive light ballet for the night sky, just as we have left it to the war to illuminate the sky with colored signs and artificial and instigated conflagrations.”[iii]

In the art of ZERO, we find unstable and volatile substances such as fire and smoke, as well as ice, water, mist, wind, and light—substances with which the artists sought to “immaterialize” their works.[iv] They declared the four elements of earth, water, air, and fire to be the tools of their art, seeking to bring about harmony in the relationship between humankind and nature.[v] Mack and Piene illustrated this intention in the publication ZERO 3: the first pages showed images of the starry night sky, the sun behind a veil of clouds, the surface of the sea with reflected sunlight, a blanket of snow covering the land, and sand dunes in the desert.[vi] Mack, Piene, Uecker, and their artist friends were seeking to touch the entire cosmos, as their works, texts, and projects illustrate.

[i] See Heinz and Ute Mack, eds., Heinz Mack: Leben und Werk. Ein Buch vom Künstler über den Künstler / Life and Work. A Book from the Artist about the Artist. 1931–2011 (Cologne, 2011), p. 68.

[ii] Thomas Kellein, Zwischen Sputnik-Schock und Mondlandung: Künstlerische Grossprojekte von Yves Klein zu Christo (Stuttgart, 1989), p. 62.

[iii] Otto Piene, “Wege zum Paradies,” in ZERO 3, eds. Heinz Mack and Otto Piene (Düsseldorf, 1961), n.p.

[iv] Ulrike Schmitt-Voigts, Der Doppelaspekt von Materialität und Immaterialität in den Werken der ZERO-Künstler 1957–67, Ph.D. diss. (University of Cologne, 2013), p. 12.

[v] See Caroline de Westenholz, “ZERO on Sea,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds., The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967 (Ghent, 2015), p. 376.

[vi] Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO 3 (Düsseldorf, 1961).

An important text in this context is Heinz Mack’s Sahara Project, conceived in 1958/59 and first published in ZERO 3 in 1961. In the text, Mack presents a jardin artificiel with thirteen stations, in which his sculptural objects interact with the space and the light of the desert. The project is based on the idea that artistic works that capture, collect, and potentiate the light on their surface become vibrating “apparitions of light” in immense, light-flooded spaces such as the Sahara. The Sahara Project contains many proposals for integrating fire into the Jardin Artificiel: rasters of rising columns of smoke and fire, catapults of light, and artificial suns.[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “The Sahara Project” (1961), in Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO, trans. Howard Beckman (Cambridge, MA, 1973), pp 180–84.

In the years following the conception of this project, Mack made several visits to the world’s sand and ice deserts to realize his Jardin Artificiel; his expeditions to the largest sand dune seas of the Sahara, the Grand Erg Oriental and Occidental, are particularly worthy of mention. In 1968, he filmed parts of the award-winning film Tele-Mack with Hans Emmerling (1932–2022) and Edwin Braun in Tunisia, and in 1976 the Expedition into Artificial Gardens took place in Algeria, which the photographer Thomas Höpker documented for Sternmagazine and in a lavishly illustrated book.[i]

[i] Tele-Mack, 1968, directed by Hans Emmerling and Heinz Mack, camera: Edwin Braun, 45 min., 40 sec. (Institut für Moderne Kunst Nürnberg, produced by Telefilm Saar on behalf of Saarländische Rundfunk and WDR, Westdeutsches Fernsehen); Axel Hecht, “Heinz Mack und Thomas Höpker, Expedition in künstliche Gärten,” Stern, 29, no. 45, November 4–10, 1976, pp. 36–56; Henri Nannen, ed., Expedition in Künstliche Gärten (Hamburg, 1977).

In 1997, Mack executed further stations of the Sahara Project in the Wahiba Sands of Oman. He installed a Light Stele, fourteen meters high, that consisted of twenty-one aluminum reflectors, which were spanned and held in place by thin nylon ropes. Positioning the Light Stele on the crest of a high sand dune, he waited for dusk to take the perfect photo. During sunset, which only lasts for a few minutes in the desert, Mack was able to photographically capture a completely unique light phenomenon. In each of the twenty-one reflectors, the setting sun was multiplied many times as a red ball of light, while the sky and sand turned the same color.[i]The Great Light Stele, with its fiery red evening light, as photographed by Mack in the Wahiba Sands, is clearly associated with the element of fire, with the glow of the sun, which governs the diurnal rhythm that determines life, light, and color on our planet.

[i] Uwe Rüth, “Heinz Mack und sein Sahara-Projekt,” in MACK: Licht der Wüste, Licht des Eismeers, exh. cat. Skulpturenmuseum (Marl, 2001), p. 34.

Heinz Mack, Grosse Stele in der Wahiba-Wüste, Oman, 1997, height 14 m, aluminum reflectors, anodiszed, photo: Archive Heinz Mack

The photo of the Great Light Stele in the Wahiba Sands also emphasizes the media aspect of the Sahara Project. Mack took the reflectors to the desert, installed his Light Stele there, and photographed it. He then dismantled the stele and transported all the parts back to his studio.[i] The Light Stele was only a visible, tangible reality for a brief period of time in the Wahiba Sands; the viewer’s reception of the object takes place solely through its photographic reproduction.

[i] Sophia Sotke, Mack—Sahara: Von ZERO zur Land Art. Das Sahara-Projekt von Heinz Mack, 1959–1997 (Munich, 2022), p. 104.

When Tele-Mack was screened on WDR (West German Broadcasting) in 1969, Mack pointed out that the film was not a feature about an art exhibition, but that the film itself was the exhibition: “The premiere and the duration of the exhibition are identical.” [i] It was about showing works of art exclusively and only once on television, as Mack explained: “All the objects that I show in this exhibition can only be made known to the public through television, and will be destroyed by me in the end.”[ii]

[i] Heinz Mack, quoted in Eo Plunien, “Silberstelen in der Sahara,” in Die Welt, January 23, 1969 (Archive Heinz Mack).

[ii] Heinz Mack, quoted in Barbara Hess, “Abendschau: Drei Filme über Kunst,” in Ulrike Groos et al, eds., Ready to Shoot: Fernsehgalerie Gerry Schum, exh. cat. Kunsthalle Düsseldorf (Cologne, 2003), p. 19.

The film Tele-Mack features another work by Mack that utilized the luminous and destructive power of fire. First designed in 1963 for the Foire de Paris fair, the Feuerschiff (Fire Ship) consisted of a raft carrying a wooden frame, like the rafters of a roof, which was set in motion on the water. It combined the elements of fire and water, whereby the water was a surface that reflected the fire. Fireworks were attached to the wooden frame, elements soaked in phosphorus were fixed to the struts, and tubs full of petrol were ignited on the roofridge, forming a comb of fire. Mack had devised a choreography for the fire, which he planned to direct precisely by remote control. On a quarry pond near Mönchengladbach, Mack staged the Fire Ship for the film Tele-Mack:he let it glide on a string onto the lake with the aim of igniting the pyrotechnics on an hourly basis. “However, it was a damp evening and the remote ignition didn’t work,” recalled Hans Emmerling. “So we had to pull the ship ashore again and light it with a torch. When everything was on fire, we filmed it with three cameras.”[i] As a construction that first performs a spectacle of light before it ultimately self-destructs, the Fire Ship is an immaterial light event that transcends the materiality of the work.[ii] “Although it might appear that I have devoted my work exclusively to light,” Mack wrote in 1966, “I want to declare that my sole intention has always been, and still is, to make objects whose mode of appearance is immaterial.”[iii] In addition to light and movement, he uses fire to this end.

[i] Hans Emmerling in conversation with Annette Bosetti, in Jürgen Wilhelm, ed., Mack im Gespräch (Munich, 2015), p. 60.

[ii] In 1968, the Fire Ship was filmed for the TV production Tele-Mack at a quarry pond near Mönchengladbach. The work was reprised in 1979 at the Lichtfeste (Light Festivals) in Duisburg and Stuttgart, and in 2010 at Düsseldorf’s Medienhafen.

[iii] Heinz Mack, “Licht ist nicht Licht” (1966), in Mack: Lichtkunst, exh. cat. Kunstmuseum Ahlen (Cologne, 1994), p. 1.

Heinz Mack, Feuerschiff (still from the film Tele-Mack) 1968, ca. 10 x 18 x 8 m, pyrotechnics, wooden construction, photo: Edwin Braun/ Archive Heinz Mack

In 1960, Mack presented Hommage à Georges de La Tour at the Galerie Diogenes in Berlin. A picture by this Baroque artist, in whose paintings candlelight is omnipresent, was projected onto the wall.[i] Mack traced the contours of the depicted candle and redrew them with phosphorescent paint. After the opening address, he switched off the projector so that only the phosphorescent outline of the candle on the wall could be seen in the darkness. On a piece of mirror foil two meters square, he arranged 200 lighted candles in a strict pattern in the gallery’s basement. “On the evening of the vernissage, about the same number of people filled the basement rooms and it soon became very warm,”[ii] Mack recalled. Using a white tablecloth that had first been dipped into a bowl of water, two young women extinguished the “fire board”—reminiscent of a fakir’s bed—by holding the cloth over the flickering, vibrant flames and then dropping it at the moment Mack called out “ZERO” during the countdown. “Due to being suddenly plunged into darkness, our inner eye projected an unreal afterimage.”[iii] Mack reprised the candle installation in a modified form in 1965 at the Galerie Schmela (Schmela Gallery) in Düsseldorf.

[i] The painting, Die Auffindung des Heiligen Sebastian (The Finding of Saint Sebastian), ca. 1649, in Berlin’s Gemäldegalerie, is a copy of a work by Georges de la Tour.

[ii] Heinz Mack, “Kommentar zur 1. Hommage à Georges de La Tour in der Galerie Diogenes, Berlin 1960,” in Mack: Lichtkunst 1994 (see note 19), p. 181.

[iii] Mack, “Kommentar,” in Mack: Lichtkunst 1994 (see note 19).

Otto Piene, whose “Feueratelier” (fire studio) still exists in the ZERO foundation’s building, also used the destructive power of fire as a strategy for creating art. In 1957, he began using stencils with punched holes to apply paint to canvas.[i] From 1959 onwards, these Rasterbilder (Grid Paintings) were followed by his Rauchzeichnungen (Smoke Drawings), for which Piene “sieved” the smoke from a circle of candles or kerosene lamps, through the grid holes, onto paper. The smoldering smoke passed through the holes and left patterns of dots on the paper’s surface, evoking the interplay of light and shadow, structured in series. Piene also used fire to create charred residues on canvas or paper. He slightly burned the layers of paint applied to canvases to create thick blackened surfaces with subtle color variations, sometimes displaying figurative forms. His Fire Paintings exhibit the crusts and bubbles left behind by fire on the canvas, which frequently form round shapes reminiscent of the sun or the moon. Poetic titles such as Die Sonne brennt (The Sun Is Burning) (1966) refer to the stars and the elements.[ii]

[i] See Edouard Derom, “The New Definition of Painting,” in ZERO: Countdown to Tomorrow, 1950s–60s, exh. cat. Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum (New York, 2014), p. 88.

[ii] See Susanne Rennert and Stephan von Wiese, eds., Otto Piene: Retrospektive, 1952–1996, exh. cat. Kunstpalast, Düsseldorf (Cologne, 1996), p. 51; Edouard Derom, “Burning, Cutting, Nailing,” in ZERO: Countdown to Tomorrow 2014 (see note 23), p. 142.

Otto Piene‘s Feueratelier at Hüttenstrasse 104, Düsseldorf, 2019, photo: Laurenz Berges
Otto Piene, Die Sonne brennt, 1966, 100 x 130 cm, oil, smoke, fire on canvas, collection Kunstpalast, Düsseldorf, inv. no. 0.1973.175, photo: Kunstpalast–Artothek

Manfred Schneckenburger (1938–2019) described Piene as a “magician” of the elements of fire, air, and light. According to him, Piene was “the most precise artistic strategist for the various intersections of the panel painting with the new processes of light, fire, and smoke.” His paintings can be described as “manifestations of the elements themselves” because Piene used fire to explore the natural melting processes of pigment, smoke, and fixative. The results are paintings in which the flowing, streaming, gelatinizing, dying off, and formation of bubbles are halted at the moment of coagulation. Thus Piene transformed the panel painting into an instrument for capturing, structuring, and nuancing immaterial optical energy.[i]

[i] Manfred Schneckenburger, “Die schiere Schönheit und der Wolkenzug,” in Ante Glibota, ed., Otto Piene (Villorba, 2011), pp. 87–88.

Otto Piene in his atelier at Gladbacher Strasse 69, Düsseldorf, 1966, photo: Maren Heyne

The two ZERO founders, Mack and Piene, were not the only artists to use destruction by fire as a strategy of artistic creation. In particular, some members of the Nouveaux Réalisme movement—who came together in 1960, headed by the critic Pierre Restany (1930–2003)—used fire and destruction to create art, such as Arman (1928–2005) and Niki de Saint Phalle (1930–2002).[i] The Swiss artist Daniel Spoerri (b. 1930) contributed a “Pyromaniacal Guide” to the magazine ZERO 3. On the last page of the publication, readers were invited to burn the magazine with a match that was enclosed. After explaining in detail how to strike a match, it said:

[i] Arman made a collage on paper of an exploded firework, and also, in a spectacular action, blew up a sports car, which he then presented on the wall as a quasi-destroyed readymade (White Orchid, 1963). Niki de Saint Phalle pursued a similarly destructive-creative approach with her series Tirs, beginning in 1961. See Pierre Restany, “Die Beseelung des Objekts” (1961), in Dirk Pörschmann, ed., ZERO und Nouveau Réalisme: Die Befragung der Wirklichkeit, exh. cat. Stiftung Ahlers Pro Arte (Hannover, 2016), pp. 57–64.

“Subject this ZERO 3 magazine to the same process by using the heat generated. To do this, you must hold the flat matchstick close to the brochure, which has been deliberately made from a material that is subject to the same transformation process.”

A sunflower seed was glued on top with the following note: “Jean Tinguely recommends that you plant this sunflower seed in good soil before following the instructions below.”[i] The destructive gesture of the one artist is counterbalanced here by the creative impulse of the other.

[i] Daniel Spoerri, “Pyromanische Anleitung,” in Mack and Piene 1961 (see note 10), n.p.

Similar to Mack’s Fire Ship, the self-destructing installations by Jean Tinguely (1925–1991) stage the power of fire and explosions as an ephemeral art event. In 1960, he realized his sensational Homage to New York in the garden of the Museum of Modern Art, in which a kinetic sculpture of monumental proportions self-destructed in an automated process.[i] After his success in New York, American television became aware of Tinguely and produced a film in the Nevada desert about his Study for an End of the World No. 2, in 1962. Together with Niki de Saint Phalle, he collected debris, scrap metal, bulk waste, fireworks, and dynamite, and deposited these on the Jean Dry Lake in Nevada. The construction of the sculpture from these materials and its spectacular explosion were filmed by NBC.[ii] As with Mack’s Fire Ship in the film Tele-Mack, the reception of Tinguely’s work takes place exclusively via the medium of film. But unlike Mack, whose aim was to achieve an ephemeral, spectacular light event, Tinguely saw his Study for an End of the World as a sociopolitical commentary on a world replete with superfluous and discarded consumer goods.[iii]

[i] See Tiziana Caianiello, “Between Media: Connections between Performance and Installation Art, and Their Implications for Conservation,” Beiträge zur Erhaltung von Kunst- und Kulturgut 1 (2018), pp. 102–110.

[ii] The first Study for an End of the World was presented in 1961 at the Louisiana Museum in Humlebaek, Denmark; see Emily Eliza Scott, “Desert Ends,” in Philipp Kaiser and Miwon Kwon, eds., Ends of the Earth: Land Art to 1974 (Munich, 2012), pp. 67–91.

[iii] See ibid., p. 76.

Jean Tinguely, Niki de Saint-Phalle, Study For an End of the World No. 2, 1962, Jean Dry Lake, Nevada, photo: Museum Tinguely, Basel/Life Magazine

While Tinguely and Saint Phalle celebrated the explosion, Yves Klein (1928–1962) used fire to produce paintings, sculptures, and architecture. His first experiment with fire, in 1957, was the Tableau de Feu bleu d’une minute (One-Minute Blue Light Table), a wooden panel painted blue on which he positioned and lit sixteen Bengal lights. When Klein presented the work at the Colette Allendy Gallery in Paris, it created a virtual IKB (International Klein Blue)[i] as an afterimage in the eyes of the spectators, as the fire combined with the blue hue to form an immaterial monochrome. From 1961 onwards, Klein created his Peintures de Feu, which he produced with flamethrowers.[ii] In 1961, the exhibition Yves Klein: Monochrome und Feuer (Monochromes and Fire) took place at the Haus Lange Museum in Krefeld, where a Feuermauer (Fire Wall) consisting of one hundred flames, and Feuerfontänen (Fire Fountains), were presented in the museum’s garden.[iii] Klein regarded fire, like each of the four elements, as a central and constituent part of architecture, and he expressed this in his Projekt für eine Luftarchitektur (Project for Aerial Architecture), together with the architect Werner Ruhnau (1922–2015), in ZERO 3.[iv]

[i] International Klein Blue (IKB) is a shade of deep blue that was first mixed by Yves Klein; see Robert Fleck, Yves Klein: L’aventure allemande (Paris, 2018), pp. 24–25.

[ii] Colette Angeli, “Peindre avec le feu: Aubertin, Burri, Klein, Peeters, Piene,” in Claire Bonnevie, ed., Le Ciel Comme Atelier: Yves Klein et ses Contemporains (Metz, 2020), pp. 82–83.

[iii] See Antje Kramer-Mallordy and Rotraut Klein-Moquay, Yves Klein: Germany (Paris, 2017), p. 193.

[iv] Yves Klein and Werner Ruhnau, “Projekt für eine Luftarchitektur,” in Mack and Piene 1961 (see note 10), n.p.

The works of the ZERO artists that integrate fire are poised between creation and destruction. While Tinguely and Saint Phalle created their works through destructive acts,[i] the light and color of the element of fire were celebrated by Mack with his Fire Ship, by Piene with his Fire Paintings, and by Klein with his Fire Fountains. The light shed by the flames of candles can be found in Bernard Aubertin’s Tableau—feu de poche[ii] and Mack’s Hommage à Georges de La Tour. Other ZERO artists, whose works and projects are not discussed here, also explored the power of fire—for example, Henk Peeters, with his Pyrographien (Pyrographs), and Günther Uecker (b. 1930), with his Beschiessung des Meeres mit Feuerpfeilen (Shooting Flaming Arrows at the Sea), of 1970.[iii] What all these artists have in common is that they utilized fire in an endeavor to immaterialize their works. With regard to the forces and energies acting upon them, the materials of these artworks themselves evoke independent constellations that change over time; therefore, the works can be understood as things that temporarily transcend the boundaries of the objects, and, when viewed, appear to exist in the present.[iv] In ephemeral, destructive works such as the Fire Ship and Study for an End of the World No. 2, the existence of the artwork, therefore, shifts from real object to media reproduction.

[i] Restany in Pörschmann 2016 (see note 26), p. 64.

[ii] The Tableau—feu de poche by Bernard Aubertin was created solely in order to be subsequently burned. This was how the match became Aubertin’s hallmark. See Angeli 2020 (see note 32), pp. 82–83. Mack’s work Der Engel des Bösen (The Angel of Evil), ca. 1968, with its subtitle Gruss an Aubertin (Greetings to Aubertin), was a project for a ten-meter-tall matchstick. See Mack: Lichtkunst1994 (see note 19), pp. 182–83.

[iii] On Peeters, see Angeli 2020 (see note 32); on Uecker, see Katrin Salwig and Klaus Gereon Beuckers, “Verzeichnis der Aktionen von Günther Uecker, 1958–1975,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., Günther Uecker: Die Aktionen (Petersberg, 2004), pp. 219–28.

[iv] Schmitt-Voigts 2013 (see note 8), p. 12.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Galleries

G Galleries

ZERO and the Gallery after 1966: The Example of Galerie Hubertus Schoeller

Nadine Oberste-Hetbleck

“Artists and gallery owners must make their way together.” Hubertus Schoeller

As a relatively young, interdisciplinary academic field, art market studies examines, among other things, the various influences of actors and networks in the art market on the formation of the visual arts canon. This includes gallery owners as a relevant group, who often accompany young artists from the beginning of their professional careers: artists’ works are often presented to the public and sold for the first time in galleries; exhibition catalogs are compiled and produced, large-format works are financed in advance, and contacts with exhibition institutions are arranged. Gallerists work as the gatekeepers of the art market. Sociologist Hans Peter Thurn points out that the “gallery owner … slips into the guise of a public relations officer” for the artist.[i] This refers to the fact that gallery owners give speeches, write texts, publish editions, and pursue other activities to publicize and advertise new artists, their novel approaches, and their respective works. To render visible the achievements of individual actors and collaborations between artists and gallery owners requires in-depth, source-based studies. The ZADIK (Zentralarchiv für deutsche und internationale Kunstmarktforschung—Central Archive for German and International Art Market Studies), with its specialized archive on the history of the art market, holds a wealth of archival material on various galleries associated with the ZERO movement, including Rochus Kowallek in Frankfurt am Main (A 18), Galerie art intermedia (Helmut Rywelski) in Cologne (A 103), and Galerie Hubertus Schoeller in Düsseldorf (A 71).

Thanks to the research achievements of recent years—such as Thekla Zell’s extremely well-founded study—we now have deeper insights into the collaboration of some artists with galleries during the period from the end of the nineteen-fifties to the beginning of the nineteen-sixties—a period that was important for the constitution of ZERO. However, the years after the “officially” declared end of the artists’ collaboration in the context of ZERO, by Heinz Mack (b. 1931), Otto Piene (1928–2014), and Günther Uecker (b. 1930), in 1966, still need to be examined in more detail. This chapter aims to provide examples of this and to encourage further research.

[i] Hans Peter Thurn, Der Kunsthändler: Wandlungen eines Berufes (Munich, 1994), p. 124.

How It All Began: A Brief Look Back

The importance of high-profile events for establishing ZERO from the very beginning is well known, starting with the Evening Exhibitions, which, in the words of Thekla Zell, functioned “as a gateway to the public in the sense of a proto-gallery.”[i] Zell also explicates the cooperative idea of the artists, who presented their works both in Galerie Schmela and Galerie 22 in Düsseldorf as well as in the Evening Exhibitions, and she traces the transition from the studio and the Evening Exhibitions to the gallery. This became apparent, for example, with ZERO 3, the third issue of the magazine, in 1961, since this issue was not presented in the studio like the previous ones, but in Galerie Schmela,[ii] and was at once the first comprehensive documentation and the conclusion of the first constitutive phase of ZERO. It was accompanied by the Zero: Edition, Exposition, Demonstration, the first event of the new movement organized by Mack, Piene, and Uecker, which took place under the name “ZERO.”[iii] Not only did Schmela and his wife Monika organize the first solo exhibitions by Mack, Piene, and Uecker in a German gallery,[iv] but Alfred Schmela’s activities as a whole were essential to the constitution and establishment of ZERO in Germany. This is evidenced by Otto Piene’s famous statement that “Zero was just as important to him as he was to Zero,”[v] which appeared in the 1993 publication ZERO: Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, by the art critic Heiner Stachelhaus. There were also other important protagonists, like Rochus Kowallek with D(ato) Galerie, or Galerie D, Gerhard von Graevenitz and Jürgen Morschel with Galerie Nota, and Kurt Fried with Studio F. Their work is also explored in greater depth by Thekla Zell.

[i] Thekla Zell, Exposition ZERO: Vom Atelier in die Avantgardegalerie. Zur Konstituierung und Etablierung der Zero-Bewegung in Deutschland am Beispiel der Abendausstellungen, der Galerie Schmela, des Studio F, der Galerie Nota und der D(ato) Galerie(Vienna, 2019), p. 131.

[ii] See ibid., p. 127.

[iii] See ibid., p. 134. The Demonstration was reprised at Galerie A in Arnhem, December 9–30, 1961; see “Chronologie,” in ZERO: Internationale Künstler-Avantgarde der 50er/60er Jahre (ZERO: International Artists’ Avant-Garde of the 50s/60s), exh. cat., Kunstpalast, Düsseldorf, and Musée d’art moderne et contemporain, Saint-Étienne (Ostfildern, 2006), p. 276. Tiziana Caianiello points out that in 1959 there had already been an exhibition in the Rotterdamse Kunstkring with the title Zero, in which the Düsseldorf artists had not participated. See Tiziana Caianiello, “Ein ‘Klamauk’ mit weitreichenden Folgen: Die feierliche Präsentation von ZERO 3,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), p. 513.

[iv] See Zell 2019 (see note 2), p. 133.

[v] Otto Piene, in Heiner Stachelhaus, ZERO: Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker (Düsseldorf, 1993), p. 155.

What Happened After That? A Leap in Time

The joint ZERO exhibition in Bonn in 1966 (November 25 to December 31) and the accompanying ZERO Midnight Ball, which, with its motto “ZERO is good for you,” gathered around two thousand partygoers[i] at Rolandseck railway station (November 25–26, 1966), were “officially” regarded as the end of the collaboration between Mack, Piene, and Uecker, and thus of ZERO. However, both the original core members as well as artists who had exhibited under the ZERO banner continued their careers as artists, and Mack, Piene, and Uecker also undertook further activities together. These activities, as well as the work of galleries, exhibition venues, collectors, and auction houses, were essential for the reception and particularly the enduring establishment of what is now firmly anchored in the art-historical canon under the term “ZERO.”

This chapter examines the example of the activities of the gallery owner Hubertus Schoeller. His archival holdings at ZADIK include his invitation cards, compilations of press cuttings, and correspondence, as well as documents relating to the preparation of exhibitions,[ii] catalogs,[iii] and festivals. The interview conducted with Schoeller in July 2023 by the author, which is referred to here variously, provides valuable additional information.[iv]

[i] See Thekla Zell, “The ZERO Traveling Circus: Documentation of Exhibitions, Actions, Publications 1958–1966,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), p. 169.

[ii] These include correspondence about loans, the acquisition of works for sale, and plans for hanging artworks.

[iii] These include requests for permission to publish or reprint, requests for help in compiling the lists of ZERO exhibitions, collections of material about past exhibitions, galley proofs, and documents concerning the distribution of catalogs.

[iv] Hubertus Schoeller in an interview with Nadine Oberste-Hetbleck, Düsseldorf, July 11, 2023.

Galerie Hubertus Schoeller Appears on the Scene after the “End” of ZERO

Hubertus Schoeller took over the Düsseldorf gallery Ursula Wendtorf and Franz Swetec at Bilker Strasse 12 in 1974,[i] at a point in time when ZERO was already “history.” At the time, the gallery did not have a specific program focus, although ZERO artists had been featured strongly in the five years it had been in existence, as can be seen from the exhibition invitations.[ii]

Schoeller took over the gallery the following year and later, in March 1980, moved to new premises at Poststrasse 2 in Düsseldorf, with the new name of Galerie Hubertus Schoeller “and the interior designed by Nils Sören Dubbick to match the gallery’s program. Until his last exhibition in August 2003, he presented the work of over fifty artists from the USA, Argentina, Brazil, Russia, and almost all the European countries.”[iii]

[i] After taking over the gallery with the exhibition Sovak, Schoeller at first traded under the name “Galerie Ursula Wendtorf und Franz Swetec, Inhaber [owner] Hubertus Schoeller.” In 1976, he changed the name to “Galerie Schoeller vorm. [formerly] Wendtorf + Swetec.”

[ii] Piene was represented with three solo exhibitions, and Uecker also had a solo show. Mack only participated in a group exhibition at the end of 1974. In addition, Hermann Bartels, Hermann Goepfert, Walter Leblanc, Oskar Holweck, and Ferdinand Spindel also exhibited elsewhere under the ZERO banner.

[iii] See the ZADIK inventory profile of Holding A 71, https://zadik.phil-fak.uni-koeln.de/archiv/bestandsliste/a-71-schoeller-duesseldorf (accessed January 4, 2024).

Exterior view of the Galerie Hubertus Schoeller, Poststrasse 2, Düsseldorf, during the opening exhibition in 1980, ZADIK, A 71, X, photo: Hoppe

Where “artists” are mentioned above, as well as in what follows, it should be pointed out that the artists represented by Galerie Hubertus Schoeller were almost exclusively male. Exceptions included the solo exhibitions of Aurélie Nemours and Hannelore Köhler, as well as individual female artists who participated in group exhibitions.[i] As a whole, however, the program was dominated by male artists, which also reflected the situation in the art market at that time.

[i] Vera Molnar, Nelly Rudin, Dadamaino, and Garcia Varisco were each featured in a group exhibition at Galerie Schoeller. When the gallery was owned by Ursula Wendtorf and Franz Swetec, artists such as Gerlinde Beck, Rune Mields, Claudia Kinast, Mira Haberernova, and Karina Raeck had appeared in its program.

What did the gallery represent in terms of content? In a nutshell, it can be said that “for Schoeller, reduction to the essentials and material perfection were the core elements of his art program.”[i] In the years after taking over the gallery, and especially since its move to the new premises, Schoeller specialized in Constructivist Concrete Art and the art of the ZERO group.

[i] See the ZADIK inventory profile of Holding A 71 (see note 14).

The role that ZERO played for Galerie Hubertus Schoeller is already indicated by its exhibition program with regard to Mack, Piene, and Uecker.[i] In addition, there were the exhibition projects outside the gallery, such as the joint project ZERO: A European Avant-Garde[ii] in 1993, which Schoeller supported, and also the presentations at art fairs, for example, in Cologne or Basel. Over and above these three artists, there are many other artists in the gallery’s program who exhibited in the context of ZERO—for example, Christian Megert (b. 1936), Bernard Aubertin (1934–2015), Hermann Goepfert (1926–1982), Jef Verheyen (1932–1984), Hermann Bartels (1928–1989), and Walter Leblanc (1932–1986), as well as Almir Mavignier (1925–2018), Jesús Rafael Soto (1923–2005), Dadamaino (1930–2004), Uli Pohl (b. 1935), and the Nul group with Jan Schonohoven (1914–1994), Armando (1929–2018), Jan Henderikse (b. 1937), and Henk Peeters (1925–2013).

[i] Of the three original ZERO artists, Piene was the first to have a solo exhibition after Schoeller took over the gallery in 1976/77—six further solo shows followed (in 1980, 1984, 1987/88, 1991, 1995, and 2000), plus three group shows (in 1977/78, 1978/79, and 1988). Mack’s works were presented in three solo exhibitions (in 1993/94, 1998, and 2001) and he was represented in five group shows (in 1977/78, 1978/79, 1981/82, 1986, and 1988). Uecker was represented in three group shows (in 1978/79, 1981/82, and 1988).

[ii] The exhibition was shown at three locations—Galerie Neher in Essen, Galerie Heseler in Munich, and the Mittelrhein Museum in Koblenz—and was accompanied by a catalog.

In the years after Alfred Schmela and his colleague Hans Mayer, who had paved the way for Concrete Art and ZERO after collaboration between the three artists Mack, Piene, and Uecker had ended in 1966, Schoeller regarded himself as a lone figure in Düsseldorf who continued to enable the ongoing representation of ZERO in Germany:

“There were some who exhibited Mack or Uecker, but as individual artists and as what sold commercially. However, for the artists who were not at the forefront, for example, Hermann Bartels from Düsseldorf or Uli Pohl or Hermann Goepfert, I was the only one who exhibited them and tried to document and reappraise ZERO systematically in view of the variety and large number of its artists.… But posthumously as it were, after the ZERO era.”

Schoeller’s work, which ZADIK has already addressed to some extent in two thematic monographic exhibitions, will be explored in greater depth below. The focus is on a project by Schoeller that stood out in its commitment to raising ZERO’s visibility, and which initially began with an exhibition mounted for the 700th anniversary of the founding of the city of Düsseldorf, as part of a “parallel” campaign by Düsseldorf galleries on the subject of “Düsseldorf Artists.”[i] In his exhibition, titled Gruppe Zero, Schoeller presented a total of forty-two works by thirty-two artists from September 16 to November 16, 1988, all dating from the period 1957 to 1960.

[i] Ute Grundmann, “Die Kunst im Kontrast,” NZR (Neue Rhein/Ruhr Zeitung), no. 217, September 16, 1988: “Since 1983, they [parallel actions] have accompanied major exhibitions with joint actions.”

Poster for the exhibition Gruppe Zero, Galerie Hubertus Schoeller, Düsseldorf, 1988, design: Otto Piene, archive of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.0.VII.13, photo: Judith Michaelis
Letter from Hubertus Schoeller to Otto Piene with handwritten reply from Otto Piene to Hubertus Schoeller, August 9, 1988, and August 16, 1988, ZADIK, A 71, VIII, 7

In preparation for this exhibition, Schoeller spoke at trade fairs such as Art Basel with owners of works from the relevant period—collectors and artists—and endeavored also to locate exhibits that were for sale. In his efforts it was particularly Piene who supported him: he designed the poster for the exhibition[i] and was also a lender of exhibits. A glance at the list of lenders for the show reveals that a large proportion of the artworks were lent by artists; some of them lent their own works, but some also lent works that they owned by fellow artists. The municipal museum in Leverkusen, Schloss Morsbroich, also supported the exhibition with a loan. The works in the exhibition did not date exclusively from the period, but some had specific historical links: both Almir Mavignier’s Störung (Verschiebung eines Zentrums)—Disturbance (Shift of a Center)—and Yves Klein’s untitled round, red ceramic object.[ii] had been exhibited at ZERO’s 7th Evening Exhibition in 1958; Verheyen’s untitled painting had featured at the Bienal Internacional de São Paulo in 1967; and Uecker’s sculpture New York Dancer had been shown in Amsterdam at the Nul exhibition in 1965, as well as at the above-mentioned exhibition by Mack, Piene, and Uecker in Bonn in 1966.

[i] Letter from Hubertus Schoeller to Otto Piene, Düsseldorf, August 9, 1988, with Piene’s handwritten response to Schoeller, August 16, 1988. The poster could be purchased at the gallery for DM 15, or DM 50 for a copy signed by the artist.

[ii] The lender of this last work was none other than the prominent architect Werner Ruhnau, as the press reported. See Helga Meister, “Aus der Jugend der ZERO-Stars,” WZ (Westdeutsche Zeitung), November 5, 1988.

The local press praised the show as an “exhibition worthy of a museum”[i] and spoke of the “large crowds drawn by the Schoeller Gallery’s Zero exhibition.”[ii] Schoeller had expressly chosen the Düsseldorf galleries’ combined event for his exhibition in order to attract as much attention as possible. After the very positive reception, he decided to publish a catalog of the exhibition project. Here Piene also played a role, as Schoeller recalls:

[i] Ibid.; see also “Von Galerie zu Galerie: Die goldenen Jahre der Avantgarde,” Düsseldorfer Hefte, no. 19, October 1, 1988.

[ii] “Auftrieb bei ‘parallel,’” Rheinische Post, no. 218, September 19, 1988.

“I had put on the ZERO exhibition, and then Piene thought it was so important he said I must publish a catalog as well. So that’s what I did. Without Piene, the entire catalog wouldn’t have been realized. Our collaboration was very close; he supported me a lot and I supported him, too; it was mutual. An advantage was that the catalog concept was ‘posthumous’ so to speak, and after the exhibition I had time to work. What you can now find out quickly using the Internet was very difficult to find out back then and didn’t happen quickly.”

In fact, the archival material—correspondence with galleries, museums, collectors, and academics—shows that Schoeller spent more than six months on intensive research, the concept, and editing.[i] A distinctive feature of Schoeller’s catalog is its ambition to go beyond merely documenting the exhibition. In addition to reproducing the works exhibited and photos of installation views, it contained statements by the three ZERO artists[ii] on the then current state of ZERO, an archival documentation of all invitations to the Evening Exhibitions,[iii] the covers of the issues of ZERO magazine with their tables of contents, and historical photos from the ZERO period. In addition—and this was truly labor-intensive—Schoeller compiled a chronological “List of Group Zero Exhibitions.” From this, he then transferred the names of the artists to an alphabetical directory, which shows in chronological order the ZERO exhibitions in which each artist had participated. Why did he do this? Schoeller recalls:

[i] See the collection of correspondence from the period April 19 to September 28, 1989, ZADIK, A 71, VIII: Zero-Katalog, Zero Ausstellung 1959–96. Notes on the letters show that much information was obtained by personal communication or by telephone.

[ii] Schoeller 2023 (see note 10): “And then I asked Mack, Piene, and Uecker for their views on ZERO today. Piene writes quite clearly: ZERO is still valid today, Mack says it was an important period, but it’s over, and Uecker doesn’t respond at all, which is also an answer.”

[iii] Schoeller 2023 (see note 10): “Also included were all nine invitations to the Evening Exhibitions that I had received from Piene.”

“It always bothered me that if you asked Mack, Piene, and Uecker who belongs to ZERO, you would get three different answers. ZERO was never a fixed group, but a circle of friends, as Piene always said. In this respect, you can’t say that this and that belongs to ZERO, but rather: that was the nucleus, that was the middle area, and that was the outer area. In order to put this on a somewhat more objective basis, I ascertained who took part in the ZERO exhibitions and then reorganized this information. Now you can see how many ZERO exhibitions an artist has taken part in. This is the only objective criterion for the question of which artist belongs to ZERO and to what extent. You can’t just proceed by numbers and say that an artist who has taken part four times belongs and one who has taken part three times doesn’t. This is a factual basis.”

With the increasing distance of time from the project, Schoeller reflects:

“It was a point of reference, although I would do it differently today. Back then, I only included the exhibitions that had ZERO in the title. So some of them, like the Antwerp exhibition [Vision in Motion—Motion in Vision, 1959, at the Hessenhuis Museum], were left out and Adolf Luther (1912-1990) is also not included—today, I would include them.”

This ambitious project of Schoeller’s demanded extensive research and the help of numerous people and institutions. Schoeller asked for confirmation that the respective exhibitions had indeed taken place, requested the lists of participating artists, asked for flyers or invitations, and placed an order to purchase any catalog that had been published. The result is a rich collection of material and ephemera from the ZERO period in the Schoeller collection, a veritable treasure trove, which at the same time is an illustration of ZERO’s geographical expansion at that time.[i] It was not without reason that Schoeller, taking up an idea of Heinz Mack’s, drew up a map of the world showing the ZERO exhibitions that had been identified. This also brought with it a fresh insight for the gallery owner, because on the map the ZERO exhibitions that had taken place clearly exhibited a dominant north–south expansion. The geographical visualization of the outreach of exhibitions or art fairs, for example, is a method that has become increasingly dominant in exhibition research in recent years, often with the support of the digital humanities. Schoeller made this approach fruitful avant la lettre and says himself that “this was more of a catalog for research and work than a catalog of pictures.” The gallery distributed the catalog, which it had produced itself in a print run of 1,500 copies, priced DM 76. The release of the publication was celebrated with a party on December 9, 1989, in keeping with the ZERO tradition. Schoeller reports:

[i] See ZADIK, A 71, VII.

“The catalog had come out after the exhibition, so there had to be a presentation and that was the ZERO party. All the ideas for it were Piene’s.… I worked for four weeks solely on this event; it was a highlight of my career. And you could only get in with a personal invitation. Piene had specified black and white as the theme for the celebration. However, I am against all mottos or themes and mandatory specifications. So I printed the invitation without the motto. But then Piene demanded it be included, so the motto was printed diagonally across the top afterwards. They all came in black and white: Uecker wore half black and the other half white. The only one who didn’t stick to it was Piene himself. I had to say ‘pater, pecavi’ (‘Father, I have sinned’) to him in that respect, because he told me afterwards that he was dressed in the suit he wore to his first ZERO vernissage. Also, it was essentially Piene’s idea to stage a procession across the Maxplatz with sparklers and other things. His assistant, Günther Thorn, made a hundred tall top hats out of paper clay for the occasion. Everything and everybody that belonged to ZERO was there, both collectors and artists alike.… It was just like back then: nothing special actually happened and yet a lot did. Putting on a tall black paper hat is not a big deal, but it had its unique character and its own unique touch.”

The festive ZERO evening described by Schoeller and filmed by Werner Raeune on video took place on the aforementioned date of December 9, 1989, from half past eight until midnight in Galerie Hubertus Schoeller. In point of fact, the motif of the black cardboard hat was based on something comparable in ZERO’s history: at the Expositie Demonstratie in December 1961 at Gallery A in Arnhem, black cardboard tubes with white ZERO lettering were worn.[i] On February 10, 1964, Mack, Uecker, and Piene took part in the Monday parade, the highlight of German Carnival, in Düsseldorf, where they also wore tall black cardboard hats.[ii] This object, which was already familiar in the ZERO context, was supplemented by the sparklers. The appreciation shown by the guests for the props at the party is striking: recognizing them as collector’s items, they had the hats signed by the artists, as well as the catalog.

[i] See photo 29.2, in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 4), p. 454.

[ii] Caianiello, in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 4), pp. 510–26, takes an in-depth look at the ZERO presentations and their links to avant-gardes of the past such as Dada, and in particular Futurism. She also explores the connection between the three Düsseldorf artists and elements of German Carnival on pp. 521–22.

Floor plans for the hanging of the exhibition Gruppe Zero, Galerie Hubertus Schoeller, Düsseldorf, 1988, ZADIK, A 71, VIII
Floor plans for the hanging of the exhibition Gruppe Zero, Galerie Hubertus Schoeller, Düsseldorf, 1988, ZADIK, A 71, VIII

The response to the celebration was remarkable: the video and the photographs already show that the crowd was large. A note on a beer mat in the archives confirms that 410 people had registered for the event and that 350 actually attended.

Labeled beer mat for the ZERO party, 1989, front and back, ZADIK, A 71, VIII
Labeled beer mat for the ZERO party, 1989, front and back, ZADIK, A 71, VIII

Schoeller rates highly the significance of the event for the visibility of ZERO: “I would say that that was the first time ZERO was resurrected again. Because the first time, as far as I remember, the Kunsthaus Zurich put on a very good ZERO exhibition [Zero: Image Presentations of a European Avant-Garde 1958–1964,June 1 to August 5, 1979, after the official end of the ZERO movement],[i] then there was a break.” And in fact, things did start moving to a certain extent regarding the visibility of ZERO at the end of the nineteen-eighties. The Lenz Schönberg private collection, which toured to several locations around the world, played a role in this.[ii] In 1988, however, Armin Zweite noted in the accompanying catalog: “Despite a variety of efforts, it can scarcely be said that the goals of ZERO have gained greater significance in the awareness of the art-interested public.”[iii] With regard to art-historical research, scholarly projects that address the movement’s history are significant, such as Anette Kuhn’s[iv] doctoral thesis of 1988 and Schoeller’s publication. The press reports were impressed by his documentation: “What is characteristic of this group of artists is meticulously listed here.… Because this is the first time it has been done [sic] and so comprehensively, gallery owner Schoeller has presented the long overdue handbook and reference work which should be emphasized all the more emphatically.”[v] This author’s assessment was correct: with his publication, Schoeller created an important reference work that was definitely the basis for several museum exhibitions that subsequently took place. Looking back in 2006, Günter Herzog described Schoeller’s publication as “one of the most complete documentations of the history of the movement to date.”[vi]

[i] According to Ursula Perucchi-Petri, the exhibition “provided a historical overview of the phenomenon Zero.” Ursula Perucchi-Petri, in Zero: Bildvorstellungen einer europäischen Avantgarde, 1958–1964, exh. cat. Kunsthaus (Zürich, 1979), p. 6. In addition to art-historical texts on the artists in the exhibition, the catalog contains historical photos, text excerpts from past catalogs, interviews, and twenty artist biographies.

[ii] After the first presentation at the Städel Museum in Frankfurt am Main in 1974/75, a larger part of the collection was shown in a movie theater auditorium in Salzburg city center in 1985, and then, shortly after Schoeller’s gallery opened, in the exhibition Gruppe Zero at the end of September 1988, in the Städtischen Galerie in the Lenbachhaus in Munich. See ZERO: Vision und Bewegung. Werke aus der Sammlung Lenz Schönberg, exh. cat. Städtische Galerie im Lenbachhaus (Munich, 1988). Schoeller also remembers the international presentations: “In the 1990s, it was the Lenz Collection that toured the world as an exhibition—Madrid, Moscow….” Schoeller 2023 (see note 10). See Hannah Weitemeier, ed., Sammlung Lenz Schönberg: Eine europäische Bewegung in der bildenden Kunst von 1958 bis heute, exh. cat. Zentrales Künstlerhaus am Krimwall Moskau (Stuttgart, 1989).

[iii] Armin Zweite, “Vorwort,” in ZERO: Vision und Bewegung 1988 (see note 30), p. 7.

[iv] Working under the supervision of doctoral advisor Eduard Trier at the Ruhr University Bochum, Kuhn was one of the first scholars to engage with ZERO in an academic context. See Anette Kuhn, Zero und Yves Klein: Aspekte einer deutschen Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre, Ph.D. diss. (Ruhr University Bochum, 1988).

[v] “Schoeller, Düsseldorf,” Handelsblatt, no. 26, February 6, 1990, p. 26.

[vi] Günter Herzog, “Editorial Notice,” sediment—Mitteilungen zur Geschichte des Kunsthandels, no. 10: “ZERO ist gut für Dich” (“ZERO is good for you”), (Nuremberg, 2006), p. 7.

 

This made it possible to describe the close connection between Schoeller and ZERO in more detail in the years that followed, and to shed light on further projects. Time and again, his gallery provided a platform for ZERO-related presentations—including the joint presentation of the aforementioned monograph ZERO: Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Gunther Uecker by Heiner Stachelhaus with Econ publishers on May 12, 1993.[i]

[i] In the foreword to his book, Stachelhaus 1993 (see note 6) states with regard to the resonance of ZERO at that time: “An additional motivation [for writing this book] is that the interest of collectors, museums, and galleries in ZERO has gradually increased in recent years.”

It Still Carries On: After Galerie Hubertus Schoeller Ceased Operations

Hubertus Schoeller’s enduring commitment to ZERO and Constructivist Concrete Art in general was also evident in his activities beyond the gallery. In 2003, the year his gallery closed, he established the Hubertus Schoeller Foundation at the Leopold Hoesch Museum in Düren, which holds his collection of Constructivist Concrete Art. In 2006, he was a co-initiator of the exhibition ZERO: Internationale Künstler-Avantgarde der 50er/60er Jahre (ZERO: International Artists’ Avant-Garde of the 50s/60s) at the Museum Kunstpalast, which was curated by Jean-Hubert Martin together with Heike van den Valentyn and Mattijs Visser—ideas for the exhibition were developed during a discussion with Otto Piene and Jean-Hubert Martin at the Schoeller Gallery.[i] As part of this exhibition, the black cardboard top hats that featured in Schoeller’s ZERO party were also revisited. The internationally oriented retrospective exhibition also acted as a major stimulus for establishing the ZERO foundation in 2008,[ii] whose Circle of Friends Schoeller chaired for many years. The enduring bond between gallery owner and artist is also reflected in the following statement, which Hubertus Schoeller recalls:

[i] At this time, there were further exhibition projects related to ZERO: the Lenz Schönberg collection was shown at the Museum der Moderne Salzburg Mönchsberg from January 21 to March 26, 2006, and the ZADIK exhibition ZERO ist gut für Dich took place at the Art Cologne fair from February 15 to 19, 2006.

[ii] See www.kunstpalast.de/de/programm/sammlung/zero-foundation (accessed January 4, 2024); www.zerofoundation.de (accessed January 4, 2024).

“And Piene said quite clearly: ‘The Schoeller Gallery is inconceivable without ZERO and ZERO is inconceivable without the Schoeller Gallery.’”

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Homage

H Homage

ZERO's diverse artistic tributes

Romina Dümler

A homage, or tribute, refers to someone to whom one feels indebted, or who one feels is or has been a positive influence. It is a public expression of high regard—a euphonious token of love.


The titles of ZERO artists’ works are teeming with references that, quite typically for artistic productions, are expressed by the French phrase hommage à. This essay presents a selection of such ZERO works.

Heinz Mack (b. 1931)has dedicated many works to his colleagues, but also to inspiring people from past eras.

The circle with which he associates himself and his works ranges from seventeenth-century role models to his contemporaries; from Georges de La Tour to Johann Wolfgang Goethe, Pablo Picasso, and Josef Albers.

The French Baroque painter Georges de La Tour became famous for painting a candle that created dramatic lighting effects in his nocturnes. Heinz Mack took up this candlelight and showed—or rather staged—his Hommage à Georges de La Tour at the Diogenes Gallery in Berlin in 1960. In 1966, he performed the work again at the Galerie Schmela in Düsseldorf.[i] On both occasions, around 200 candles illuminated a room lined with mirror foil, which augmented the warm glow of the candlelight.

[i] The poster for the exhibition Mack, in the context of which this work was exhibited, is in the archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.36.

Sometimes, instead of the French hommage, Mack chose the more lighthearted Gruss an (Greetings to), addressing fellow artists as kindred spirits, as in the work %%%Siehst du den Wind? (Gruss an Tinguely)%%% (Do You See the Wind? [Greetings to Tinguely]),[i] from 1962, and Engel des Bösen (Gruss an Aubertin) (Angel of Evil[Greetings to Aubertin]), circa 1968.

[i] Collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.16.

Jesús Rafael Soto references Yves Klein’s signature shade of blue— IKB (International Klein Blue)—by inserting a blue square into his black-and-white flickering structures, expressing his Homage to Yves Klein,1961.

In his Hommage à Fontana, 1962, Günther Uecker (b. 1930) features the oval shape of some of Lucio Fontana’s canvases.

For Christian Megert (b. 1936), Fontana’s buchi (holes) were the starting point for his tribute to the Italian maestro by optically expanding the canvas with shards of mirrors instead of actual slits.

Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, Lichtraum (Hommage à Fontana), 1964, installation view at Documenta III, Kassel, photo: Gitta von Vitany

However, Mack, Piene, and Uecker together paid the greatest tribute to the father figure Fontana by dedicating their contribution to the third Documenta in 1964 to him. Lichtraum (Light Room) (Hommage à Fontana) was set up in an attic in Kassel and consisted of individual kinetic light works and two collaborative works. The twoLichtmühlen (Light Mills) were worked on by the three artists at Gladbacher Strasse: for the Silbermühle (Silver Mill), Piene provided the easel, Mack contributed the slats, and Uecker put nails on the vanes; the substructure of the Weisse Lichtmühle (White Light Mill) came from a bar in Düsseldorf’s old town. The dedication to Fontana was important to the artists because the Italian artist had not received an official invitation to participate in the Documenta exhibition of contemporary art in Kassel.[i]

[i] See “Die Poesie des Dachbodens: Wie aus einem Restraum ein Lichtraum wurde. Heinz Mack, Otto Piene und Günther Uecker über ihren documenta-Beitrag im Jahr 1964,” in Heike van den Valentyn and Tiziana Caianiello, eds., Lichtraum (Hommage à Fontana): Der documenta-Beitrag von Heinz Mack, Otto Piene und Günther Uecker 1964 (Düsseldorf, 2009), n.p.

Günther Uecker, Hommage à Fontana, 1962, 100 x 80 cm, nails, graphite on canvas over wood, private collection, photo: Ketterer Kunst, Munich
Otto Piene, Lichballett „Hommage à New York“, Edition 2/3, 1966/2016, collection of the ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2014.28, photo: Jürgen Vogel

Their friends, or the paternal mentor Fontana, were thanked in the titles of their works, and they also paid tribute in this way to the art world’s metropolis of the nineteen-sixties: New York.

In his Lichtballett (Light Ballet) Hommage à New York from 1966/2016, Otto Piene (1928-2014) gave an impressive demonstration of his skills and showed how inspiring the city was for him.

In a slide projector, he arranged hand-colored glass slides, commercial photos of New York tourist attractions, and his own shots of everyday New York street life. Together with a soundtrack of sounds from the cityscape, a choreography of concrete images and abstract color, light, and sound effects resulted in an artistic evocation of New York.

Günther Uecker was fascinated by New York’s Broadway. He evoked Manhattan’s theater district with its numerous illuminated billboards in his Hommage à Broadway, 1965.

As early as 1960, Jean Tinguely had installed his famous Homage to New York in the garden of the Museum of Modern Art (MoMA)—a large-scale spectacle in which a machine ultimately self-destructs.

Günther Uecker, Hommage à Broadway, 1965, 174 x 174 x 33.5 cm, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Irina Eckmeier

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

International

I International

New York now or never!

Anna-Lena Weise

It is well known that the ZERO circle of friends was active internationally and was geared toward international networking from the very beginning. Heinz Mack (b. 1931), Otto Piene (1928–2014), and Günther Uecker (b. 1930) cultivated intensive contacts with the Dutch group Nul, the Italian artists associated with the magazine Azimuth, the Nouveaux Réalistes from Paris, and many other artists including Almir Mavignier (1925–2018), Jésus Rafael Soto (1923–2005), Bernard Aubertin (1934–2015), Christian Megert (b. 1936), Paul de Vree (1909–1982), and Jef Verheyen (1932–1984).


After group exhibitions had taken place all over Europe in the early nineteen-sixties, the “conquest” of America was launched in 1964. ZERO is regarded as an early artists’ association, with members from Europe and Germany that attracted a great deal of public attention in the USA in the early nineteen-sixties. The exhibition Group Zero, at the Institute of Contemporary Art, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, fired the starting gun.[i]


[i] See Tina Rivers Ryan, “‘Before It Blows Up’: ZERO‘s American Debut, and Its Legacy,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds.,The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967 (Ghent, 2015), p. 363; Anette Kuhn, ZERO: Eine Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre (Frankfurt am Main and Berlin, 1991), pp. 51–52.
America and European Art

In the first half of the twentieth century, the US art market was dominated by the demand for European artworks. The nineteen-twenties and nineteen-thirties in particular were defined by Old Masters and European Impressionists. Contemporary European artists, many of whom had been forced to flee their home countries as refugees following the Nazi takeover of power in 1933, also contributed to the importation of European art into the USA. The Société Anonyme, founded by Marcel Duchamp (1887–1968) together with Man Ray (1890–1976) and Katherine Dreier (1877–1925) in 1920, the Museum of Modern Art (MoMA), founded in 1929, and the Museum of Non-Objective Painting (later the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum), founded in 1939, each initially focused almost entirely on European art. In 1930, MoMA mounted the exhibition Painting in Paris, from American Collections, which evidenced American collectors’ preference for the masters of French modernism.[i]

[i] See Norman Rosenthal, “Amerikanische Kunst: Eine Sicht aus Europa,” in Christos M. Joachimides and Norman Rosenthal, eds.,Amerikanische Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert: Malerei und Plastik 1913–1993, exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Royal Academy of Arts (London and Berlin, 1993), p. 13; Gail Stavitsky, “Museen und Sammler,” in Joachimides and Rosenthal 1993, p. 166; Thomas Kellein, “Es ist die schiere Grösse: Die Rezeption der amerikanischen Kunst in Europa,” in Joachimides and Rosenthal 1993, p. 211; Britta E. Buhlmann, “Art Is Not an Object but an Experience,” in Abstrakter Expressionismus in Amerika, exh. cat. Pfalzgalerie and Ulmer Museum (Kaiserslautern, 2001), p. 19. Symbolism, Cubism, and Fauvism were the most talked-about art movements at that time. Many American artists went to Paris, the art capital of Europe, to learn from the main proponents of these movements, while Marcel Duchamp emigrated to New York during the First World War, working there to establish an infrastructure of private collectors, gallery owners, artists, and museums.

Indeed, according to Anette Kuhn, despite the wave of artist emigrants, German art was of scant importance in America, and “was at a disadvantage for decades due to the intellectual and artistic dominance of the École de Paris.”[i]

[i] Kuhn 1991 (see note 1), pp. 52–53.

After the war in Europe, American art entered a phase of renewal. It was at this time that Jackson Pollock (1912–1956) began to create what are now considered his masterpieces, which were classified as “Abstract Expressionism” by the art critic Clement Greenberg.[i] In 1948, the artist Barnett Newman (1905–1970) opined that artists should liberate themselves from the legend, the mystique, and all the other contrivances of Western European art.[ii]

Abstract Expressionism began to take over the field and supplant the predominant figurative painting. At the same time, rising prosperity in postwar America encouraged the emergence of an art market for contemporary domestic art, which a growing number of art dealers offered at relatively low prices. MoMA also actively promoted the visibility of American artists in their home country through its group exhibitions in 1946, 1948, 1951, and 1955. The European art trade was practically nonexistent after the war broke out, and a new center for young contemporary art emerged in New York—in the galleries of Peggy Guggenheim, Sidney Janis, Samuel Kootz, and Betty Parsons. The convergence of artists, critics, gallery owners, institutions in New York established the city both in the USA and overseas as the center of American art. As an art metropolis, New York gradually replaced Paris, which had been cut off culturally for five years due to its occupation by the Nazis from 1940.[iii] Thomas Kellein summarizes this upheaval as follows:

[i] See Rosenthal 1993 (see note 2), pp. 13–19.

[ii] See Barnett Newman, “The Sublime Is Now” (1948), in Barnett Newman: Selected Writings and Interviews, ed. John O’Neill (New York, 1990), p. 173. The Abstract Expressionists prioritized the creative act of painting over the content or theme of their works. However, it is debatable whether Newman successfully achieved this goal, considering the titles of his works.

[iii] See Lena Brüning, Die Galerie Schmela: Amerikanisch-deutscher Kunsttransfer und die Entwicklung des internationalen Kunstmarktes in den 1960er Jahren (Berlin, 2022), p. 41; Bettina Friedl, “Die amerikanische Malerei zwischen 1670 und 1980,” in Visuelle Kulturen der USA: Zur Geschichte von Malerei, Fotografie, Film, Fernsehen und Neuen Medien in Amerika (Bielefeld, 2010), p. 73; Stavitsky 1993 (see note 2), p. 167; Kellein 1993 (see note 2), p. 212; Buhlmann 2001 (see note 2), pp. 19, 21; Serge Guilbaut, How New York Stole the Idea of Modern Art: Abstract Expressionism, Freedom, and the Cold War, trans. Arthur Goldhammer (Chicago, 1983), pp. 1, 49.

“Art was increasingly discovered, exhibited, and traded in New York for the nuclear-secured and culturally blank and abstract NATO area. After only a decade, from around 1960, the centuries-long supremacy of European painting and sculpture was finally called into question.”[i]

[i] Kellein 1993 (see note 2), p. 212.

American Art in Germany

In the postwar period, Germany faced cultural challenges due to the occupation, resulting in a return to prewar art. On the relationship between the occupying powers and art in Germany, Jill Michelle Holaday writes: “Initially, the Allies championed the ‘degenerate’ art burned by the Nazis, but not contemporary art. Expressionism came to symbolize an art appropriate for a new democracy.”[i] However, many German artists and critics disagreed with this and considered prewar Expressionism outdated.

During the growing tensions between the USA and the USSR, cultural policy gained more attention and culture was instrumentalized as a political tool:[ii]

[i] Jill Michelle Holaday, Die Gruppe ZERO. Working through Wartime Trauma, Ph.D. diss. (University of Iowa, 2018), pp. 10–11.

[ii] See Carsten Kretschmann, Zwischen Spaltung und Gemeinsamkeit: Kultur im geteilten Deutschland (Berlin, 2012), pp. 15ff, 35; Brüning 2022 (see note 6), p. 35. The Allies also set the tone in the field of culture. They sought to create new structures, to regulate them and, above all, to control them rigorously.

“Certain movements were actively promoted, while others were gradually disappearing from the public eye. Abstract art was favored in terms of cultural policy as ‘modern,’ ‘European,’ or ‘Western,’ with its supposedly non-ideological and non-political visual language, whereas figurative, narrative visual language was ascribed to the ‘East’ or ‘communism’ and increasingly suppressed in West Germany.”[i]

[i] Brüning 2022 (see note 6), pp. 35–36, 56–57.

This return to abstract painting after 1945 thus also represented a dissociation from National Socialist realism. At least in the three zones occupied by the Western Allies, there was a direct break with this era.[i]

The introduction of American fine art into Germany in the postwar period was initially slow. It was barely noticeable at all in Düsseldorf. After the unification of the US and British occupied zones in 1947, American influence spread to the Rhine-Ruhr region. The Cultural Exchange Program, which was intended to enable individual artists and creatives in the USA and Germany to visit each other’s countries, had been launched in 1946, but the absence of a market for art in Germany nevertheless spread a feeling of isolation around the art academies. Heinz Mack commented on this in a conversation with Betty van Garel:

[i] See Kretschmann 2012 (see note 9); Brüning 2022 (see note 7), p. 35.

“We in Germany—our friends in Holland must have been in the same situation—were badly informed about what was actually going on in the world. It wasn’t until 1948, 1949, that what was happening in America became known, where a man like Pollock had created his great paintings. We then had the uncomfortable feeling that something had happened there that we had missed. That there was no point any more in us creating things that had already been done over there.”[i]

[i] Quoted in Dieter Honisch, Mack: Skulpturen 1953–1986 (Düsseldorf and Vienna, 1986), p. 10.

The reception of American art in Europe took place primarily via MoMA, which had its own pavilion at La Biennale di Venezia in 1948, and became an important cooperative partner for various departments of the US government. Starting in 1952, an international touring exhibition program was set up at MoMA under the direction of Porter A. McCray, consisting of the museum’s contemporary art collection. This made the institution one of the foremost exhibition organizers in Europe in the following years.[i] After MoMA’s first touring exhibition, Twelve Contemporary American Painters and Sculptors, was shown in Paris, Zurich, Düsseldorf, Stockholm, Helsinki, and Oslo, from April 1953, it still took almost five years for American art to become one of the biggest influences on the development of the German art market. The Documenta exhibition of contemporary art, which took place for the first time in Kassel in 1955, made an important contribution to this. At Documenta 2 in 1956, an entire room was dedicated to Jackson Pollock, who had recently died.[ii]

From 1953 to 1957, the Düsseldorf ZERO artists experimented with various styles and created works that certainly exhibited Expressionist tendencies. However, like the Minimalists in America, they turned their backs on this style. The means that they used to expand their art included novel materials such as silver foil, spotlights, plexiglass, and aluminum; plus, with their Demonstrations, their art entered the experiential realm.[iii] A similar phenomenon could be observed in New York at around the same time, as Allan Kaprow (1927–2006) noted:

[i] See Brüning 2022 (see note 6), pp. 38–42; Kellein 1993 (see note 2), pp. 211ff; Werner Abelshauser, Deutsche Wirtschaftsgeschichte seit 1945 (Munich, 2004), p. 114. In the nineteen-fifties, exhibitions put on by the American Federation of Artsand the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service sought to bring American art to a wider audience at home and abroad. However, as no contemporary American art was included, the focus was not on publicizing current trends.

[ii] See Brüning 2022 (see note 6), pp. 38–42; Kellein 1993 (see note 2), pp. 211ff; Abelshauser 2004 (see note 13), p. 114.

[iii] See Holaday 2018 (see note 8), p. 13; Valerie Hillings, Experimental Artists’ Groups in Europe, 1951–1968: Abstraction, Interaction, and Internationalism, Ph.D. diss. (New York University, 2002), p. 124.

“Not satisfied with the suggestion through paint of our senses, we shall utilize the specific substances of sight, sound, movement, people, odors, food, electric and neon light, smoke, water, old socks, a dog, movies, a thousand other things which we have always had about us, but ignored, but they will disclose entirely unheard of happenings.”[i]

[i] Allan Kaprow, “The Legacy of Jackson Pollock,” Art News 57, no. 6 (October 1958), pp. 24–25.

The ZERO artists did use similar techniques and forms as the New York Minimalists, but their works often had a transcendental meaning.

The ZERO Artists and America

The ZERO artists Uecker, Piene, and Mack, as well as others belonging to this circle, had already been in contact individually with several institutions in America, some years before the big ZERO show took place. Robert Pincus-Witten notes that

“Klein’s generation certainly reflected an early fascination with the United States, not least because of the glamour shed by a victor—America had, after all, won the war.”[i]

[i] Rotraut Klein-Moquay and Robert Pincus-Witten, Yves Klein: USA (Paris, 2009), p. 38.

That both Mack and Piene were interested in the American way of life is evidenced by an invitation from Louis Garinger to the Salzburg Seminar in American Studies in Austria in 1959.[i] Yves Klein (1928–1962), meanwhile, traveled to New York in 1961 for a two-month stay and to visit his first solo exhibition at the Castelli Gallery, which opened its doors on April 11, 1961. (Castelli had already presented Klein’s work in a 1959 exhibition, Works in Three Dimensions, along with works by John Chamberlain, Marisol, and Robert Rauschenberg.) At that time, it took approximately eight days to cross the Atlantic aboard a liner. In general, traveling was much more complicated, expensive and, above all, time-consuming than it is today.[ii]

[i] Louis Garinger to Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, Salzburg, December 22, 1959, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1335; estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.506.

[ii] Leo Castelli had had a gallery in Manhattan since 1957, where he at first showed European and French art. However, he was quick to include American Abstract Expressionism in his program.

The exhibition received a rather negative response from the New York audience, with reviews being critical. Only three sponge sculptures were sold, and not a single monochrome. Additionally, the exhibition attracted far fewer visitors than in Europe. According to the critics, “Klein was still far from being recognized as the most influential artist to have emerged in postwar France.”[i]

In May 1961, the Dwan Gallery in Los Angeles presented the works of “Yves le Monochrome.” At the time, Klein was thinking about creating a giant Méta-matic/Anthropometry machine in collaboration with Jean Tinguely. His idea of dipping hired models in blue paint and having them leave their traces on a large white canvas was never realized.[ii]

During his first visit to the USA, Pontus Hultén, then director of the Moderna Museet in Stockholm, met the engineer Billy Klüver, and together they set the course for Jean Tinguely. Tinguely achieved fame in the USA with his Homage to New York of 1960. The idea for his self-destructing machine is said to have come to him in January 1960, when he was in New York for his first solo show, at the Staempfli Gallery. His Méta-maticdrawing machines were his entrée to the young New York art scene and caught the attention of Marcel Duchamp, Jasper Johns (b. 1930), Robert Rauschenberg (1925–2008), and others. Rauschenberg contributed his first kinetic object to the Homage, titled Money Thrower for Tinguely’s H.T.N.Y.—a toaster that released silver dollars, spewing them into the audience.[iii]

Alongside Tinguely, his close friend Daniel Spoerri (b. 1930) was also represented in the 1961 exhibition The Art of Assemblage at MoMA, the museum purchasing his work Kichkas Frühstück (Kichka’s Breakfast), in 1960.

[i] Klein-Moquay and Pincus-Witten 2009 (see note 17), p. 35.

[ii] See Klein-Moquay and Pincus-Witten 2009 (see note 17), pp. 44ff.

[iii] See “Autodestruktive Aktionen,” in Jean Tinguely: Super Meta Maxi, exh. cat. Museum Kunstpalast and Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam (Düsseldorf and Cologne, 2016), pp. 70ff; Roland Wetzel, preface and introduction to Robert Rauschenberg—Jean Tinguely: Collaborations, exh. cat. Museum Tinguely (Basel, 2009), p. 7; Kellein 1993 (see note 2), p. 217.

Hans Haacke (b. 1936) was one of the first in the ZERO circle to live in America for a longer period of time—from 1961 to 1963. He moved to the USA in 1961 on a Fulbright scholarship and enrolled as a scholarship holder at the Tyler School of Art at Temple University, Philadelphia, in 1962. On September 8, 1962, he wrote to Otto Piene from Philadelphia, informing him that he would be going to New York the following week. He then enrolled at the Pratt Graphic Art Center, where he remained until 1963. Despite taking a dim view of America as a consumer society—where “everything is offered for sale and consumed: goods, opinions, mass manipulation, religion, racial hatred, everything”—and predicting the arrival of the “American way of life” in Germany, he nevertheless appreciated his stay,[i] and, in a letter of March 21, 1963, he even considered extending his stay in New York for another year, describing it as an “outrageously fascinating city.”[ii]

Although Haacke rejected the GRAV (Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel), founded in Paris in 1960 to focus on perceptual phenomena in art, he acknowledged that “their exhibition in NY was good,”[iii] since Pop Art was otherwise predominant in every gallery.[iv] Thus Haacke missed the challenge of colleagues who worked in the same manner as ZERO. In view of the fact that Pop Art, with its bright colors and large dimensions, clearly set itself apart from ZERO’s art, Haacke’s temporary embrace of GRAV seems only logical. On September 1, 1963, he decided to return to Germany.[v] However, he did not stay in Cologne very long, and returned to the United States permanently in 1965.

[i] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, New York, March 21, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1345.

[ii] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, Philadelphia, September 8, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1344.

[iii] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, Philadelphia, September 8, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1344.

[iv] The nineteen-sixties is considered the decade in which Pop Art established itself in the art market and institutions, and spread throughout Europe. Pop Art, which predominantly focused on consumption, was advantaged by John F. Kennedy’s economic policy, which was based on the idea that the stability of the economy could be maintained by stimulating each and every individual to engage in consumption. See Brüning 2022 (see note 6), pp. 163–64; Willi Paul Adams, Die USA im 20. Jahrhundert (Munich, 2008), pp. 83–84.

[v] See Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, Hempstead, New York, July 18, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1869.

Günther Uecker, Otto Piene, and Heinz Mack were also represented in US exhibitions before 1964. In fact, Hermann Warner Williams, the director of the Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, DC, had already contacted Otto Piene as early as February 1962, as he had been commissioned to select artworks for the International Exhibition of Modern Art, supported by the Federal Republic of Germany.[i]

[i] See Hermann Warner Williams to Otto Piene, Washington, DC, February 27, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.695.

Letter from Hermann Warner Williams Jr., The Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, DC, to Otto Piene, February 27, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.I.695

This exhibition, titled Sixteen German Artists (announced as Fifteen German Artists by Warner Williams), was displayed at several US institutions from 1962 to 1963.[i] Piene was represented with five artworks: Smoke Painting, Red (1961); Wave of Darkness (1961); Smoke Painting #1 (1962); Smoke Painting #2 (1962); and Light Ballet (1962).[ii] In the exhibition catalog the Smoke Paintings were titled Pulse, Pulse, Impulse (1961); Fire Flower (1962); and Sun Result (1962). Piene’s Light Ballet suffered damage on more than one occasion, first in the Corcoran Gallery and later in the Addison Gallery of American Art at the Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts.[iii]

[i] See exh. cat. Sixteen German Artists, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.254.

[ii] See Hermann Warner Williams to Otto Piene, Washington, DC, July 20, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.697.

[iii] “The Exhibition is presently at Andover, and I would be grateful if you could send replacements for the two parts AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.” Donelson F. Hoopes to Otto Piene, Washington, DC, March 7, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1352.

Letter from Hermann Warner Williams Jr., The Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, DC, to Otto Piene, July 20, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.697
List of works for the Corcoran Gallery of Art by Otto Piene, Washington, DC, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.694

Heinz Mack was also involved in this exhibition, as evidenced by a letter from the Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany in Washington, DC, in December 1962, thanking him for participating. The exhibition catalog lists five of his works, all of which were lent by Galerie Schmela: Dynamic Structure in White (1960); White Oval (1960); Dynamic Structure in White on Black (1961); Light Relief (1961–62); and Dynamic Structure in Black (1962).[i]

Both Mack and Piene were awarded prizes at the fourth Guggenheim International Award Exhibition in 1964, which was funded by the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum in New York. The traveling exhibition showcased the work of artists from all over the world; however, the number of artists from each country was restricted to five.[ii]

[i] See Dr. Hanns-Erich Haack to Heinz Mack, Washington, D.C., December 6, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.94.

[ii] The Guggenheim International Award (GIA) was established in 1956 and held every two years, with the exhibition traveling to two further American cities.

Letter from Lawrence Alloway, The Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum, to Galerie Schmela, August 21, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.I.1950_2
Letter from Dalzell Hatfield Galleries to Heinz Mack, Los Angeles, November 20, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.157

The museum’s curator, Lawrence Alloway, was a close observer of the European art scene. For the exhibition, he chose Piene’s Pink Fire Flower (1963),[i] and Heinz Mack’s, Cardiogram of the Cyclops (1961–62) after visiting Düsseldorf in August 1963 for the examination of Piene’s work.[ii] In addition, in late 1963 the Dalzell Hatfield Gallery expressed interest in Heinz Mack’s sculpture Teller-Object (Plate Object), and offered him an exhibition platform, while Piene was selected by Alloway for a second exhibition at the Guggenheim in the same year.[iii]

A work by Uecker in the collection of the American artist George Rickey was shown in the group exhibition On the Move: Kinetic Sculptures (1964) at the Howard Wise Gallery. In the following year, Uecker was represented in eight group exhibitions in America. Among other presentations, his works were featured as part of the Rickey Collection at the Albany Institute of History and Art, New York, at the Blanton Museum of Art at the University of Texas, Austin—which presented An Exhibition of Retinal and Perceptual Art—and in the exhibition Quantum 1 at the Sachs Galleries, New York.[iv]

Piero Dorazio (1927–2005), who belonged to the extended ZERO circle, was at that time teaching at the University of Pennsylvania. He had already spent a year in America in 1953, and took up a teaching position at Penn in 1959. On an undated postcard, he informed Piene that he had suggested him for a semester’s stay at the university.

[i] See Hillings 2002 (see note 15), p. 220; Lawrence Alloway to Otto Piene, New York, August 8, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1949_2.

[ii] See Lawrence Alloway to Otto Piene, New York, August 21, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1950_2.

[iii] See D. Hatfield to Heinz Mack, Los Angeles, November 20, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.157. In the event, the exhibition at the Guggenheim was postponed, or rather split into two parts: a show of American graphic art followed by a show of works by European artists. See Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum to Otto Piene, New York, April 9, 1964, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1954.

[iv] See Hillings 2002 (see note 15), p. 220.

Postcard from Piero Dorazio to Otto Piene (front and back), Philadelphia, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1471
Postcard from Piero Dorazio to Otto Piene (front and back), Philadelphia, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1471

A letter from the university dated March 5, 1964, indicates that the institution had already tried to engage Piene as a guest lecturer for the 1963 fall/winter semester.[i] Unfortunately, he had had to decline due to lack of time:

[i] See Piero Dorazio to Otto Piene, Philadelphia, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1471; Thomas B. A. Godfrey, Philadelphia, June 20, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1977_2.

“Last year we wrote you, too late I am afraid to enable you to make plans for a visit to Philadelphia in the Fall of 1963. We were very disappointed that you were unable to come, and I am again writing in the hope that we may interest you in spending one term with us as Visiting Critic in Painting […].”[i]

[i] George Holmes Perkins to Otto Piene, Philadelphia, March 5, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2388. See also the letter from the University of July 19, 1963, in which Thomas B. A. Godfrey expresses his disappointment over Piene’s cancellation, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1973_2; and the draft of Piene’s letter of cancellation, citing a lack of time to prepare, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1975_1.

During Piene’s time in Philadelphia, Mack was invited to the university for a day to present his Sahara Project: “I understand from Otto that you will be in this country during the month of November and if you are in New York and can visit us at the School for a day, we should be happy.”[i]

[i] Thomas B. A. Godfrey to Heinz Mack, Philadelphia, October 1, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.965; Heinz Mack to Thomas B. A. Godfrey, October 17, 1964, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.966.

Catalogue of the exhibition Group Zero with a work by Robert Indiana, Institute of Contemporary Art, Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.VII.33
Letter from Thomas B. A. Godfey, University of Pennsyl- vania, Philadelphia, to Heinz Mack, November 2, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.967

By this point in time, ZERO had arrived in America. Almost at the same time as the exhibition in Pennsylvania, gallery owner Howard Wise presented the first exhibition of the triumvirate Mack, Piene, and Uecker in his New York space.[i] Heinz Mack’s pronouncement, “New York now or never!,”[ii] proved to be true. Philadelphia was followed by a new phase for some of the artists, in which they enjoyed far greater participation in exhibitions in the USA. Up to this point, German postwar art had gone relatively unnoticed in America. In Valerie Hillings’s opinion, “the interest in the show by the press marked a shift in American attitudes towards German art.”[iii]

[i] See Thekla Zell, “The ZERO Traveling Circus: Documentation of Exhibitions, Actions, Publications 1958–1966,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), p. 132.

[ii] See Stachelhaus 1993 (as in note 1) p. 160.

[iii] For further information about ZERO and the USA, see Rivers Ryan 2015 (see note 1); Kuhn 1991 (see note 1), pp. 51–52; Hillings 2002 (see note 15), p. 223.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Postcard from Otto Piene to Heinz Mack (front and back), Philadelphia, September 10, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.969
Postcard from Otto Piene to Heinz Mack (front and back), Philadelphia, September 10, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.969
Installation view of the exhibition Zero, Howard Wise Gallery, New York, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, mkp.ZERO.1.V.63, photo: Heinz Mack

Endnotes

Join

J Join

Correspondence in the ZERO foundation Archive from A to Z

Rebecca Welkens

Introduction

In March 1958, Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014) sent thirty-one letters to people from various walks of life, asking them to respond to the question “Does contemporary painting conspicuously shape the world?”[i] This action can be seen as a prelude to the journalistic activities of Mack and Piene, who were in the process of developing the concept for the magazine ZERO 1, and wished to use people’s answers to the question in place of a foreword. The two young artists were not afraid of big names and so, for example, they contacted the physicist Werner Heisenberg (1901–1976) and the philosopher Theodor W. Adorno (1903–1969). Heisenberg let it be known via his office that he was traveling and didn’t have time to answer the question, but Adorno replied with a long letter, although he didn’t want to be part of the project. He also requested that “this letter not be published in any shape or form or used publicly.”[ii]

[i] Dirk Pörschmann, “ZERO bis unendlich: Genese und Geschichte einer Künstlerzeitschrift,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), pp. 424–42, 427.

[ii] Theodor W. Adorno to Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, March 18, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1162; Werner Heisenberg to Otto Piene, March 20, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.969.

Postcard from Günther Uecker to Heinz Mack, front, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.873_1
Postcard from Günther Uecker to Heinz Mack, back, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.873

Although very few of those contacted took part in the project—in the end the texts of only six people were published—Mack and Piene’s project, especially for the ZERO period, can be seen as the start of a constantly growing network, which is accessed primarily via a sizable body of correspondence. Well over 6,000 letters are held in the ZERO foundation archive today, which testify to the lively communication among the ZERO artists, and those who were to become ZERO artists. The correspondence paints an animated and above all international picture of the ZERO network. This is also clear from the languages in which the letters are written; there are many in German and English, but also letters in Croatian, Spanish, French, and Italian, to only name a few.

Postcard from Walter Leblanc, Heinz Mack, Nanda Vigo, and Getulio Alviani to Otto Piene, front, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1914
Postcard from Walter Leblanc, Heinz Mack, Nanda Vigo, and Getulio Alviani to Otto Piene, back, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1914

Today, many of the letters would probably be classed as business correspondence, as their contents are mainly concerned with joint exhibitions or the sale of artworks. However, on taking a closer look at the letters, it becomes clear that the dividing line between private and professional is not as clear-cut as one might initially assume. In many letters, telegrams, and postcards, personal matters are discussed alongside professional affairs, congratulations are conveyed, and best wishes for a happy vacation are sent, all of which bear witness to the close friendships that existed between individual protagonists. Testament to this is the large number of postcards in the archive. Günther Uecker (b. 1930), for example, sends Heinz Mack “best wishes” from France and says he has been fishing with Yves Klein (1928–1962).[i] Or the postcard from Heinz Mack, Walter Leblanc (1932–1986), Getulio Alviani (1939–2018), and Nanda Vigo (1936–2020), sent from Milan with best regards to Otto Piene in Düsseldorf, who was probably unable to attend the meeting in Italy.[ii]

[i] Günther Uecker to Heinz Mack, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.873.

[ii] Walter Leblanc, Heinz Mack, Nanda Vigo, and Getulio Alviani to Otto Piene, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1914.

However, it is not only the acquaintances and friendships that existed which can be traced through the correspondence. The letters also bear witness to the first contacts between artists—for example, one of Heinz Mack’s first letters to Lucio Fontana (1899–1968), dated July 1960, requests him to write an article for theZERO 3 magazine.[i] Newly established contacts were also strengthened through written exchanges, as can be seen from a letter by Hans Haacke (b. 1936) to Otto Piene in November 1960. Haacke writes that he has pleasant memories of his visit to Düsseldorf, and tells Piene about his new acquaintances in Paris, Bernard Aubertin (1934–2015) and Yves Klein. But that’s not all—Haacke also tells us that “the ‘Mack et Piene’ firm … is known here as an operation where new things are tried out in which one should perhaps take an interest,” thus painting a vivid picture of the far reach of ZERO’s influence in France.[ii] In addition to first contacts and the expansion of the circle of acquaintances, the correspondence also provides information about when relationships and collaborations came to an end. For example, in April 1963, Almir Mavignier (1925–2018) wrote that he wanted no more contact with ZERO for the time being, and did not wish to participate in any more events of the ZERO circle.[iii]

[i] Heinz Mack to Lucio Fontana (draft), July 2, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.316.

[ii] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, November 1, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.847.

[iii] Almir Mavignier to Heinz Mack, April 28, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.809.

Letter from Heinz Mack to Lucio Fontana [draft letter], July 2, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.316
Letter from Heinz Mack to Lucio Fontana [draft letter], July 2, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.316

The following list gives an idea of the written world of ZERO, and the rich and diverse network that the ZERO artists, male and female, were able to build up within a very short time. The list includes only the names of the correspondents that are entirely legible and, above all, are clearly identifiable. The individual institutions, such as the museums and galleries as well as the companies with which the ZERO artists worked, have been omitted for reasons of clarity. The starting point is primarily the correspondence in the estates of Heinz Mack and Otto Piene. These are the people to whom Mack and Piene themselves wrote, and the letters that they received in return, especially in the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties.[i]

Finally, it should be said that this list is by no means complete. The correspondence in the archive is constantly being added to, so the following list should rather be seen as a work in progress that only provides a rough overview.

[i] For a detailed insight, it is worth taking a look at the database of the ZERO foundation, d:kult, which can be accessed via the following link: https://emuseum.duesseldorf.de/institutions/113282/zerofoundation (accessed March 12, 2024).

List

A

Abe, Nobuya

Ackermann, Oscar

Adorno, Theodor

Adrian, Marc

Aengevelt, Leo

Albers, Josef

Alberts, Eduard

Alfieri, Bruno

Alloway, Lawrence

Altenstadt, Ulrich S. von

Alviani, Getulio

Apollonio, Umbro

Argan, Carlo Giulio

Arman

Aubertin, Bernard

Aue, Marianne

Aue, Walter

Aust, Günter

B

Baerwind, Rudi

Baier, Hans Alexander

Bänfer, Carl

Barlen, Dieter

Barras, Henri

Bartels, Hermann

Battisti, Eugenio

Baukloh, Friedhelm

Baum, Gustav Adolf

Baum, Stella

Baumgärtel, Gerhard

Beck, Heinz

Becker, Andreas

Bek, Bozo

Belloli, Carlo

Bendixen, Klaus

Berndt, Jürgen

Bethsold, Werner

Bette, J. Michael

Beuys, Eva

Bhavsar, Natvar

Blicke, Maurits

Bill, Max

Blomenroehr, Bernd D.

Böcker, Christa

Boom, Raoul van den

Börner, Klaus

Boukes, Renate

Boveri, Margret A.

Bowen, Denis

Bowness, Alan

Breier, Kilian

Brüning, Peter

Brusberg, Dieter

Buchholz, Erich

Burchartz, Max

Burgauer, Curt

Burnham, Jack

Bury, Pol

Busse, Hal

C

Calderara, Antonio

Castellani, Enrico

Cauduro, Ed

Chatterji, Nimai

Christen, Andreas

Chruxin, Christian

Cladders, Johannes

Clert, Iris

Clüsserath, August

Copier, Dirk

D

Dadamaino

Dahmen, Ursula

Damiano, Charles

Dasi, Gerardo Filberto

Daume, Willi

Dauphin, Gerald

Deilmann, Harald

Dietrich, Hansjoachim

Doldinger, Klaus

Domnick, Greta

Dorazio, Piero

Dorfles, Gillo

Dotremont, Philippe

Drescher, Renate

Dreste, Hans

E

Eckert, Engelbert

Eichler, Hans

Engel, Otmar

Engelskirchen, Hein

Engert, Bernhard

Epple, Waldemar

Epple, Waldemar

Erb, Leo

Ertel, Kurt Friedrich

Estenfelder, Cam

Etecheverry, Diégo

Evans, David

F

Fackler, Helmut

Faigle, Walter

Fassbender, Franz

Fata, Ferruccio

Faulhaber, Ulrich

Fedeck, Walter

Feigel, Marie-Suzanne

Fischer, Ernst

Fischer, Klaus Jürgen

Fitzsimmons, James

Fleischmann-Roepcke, Anna

Fontana, Lucio

Franken, Heinrich

Freese, Jan

Fried, Kurt

Friedman, Martin

Friedrich, Gerhardpaul

Fuchs, Günther

Fuegen, Willy

Funcke, Brigitte

Fyvel, Tosco R.

G

Gardiner, Margaret

Gebhard, Klaus

Geccelli, Johannes

Geelhoed, Lex

Gehlen, Arnold

Geiger, Rupprecht

Gekeler, Hans

Gerber, Helmut

Gerhardt, Renate

Gerlach, Rose D.

Gerstendörfer, J. J.

Gerstner, Karl

Gielow, Wolfgang

Gloudemans, Jan

Godfrey, Thomas B. A.

Goepfert, Hermann

Goeritz, Mathias

Gorges, Claus

Gorzolka, Otto

Gossel, Christa

Gossel, Hans Bernd

Götz, Karl Otto

Graevenitz, Gerhard von

Greef, Ulrich Volker

Green, Samuel Adams

Gribaudo, Ezio

Grisebach, Hanna

Grobe, Gustav

Grochowiak, Thomas

Grohmann, Will

Groschwitz, Gustave von

Grosse, Helmut

Günther, Volkmar

H

Haacke, Hans

Haas, Helmuth de

Haftmann, Werner

Hajek, Otto-Herbert

Hake, Wolfgang

Hammarberg, Jarl

Hammond, John E.

Harms, Gudrun

Hartmann, Adolf

Hartung, Gerd

Hartung, Karl

Hastings, Margarte

Hausmann, Raoul

Hehns, Dietrich

Heimzely, Marc

Heisenberg, Werner

Helms, Dietrich

Hennig, Emil

Herstand, Arnold

Hewitt, Francis R.

Hildebrand, Heide

Hiltmann, Jochen

Hoehme, Gerhard

Hoeydonck, Paul von

Holtmann, Heinz

Holweck, Oskar

Honisch, Dieter

Horn, Karl

Hulten, Pontus

Hündeberg, Jürgen von

I

Iserloh, Hans

J

Jappe, Georg

Jürgen-Fischer, Klaus

K

Kage, Manfred

Kahmen, Volker

Kalinowski, Horst Egon

Kalish, Ursula

Kandzia, Christian

Kaufmann, Herbert

Kawakita, Michiaki

Keller-Hämmerle, Alfons

Kemp, Willi

Kepes, György

Kirschbaum, Walter

Klapheck, Konrad

Klebus, Herbert

Klein, Yves

Kleint, Boris

Knoche, Werner

Knöll, Niklaus

Knorr, Anneliese

Koestler, Arthur

König, Willi

Korn, Karl

Kowallek, Rochus

Kraayenhof, Hans

Kreiterling, Willi

Kricke, Norbert

Krippendorf, Klaus

Krüger, Gerhard Georg

Kühl, Siegfried

Kultermann, Udo

Kusama, Yayoi

L                

Laszlo, Carl

Latham, John

Laugs, Heinz Werner

Leblanc, Walter

Leering, Jean

Lehmbrock, Josef

LeParc, Julio

Leuze, Ursula

Linfert, Carl

Lipman, Jean

Lippsmeier, Georg

Liverani, Gian Tomaso

Lo Savio, Francesco

Löffelholz, Franz

Lohmeyer, Brigitte

Lorenz, Marianne

Lück, Herbert

Lückeroth, Jupp

Lufft, Peter

Luther, Adolf

M

Mack, Heinz

Mack, Margret

Mack, Ute

Mäckle, Richard

Maglietta, Nina

Mahlow, Dietrich

Manfred, Ernest

Mansch, Joachim

Manzoni Meroni, Valeria

Manzoni, Piero

Marck, Jan van der

Mari, Enzo

Marx, Eberhard

Massironi, Manfredo

Mavignier, Almir

McCray. Porter

Megert, Christian

Meinborn, Els

Meisner, Günter

Melland, David

Menninger, Klaus

Mestrovic, Matko

Meyerholz, Hans

Mikorey, Franz

Moeller, Hans

Moldow, Ira

Moll, Paul

Morschel, Jürgen

Motte, Manfred de la

Muche, Georg

Müllenholz, Leo

Müller, Hans-Jürgen

Müller-Hauck, Janni

Murakami, Moriyuki

N

Naegeli, Eduard

Nebel, Karl

Nebelung, Hella

Neuerburg, Doris

Neufert, Peter

Neumann, Eckhard

Noah, Heinz

Nordland, Gerald

Novarro, Eddy

Novarro, Nana

O

Oehm, Herbert

Oestereich, Jürgen

Oppen, Hans von

Otto, Wolfgang Th.

P

Paik, Nam June

Pée, Herbert

Peeters, Henk

Pellegrini, Aldo

Perkins, G. Holmes

Petersen, Ad

Petersen, Peter Jes

Petitot, Léonce

Pfennig, Reinhard

Piek, Heinz

Piene, Otto

Pietzsch, Eva

Plaoutine, Nicolas

Platschek, Hans

Pohl, Uli

Pomodoro, Arnaldo

Pomodoro, Gio

Popper, Frank

Puvogel, Edgar H.

Q

Quinte, Lothar

R

Radin, Paul

Rahn, Eckart

Rainer, Arnulf

Ramsbott, Wolfgang

Rathke, Wolfgang

Raum, Walter

Reindel, Wolfgang

Rekort, Hartmut

René, Denise

Renger, Konrad

Restany, Pierre

Reydams, Jacqueline

Richter, Hans

Rickey, George

Río, Eustolio del

Rodker, Joan M.

Roeckenschuss, Christian

Roh, Franz

Roh, Juliane

Rose, Barbara

Rosenquist, Jim

Rosenthal, Nan

Rosenthal, Sol Roy

Rot, Diter

Rothe, Wolfgang

Rottloff, Helgard

Rotzler, Willy

Ruhnau, Werner

Ruhrberg, Karl

Rumbler, Helmut

Ruths, Heiner

S

Salentin, Hans

Schiessel, Johanna

Schirmer, Lutz

Schmalenbach, Werner

Schmela, Alfred

Schmela, Monika

Schmidt, Thomas

Schmied, Wieland

Schneider, Aenne

Schneider-Esleben, Paul

Schnitzler, Dieter

Schönenberger, Horst

Schreib, Werner

Schröder, Anneliese

Schroeter, Rolf

Schuldt, Herbert

Schulze-Vellinghausen, Albert

Schumacher, Emil

Schurz, Carl

Schwager, Frithjof

Schwarz, Arturo

Schweicher, Curt

Schweighofer, Fritz

Schwickert, Ludwig

Schwippert, Hans

Sedlmayr, Hans

Seel, Eberhard

Seide, Wilhelm

Seitz, Fritz

Seitz, Wilhelm C.

Seyfried, Ludwig

Shimbun, Yomiuri

Siepmann, Heinrich

Simmat, William E.

Slotnick, Merv

Sloves, Jack

Sonnabend, Michael

Soprano, Edoardo

Soto, Jesús Rafael

Spielberg, Joan

Spielberger, Roman

Spielmann, Heinz

Spindel, Ferdinand

Spoerri, Daniel

Stachelhaus, Heiner

Stahl, Lotte

Stankowski, Anton

Stassig, Franz

Staudt, Klaus

Stempel, Hans

Stiehl, Hans Adolf

Stielow, Reimar

Stolz, Elisabeth

Storck, Gerhard

Sturm, Robert

Szeemann, Harald

T

Thwaites, John Anthony

Tigerman, Stanley

Tilmann, Gustav

Tinguely, Jean

Tischer, Manfred

Trier, Eduard

Trost, Horst E.

Trouillard, John

Tunnard, Peter H.

U

Uecker, Günther

Ungers, Oswald Mathias

V

Vanista, Josip

Verheyen, Jef

Vietta, Egon

Vigo, Nanda

Vircher, Antoinette

Vismara, Zita

Vogel, Albert

Vogel, Hermann

Vollmer, Franziska

Vostell, Wolf

Vree, Paul de

vries, herman de

W

Wacker, Karl-Heinz

Walter, Hans-Albert

Wasmuth, Johannes

Wedewer, Josef

Wedewer, Rolf

Wehling, Oskar

Weidler, Charlotte

Wember, Paul

Westphal, Bernd

Wiegers, Hartmut

Wiehager, Renate

Wilhelm, Jean Pierre

Wilkes, Günter

Williams, Emmett

Williams, Hermann Warner

Willing, Jürgen

Winkler, Gerhard

Wise, Howard

Wolfshohl, Ernst-Otto

Wormland, Theo

Wunderwald, Alfred

Wunderwald, Erika

X

Y

Z

Zander, Josef

Zillmann, Adolf

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Kinetics

K Kinetics

The ZERO Movement and Moving Art

Anna-Lena Weise

“Movement designates a process that consists in changing the relationships between two or more complexes. Every movement can be defined by its direction, its rhythm, and its duration. Nothing exists that is motionless. As an optical phenomenon, movement is possible both spatially and two-dimensionally.”[i]


[i] Marc Adrian to Otto Piene, Vienna, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1027_1.

The nineteen-sixties are often remembered as the decade when Kinetic Art[i] was especially popular in Europe and North America. The first signs in this direction already appeared in the early twentieth century with Futurism and Dynamism. The origins of this art trend can be traced back to the years between 1913 and 1920. These dates are not approximate; they mark years in which important kinetic works were produced: Marcel Duchamp (1887–1968) created Roue de Bicyclette (Bicycle Wheel) in 1913, and Naum Gabo (1890–1977) made his Kinetische Konstruktion (Kinetic Construction) in 1920. These two artworks can be regarded as the beginning of art that examines the phenomenon of movement and explores its pictorial possibilities.[ii]

Numerous attempts have been made to provide a historical account of Kinetic Art, which would be a long one if the suggestion of motion in an artwork were sufficient grounds for inclusion. Summaries have been written by George Rickey (1907–2002), Pontus Hultén (1924–2006), Jack Burnham (1931–2019), Wolfgang Ramsbott (1934–1991), and Frank Popper (1918–2020). In the early nineteen-sixties, Popper began to work on his extensive study Naissance de l’art cinétique, published in 1967 (appearing in English in 1968 as Origins and Development of Kinetic Art, and followed by Art: Action and Participation, 1975, and Art of the Electronic Age,1997). His study is noteworthy because it includes the views of his contemporaries. In 1964, Popper reached out to Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014) regarding this matter:

[i] In physics, kinetics is the study of motion and its causes. It examines how forces affect the movement of a body, e.g., its speed. The term derives from the Greek kinesis, meaning movement. Kinetic Art elevates movement to a design principle. In effect, this can include all works whose main emphasis is on movement as a means of expression. Etymologically, this can be active or passive movement.

[ii] See Hans-Jürgen Buderer, Kinetische Kunst: Konzeptionen von Bewegung und Raum (Worms, 1992), p. 7; Christina Chau, “Kinetic Systems: Jack Burnham and Hans Haacke,” Contemporaneity 3, no. 1 (2014), pp. 62–76; Anina Baum, “Über das Licht zur Bewegung: kinetische Skulpturen bei Heinz Mack / From Light to Movement: Kinetic Sculptures by Heinz Mack,” in Mack: Kinetik/Kinetics, exh. cat., Museum Abteiberg (Mönchengladbach, 2011), pp. 94–115.

“Je travaille actuellement à un ouvrage sur le mouvement dans les arts plastiques et j’aimarais y inclure des informations concernant vos oeuvres.”[i]

[i] “I am currently working on a book about movement in the visual arts and would like to include information about your works.” Frank Popper to Heinz Mack, Paris, October 15, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1253.

Also, whereas Popper viewed the use of kinetics in art quite positively, Jack Burnham already regarded it as outdated in 1968 in his book Beyond Modern Sculpture.[i] Burnham sees Kinetic Art as having the potential to become a dominant artistic practice because of its overlap with science and technology. However, in his view it had failed to realize this potential.[ii]

Kinetic Art presented itself as a trend whose origins lay well before the middle of the century, but which quickly subsided after the nineteen-sixties.[iii] Even mainstream audiences had regarded experiments with new technology within art as respectable at this time, and the large number of Kinetic Art exhibitions in which ZERO artists were involved confirms this.

[i] See Jack Burnham, Beyond Modern Sculpture: The Effects of Science and Technology on the Sculpture of This Century (New York, 1969).

[ii] See Chau 2014 (see note 3), p. 63–64; and Burnham 1969 (see note 5), pp. 218–21.

[iii] See Buderer 1992 (see note 3), p. 7; Chau 2014 (see note 3), p. 63.

The Kinetic Art Hype

In 1955, Pontus Hultén, along with Victor Vasarely (1906–1997), Roger Bordier (1923–2015), and Robert Breer (1926–2011), organized the group exhibition Le Mouvement at the Galerie Denise René in Paris. This exhibition kicked off the Kinetic Art hype of the nineteen-sixties. It featured works by Yaacov Agam (b. 1928), Pol Bury (1922–2005), Alexander Calder (1898–1976), Marcel Duchamp, Robert Jacobsen (1912–1993), Jesús Rafael Soto (1923–2005), Jean Tinguely (1925–1991), and Victor Vasarely—some of the pioneers and most important representatives of Kinetic Art.

Installation view of the exhibition Le Mouvement, Galerie Denise René, Paris, April 1955. Works by Marcel Duchamp, Yaacov Agam, Alexander Calder, and Jean Tinguely

This influential exhibition is widely regarded as the first show of moving art, featuring the entire spectrum of Kinetic Art, of which there are several subcategories,[i] including optically moving works (Op Art), whose effects only unfold through the viewer’s movement. Other objects depend on direct physical interaction with the viewer, who can change them (play objects). Still others move due to the effects of natural forces such as water, gravity, and wind (mobiles, magnets), or else have motors and thus move on their own (machine works).[ii]

[i] For more information about the exhibition Le Mouvement, see Le Mouvement: Vom Kino zur Kinetik, exh. cat. Museum Tinguely (Basel, 2010).

[ii] How many subcategories there are, what may be included in kinetics, and how these different subareas should be designated, remains unspecified. There is no consensus within the research community.

Paul Wember believed that “the expressive power of kinetic works … offers infinite possibilities for variation,” “from pure, delicate movement to spectacular scrap metal machines.… The contrasts show the variety of expressive possibilities. Thus, the delicate vibrations of Soto and Vasarely are great additions to Yaacov Agam’s manipulable pictures and touchable images.”[i]

[i] Paul Wember, Bewegte Bereiche der Kunst, Kaiser Wilhelm Museum (Krefeld, 1963), p. 12.

Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, in their 8th Evening Exhibition in 1958, were among the first artists to address the theme of vibration as a factor in modern aesthetics, which operates between the poles of stillness and potential movement.[i] This “expression of a continuous movement, which we call vibration and which our eye experiences as aesthetic” may be found in Piene’s Smoke Paintings and Mack’s Dynamic Structures.[ii]The effect is triggered by the contrast between visually prominent dark areas and the lighter parts of the picture, which slightly overlap, and recede into the background.

From 1959 to 1966, there were over thirty further group exhibitions that dealt in some way with movement in art.[iii] The list begins with the show at the Hessenhuis, Antwerp, Vision in Motion—Motion in Vision, 1959, where Daniel Spoerri (b. 1930) presented his Autotheater of the same year,[iv] which he had motorized with the assistance of Jean Tinguely.[v] This was followed by Spoerri’s project, the Ausstellung der multiplizierten Kunstwerke, die sich bewegen oder bewegen lassen (Exhibition of Multiplied Works of Art That Move or Can Be Moved), 1959/60, which found its way from Paris, via London and Stockholm, to Krefeld, and was presented by Edition MAT.[vi] What was special about Spoerri’s “mobile gallery” was that visitors were literally forced to touch the works in order to induce a change of state.[vii] None of the objects were labeled with the museum’s ubiquitous “Please do not touch” warning.[viii]

In 1961, besides Movement in Art at the Howard Wise Gallery, Cleveland, the first major exhibition on movement in art, Bewogen Beweging, took place at the Stedelijk Museum in Amsterdam. It was subsequently shown with the title Rörelse i Konsten at the Moderna Museet, Stockholm, and as Bevaegelse I Kunsten at the Museum of Modern Art, Copenhagen. More than fifty artists took part in this exhibition, many of whom are now considered part of the ZERO movement.[ix]

In 1962, the Stedelijk Museum presented the experimental exhibition Dylaby: Dynamic Labyrinth by Jean Tinguely, Daniel Spoerri, Robert Rauschenberg (1925–2008), Martial Raysse (b. 1936), Niki de Saint Phalle (1930–2002), and Per Olof Ultvedt (1927–2006). The show was the brainchild of Willem Sandberg (1897–1984), who also played a role in the planning of Bewogen Beweging. The idea was to create spaces in which visitors would find works that could not be viewed separately. In the same year, the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele in Milan showed Arte programmata. Arte cinetica. Opere multiplicate. Opera aperta (Programmed Art. Kinetic Art. Multiplied Works. Open Works), which included artworks by Italian artists from Gruppo T, Gruppo N (enne), and GRAV (Group de Recherche d’Art Visuel).

[i] Only Oskar Holweck, Heinz Mack, Almir Mavignier, Otto Piene, and Adolf Zillmann took part in this exhibition. At first it was titled Raster (Grid); see Oskar Holweck to Otto Piene, Saarbrücken, March 10, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.880.

[ii] Heinz Mack, “Die Ruhe der Unruhe,” in ZERO 2 (Düsseldorf, 1958), p. 20.

[iii] The true figure may be higher.

[iv] Daniel Spoerri, Autotheater, 1959 (reconstructed 2014), metal, wood, synthetic material, paper; mirror 180 x 50 cm, rods 240 cm, cross 189 cm, bar 182 cm, small signs 35 x 20 and 40 x 20 cm. Collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2015.02.

[v] The exhibition was actually presented without a title. The title Vision in Motion—Motion in Vision was later derived from the exhibition catalog, which takes the title of László Moholy-Nagy’s last book, Vision in Motion (1947), as a leitmotif. In his text “The Development of Group ‘Zero,’” which appeared in the Times Literary Supplement on September 3, 1964, Piene described this exhibition as probably the most important ZERO exhibition of all. See also the invitation from Marc Callewaert to Heinz Mack, Antwerp, February 12, 1959, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.330.

[vi] The exhibition was shown at seven locations in Europe: Paris, Milan, London, Newcastle, Stockholm, Krefeld, and Zurich. Edition MAT produced editions of the exhibited objects—“multiplied works of art”—which could then be presented simultaneously at different locations. See the letter from Daniel Spoerri to Heinz Mack, Paris, March 11, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.899.

[vii] On Daniel Spoerri’s Edition MAT, see Ulrike Schmitt, “An ‘Art Manager’ on the Road: Daniel Spoerri and His Edition MAT,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds., The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967 (Ghent, 2015), pp. 193–219.

[viii] See the newspaper cutting of April 11, 1960, in the archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.II.42.

[ix] The correspondence between Daniel Spoerri, Jean Tinguely, Pontus Hultén, and Willem Sandberg is discussed in Andres Pardey, “Curating Bewogen Beweging: The Exchange between Daniel Spoerri, Jean Tinguely, Pontus Hultén, and Willem Sandberg,” in Caianiello and Visser 2015 (see note 17), pp. 221–35.

Smaller shows followed, mainly in galleries, which engaged with the subject of kinetics in a wide variety of forms until 1965. Galerie Hella Nebelung in Düsseldorf featured the theme of movement in art twice, in its shows Kinetic Works, 1963, and Kinetics II, 1964. In addition to Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker (b. 1930), Almir Mavignier (1925–2018), Uli Pohl (b. 1935), and Gerhard von Graevenitz (1934–1983) were involved.[i]

[i] See the gallery’s posters in the archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.167 and mkp.ZERO.1.VII.168_1.

Poster of the exhibition Kinetische Arbeiten, Galerie Hella Nebelung, Düsseldorf, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.167
Poster of the exhibition Kinetik II, Galerie Hella Nebelung, Düsseldorf, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.168

1965 was the year in which Kinetic Art began to emerge as a definite trend in the international exhibition world. Shows that year included: Kinetic Art, Gallery 20, Arnhem, Rotterdam; Progression, Manchester College of Art and Design; Kinetic Art, Art Club of Chicago; Kinetic and Optic—Art Today, Buffalo Festival of the Arts Today and Albright Knox Art Gallery, Buffalo, New York; Art and Movement, Royal Scottish Academy, Edinburgh, and Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum, Glasgow; Movement II, Hanover Gallery, London; Kinetische kunst uit krefeld, Gemeentemuseum, The Hague, and Stedelijk Van Abbemuseum, Eindhoven; Kinetics and Objects,[i] Staatsgalerie Stuttgart and Badischer Kunstverein, Karlsruhe; and Arte cinetica, Azienda Autonoma di Soggiorna e Turismo di Trieste, Trieste.

In her gallery in Paris, Denise René (1913–2012) followed up her famous retrospective from the nineteen-fifties with two exhibitions: Mouvement II, 1964,[ii] and Art et Mouvement: Art optique et cinétique, 1965. The latter was also shown in Tel Aviv. In his foreword to the exhibition catalog, museum director Haim Gamzu (1910–1982) already speaks of the “merging of movement with time that imparts some new immanence to the observer’s visual sense, an essence of real and organic continuity, of some palpable metamorphosis that actually inheres within the work itself, instead of being divided up into static segments linked together by some conventional continuity.”[iii] Thus, works that invite viewers to move, or which are changeable in their appearance, inevitably incorporate the element of time.

The potential of kinetics to be a means of engendering a new perception of time in art was addressed the following year by the exhibition Directions in Kinetic Sculpture at the University Art Museum, Berkeley, California, in 1966. It was one of the first projects to initiate a debate on the aesthetics of movement produced by technological means in the art of the nineteen-sixties. The connection between time, motion, and technology was repeatedly highlighted by Peter Selz (1919–2019), the curator of the exhibition.

[i] Arnulf Wynen on behalf of the Staatsgalerie Stuttgart to Heinz Mack, Stuttgart, December 30, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1374.

[ii] Galerie Denise René to Heinz Mack, Paris, October 22, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.391_2.

[iii] Haim Gamzu, “Foreword,” Art et Mouvement, exh. cat. Tel Aviv Museum of Art (Tel Aviv, 1965), n.p.

Since Einstein’s theory of relativity in 1905, consciousness of time and its value have been particularly emphasized by scientists and artists. As early as 1909, the Italian Futurists called for “the inclusion of movement as a function of time in art.”[i]

[i] Wember 1963 (see note 10), p. 9; see also Baum 2011 (see note 3), p. 98.

Until the nineteen-seventies, kinetic sculpture was regarded as a popular, emerging method that pioneered the fusion of art, science, and technology. Artists working with kinetics were seen as “‘space-age artists,’” “who were at the forefront of technology and art.”[i]

[i] Christina Chau, Movement, Time, Technology, and Art (Singapore, 2017), p. 39. According to Chau, the exhibition Directions in Kinetic Sculpture, of 1966, was particularly well received by the public and seen by over 80,000 visitors. Many more Kinetic Art exhibitions followed until the end of the nineteen-sixties.

The participation of ZERO artists in Kinetic exhibitions between 1959 and 1966 varied in quantity. Jean Tinguely and Heinz Mack both was involved in twenty exhibitions; Pol Bury and Jésus Rafael Soto in fourteen; Günther Uecker took part in thirteen; and Otto Piene contributed works to twelve exhibitions.[i]They all approached the subject of movement in art in different ways and had varying goals: for one artist, the primary concern might be to demonstrate various motion sequences as a sculptural reproduction of dynamics, or an imitation of nature—of gravity, for example; for another, the mechanization of objects was a way to to display the connection between art, science, and technology. Scientific research and artistic innovation are obviously closely linked in these works. In some cases, however, the focus was merely on the “functionless functioning of a machine.”[ii]

Simutaneously, the variability of art objects was made evident. Due to the permanent change, the works appeared in constantly varying formations. Objects that were operated manually did not offer viewers a spectacle, but invited them to play, because “in a special way [they] stand between playing and consciousness, toys and poetry.”[iii]

Through illusion and vibration, based on effects according to the theory of perception, it is also possible to influence the viewer’s perception. These works change their appearance depending on the viewer’s position yet are themselves completely static.

[i] Uli Pohl, Paul Talman, and Gerhard von Graevenitz: seven each; Dieter Roth: six; Hermann Goepfert and Walter Leblanc: five; Christian Megert and Herman de Vries: four; Almir Mavignier: three; Gotthard Graubner and Daniel Spoerri: two; and Bernard Aubertin, Oskar Holweck, Yves Klein, Adolf Luther, Paul van Hoeydonck, and Nanda Vigo: one each.

[ii] Buderer 1992 (see note 3), p. 8.

[iii] Wember 1963 (see note 10), p. 19.

Light and Movement

According to Anina Baum, Kinetic Art gained “popular resonance”[i] in the nineteen-sixties, at the moment when, in addition to real movement, real light was increasingly entering the art scene. Light and movement—the two terms are inextricably linked in the art world—and it is therefore not surprising that they appear together in the titles of several exhibitions in the nineteen-sixties. Their connection can be seen concretely in another aspect of Kinetic Art: light kinetics.

Light kinetics derived from three sources: color (light) organs, photography and film, and theatrical projections. The Bauhaus provided further stimuli in the nineteen-twenties with a variety of light actions, but it was László Moholy-Nagy (1895–1946) who first combined kinetics with light art. His Light Space Modulator of 1930 is one of the most significant works in the field of light kinetics, which only achieved its breakthrough as an independent art form in the nineteen-fifties with Frank Malina’s first Tableaux Lumineux in 1955. This art form, which methodically endeavors to create moving light effects, was the area of Kinetic Art that made the greatest progress in the second half of the nineteen-sixties.[ii]

[i] Baum 2011 (see note 3), p. 96.

[ii] See Frank Popper, “Die Lichtkinetik/Light Kinetics,” in Lichtkunst aus Kunstlicht / Light Art from Artificial Light: Licht als Medium der Kunst im 20. und 21. Jahrhundert / Light as a Medium in 20th and 21st Century Art, exh. cat. ZKM Karlsruhe (Ostfildern, 2006), pp. 424–47.

Exhibitions contributing substantially to this development include: Licht und Bewegung (Light and Movement) at the Kunsthalle Bern, 1965; Lumière Mouvement et Optique, Palais des Beaux-Arts, Brussels,1965; Light and Movement, Modus Möbel GmbH, Berlin, 1965; KunstLichtKunst at the Stedelijk Van Abbemuseum in Eindhoven, 1966; Licht und Bewegung, Art Center TVENSTER, Amsterdam, later at Galerie Al-Veka, The Hague, 1966; Lumière et Mouvement at the Musée Municipal d’art Moderne in Paris, 1967; Light/Motion/Space, Walker Art Center, Minneapolis, 1967; Light and Motion, Worcester Art Museum, Worcester, Massachusetts, 1967; and others.

Light and Movement—Kinetic Art at the Kunsthalle Bern was one of the largest survey exhibitions on the subject of kinetics. For the first time, an exposition focused on the relationship between real movement and light. The idea for this exhibition goes back to Christian ” (b. 1936), who returned to his hometown of Bern in 1960, after a stay in Paris. He began to organize smaller exhibitions of contemporary art there, as he found the Bernese art scene extremely conservative and wished to work against this.[i]

In an interview in 2019, Megert described how the exhibition Light and Movement came about:

[i] See Stephan Geiger, “ZERO in Bern: A New Hub in the International Network,” in Caianiello and Visser 2015 (see note 17), pp. 237–51; Thekla Zell, “O-Ton,” in ZERO-Heft, no. 11 (2019), pp. 24–31.

“I had wanted to mount a ZERO exhibition at the Kunsthalle for some time. Over the summer months, the opportunity finally came to realize the plan together with [Harald] Szeemann. The exhibition was deliberately not titled ZERO because it would then have become too extensive. So we split it up thematically: we showed kinetic works a year earlier in the exhibition Light and Movement, 1965, and in White on White, 1966, presented the aspect of monochrome painting and sculpture—with a limitation to the color white.”[i]

[i] Zell 2019 (see note 33), p. 30.

Together with Harald Szeemann (1933–2005), then director of the Bern Kunsthalle, whom Megert had known since his school days, he compiled a list of artists for this “ZERO exhibition.” For reasons of space—the Kunsthalle was too small for such a long list of artists—it was divided into Kinetic Art and monochrome art.[i] Whereas Megert emphasized his collaboration with Szeemann on the concept, Szeemann subsequently claimed to have been its sole author.[ii] However, a letter from 1964, which Megert wrote to Hermann Goepfert (1926–1982), proves that he was significantly involved in the realization of the exhibition.[iii]

Oskar Holweck (1924–2007) also received a letter announcing the exhibition, as his reply dated March 29, 1965, shows: “I have also not heard any more about the major Aktuell exhibition at the Bern Kunsthalle from June 5 to September 9, 1965, announced in your letter of 8.XII.64.”[iv]

Holweck is referring to the Galerie Aktuell in Bern, with which Megert had a close relationship. The gallery acted as an intermediary for the Kinetic Art exhibition, making its contacts with contemporary artists available to the museum. At Megert’s suggestion, the Galerie Aktuell had opened as a space for contemporary art in the apartment of Silvia and Kurt Aellen in Kramgasse. Silvia Aellen, the gallery’s director at the time, also worked at the Kunsthalle Bern, and in her dual role she was an important interface between the two institutions.[v] Commenting in 1966, Anastasia Bitzos also remembers how,

[i] See Geiger 2015 (see note 33), p. 251.

[ii] See Harald Szeemann, “Die Berner Kunstszene in den sechziger Jahren,” in Bern 66–1987, exh. cat. Kunsthalle (Bern, 1987), pp. 31–35.

[iii] Christian Megert to Hermann Goepfert, Bern, December 8, 1964, Christian Megert archive, Bern, Box 1964. The letter lists over thirty artists, most of whom are either now associated with ZERO—like Holweck, Luther, and Vigo—or else belonged to Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel, Gruppo N, Gruppo T, Nul, or Equipo 57. Megert also reports on the financing of the exhibition and outlines preliminary ideas for allotting the space.

[iv] Oskar Holweck to Christian Megert, Saarbrücken, March 29, 1965, Christian Megert archive, Bern, Box 1965.

[v] See Silvia Aellen, Kurt Aellen, and Lydia Megert, “Die Galerie Aktuell,” in Bern 66–1987 1987 (see note 36), pp. 22–26.

“thanks to Megert’s tireless activity and initiative, the Galerie Aktuell was founded, which has very good connections with the Kunsthalle, and the international exhibition Licht und Bewegung—Kinetic Art (shown in Bern, Brussels, Baden-Baden, and Düsseldorf) resulted from this collaboration.”[i]

[i] Anastasia Bitzos, “Bern, ein Zentrum experimenteller Schweizer Kunst,” Revue Integration 5–6 (April 1966), p. 185.

The Aellens provided the space, Megert supplied the contacts, and his brother, Peter Megert, a graphic designer, was in charge of the posters and invitation cards.[i] Peter Megert (1937–2022) not only designed the gallery’s printed matter, but also the posters for Licht und Bewegung and Weiss auf Weiss at the Kunsthalle Bern, which again underlines the close relationship between these two institutions at the time.

[i] See Aellen, Aellen, and Megert 1987 (see note 39), p. 23.

Poster of the exhibition Licht und Bewegung, Kunsthalle Bern, 1965, design: Peter Megert, photo: Museum für Gestaltung Zürich, Plakatsammlung, ZHdK

The poster for Light and Movement clearly announces the exhibition’s theme. The title, in German, French, Italian, and English, is set in white on a black background. Through superimposition, displacement, and transparency, the lettering blurs before the eyes. At the same time, the words seem to glow from inside the poster. The impression is that of a neon sign seen when moving past it quickly.

No correspondence between Christian Megert and Harald Szeemann exists regarding the elaboration of the Light and Movement exhibition. According to Megert, their exchanges on the project only took place in personal conversations;[i] thus it is not possible to reconstruct what happened in the period from December to April. Differences of opinion between the two parties finally led to Christian Megert’s withdrawal from the organization of the exhibition in April 1965, which he mentions in his reply to Oskar Holweck:

[i] Telephone conversation between Christian Megert and the author, June 14, 2023.

“Dr. Szeemann has changed the title of the exhibition in the Kunsthalle, which was initially intended as a large ZERO exhibition. The exhibition will now be called Light and Movement, and will not include any painting or panel paintings.… I myself no longer have anything to do with the organization of the exhibition, but I have been invited to take part in it.”[i]

[i] Christian Megert to Oskar Holweck, carbon copy, Bern, April 8, 1965, Christian Megert archive, Bern, Box 1965.

Harald Szeemann was very interested in Kinetic Art, as can be seen from the drafts for the exhibition catalog.[i] For him, Duchamp, Malevich, Gabo, El Lissitzky, Ray, Tatlin, Vantongerloo, and Moholy-Nagy represented the fundamental positions of Kinetic Art.[ii]

In the end, over sixty artists participated in Light and Movement—Kinetic Art, with more than 150 works. Shown in Bern from July 3 to September 5, 1965, it traveled in the same year to the Palais des Beaux-Arts, Brussels (October 14 to November 14), and to the Kunsthalle Baden-Baden (December 3 to January 9, 1966), and in the following year to the Kunstverein für die Rheinlande und Westfalen in the Kunsthalle am Grabbeplatz, Düsseldorf (February 2 to March 13, 1966). Alongside pioneers of Kinetic Art such as Agam, Calder, and Duchamp, a number of artists were represented who are now considered part of the ZERO circle, such as Pol Bury, Hermann Goepfert, Gerhard von Graevenitz, Hans Haacke, Walter Leblanc, Jesús Rafael Soto, Paul Talman, and Jean Tinguely.

[i] Harald Szeemann papers, Getty Research Institute, Los Angeles, California, Box 282, Folder 15.

[ii] Harald Szeemann, Kinetische Kunst, draft design of the catalog, Harald Szeemann papers, Getty Research Institute, Box 282, Folder 15, pp. 2–3.

Jesús Rafael Soto was the most strongly represented artist in the exhibition, with twenty-four works. The oscillation generated in his artworks is intensified by the movement of the viewer. His aim was to achieve pure vibration, behind which the actual work should recede.[i] Pol Bury, who was represented with eleven works, used the protruding elements of his motorized reliefs—metal rods, nails, piano strings, nylon thread—to create organic worlds, as they move slowly, at times almost imperceptibly, toward a monochrome background. Alongside Tinguely, he emerged as an important innovator in the field of machine aesthetics, though the motors driving his works remained concealed behind the objects.[ii]

Tinguely, who succeeded in continually improving his works’ mechanization, and thus made significant progress in producing changeable objects, was represented by eight machine works. Even before you see one of his objects, you can usually hear it—it squeaks, creaks, rattles, and rumbles. Circles and rods seem to move effortlessly against and on top of one another, endlessly building new shapes. The artist creates real movement in which the individual elements are in a constant state of metamorphosis.[iii]

Hans Haacke and the initiator of the exhibition, Christian Megert, were represented with four works each. Haacke’s objects were designed to present “the perceptual edge from actual and virtual movement in real time as an accumulation and release of intensity.”[iv] One of Haacke’s focuses has been the unstable nature of the material in permanent kinetic installations. Ecological and biological processes of movement are shown in natural processes, such as condensation, precipitation, and evaporation, as well as expansion and contraction due to temperature changes.

[i] Soto used the moiré effect, in which a periodic grid is created by superimposing regular grids.

[ii] See Gilles Marquenie, “Time in Motion,” in Pol Bury: Time in Motion, exh. cat. Bozar, Centre for Fine Arts (Brussels, 2017), pp. 13–31.

[iii] See Jean Tinguely: Super Meta Maxi, exh. cat. Museum Kunstpalast and Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam (Düsseldorf and Cologne, 2016).

[iv] Chau 2014 (see note 3), p. 64.

The three ZERO artists from Düsseldorf also received invitations. On February 24 and 25, 1965, Harald Szeemann wrote to Otto Piene and Heinz Mack in his capacity as director of the Kunsthalle Bern.[i] However, no meeting between them appears to have taken place, because on March 23, 1965, Szeemann sent another letter to Mack: “I was in Düsseldorf on the 9th of this month and arranged with Uecker that you, Uecker, and Piene, and perhaps Megert, would design a room with objects together.”[ii]

[i] “This summer, the Kunsthalle Bern is showing an overview of the subject of light and movement. I would like to show some of your works in this exhibition. I shall be in Düsseldorf on March 8 and 9 and should like to pay you a visit after having made an appointment by telephone.” Harald Szeemann to Heinz Mack, Bern, February 25, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.987; Otto Piene, Bern, February 24, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2402.

[ii] Harald Szeemann to Heinz Mack, Bern, March 23, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.988.

Letter from Harald Szeemann to Heinz Mack regarding the exhibition Licht und Bewegung, Kunsthalle Bern, February 25, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.987
Letter from Harald Szeemann to Otto Piene regarding the exhibition Licht und Bewegung, Kunsthalle Bern, February 24, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2402

Mack replied to him from New York at Easter, 1965:

“At the invitation of the Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam, which has generously supported me, I have made a Light Carousel for the Nul exhibition (15.4.–7.6.); it is made of aluminum, rotates, and is illuminated with five spotlights. As I personally find the work very beautiful, I would like to see it exhibited in Bern.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack to Harald Szeemann, New York, Easter 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.989.

Günther Uecker, Lichtrommel (Lightdrum), part of the Lichtraum (Hommage à Fontana) by Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker, 1964, Documenta III, Kassel, courtesy documenta archiv, Kassel, photo: Horst Munzig

Szeemann agreed to Mack’s suggestion and contacted the Stedelijk Museum to have the Light Carousel (now destroyed) sent to Bern, following the Amsterdam exhibition. In the end, though, Mack was not represented with this work in the Bern exhibition, and his Light Carousel was first displayed in Brussels.[i]

The Bern exhibition catalog mentions only one work per Düsseldorf ZERO artist. Piene showed a Lichtmaschine (Light Machine), of 1965, Uecker a Lichttrommel (Light Drum), of 1960, and Mack was represented with a Silberrotor (Silver Rotor), of 1965.

[i] See Harald Szeemann to Heinz Mack, Bern, May 7, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.990.

Mack began incorporating motors into his works as early as 1959. His group of Rotors are among the first motor-driven constructions he created. These works are boxes with corrugated, transparent front panels, and, inside, a second glass or aluminum disk with a relief-like surface structure that rotates. The artist also referred to these works as “Light Engines,” “Light Dynamos,” and “Rotor Reliefs.”[i] “Behind textured glass, which distorts and blurs the objects, disks with bumps and indentations rotate, presenting a cycle of moving light to the viewer’s eye.”[ii] The slow rotation of the textured disk inside creates a constantly changing, flowing image on the top glass plate. Movement enters into a symbiosis with light and is experienced as moving energy.

Uecker’s Light Drum consists of a disk rotating horizontally around a fixed central axis, driven by an electric motor. Artificial light illuminates the panel from two sides, and “the round nail head” creates an “ideal reference to the disk shape of the field of light.”[iii] Some of the nails are illuminated by rays of light, while others are not illuminated at all. Areas of light and shadow alternate, while the slow rotation shows the vibrations via the structure of the nails.

[i] See Baum 2011 (see note 3), p. 97.

[ii] “Hinter Reliefglas, das die Objekte verzerrt und verschwimmen lässt, drehen sich Scheiben mit Buckeln und Vertiefungen, dem Auge des Betrachters einen Kreislauf bewegten Lichtes darbietend.” Minou, “Spiel mit Glas und Licht,” newspaper clipping from the Neue Ruhr Zeitung, Friday, November 29, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv no. mkp.ZERO.1.II.196.

[iii] Dieter Honisch, Uecker (Stuttgart, 1983), p. 62.

Both works utilize rotational movement, which is very appealing in terms of the visual dematerialization of the works, because the aspects constantly change. Rapid rotation even gives the impression of dissolving material. Under the influence of rotational kinetic energy, the optical vibration results in the perception of dissolving, blurred forms.[i]

[i] Rotation was also the overriding theme of the Light Space (Hommage à Fontana) by Mack, Piene, and Uecker, which they created for Documenta III in Kassel in 1964. Rotors, mills, disks, and spheres turned on their own axes, partially illuminated by artificial light.

Piene’s Light Machine, on the other hand, does not have a rotating visible object, but instead makes the light dance on the walls in a choreographed sequence as a play of light and shadow. Light is what moves and is documented in its basic qualities. Christian Megert, to whom Szeemann had offered the same exhibition space, suggested to Piene on March 20, 1965, that they might collaborate, though—as Piene notes in a letter—this did not come about because there was not enough time.[i]

[i] Christian Megert to Otto Piene, Bern, March 20, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2368.

Letter from Christian Megert to Otto Piene with a note from Otto Piene, March 20, 1965 / May 25, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2368

In the mid-nineteen-sixties, the three Düsseldorf ZERO artists concentrated more on light kinetics—for example, in the exhibition KunstLichtKunst at the Stedelijk Van Abbemuseum, Eindhoven, which focused on artificial light as a “new artistic tool.”[i] In a letter to Mack, Jean Leering proposed the theme “light and shadow effects on walls and ceiling”[ii] to the three of them, which applied particularly to Piene’s artworks Weißer Lichtgeist (White Light Ghost) and Fixstern (Lichtballett) (Fixed Star [Light Ballet]).[iii] The perforated sphere made of polished aluminum (Fixed Star) is today titled Grosse Stehende (The Great Standing One),[iv] and may be regarded as a further development of Piene’s Light Ballet. Although the works presented by the three artists in this exhibition were actually individual objects, they combined them to form a single work through the use of timers.[v] In the exhibition Light and Movement, by contrast, although Mack, Piene, and Uecker shared a room, each of their works were stand-alones.

[i] The museum had nine rooms that were allotted to the artist groups and solo artists, who designed the space according to their chosen topic. ZERO was given room five, where the artists presented light objects and light kinetic artworks.

[ii] Jean Leering on behalf of the Stedelijk Van Abbemuseum to Heinz Mack, Eindhoven, November 22, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1418.

[iii] Heinz Mack planned to create a Lichtbox (130 x 130 x 40 cm, 1966) and an Apparat für Lichtrotation und Lichtvibration (230 x 30 x 30 cm, 1966), as well as a Lichtturm (Light Tower) (1500 x 13 x 13 cm, 1966), in front of the museum. Historic photographs taken at the exhibition document the Lichtturm outside, as well as the Lichtlinie hanging from the ceiling and a Lichtstele. Günther Uecker showed his Lichtplantage (Light Plantation) (3 x 3 x 3 m, 1966). He also constructed a two-meter-long Lichtschwelle (LightThreshold), a slit of light on the floor which visitors had to cross. Archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.140_2 and mkp.ZERO.2.IV.140_4.

[iv] Otto Piene, Grosse Stehende, 1966, height 360 cm, diameter of the sphere 80 cm, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2013.07.

[v] See Otto Piene to Jean Leering, New York, March 4, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1419.

Installation view, the group ZERO room at the exhibition KunstLichtKunst, Van Abbemuseum, Eindhoven, 1966, courtesy archives Van Abbemuseum Eindhoven, photo: Van den Bichelaer, Geldrop

For Frank Popper, the three Düsseldorf ZERO artists are some of the “most prominent exponents of light objects,” together with Hermann Goepfert and Adolf Luther.[i] They used different forms of light kinetics, which may be categorized as either externally illuminated or self-illuminating light objects. None of the aforementioned artists attempted to create complex sequences of movement in light kinetic objects, instead restricting themselves to utilizing rocking, rotating, and swinging movements. The mechanics of the construction remained concealed and thus it was the effect that was the focus.[ii]

[i] Popper 2006 (see note 32), p. 433.

[ii] See Beate Kemfert, “Studien zur Kinetik in der deutschen Kunst der 60er Jahre,” MA diss. (University of Bonn, 1988), p. 5.

Unlike Gisela Fehrlin, who described the 1965 exhibition Light and Movement in Die Welt as “stimulating and enjoyable”[i] with regard to the viewer’s involvement, Hans Haacke’s verdict was not positive:

[i] Gisela Fehrlin, “Das Einfache besticht am meisten. Licht und Bewegung—Eine Ausstellung kinetischer Kunst in Bern,” Eigenbericht der WELT, Bern, August 22, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.II.68.

“I was in Bern with Uecker, Willoughby, and Wolleh for the exhibition opening at the Kunsthalle. The rooms are not very nice and the works could have been set up better. You may have already noticed that the catalog is no masterpiece. The deafening noise coming from the enthusiastically maltreated instruments of the Frères Bashets (?) turned the exhibition into an acoustic monster as well. A kinetic fairground. Your Rotor and Uecker’s nails loudspeaker were hung well. In the same room, Piene’s light apparatus tried in vain to assert itself against the brightness of the room. Piene can really only show his works effectively in a chambre separée. All the cleverly devised machines roundabout interfere with his delicate light.”[i]

[i] Hans Haacke to Heinz Mack, Cologne, July 20, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.I.1.6_1 and mkp.ZERO.I.1.6_2.

Haacke mentions several problems here that were certainly present in many Kinetic Art exhibitions: the background noise, the overfilled space due to the large number of art objects, and the resulting sensory overload, as well as the difficulty of properly staging light kinetic artworks.

Historical photographs preserved at the Getty Research Institute provide only a partial picture of how the spaces of the Kunsthalle were presented. It is not possible to deduce from the photographs how the artworks were arranged in the rooms and how they related to each other. Documentation of many of the rooms has not survived. There is only a room plan in Christian Megert’s archive, which indicates a very detailed division into different areas of kinetics: “cinétique programmatique, la lumière, cybernétique, Dépôts (stabil), Bury, structures sonory, les machines, constellations infiny, optique cinétique, les mobiles, les aimants.”[i]

The exhibition catalog, room plan, and the quote from Haacke show that although the exhibition focused on light and movement, the entire spectrum of Kinetic Art was represented. The division according to generic terms seems sensible given the large number of works. Apparently, however, the artists were not involved in how the exhibition was set up, and were not able to object to the placement of their art objects or to the given spatial conditions.

[i] “Programmable kinetics, light, cybernetics, Burry [Pol Bury has his own section], sonorous structures, machines, infinite constellations, optical kinetics, mobiles, magnets.” Christian Megert archive, Bern, Box 1965.

Conclusion

Tinguely, Mack, Soto, Bury, Piene, and Uecker were the artists who participated most frequently in the more than thirty exhibitions on kinetics that were mounted in the nineteen-sixties. The ZERO artists began seeking movement, vibration, and dynamics outside the canvas as early as the late nineteen-fifties. These were not understood as inherently pictorial phenomena. The artists increasingly created works that moved within themselves, were motorized, or set in motion by the viewer. The mobile works did not just suggest variability; they actually created an infinite number of realizations.

The artists all pursued the theme of representation of movement in very different ways, and demonstrated the entire spectrum of kinetics within artistic practice: optical movement; objects that rely on direct physical interaction with, and manipulation by, the viewer (play objects); works that move due to natural forces such as water, gravity, and wind (mobiles, magnets); and art objects with their own motorization (machine works).

Undoubtedly, one of the most important exhibitions on kinetics and art was Light and Movement at the Kunsthalle Bern in 1965, initiated by Christian Megert and given its final form by Harald Szeemann. The title of the exhibition also references another area of Kinetic Art: light kinetics. The three Düsseldorf ZERO artists, Mack, Piene, and Uecker, devoted themselves increasingly to this area of Kinetic Art in the mid-nineteen-sixties. Their works differed significantly from Tinguely’s machines, with their ironic undertones and rotation in all directions; from Pol Bury’s Surrealist-inspired world of moving reliefs; and from the playful lightness which Soto achieved in his works, using the moiré effect. While Mack, Piene, and Uecker initially focused on optical movement, as vibration within an image, motorization opened up the possibility of depicting this as a dynamic event, beyond the two-dimensional.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Light

L Light

Light Center Stage! (Or the Conquest of the Immaterial)

Marco Meneguzzo

And there was Light. While Light—with a capital “L”—is an event lost in the realms of the Absolute, there is less uncertainty about light with a small “l,” as used by artists. Its appearance dates from around 1960, precisely at the moment of maximum impetus of the ZERO group, which certainly had a lot to say about light.

But before examining ZERO’s light activities in detail, it might be helpful to summarize all the clues, the warning signs that preceded an almost simultaneous explosion across Europe of works, actions, and productions that took light as their subject.

It is well known that the twentieth century was a radically innovative period for art, thanks to the shared desire to minimize the boundary between art and life. This was the goal of all the avant-gardes, and the concept that paid the price was “representation”: all the traditional codes used by artistic languages (except for architecture, which stands apart) were based on this ideal pillar, which was eroded and finally demolished during the first three decades of the century. Artists realized that the whole “building of art” could stand alone, indeed the elimination of that central column left a more spacious environment. To be truthful, the concept was not deleted, outright, but rather transformed, turning the traditional language of representation into just one part of a broad pool of images, objects, and ideas that artists could draw on in their work. The minuscule but important difference between the “before” and “after” of this revolution is apparent when one compares the words “to represent” and “to stage,” which are both synonyms and antonyms. The dramatic, lit lightbulb on the canvas of Guernica (1937) can be compared with the neon in Fontana’s giant Spatial Concept that filled the entire staircase at the 1951 Milan Triennale.[i] The former “represents,” the latter “stages.” Between them lies the linguistic revolution of the century in which every real “object” can become an art object (while not “being” an art object in itself). Duchamp, Schwitters, Moholy-Nagy, but also the mirror fragment in a Cubist painting, or the glued newspaper in Futurist works, have all enabled reality to coincide with art through the artist’s conscious action.

[i] After a series of luminous “environments,” lit using a wide variety of light sources—like Wood’s light bulbs—Lucio Fontana created the aerial decoration for the grand staircase at the 9th Milan Triennale exhibition in 1951, in the building designed by the architect Giovanni Muzio in the nineteen-thirties, which has since then been the main venue for the event. This took the form of a series of very long neon tubes, curved to create spirals on the ceiling, as if the neon was the artist’s sign/mark translated into the new material. An authorized reconstruction of this Spatial Concept is permanently displayed at the Museo del Novecento in Milan.

In this situation, the first hurdle was to establish a philosophical justification for the extension and possible overlap of life and art, between reality and artistic “staging,” embracing the whole context of art, in the background until then, which would motivate that expressive possibility—and include it under the heading “art”—simply because it was inserted into a precise disciplinary context. Marcel Duchamp led the way. The second conceptual shift, derived from the first and in some ways—at least ideally—“easier,” concerned the objects, the instruments, and the concepts of reality that were displaced and incorporated into the language of art: the “readymades,” or Kurt Schwitters’s fragments of reality, and above all the works of László Moholy-Nagy. It was none other than this Hungarian artist who became the forerunner, the noble father, of the proliferation of light in the fifties and sixties: his Light Space Modulator of 1930 shows the revolution in progress, both plastically and synthetically, thanks to a complex “machine” of engines and transmission belts, illuminated by myriad lightbulbs, and built with the help of a specialized industry, looking like a “clockwork” object.[i] By doing so, he succeeded in focusing the latest concepts into a single work, revealing the narrow limits of tradition and the possible openings for the future of art: light and movement

[i] An accurate and autograph description by the artist is given in the useful book by Dieter Daniels and Rudolf Frieling, eds., Media Art Net 2 / Key Topics (Vienna and New York, 2005). See http://www. medienkunstnetz.de/works/licht-raum-modulator/ (accessed October 26, 2023).

László Moholy-Nagy, Licht-Raum-Modulator, 1930, 201.7 x 78.8 x 69.7 cm, collection Van Abbemuseum, Eindhoven, photo: Peter Cox, Eindhoven

These two original concepts—light and movement—are pivotal for the entire intellectual debate on art in the twentieth century. Before Moholy-Nagy, these founding elements of seeing, and of the world, could only be surrogated by the tools of representation, and these were increasingly shown to be limited by the new technologies. While it is true that the Italian Futurists had posed the question in search of a possible solution (as in Giacomo Balla’s 1912 work, Girl Running on a Balcony, for example), it was only thanks to the Hungarian artist that light and movement became the “real” and undisputed protagonists of a new phase of art.

The chronology of this difficult breakthrough of reality—and especially light—into artistic languages shows, among other things, how little individual linguistic territories and individual disciplines were open to other languages, which, perhaps, at certain junctures, had already worked out solutions to precisely the problems that similar languages were struggling to solve. In the theatre, for example, the question of light had already moved from being a technical problem to being a scenic resource, if not the scenography itself. Both the Futurists and the Bauhaus artists—notably Moholy-Nagy again, more so than Oskar Schlemmer—had put forward the idea of light scenography without meeting any major conceptual objections, quite the opposite to the situation of the language of art.[i]

Light and movement, therefore. It is no coincidence that half the titles of the exhibitions of ZERO, and most of the reviews of ZERO or of other members and groups of Kinetic Art, make explicit reference to these two concepts. Simply with regard to the early years, it is worth remembering exhibitions like the 8th Abendausstellung (Evening Exhibition), entitled Vibration; the 1959 exhibition in Antwerp on Motion in Vision, Vision in Motion—a clear reference to Moholy-Nagy, who wrote a text with a very similar title;[ii] the exhibition of Heinz Mack’s Light Reliefs at the Galerie Iris Clert in Paris, also in 1959; Otto Piene’s contemporary exhibition in Düsseldorf, where, alongside oil paintings, he created Lichtballet and exhibited Lichtmodelle; and, not least, the last of the nine “Abendausstellung”, in 1960, entitled Ein Fest für das Licht. However, because our ABCs of ZERO is assembled around single words, our focus will be on light, although we are well aware that light and motion are virtually inseparable and were treated as such by the artists. What’s more, if light is a vibration, we instinctively associate it with the idea of movement, one of the few things that art and science still have in common.

The first question to ask is: What sort of “light” are we talking about? What is its essential quality? In fact, the dual nature of the question already implies the initial responses. This essay starts by distinguishing between “Light” and “light,” emphasizing that there is nothing transcendental—for which “Light” is often the symbol—about this branch of art and these artists. That is, it has nothing—or little—in common with what the “Light” has always represented for all religions or simply for humanity’s contemplative and mystical side. The entire history of this Light, which was the subject of doctrinal disputes and paved the way for medieval “optics”—incidentally a major first step for all future science—is not affiliated to the light used by ZERO and all those who experimented with its expressive possibilities around 1960 (except perhaps to the extent that they later claimed some sort of “kinship” with a transcendent conception of the light element). On the other hand, if we have agreed to talk naturally and instinctively about the “essential quality” of the light, it means we have also demoted the scientific aspect of the problem into second place. “Quality” and “essence” are definitions that are not accepted by science, or at best they are again relegated to an ancillary position compared to more measurable elements that are much less open to interpretation. So, the light of ZERO contains neither God nor science.

[i] The theater hypothesized by Moholy-Nagy during the German Bauhaus went as far as to place the person/actor in the background in relation to space, color, light, form, movement, and action: this is what he termed the “theater of totality.”

[ii] The exhibition was not officially known by this title, since it retained the title “ZERO,” but it is informally called this in an essay by Marc Callewaert, one of the critics sent to write about the event, which was organized by the Belgian group G58 in Antwerp, in the historic Hessenhuis, from March 21 to May 3, 1959. The title of Moholy-Nagy’s text, which was published posthumously in Chicago in 1947, is an expanded version of one that he wrote in 1938.

Heinz Mack, installation view of the exhibition ZERO in Bonn, 1966, Städtische Kunstsammlungen Bonn

Although, on paper, it would seem that these exclusions leave no room for artistic creativity, on the contrary, there is the whole world, that vast space of action that concerns human life, and more precisely daily life, including the banal gestures we carry out every day. For the artist—unlike the scientist—the starting point is always the individual, and ZERO is no exception. Indeed, with its anarchic approach, it accentuates this aspect, which could be listed among the key traits of the so-called “artist’s legend” (even the description of the studio at number 69, Gladbacher Strasse, in Düsseldorf, as a Ruinenatelier confirms this essentially romantic view). Consubstantial to this choice and to this attitude to life is the assertion of the artist’s fundamental role, subordinate to neither science nor philosophy. The scope of art is freedom, and even contradiction (indeed self-contradiction), and it therefore operates in an entirely separate territory whose linguistic rules may not even be logically consequential. This is something that all artists have in common, but in the specific context of those years and the choice of its particular tools, ZERO’s actions were fundamental in stressing the concept. On the subject of Kinetic Art, although ZERO was only on the fringes, the linguistic doubts multiplied precisely because of the lack of clarity on this point, namely the relationship between art and science. In this context, light represents the original element, even when it is not the main feature of the work: indeed, the works that concentrate on visual perception, on “the way of seeing,” verge on scientific demonstration and justify certain philosophical theories. It is no coincidence that ZERO was also interested in the concept of “measurability,” expressed in those years by the philosopher Max Bense in his “microaesthetics”,[i] to the extent that he was invited to give the introductory speech at the exhibition Exposition Dato 1961—or Dato ZERO—held in Frankfurt in December 1961. The misconception that the artists of this generation, those who belonged or had drawn close to Kinetic Art—and above all the “Concrete” artists—were a sort of “executive arm” of visual science can be attributed more to the critics and to art historians than to their own works and what they said. But the idea of an art “for all,” an art that belonged “to all,” seemed to coincide with the death of art itself, dissolved in the “higher” realms of philosophy and science, as many critics—and also some Conceptual artists—asserted. As if the consensus of initial perception could only generate a consensus regarding the final elaboration, using scientific and philosophical “givens” that relegated the work to “datum” or, at most, “demonstration.”[ii] Fortunately, not only did ZERO always sidestep this danger, thanks to its anarchical spirit, but it also gave an example of how things were not evolving in this direction, while at the same time investigating the basic elements of this worldview. To be sure, talking of “investigation” immediately conjures up a consequential, and therefore logical-deductive, path, which has little to do with the libertarian idea of having no rules, and above all of affirming the complete freedom of human beings, even the freedom to contradict oneself; perhaps it would therefore be better to talk of “intuition” of the basic elements of this worldview. The ZERO artists and their European partners in fact seem to have given themselves just one rule: not to have any rules, even in their own affairs, and the fact of proceeding by intuition rather than by deduction is infinitely closer to this concept than any other. The other fundamental component of the “mobile” group—which instantly brings us closer to the question of light—is the “dematerialization” of art, also in the wake of the vitalistic, behavioral, and performative aspect of ZERO, as highlighted in the so-called “Abendausstellungen” (Evening Exhibitions).

[i] The writings of the German philosopher Max Bense (1910–1990) were extremely well received by the Kinetic neo-avant-gardes in around 1960. It was through his works—above all, Aesthetica II: Aesthetische Information (1956) and Aesthethica IV: Programmierung des Schönen: Allgemeine Texttheorie und Textästhetik (1960)—and their later circulation that the concept of “microaesthetics,” reduced to the possibility of mixing technology and philosophy, and the hypothesis of “measuring” the basic combinations of signs scientifically, seemed to represent indisputable keys to interpreting the art of optical, Concrete, and Kinetic groups.

[ii] This is a sort of understandable extremization, borrowed from an excessive simplification of the concepts and resulting syllogisms: if the motion of individual feelings is attributed to art, producing works that are perceived physiologically in the same way by everyone becomes a scientific demonstration and no longer a product to be interpreted by the viewer. This means that it can also no longer be “enriched” by personal experience. This form of reasoning does not take account of the fact that the common perception is only the start, and not the end point, of the gaze and the mind behind it.

Otto Piene, Prager Lichtraum, 2002/2017, 370 x 475 x 460 cm, perforated plates, lightmills, cube, cylinder, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2013.06, photo: Museum of Steel Art, Pohang

In our case, “dematerialization” does not simply mean the dismantling of all the traditional means of making art, but it also means conquering “immateriality,” namely substituting the material aspect that until then had represented the immaterial, after its appearance on the scene, and replacing it with minimal material intervention to capture it. In this way, the work becomes a sort of “trap” for immateriality, the true player of this artistic gesture. The Polaris missile rising into the sky of ZERO—one of the group’s most iconic images[i]—is certainly not about the technology that built it, or the fuel and metallic capsule; rather, it is the movement, the dynamism, the upward tension, the speed, the extreme gesture. The same is true of almost all the works by ZERO and partners. As was said between the lines at the beginning, light is the prime element of immateriality that permits the unfolding of a new attitude to reality—and consequently a new way of seeing, and therefore thinking. But light is also the most difficult element to handle, once it is no longer simply brushstrokes of luminous color standing out against other darker ones. Moreover, “making the light visible” is like “making the air visible.” It is very difficult, and, what’s more, at the beginning it almost always seems pointless given the de facto evidence (light, like air, is everywhere). Yet, immediately after the slight smile that hovers on our lips, we realize that it is an extremely important matter, the start of a revolutionary project that aims to rebuild the language of art from zero—and from ZERO.

This brings us to two facets that are inseparable in the reality of the work but can be analyzed by critics: the linguistic aspect and the existential one. The major contribution by ZERO—like that of the Italian group Azimuth, part of Gruppo T, and some in Gruppo N (enne), while the French artists of GRAV appear to be more “Cartesian”[ii]—is precisely their having known how to combine the two otherwise distant components of art and the artist. This is exactly what divides ZERO from masters like Moholy-Nagy. The light-filled works of the Hungarian artist feel like a linguistic provocation compared to the traditional codes of art and the artist (something that is even more evident in the famous action of ordering the realization of an artwork by telephone[iii]), at a moment when expanding the possibilities of art to encompass the whole of reality was still debated conceptually. What is more, the realization of an “exemplum”—the Light Space Modulator—constituted a plastic demonstration of the new possibilities of language, which from then on could no longer be contested. Moholy-Nagy’s work was seen as a victory in a doctrinal disputation, in which the logic of the argument, together with the evidence of a physically existing work, without a shadow of doubt sanctioned the legitimacy of this new field of artistic action. It was a carefully thought-out, rational, coldly unsentimental strategy designed to win a decisive battle. Moreover, the Hungarian’s work—and more generally that of the artists of his generation who worked on “real” movement and light in art—is still seen as a “mechanism,” and as the heir to the heroic age of the “machine,” barely influenced by the playful character of the Dadaists’ Bachelor Machines. In other words, it was once again almost a “positivist” attitude, one of possible control over the immaterial. So, what were the conditions and the attitude with which ZERO operated? If, on the one hand, the conceptual approach had become well established in the fifties, and reality coincided with art, on the other hand the same concept, thirty years after Moholy-Nagy’s “provocation,” still struggled to be taken in by people, and was not a common sentiment, a natural attitude. This is where ZERO’s intervention was important, with its very special “exemplum,” which, before being expressed in artworks, was embodied in the lives of individual members of the group. So, knowing and—even more so—“feeling that they lived in light,” and in movement, was part of every moment of an existence that, as artists, they wished to share with the rest of the world. It is this existential aspect that brings the research started in the nineteen-twenties to a harmonious conclusion: every aspect, every instant of the life of ZERO’s members is inspired by the vitalistic surprise of the new reality, and this called for new languages to be expressed and experienced.

This accounts for ZERO’s lasting reverence for Lucio Fontana: the Italian artist had anticipated this aspect and had translated it naturally into simple, absolute work. Here were no longer mechanisms and motors, but rather gestures and signs, made just with the materials of the future, a future that was (almost) immaterial. Fontana had suggested to the art of the neo-avant-gardes an even more dematerialized element than neon: “lightness.” Lightness as an attitude to the world, lightness as a formal outcome. The photographic proof and memories of the evenings at the Ruinenatelier almost unconsciously confirm this attitude. There everything spoke of lightness, starting with the free aggregation and free participation and moving to the use of objects and images whose main feature was “extending upwards,” as happens with a child’s balloon or a missile that overcomes the pull of gravity. For humans, taking flight originally meant “being light.” In this sense the events and happenings at the Abendausstellungen are the explicit realization of a “new world’s” awareness of living, and of seeking a new alphabet and a new syntax to describe and live it. These did not preclude either the romantic spirit glimpsed in all German art, or the existential aspects—in a philosophical sense—of the recent Informel period, but without the drama, without the tragedy of living. Even Piene’s %%%Light Ballet%%%s (Lichtballette), which closely resembled Moholy-Nagy’s Modulator, brought with them that immersive sense which is a metaphor for the total involvement of the senses and sentiments, not merely the intellectual contemplation of a new language.

[i] The image first appeared in ZERO 3, the last volume in the historic series of 1961.

[ii] The French artists belonging to GRAV—Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel—are known for the greater “scientific” rigor of their visual studies, and they show no trace of those Dadaist legacies that are instead present in ZERO and in the Italian groups T and N (enne).

[iii] The EM 2 (Telephone Picture) of 1923.

Therefore, the light of ZERO is also another expression of that “zero degree” of art, which a few of the historic avant-gardes—and all the neo-avant-gardes of the nineteen-sixties—had experimented throughout their existence. For ZERO, this “zero degree” was absolutely not an end in itself—or for the self-referencing language that generated it—but instead it was germinal, generative, a starting point for living life adequately—that is to say, according to the new “human spaces.”

But the artist is called on at all times to put himself or herself to the test through work, and therefore the light “must” become work, must become the “A” of the new alphabet (a position, it is worth remembering, that had always been undermined by “movement” …) that would be used to “stage” the world. The problem was how.

Quite differently to what happens in science, light in its “human” version is highly changeable. It is not a wavelength that crosses the universe, but instead it illuminates our days, and this is how it is considered by art, and especially by ZERO art. This is why the “trap” for light looks more like a shamanic object than a spectroscope, more like a mysterious shape than a technological instrument.[i] Besides, in whatever way one acts in the field of art, formal appearance is still very important. It is not a question of “giving form” to light, but rather evoking its presence through an “attractor” whose features or function are identical to light, although, at the same time, it retains its own identity, exactly as a magical instrument does for the tribe that recognizes its powers.

Yet it is the realization—much more than the idea—that is difficult, in the same way that it is much more difficult to build a rocket capable of going to the moon than to wish and hope to go there. At moment ZERO, which was almost larval, underground, off-center, militant, aggressive, but at the same time productive, full of energy, innovative—and corresponded to roughly the first three years of activity—all these ideas about light were already present, but they had not yet found the most suitable means of expression. It was not until 1960–61 that these ideas took shape, confirming the relatively slow pace of language when following an idea. The same happened in the early years of the century, in all the avant-gardes, and in all the neo-avant-gardes, whose poetics were initially expressed using the existing language, while waiting for a new language to replace it, one that would adhere more closely to the new ideas. Also, in reaction to the most demanding declarations, the evolution of artistic language into new forms would not be immediate, and it would transition from known codes to new ones without a break, step by step. This was the experience of even the most radical artists of ZERO, as they moved from painting to an “objectivity” that at first seemed to be a sort of halfway house between painting and sculpture and was only later transformed into installation.

[i] In ZERO’s works relating to light, as in others, there are no particular technological aids, and there are hardly ever motors or mechanisms except for the few required to inflate shapes, for example, or to rotate objects. Overall, the evocation is left to the characteristics of the material used and to random external factors, like a gust of wind.

Almost all the artists who gravitated around ZERO and who took light as their subject-matter worked with the concepts of transparency, vibration, and shadow: the first two drawing on the most characteristic traits of light, the third providing an inverse example, namely, using the absence of light—shade—to show its existence. These concepts took tangible form in objects whose constructive elements are almost always glass, mirror, darkness, smoke, and of course lighting devices that served as a light source (often present, although not always). These became individual “trademarks” for those artists who chose to use them as unique or essential elements of their work, in the same way that Yves Klein had done in the same years by “patenting” his own blue as IKB (International Klein Blue). While many of these component elements were being developed by almost all the ZERO artists, only some made them the central motif of their work, explicitly referring to the light and creating a “cipher” that was recognizable thanks to the materials used. While the following are a few significant examples, they are not exhaustive and it is important to see as part of a broader artistic panorama those who experimented with the subject-matter, which was fundamental in this brief historical period. For instance, in ZERO, vibration was the prerogative and innovation of Heinz Mack. Starting from the surfaces being examined, he used thin metal strips rising up from the surface to capture the light that rests on them and to produce slight variations in chromatic brightness, dependent on changes in the ambient light and the almost imperceptible vibration of the strips. In the same period, artists close to ZERO, and sometimes part of their exhibitions, like Francesco Lo Savio, Enrico Castellani, Agostino Bonalumi, Jan Schoonhoven, used the same method of rippled, expanded surfaces, free or modular, to produce constantly changing effects thanks to the light. The other early founder of ZERO, Otto Piene, interacted with the immateriality of light to an even greater extent than his friend Mack, not only in his series of Light Ballets (Lichtballette) but also in his Rauchbilder (Smoke Paintings). Both the former and the latter use the concept of “shadow” to reveal light vibrations, but while this is clear for the Light Ballets, despite the variety of installations, the ultimate sensation of light is less evident in the Rauchbilder. The latter are often interpreted—quite rightly, it seems—merely as “painting without paint,” as an almost alchemical, certainly linguistic experiment along the lines of the contemporary experiences of Yves Klein’s Peintures de feu, albeit more spectacular and performative. But fire was also man’s first artificial light, and that light produces the carbon black with which Piene drew on the surfaces. This means that the “grids” of the Light Ballets and the marks of the Rauchbilder are interrelated: the grids show shapes in negative, thanks to the light shining through them and the shadows created, while the carbon black is also the memory of fire, the luminous element par excellence. Shadow is also a corollary of vibration (and vice versa), and it was used in this way by all the artists mentioned earlier: Lo Savio, Castellani, Bonalumi, and Schoonhoven all capture the light thanks to the shadow created (although Bernard Aubertin’s use of fire[i] can be viewed as genuine pencil-free drawing).

[i] Contrary to Piene, and one might say in a more mechanical way that is similar to Klein, Aubertin stages the violent action of fire and its result, the perfect result of the initial act of lighting the fire. Klein, too, creates spectacle out of fire’s action, as pointed out above: we need only recall the photo of him with a flamethrower trained on the painting’s surface and a firefighter in the background, ready to avert any possible—or evoked—danger.

Nanda Vigo, Cronotopo, 1965, 100 x 100 x 10 cm, molded glass, brushed aluminum frame, illuminant, white neon, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2022.01

But it is with Christian Megert and Nanda Vigo that the discourse on light acquires its traits of radical simplicity. Megert’s proximity to ZERO can be dated from May 1960 (the time of the Monochrome Malereiexhibition in Leverkusen) and he became a fully fledged member from 1962.[i] His preferred instrument was the mirror, often shattered into pieces that fragment and recompose the space reflected in them, but the space is only broken up and made into new shapes thanks to the light that strikes it. If the mirror triggers a new spatial reality—just one of an infinite series of possibilities—the light that shines on it and is reflected is the “big bang” of these potential realities. If, to this, you add movement—as the artist does, usually by letting the reflective fragments oscillate in the air so the light hits them from constantly changing angles—then you can understand how the two elements once again become inseparable, and how space is after all a consequence of light. On the other hand, Nanda Vigo’s ZERO period began late, in 1964, because of the “macho” opposition of her fiancé Piero Manzoni,[ii] but then evolved more fully leading to two exhibitions, featuring just the Italian artist and the three founders, as well as her curatorship of ZERO’s major exhibition in Milan, Venice, and Turin in 1965. In all, Vigo seems even more radical than Megert, if that is possible. In her Cronotopi she limited herself to framing industrial glass with various kinds of knurling or checkering—which was also used by Grazia Varisco, but for different reasons—and hanging them like a painting or standing them on a base. Light alone, nothing else, shines through them or strikes them (light sources would only be added a few years later). The effect is almost imperceptible, and the object seems mysterious until the mind starts to question its motives, which are expressed at the lowest level of physical perception. Light in Vigo’s ZERO works meets virtually no resistance, and so it does not manifest itself forcefully or clearly. Instead, it simply is; it is the absolute protagonist, while the glass is merely the relic of a slow epiphany.

[i] Megert’s presence is recorded at the exhibitions Nul=Zero in Arnhem, Nieuwe Tendenzen in The Hague (January 18 to February 16, 1962), Forum in Ghent (May 5 to June 3, 1962), Zero in Bern, Galerie Schindler (June 9–30, 1962), ZERO at the Galerie Diogenes in Berlin (March 30 to April 30, 1963), Mikro-Nul/Zero, an itinerant exhibition in Holland in 1963, and then broadly in all the later collectives.

[ii] As the artist confirmed in several interviews, Manzoni—to whom she was engaged from 1962 until his death—did not want her to present herself as an independent artist (“we are not Mr and Mrs Curie,” he is said to have repeated), although she followed him on journeys throughout Europe. Only after his death in February 1963 did Nanda Vigo show her works. She debuted at an exhibition with the founders of ZERO in Klagenfurt, at the gallery at Wulfengasse 14 (September 1–30, 1964), which was repeated from January to February 1966 at Il Salotto Gallery in Como. She also exhibited at Group Zero at the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (November 30 to December 11, 1964), which then traveled to the Washington Gallery of Modern Art from January 9 to February 14, 1965; with Mack in January 1965 at Galleria L’Elefante in Mestre; and she was the animator and sole curator of the exhibition Zero Avantgarde 1965 in Lucio Fontana’s studio in Milan, at Galleria Il Cavallino, Venice, and at Galleria Il Punto in Turin between March and June 1965.

The “official” end of ZERO in 1966 coincided with the end of attempts to create a new alphabet for a new world. On the one hand, the experiences of Pop Art were satisfied with the present, and, on the other, social and political activism preferred to adopt a more popular and therefore less radical imagery, but the seed had been sown. ZERO’s research into light—and other basic elements of our perception of the world—is completely lacking any specific purpose, but instead it shows an awareness of what is: in this case, the light does not represent the future sun, nor does it illuminate our everyday objects; it just exists. Precisely because of this, these studies last longer and are made available to anyone wanting to use them, irrespective of their reasons and purposes. All they must do is use that new way of “showing,” which from that moment will become customary, recognized, accepted. The new alphabet of contemporary life also started here.*

 

*I would like to express my warmest thanks to Massimo Ganzerla for his invaluable help with catalogs, dates, and participating artists.

This text has been translated from Italian into English by Lucinda Byatt.

Endnotes

Music

M Music

Turning Point(s) in History

Rudolf Frisius

On this side of and beyond a “Stunde null—a zero hour”
On this side of and beyond music

The keyword “zero,” when used in the context of art history and cultural politics, can refer to artistic trends at the turning point in history that was World War I (especially 1915 in Russia), as well as to artistic tendencies in the postwar period after the turning point in history that was World War II. In both cases, the issue of this keyword’s significance for music can also arise—especially in the second case: the keyword “zero” could prove to be important, beyond its original import, also and especially for the study of important tendencies in the arts, and particularly in the field of music.

Opening of the border Berlin, 1989
Zeitenwende—Turning Point in History: Music

In political and cultural discussions, the phrase “turning point in history” is often used in connection with zero situations: above all in the general political context, under the keyword “zero hour”; and during World War I, for example in Russia, and after World War II in Western countries, first and foremost in Germany, under the keyword “zero.”

In both cases (zero hour, zero), these are terms that are used more frequently in contexts of contemporary political history and the development of the visual arts than in the context of music. However, there are many indications that the time has come to change this situation, and to use the keyword “zero” in the context of music and other fields more than has hitherto been the case in music-related and overarching music contexts.

There is an audio piece that introduces these contexts in its very first seconds with the loudly spoken keyword “Die Mauer” (The Wall). The radio play My 1989, by Georg Katzer (1935–2019), which was written in 1990 and premiered the same year, begins with this keyword. At the time the work was written, very many listeners would have recognized the voice of the man who was speaking: it was Erich Honecker (1912–1994), the longtime (and, on October 18, 1989, deposed) leader of East Germany, which was on the verge of collapse after the Berlin Wall was opened on November 9, 1989.

Both the East German president (as defender of the Berlin Wall, built under his supervision in 1961), and later also the head of security, Erich Mielke (1907–2000)—who in the further course of the play, in front of the East German parliament, praises his “loving” surveillance of the people in his country—have their say in this radio play: as exponents of a system of rule that allows individual persons, privileged by a dictatorship, to rule over many subjects.

Georg Katzer, Mein 1989, 1990, design: Helin Korkmaz

In My 1989, the composer Georg Katzer (1935–2019) presents highly disparate, contrasting sound materials that are rich in their associations: words publicly spoken by individual politicians and the shouting and clamor of protesting masses of people. The conflict between the rulers and the ruled, depicted in these contrasts, can be traced precisely in Katzer’s radio play, and can also be compared with an older historical problematic that Katzer had depicted seven years earlier in his radio play Aide-mémoire, albeit with reference to a different relationship: between a ruler holding forth and his people.

In 1983, seven years before the radio play My 1989, about the fall of the Berlin Wall, Georg Katzer had depicted how, about half a century earlier, another populist speaker, very powerful at the time, had stirred up his audience to enthusiastic approval: the 1943 speech of Nazi Propaganda Minister Joseph Goebbels (1897–1945), exhorting the carefully selected German audience to agree to “total war” and being enthusiastically cheered by them in Berlin’s Sportpalast, can be described in the context of Katzer’s radio play as a counter-model to his revolutionary play about the nonviolent revolution of November 1989.

In the older radio play, the slogans of the demagogue’s diatribe and the shouts of the audience cheering him on are followed by the depiction of the collapse of Germany in the last two years of World War II, after the Stalingrad debacle. The acoustic image of the call for total war and the subsequent acoustic image of the bombing of Germany conclude the tape of this play, which was produced by Georg Katzer for East German radio, fifty years after the Nazi “seizure of power” (and forty years after Joseph Goebbels’s speech in the Berlin Sportpalast). Included in the doom-laden music is the distorted rendition of a piece of music that was introduced into German radio in 1941 as a broadcast signal and as a triumphalist backing track to the invasion of the Soviet Union: the raucous main theme of Franz Liszt’s symphonic poem Les Préludes.

Georg Katzer, Aide-mémoire, 1983, design: Helin Korkmaz

Georg Katzer’s audio pieces about the era of the Nazi dictatorship (1933–1945) and about the fall of the Berlin Wall (1989) present themselves as political contributions that are critical of the authorities on the subject of “the masses and power”: as an exposure of the leader inciting and seducing the masses to violence with his followers cheering their approval, in the older work, and as a confrontation of politician-speak with mass protests in the newer piece. In 1989, in the time between these two tape compositions, Katzer created a thematically more expanded piece, which later would be viewed as foreshadowing what he presented in My 1989 in 1990: the revolutionary work My 1789, like his later composition about the fall of the Berlin Wall, presents an area of tension between the poles of words and realities during times of political crisis.

Katzer’s piece for radio, My 1989, written in 1990, presents 1989 as “year zero,” the year that a late Stalinist dictatorship failed. This music of the democratic revolution presents itself as a counterpart to his older radio play, written in 1983, which depicts the historical turning point of 1945 as the year that a German dictatorship collapsed, whereas in the more recent radio play the revolutionary year 1989 is presented with cautious optimism.

1945 (as year zero of a worldwide catastrophe) and 1989 (as year zero of a spontaneous, but nonviolent, successful popular uprising) appear in Katzer’s audio pieces as dates marking political and cultural decline, caesuras, and new beginnings. This is how unconventional and politically committed music presents itself.

This is how unconventional and politically committed music presents itself.

With regard to the problematic of the zero point (zero), the revolutionary musical compositions of Georg Katzer are special cases in the context of his oeuvre—they are political statements that are not in the composer’s biographical context, but in the selection, processing, and connection of selected sound materials.

Katzer’s tape composition Aide-mémoire, the audio piece about the historical turning point (1933–45, particularly 1943–45) brought about by Nazi Germany, was created in 1983 as a commissioned work for East German radio. The new techniques developed for it, of composing tapes with material informed by contemporary history, Katzer continued to utilize in later tape compositions:

– used for the first time in his tape My 1789, of 1989 (a contribution to an international cooperative project of the Bourges International Festival of Experimental Music, realized 200 years after the French Revolution);

– used one year later in My 1989, of 1990 (again premiered in Bourges, as a contribution to an international cooperative project about the year 1989); and subsequently, related to the present, as a direct continuation of what he had presented before (in My 1789) in historical guise.

Katzer’s political audio pieces can be described as attempts to find a new zero point on the basis of musical and political reflections and, starting from this zero point, to develop a musical language appropriate for, and easily understandable within, the technological age.

Design Principles

The search for a zero point and for new developments that start from this zero point has played an important role in many areas of historical development in the twentieth century, including in the fields of literature, the arts, and especially music. This was particularly important in the middle of the last century, at the turning point after the end of the Second World War. 1945, the year the war ended, not only marked a turning point in the field of politics, but also in the field of music and the other arts. At the time, it appeared clear what had irrevocably come to an end in various areas. What was less clear at first was how things could continue, and what new approaches would be possible.

In Germany, after its unconditional surrender in 1945, new developments began under the control of the four occupying powers. The division of Germany into three Western zones (British, French, and American) and one Eastern (Soviet) zone, which subsequently led to the division of Germany into a West German and an East German state, and the different political power relations in East and West (which were then to change fundamentally only decades later in the turning year of 1989), meant that innovative artistic tendencies were initially developed primarily in the West, and in contact with neighboring Western countries.

In the first postwar years, the Darmstadt Summer Courses for New Music developed into an important forum for the field of new music, where important French pioneers of the avant-garde music would make appearances beginning in 1947. The first, in that year, was René Leibowitz (1913–1972), then the leading expert on Arnold Schoenberg’s twelve-tone music (Schoenberg had been driven into exile by the Nazis; Leibowitz had survived in hiding). Next, in 1949, came Olivier Messiaen (1908–1992), who had begun a renewal of French music independently of Schoenberg’s twelve-tone music, and whose idiosyncratic student Pierre Boulez (1925–2016) would also later play an important role in Darmstadt.

At the Darmstadt Summer Courses in 1951, Olivier Messiaen aroused the interest of a young German composer, Karlheinz Stockhausen. In Darmstadt, Stockhausen had heard a recording of a radically new piano piece by Olivier Messiaen, which the latter had composed two years earlier during his stay in Darmstadt: Mode de valeurs et d’intensités. In this piece, all the conventions of previous music are radically questioned and abandoned: traditional rhythms, motifs, and chords no longer exist. Each tone stands only for itself with its own characteristics (pitch, volume, duration). As a zero point, as a starting point, and as a starting point for something new, the individual tone presents itself here with its basic properties of pitch, volume, and duration.

This composition is the key work with which Messiaen made a lasting impression on many of his current and later students, including the Frenchman Pierre Boulez, the Belgian Karel Goeyvaerts (1923–1993), the Greek Iannis Xenakis (1922–2001), and the German Karlheinz Stockhausen. Messiaen encouraged these and other composers to seek and find their own positions starting from point zero. None of his later famous students ever copied Messiaen’s radical Piano étude or any of his other music. Rather, each studied and processed it in their own way:

– Boulez was inspired to compose a piano duet that was structurally even more rigorous and radical, with precisely serially preplanned tone points (Structures, Book I, especially the first piece, written in 1951: Structures Ia);

– Stockhausen, inspired by Messiaen’s étude, composed the ensemble piece Kreuzspiel (Crossplay) in 1951, as “punctual music” with constantly changing pitches, volumes, rhythms, timbres, and wide-ranging movements in tonal space;

– and Xenakis, encouraged by Messiaen, developed formalized music based on ancient Greek music theory and modern mathematics (also in connection with architectural projects, which he realized first as a collaborator of Le Corbusier and later on his own).

The first work with which Xenakis’s new musical design ideas became internationally known was the orchestral piece Metastaseis, premiered at the Donaueschingen Music Festival in 1955. In this composition, Xenakis defines the zero point of musical construction differently than Boulez and Stockhausen had done before him: all the stringed instruments start on the same note, and then extended glissandi begin, in which each individual string player finds their own path of ascent or descent in tonal space according to strict specifications that the composer has put down on graph paper (like an architect), and which he later rewrote as a score in traditional notation, for practical reasons of performance.

Iannis Xenakis, Metastaseis, 1953-1954, Grafic design: Rudolf Frisius, based on a model by the composer.

In Structures Ia and Kreuzspiel, the punctual music of Boulez and Stockhausen starts from individual tone points (and in Stockhausen’s case also noise points), the basic provisions of which are predetermined according to strict construction schemes—according to rules that in many details are easier to read in the score than to hear directly. In Xenakis’s orchestral piece, however, the diverging glissandi sounds of the string instruments are clearly identifiable from the outset as a directed process. This is also apparent in the composer’s sketch, but not in the orchestral score prepared by Xenakis based on the information contained in the graphic: this is written in traditional notation and contains precise instructions for all players, and is therefore more difficult to read. In a concert introduction to his piece, Xenakis provided a neat explanation of the difference between the two scores: the graphic notation is easy to read, but not easy to play; the traditional notation is easy to play, but not easy to read.

In this orchestral piece, Xenakis clearly demonstrated that even music for traditional orchestral instruments that starts from one note (the lowest note of the violins) can be meaningful and novel.

At the time when he composed the orchestral piece Metastaseis, Xenakis did not have access to a studio with equipment that would have enabled him to realize and compose technically produced sounds. This only became possible for him in the years that followed: he composed a music tape with metamorphosed sounds of an earthquake (Diamorphoses, 1957), and he made concrete entrance music for the Philips Pavilion (designed by Xenakis) at Expo 58, the World’s Fair in Brussels (Concret PH, 1958).

It is characteristic of the music and musical thinking of Iannis Xenakis that in various pieces composed since the nineteen-fifties, the zero or starting points of the musical construction are set quite differently, yet each approach is plausibly continued in its own way. In this context, the focus on the opening note as the initial stage can go so far as to repeat that note throughout the piece, as Xenakis did in a composition for boys’ choir and orchestra in which the singers recite the entire text on one note (Polla ta dina, 1958).

Another example: after the turning point of 1968, Xenakis wrote popular percussion music whose progressions are easily comprehended by the listener, and oscillate in ever-changing patterns between periodicity and aperiodicity—for example, in Persephassa (1969), for six percussionists, or in the solo piece Psappha, of 1975.

While Xenakis’s musical constructions, which start from the zero point, often proceed from mathematical structures (for example, from the sieve theory, as the basis for structuring rhythms or tonal scales), other approaches, proceeding more strongly from inner musical developmental thinking, are found in many variants, especially in the work of Karlheinz Stockhausen.

Since the early nineteen-fifties, Stockhausen had been interested in composing technologically generated music, because at that time he believed that his rigorous structural ideas could only be realized with technologically produced sounds.

His first tape production, the concrete Étude, realized in Paris in 1952, did not meet with the approval of the Paris studio director Pierre Schaeffer. Étude remained unperformed for a long time and decades later was still only occasionally played in concert performances; however, in the end it was also included in the edition of Stockhausen’s complete works on CD. The strange career of this short piece can probably be explained by the fact that Schaeffer was neither aesthetically nor technologically sympathetic to music that in strict systematization derived from a single source set as a zero point. It was only in Cologne that Stockhausen got the opportunity to create music that consistently started from the zero point of single synthetic basic materials: sine tones. Stockhausen created such monochromatic zero-point music in 1953 with his first electronic work, to which he later gave the title Studie I.

Karlheinz Stockhausen, Studie I, 1953, Autograph score

Monochromatic music, as realized by Stockhausen in his electronic Studie I, might invite comparison with the monochromatic paintings that were also created in the nineteen-fifties—for example, paintings by Yves Klein (whose works Stockhausen was acquainted with, but from whose personal, stylistically profiled monochromaticity he wanted to distance himself, through the extremely different conceptions of his various works). Such comparisons, however, cannot hide the fact that monochrome musical pieces and paintings can appear quite different, both in the way they are made and in the final results. In the case of music, this is particularly evident in the example of Stockhausen’s Studie I. This piece is monochrome, but not in a way that corresponds exactly to a monochrome painting (in which a single color in various shades and nuances primarily shapes the overall impression); rather, it is monochrome in its compositional structure.

Six decades later, in a contribution from the younger generation, a composition was created that is also formed from the simplest elementary sounds, from sine tones: the 2019 audiovisual Sinusstudie by Chinese composer Jia Liu (b. 1990). However, in Jia Liu’s work, unlike Stockhausen’s, the sine tones appear at the smallest intervals, from which, when superimposed, the most subtle tonal animations result through the interferences. In this piece, all the sine tones are in constant motion—united at the same pitch at the beginning and at the end, but in the larger context in manifold animations: with dynamic fluctuations at the beginning of the piece and with dynamically animated tones spreading throughout the tonal space; and at the end of the piece with a return to the initial stage, to the dynamically animated tone. Here, similarly to another composition written in 2020 by the same artist, with the title Ringstudie II/b, tones no longer appear in predominantly static yet constantly changing constellations of fixed tones, but in dense strata of gliding tones; in Sinusstudie the audience can follow the constantly changing tonal movements on the screen, and in Ringstudie II/b they can be followed on the computer screen as clearly contoured processes of waxing and waning.

Jia Liu, Sinsstudie, 2019, design: Jia Liu
Jia Liu, Ringstudie II/b, 2020, design: Jia Liu

Musical cells of wide-ranging movements of sound (which can be described as continuously moving models in contrast to the ever-changing sound constellations of “fixed” tones in Stockhausen’s electronic Studie I) have existed in radical new music since the early nineteen-fifties. The first example is found at the beginning of one of the most scandalous pieces of post-1945 music: Le Voile d’Orphée (The Veil of Orpheus). A major work written by Pierre Henry in 1953, it is the final movement of a joint composition with Pierre Schaeffer that was premiered at the 1953 Donaueschingen Music Festival, where it caused a spectacular scandal. On the one hand, it took aim at echoes of traditional opera music (favored by Schaeffer), and, on the other hand, it was also directed against the wild, entirely novel streams of sound in Henry’s closing music, which the composer made extremely loud (to drown out the noise being made by the audience), whereupon most of the audience fled from the hall.

The gliding sounds and sound trajectories of this music emerged as a consequence of music that had started from a completely different zero point than Stockhausen’s early electronic work: namely, as music of a completely new kind of continuity, the kind of music that could only be achieved with new sounds, which could only be produced in a studio, and not with human voices and traditional instruments alone.

In 1955, two years after the premiere scandal provoked by Schaeffer and Henry, another composition, albeit less controversial, caused a sensation in Donaueschingen: Metastaseis (1953–54) by Iannis Xenakis. A piece of music for a large orchestra, it begins with all the strings playing dense glissandi. All strings begin with the same note, the lowest note of the violins, and from that note each violinist plays a glissando (glide) of their own—the higher strings upwards, the lower strings downwards. After a time, all the strings stop playing at the same time, each on a different note, so that many notes are densely layered in the wide tonal space. After a time, all the strings’ sustaining notes suddenly turn into tremolo notes, which begin extremely loudly and then fade away in diminuendo until a triangle is struck, interrupting the stream of sound and creating a first major caesura.

This widely expanding opening (rhythmically enlivened by a few percussive accents played on the woodblock) is followed later, at the end of the piece, by a development in the opposite direction: the notes of a dense chord played by the strings fill the wide tonal space and move toward each other in opposite directions, before they finally meet on a common final note (which is somewhat higher than the opening note), with these rising and falling tremolos concluding the piece.

The movements in tonal space here invented by Xenakis are a first plastic model of his musical thinking, which proceeds from characteristic structural models that can change alternately in different works or groups of works. In the early orchestral piece Metastaseis, such structural models are found primarily at the beginning and end of the work, while there are also tonal structures inside that are more closely related to modernized twelve-tone music than to mathematical structural models.

In Xenakis’s later works and groups of works, often based on other mathematical structures, there are striking instances of the structuring of other aspects as well, for example, of rhythms (in percussion pieces such as the sextet Persephassa, 1969, and the solo piece Psappha, 1975), or of tone sets or scales (in the piano pieces Herma, 1960/61, and Mists, 1981). In these and other works, the listener can also perceive certain acts of structuring as artistic reactions to turning points in time, as, for example, in the glissando and noise structures of the orchestral piece Metastaseis; in the radio play Pour la paix, of 1981 (to a text by Françoise Xenakis, a writer and former resistance fighter), where they relate to visual or sonic experiences during World War II (Xenakis was active in demonstrations and in the resistance); or in Nuits (1967), a commemorative piece for political prisoners. In these and other works, models can be found of a rigorously structured, politically committed music, which invites comparison with the aspects of a political stance in the work of the ZERO artists (for example, their active resistance against the slogan “No experiments,” with which the conservative CDU/CSU parties waged their campaign for the general election to the German Bundestag in 1957, later on winning an absolute majority), or in the work of other pioneers of new music, such as Luigi Nono (1924–1990), whose strict serial music in Il Canto Sospeso (1956) presented and processed quotations from the final letters received from political prisoners.

We also find examples of strict structural innovations that are comparable in terms of music but different in terms of musical policy positions, or in which musical and political radicalism present themselves in tensions that are sometimes difficult to resolve—as, for example, in the politically committed music of Luigi Nono since the early nineteen-fifties and its transformations in his late work; since nineteen-sixties the politically determined turn away from the avant-garde in the work of Cornelius Cardew (1936–1981), who in the changed from being a former collaborator of Stockhausen’s into his opponent in the field of music; or the beginnings of a politically critical reorientation of the radio play in the work of Mauricio Kagel (1931–2008); or the beginnings of politically committed piano music in Frederic Rzewski’s (1938–2021) work; or the beginnings of a confrontation between strictly structured minimal music and speech texts critiquing contemporary times in the work of Steve Reich (b. 1936).

These and other examples indicate that many aspects found in music and in other areas of cultural life (for example, in the visual arts and in architecture, as well as in the combination of different fields in modern radio drama) that can be subsumed under the keyword “zero” can still provide many incentives for specialized or interdisciplinary research and discussion today. How important, in this context, the tension between primarily political and primarily art-immanent questions might become, and how this might be managed, would have to be clarified in further discussions and research within and outside of music and its interconnections with political and cultural life.

As an example of an important field of work in this context, here are some subject-specific and interdisciplinary aspects under the heading of movement:

In the context of music, one speaks of movement both in the narrower literal sense, and also in the figurative sense—for example, in the transition from one pitch to another, if the second pitch is close to the first, we speak of a step; otherwise, if it is farther away, we speak of a jump. Movement, not in the figurative sense but in the narrower sense, actually only occurs when one note slides over to another, in a glissando. Such a glissando, however, can be a problem for the traditional understanding of music.

In traditional notation, the glissando usually exists only as a simple line that leads from one notehead to another. In straightforward cases, such as the glissandi of the strings in the orchestral piece Metastaseis by Xenakis, this may suffice. However, it may be that more complicated tonal movements are prescribed, as, for example, in Xenakis’s composition for solo violin Mikka (1971), or in a central place in the composition Kontakte (1958–60) by Stockhausen. Here, a glissando appears in a central position, beginning in the middle register and leading downward from there in a curving movement. After the glissando has moved downward in this manner for a long time, it transforms. Similar to the gliding sound of a slowing motorcycle, the coherent gliding sound begins to disintegrate—it gradually dissolves into gliding pulses that become slower and slower over the course of the continuing movement before finally coming to rest. These pulses turn into staccato repetitions of the same note, which then—announced by a short signal with some downward staccato pulse notes—lead to a lower note, which is also repeated in staccato, and on which the two soloists (accompanying the electronic music) then also begin. This is clearly a representation of a purely intra-musical process: the transformation of the melodic (downward) movement of a gliding sound (glissando) into slowing tone repetitions and then finally into a long, sustained electronic tone.

Karlheinz Stockhausen, Kontakte, 1958–60, above min. 17:05 to after 18:45, autograph score, two curves below added by Jia Liu

In this connection, Stockhausen speaks of the “unity of musical time.” By this he means that sonic processes can change a lot when they are significantly accelerated (like the many electronic sounds that Stockhausen uses in his piece in rapid motion, as it were), or when they are severely slowed down (like the gliding sound that begins the central section of the piece just described, which reveals in slow motion the origins of the sounds used, most of which are highly transposed and accelerated).

In this composition and at this point, then, it is primarily a matter of purely intra-musical processes, which the composer also described in detail in a published commentary. Stockhausen did not publicly mention other meanings and contexts at the time the piece was composed—for example, the assignment of electronic sounds to a heavenly sphere and instrumental sounds to an earthly sphere. This might suggest an interpretation of the concluding part of the composition, with its dominant electronic sounds and sparse accompaniment of instrumental sounds.

Jean-Dlaude Risset, Little Boy, 1968, design: Helin Korkmaz

Quite different from Stockhausen’s Kontakte is the problem of interpreting a computer music composition by Jean-Claude Risset, written some years later. In this piece, there are “infinite glissandi,” which might give listeners the impression of a never-ending plunge. The title of this piece might also indicate that these sounds may be heard outside of music, as the composer designated it a computer suite for the stage play Little Boy,about the first atomic bomb to be used in war, dropped on Hiroshima on August 6, 1945. The problem of moving on after reaching the zero point is articulated here both within the music and in the overarching context of a historical turning point in time.

The mushroom cloud over Hiroshima after the detonation of Little Boy on August 6, 1945, photo: George R. Caron

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Nature

N Nature

Of Seagulls and Other Nature: The Joint ZERO Presentation by Hans Haacke, Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker

Romina Dümler

This article takes the project proposals by Günther Uecker, Heinz Mack, Otto Piene and Hans Haacke for the unrealized Zero op Zee project as a starting point to explore the four artists’ understanding of nature in the 1950s and 1960s. The first comprehensive look at the “ZERO presentation” for sea and land around the Scheveningen pier, jointly envisioned in 1965, shows how influential this remained for all four artists in later years.
ZERO op zee, 1966: Coast, Sea, Airspace, and Art

It is a great stroke of luck that so much material has survived from the ZERO op zee (ZERO on Sea) project, planned for 1966 but ultimately never realized.[i]

Newspaper articles[ii] advertising the project, which was initiated by the Dutch Internationale Galerij Orez (International Gallery Orez) as early as 1965, demonstrate just how serious the efforts were to use the Scheveningen pier and the surrounding coastline, sea, and airspace for an exhibition of contemporary art.

The large number of very concrete project sketches[iii] by the twenty-nine international ZERO artists[iv] who were invited illustrate how differently they handled the natural features of the envisaged exhibition location. While some scaled existing works to the local conditions, others created new works that made productive use of the natural forces at work in the unusual setting. They conceived works that remained closely connected to their previous ZERO art, but which at the same time reflected on the connection between art and nature. In particular, in addition to the designs by the Japanese artists, who were connected to the Gutai group, these included all the works by Hans Haacke (b. 1936), Heinz Mack (b. 1931), Otto Piene (1928–2014), and Günther Uecker (b. 1930). Like all the others, these four artists submitted individual designs, but there is one written project sketch in particular that stands out, which they submitted jointly.[v] Both the equal contribution list of their names at the top of the letter to Galerij Orez and the description of the proposal as “unsere ZERO=Praesentation” (“our ZERO presentation”)[vi] make it clear that the project by Haacke, Mack, Piene, and Uecker was an extraordinary collaboration.

How did this unique collaboration come about? And what was the connection between the Düsseldorf ZERO group and Hans Haacke, who today is primarily known as a Conceptual artist with a political dimension to his work?

[i] See the following primary texts on ZERO op zee: Caroline de Westenholz, “ZERO on Sea,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds., The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967 (Ghent, 2015), pp. 371–95; Ulrike Schmitt, Der Doppelaspekt von Materialität und Immaterialität in den Werken der ZERO-Künstler 1957–67, Ph.D. diss. (University of Cologne, 2013), pp. 163–70; Anette Kuhn, ZERO: Eine Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre (Frankfurt am Main and Berlin, 1991), pp. 85–86.

[ii] See, for example, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.1.II.237; mkp.ZERO.1.II.238.

[iii] Today they are held in the Municipal Archives of The Hague.

[iv] Armando, Bernard Aubertin, Hans Bischoffshausen, Stanley Brouwn, Gianni Colombo, Lucio Fontana, Hans Haacke, Jan Henderikse, Norio Imai, Kumiko Imanaka, Yves Klein, Yayoi Kusama, Heinz Mack, Tsuyoshi Maekawa, Christian Megert, Sadamasa Motonaga, Schuki Mukai, Saburo Murakami, Henk Peeters, Otto Piene, George Rickey, Werner Ruhnau, Shozo Shimamoto, Hans Sleutelaar, Ferdinand Spindel, Günther Uecker, Nanda Vigo, Toshio Yoshida, and Michio Yoshihara.

[v] Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, and Hans Haacke to the Internationale Galerie Orez, copy from Otto Piene to Heinz Mack, New York, August 23, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, mkp.ZERO.1.I.653.

[vi] Ibid.

Letter from Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, and Hans Haacke to the International Galerij Orez, The Hague, copy from Otto Piene to Heinz Mack, New York, August 23, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.653_1
Letter from Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, and Hans Haacke to the International Galerij Orez, The Hague, copy from Otto Piene to Heinz Mack, New York, August 23, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.653_2
Letter from Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, and Hans Haacke to the International Galerij Orez, The Hague, copy from Otto Piene to Heinz Mack, New York, August 23, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.653_3
Hans Haacke and the Düsseldorf ZERO Group

Unlike Mack, Piene, and Uecker, Hans Haacke did not live in Düsseldorf in the late nineteen-fifties. Born in Cologne, he studied in Kassel, and he says he saw ZERO works for the first time in 1959 and was impressed by the novelty of this art, especially the use of light and shadow.[i] It was probably at the end of 1959 that Haacke contacted Piene for the first time, as evidenced by Haacke’s subsequent letter.[ii] His interest in the magazine ZERO was responded to positively[iii] by Piene just three days later, and Haacke’s request to visit him—“If I’m ever in the Düsseldorf area, I’d like to come and visit you, if that’s all right with you”[iv]—must also have met with a sympathetic response. This initial contact led to a lively correspondence from 1961 to 1965; letters between Haacke and Mack have also been preserved.

The art scene in the USA is an important topic in their letters. Haacke had already got to know the USA in 1961, when he went there as a scholarship holder; afterwards, he had moved back temporarily to a studio in Cologne in 1963, before emigrating to the United States permanently in 1965. From the mid-nineteen-sixties at the latest, exhibitions and extended or long-term work stays took the artists of the Düsseldorf ZERO group abroad. And so Haacke and Piene exchanged ideas about the shared basis of their approach to art (“To my knowledge, ZERO has not yet reached New York”;[v] “I have found a few people who sympathize with our ideas—even before I met them”[vi]), reported on exhibitions that their colleagues had been unable to attend in person,[vii] and arranged contacts and exhibition opportunities for each other.[viii]

That Haacke’s artistic interests were closely linked to those of the ZERO artists is apparent from his early works. Ce n’est pas la Voie lactée (This Is Not the Milky Way), of 1960, for example, is executed in a canvas-filling, vibrating, all-over painting style that chimes with ZERO’s partiality for “grid structures, new materials, new techniques, and the fundamental renunciation of handwriting.”[ix] Les Couloirs de Marienbad(The Corridors of Marienbad), of 1962, is an acrylic glass panel with a regular pattern of nubs that is duplicated by a mirror underneath. The artist’s obvious interest in light and shadow, reflection and dynamics, which are largely dependent on the movements of the viewer, is also in line with the artistic objectives of ZERO.

There are striking formal parallels in the works of Haacke and Mack, for example, in the Silberreliefs (Silver Reliefs).[x] In 1965, Haacke also noticed that there were similarities in their plexiglass works, so he contacted Mack in order to counteract in advance any suspicions that the one had copied something from the other.[xi] The Condensation Cubes created by Haacke in 1963 are rectangular plexiglass containers in various formats, which contain water; this gives rise to a never-ending cycle of evaporation and condensation. The fine veil of droplets that condenses on the boxes’ transparent surfaces gives the simple and rather cool character of the work a poetic structure.

And at first glance, Mack’s Licht, Regen, Schatten (Light, Rain, Shadow)[xii] is very similar. However, Mack’s acrylic glass cube has an electric heating plate underneath, which constitutes a significant difference because the heat drives the condensation process constantly and evenly. By contrast, Haacke’s “water boxes” are subject to natural accelerations and decelerations of this process, due to external fluctuations in the environment, such as room temperature, number of people in the room, and so on. Last but not least, the silver base of Mack’s cube clearly places it within the cosmos of his oeuvre.

The fact that Haacke exhibited together with the ZERO artists on ten occasions between 1962 and 1965, and thus participated in important group shows, such as Nul (1962) at the Stedilijk Museum, Amsterdam, or in 1963 at the Halfmannshof, Gelsenkirchen, firmly locates him within the active ZERO network at this time.[xiii] How the collaboration between the four artists for the ZERO op zee project actually came about, however, cannot be verified precisely today.

What is certain is that together they proposed seventeen numbered projects and that these cannot be definitively assigned to any individual artist’s oeuvre. The ideas range from the spectacular (such as no. 9, “Revue with ZERO cabaret acts”; no. 10, a sort of “guard” in costume—a traditional feature of German carnival; and no. 12, “Fireworks”) to participatory actions (no. 4, “ZERO messages-in-bottles,” and no. 5, “Kaleidoscopes”). These are complemented by ideas for projects that play out on the sea (for example, no. 7, “Silver skin on the sea”; no. 13, “Fountains in the sea,” using circulation pumps; and no. 3, “Buoys”) and in the air (no. 14, “Smoke sculptures”; and no. 2, “A black cloud of steam”); these would have been clearly visible from the coast. Movement, driven by different aggregate states of water and air, as well as the energy of waves and wind, were actively incorporated into these proposals.

A further approach, which would even have combined different types of movement—the movement of waves, boats, and, most importantly, the movement of living creatures, namely seagulls—is set out in the draft for project no. 6, “Seagull Island (Möweninsel).” According to the original plan, the project would have been realized as follows:

[i] Jürgen Wilhelm, ed., Piene im Gespräch (Munich, 2015), p. 45.

[ii] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, Kassel, May 20, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO. 2.I.1067_1.

[iii] Otto Piene to Hans Haacke, Düsseldorf, May 23, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO. 2.I.1067_2.

[iv] Haacke to Piene, May 20, 1960 (see note 8).

[v] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, Philadelphia, November 25, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1343_1.

[vi] Hans Haacke to Otto Piene, Philadelphia, September 8, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1344.

[vii] Haacke told Mack about an exhibition in San Francisco. See Hans Haacke to Heinz Mack, Seattle, April 10, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.530_1.

[viii] Hans Haacke to Heinz Mack, Cologne, May 24, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.529.

[ix] Gabriele Hoffmann, Hans Haacke: Art into Society—Society into Art (Weimar, 2011), p. 11.

[x] Compare Hans Haacke, A7-61 (1961) and D6-61 (1961), with (besides many others) Heinz Mack, Silberregen (1959), in Dieter Honisch, Mack: Skulpturen 1953–1986 (Düsseldorf, 1986), work 511, p. 158. See also Luke Skrebowski, “Jack Burnham, ZERO, and Art from Field to System,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Barbara Könches, eds., Between the Viewer and the Work: Encounters in Space(Heidelberg, 2019), pp. 65, 67, https://books.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/arthistoricum/catalog/book/541 (accessed November 27, 2023). Skrebowski positions Haacke’s A7-61 (1961) next to Mack’s Lamellae-Relief (1959–60).

[xi] Hans Haacke to Heinz Mack, Cologne, July 20, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.529.

[xii] This work is dated 1962. See Honisch 1986 (see note 16), work 182, p. 158.

[xiii] The exhibition Group Zero, organized by Otto Piene at the Institute of Contemporary Art, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, in 1964, is an important example, because it resulted in further invitations to participate in US exhibitions for Haacke and others. See https://icaphila.org/exhibitions/group-zero/ (accessed November 24, 2023).

“A large bird table for gulls will be anchored to a boat. The gulls will gather and form a ‘flying sculpture’ that changes its position as the boat moves.”

Echoes of this idea are found in the individual biographies of Haacke’s works more frequently than any other.

Hans Haacke—“One would need to find out what seagulls like to eat best.”[i]

[i] “One would have to find out what seagulls like to eat best. A small boat filled with their favorite food would be anchored on the open sea and attract the seagulls. The result would be a constantly changing, flying sculpture.” This is how Haacke describes “his” proposal for a seagull sculpture in a letter from New York to Internationale Galerie Orez, dated February 28, 1966. Today the letter is held in the Municipal Archives of The Hague.

Two years later, in 1968, on the basis of his reflections connected with ZERO op zee, Haacke created Lebendes Flugsystem / Living Airborne System,[i] which is significant for his oeuvre as it is the first of several works featuring animals:

[i] Hans Haacke also realized the idea for “Messages-in-bottles,” project number four of the joint ZERO presentation, for the Places and Processes exhibition curated by Willoughby Sharp in Edmonton, Canada, in 1969. Haacke had numerous messages in bottles thrown into the North Saskatchewan River, with a request for feedback if they were found. For more details on this project see Willoughby Sharp, “Place and Process,” Artforum 8, no. 3 (November 1969), https://www.artforum.com/features/place-and-process-210698/ (accessed November 24, 2023).

“And this is a primitive, but therefore probably much better realization of a proposal I once made in 1965 for a planned ZERO on Sea festival in Holland.… Sometime later, I drove out to Coney Island in New York one cold November and threw bread into the water. The seagulls of the entire neighborhood arrived. This photograph is a record of it.”[i]

[i] Wulf Herzogenrath, ed., Selbstdarstellung: Künstler über sich (Düsseldorf, 1973), p. 66.

 

[ii] Wulf Herzogenrath (Hrsg.), Selbstdarstellung. Künstler über sich, Düsseldorf 1973, S. 66.

 

Hans Haacke, Lebendes Flugsystem / Live Airborne System, November 30, 1968, Coney Island, New York, courtesy Hans Haacke, photo: Hans Haacke

Otto Piene: “A bird which has no material to perform (a) nest may perform the movement of nest building in the air.”[i]

[i] Found in a notebook of György Kepes’s, after the ornithologist Konrad Lorenz, quoted in John R. Blakinger, Gyorgy Kepes: Undreaming the Bauhaus (Cambridge, MA, 2019), p. 407. Blakinger places this quote in the context of the utopian projects of the CAVS researchers, which were often of such huge dimensions that they could not be realized. Nevertheless, he regards such utopian approaches as having been realized in the immaterial light works “in the air,” like those by Piene.

Otto Piene was also still thinking about seagulls after 1966. In 1968, he planned The Birds Sculpture as part of the Boston Harbor Project, his fourteen-part project sketch[i] for which is preserved in the archive of the ZERO foundation.[ii] It is very similar to ZERO op zee project idea no. 6:

[i] Archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.171.

[ii] For the context of the Boston Harbor Project—which, like ZERO op zee, was never realized—see the detailed studies in Blakinger 2019 (see note 27), pp. 365, 381. At the time, Boston Harbor was severely polluted; this attracted nationwide attention and led to discussions about environmental policy. The US Clean Water Act of 1972 was a consequence of this. Today, the Boston Harbor Projectrefers to a large-scale environmental project (1985–2001), which cleaned up the severe environmental pollution in the harbor that had been the subject of much debate since the nineteen-seventies.

“A floating island that attracts millions of seagulls. The constant motion of flying gulls forms a virtual volume that changes constantly.”

Piene’s proposals for Boston Harbor are closely linked to his work at CAVS—the Center for Advanced Visual Studies—and above all with its founding director György Kepes. With this institute at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Kepes established an unprecedented combination of art and technology. Piene, who “during the ZERO era had already developed within this movement his concept of a symbiosis of nature—art—technology,”[i] fitted perfectly into this concept and, after many years of correspondence,[ii]Kepes finally managed to get Piene to come to CAVS as a fellow of the first generation, starting in 1968. For Kepes, close collaboration between artists and scientists was of primary importance. The 200th anniversary of the Siege of Boston in 1776 served as an opportunity to initiate far-reaching interdisciplinary collaboration.[iii] In this spirit, Piene’s project proposals for the Boston Harbor Project would have achieved their spectacular effects through enormous specialist know-how alone, as point no. 12 illustrates: “Nightly Display of Artificial Clouds.… I don’t know how to do it but I want to do it. Let’s ask the scientists.”

What all of Piene’s ideas have in common is that they are characterized by light and air; only the The Birds Sculpture quoted at the beginning stands out, because it would not have required any technological components. What does this say about Piene’s conception of nature, that the swarm sculpture nevertheless remained part of his vision?

A closer look at Piene’s oeuvre reveals that the ostensible opposition of belief in technology and in nature’s material actually constitutes his art. Both in the ZERO years up to 1966 and afterwards, two opposing directions are always apparent, which the artist seeks to reconcile.

Piene states:

[i] Anette Kuhn, “Otto Piene,” in Künstler: Kritisches Lexikon der Gegenwartskunst (Munich, 1991), p. 3.

[ii] See György Kepes to Otto Piene, Massachusetts, November 23, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2815; Otto Piene to György Kepes, New York, January 28, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2817; György Kepes to Otto Piene, Massachusetts, February 1, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2814; György Kepes to Otto Piene, Massachusetts, March 11, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2819.

[iii] In Piene’s words: “Communal projects (such as Kepes’s starter project: ‘The Boston Harbor Project’—meant to be ‘Bicentennial’—a Denkmodell [thought model]) brought the individuals together in (sometimes ‘heated’) discussion.” See Otto Piene, “In Memoriam: György Kepes, 1906–2002,” Leonardo Electronic Almanac, August 4, 2011, https://www.leoalmanac.org/in-memoriam-gyorgy-kepes-1906-2002-by-otto-piene/ (accessed November 2, 2023).

“In the meantime, there are people who take organic forces directly from nature and don’t merely let them work on a canvas.… However, the artist does not have to become a potato grower to take nature seriously and to study its driving forces in earnest. Perhaps it is enough for him to observe the forces of nature and depict them in his own way.”[i]

[i] Herzogenrath 1973 (see note 22), p. 136.

However, his fire paintings (from the late nineteen-fifties onwards) demonstrate that the natural element of fire is not just represented, but is also an active “material” that coproduces the works. On the one hand, Piene is influenced by Yves Klein’s work and his view that nature is a medium conveying spirituality,[i] and on the other, in his use of fire, he hands over a certain artistic agency to the material—the power to act. Then, ultimately, he ties his works back to representational depictions through their titles, as exemplified by those that touch upon the world of plants.[ii]

Later, in his Sky Art, the symbolic forms of natural phenomena coalesce with Piene’s interest in their scientific foundations, and they are technically realized as inflatable sculptures, which results in poetic works such as his Regenbogen (Rainbow) inflatable, of 1972.[iii]

Although the Boston Harbor Project—like ZERO op zee before it—did not become a reality, a visual realization does actually exist. In the Sky Art portfolio (1969), a collection of twenty-five lithographs,[iv] Piene printed the texts of his project suggestions and illustrated them on the bottom half of sheet no. XX. With fine white strokes, he sketches a huge flame, an enormous beam of light, a vapor cloud of seawater, a tall mast on which sails flutter in the wind, as well as an artificial rainbow against a black background. The Birds Sculpture can be seen in the lower left-hand quarter of the sheet, depicted as a rather roundish swarm consisting of detached curves and hooks. These stylized seagulls form a loose yet coherent volume—albeit a fast-moving and fleeting one.

[i] See the unpublished MA thesis in the library of the ZERO foundation by Florence Macagno, ZERO entre Nature et Technologie (Université Paris IV La Sorbonne, 2011), p. 85.

[ii] One example among many is Otto Piene, Green Fire Flower I (1967), 48 x 68 cm. Piene also often refers to his circular, central fire marks on canvas as “eyes.”

[iii] See Barbara Könches, “On Rainbow by Otto Piene: A Sign of Hope in Orange, Yellow, Green, Indigo, and Violet,” in Anton Biebl and Elisabeth Hartung, eds., Art and Society 1972–2022–2072 (Berlin, 2023), pp. 138–49.

[iv] Otto Piene, Sky Art (1969), collection of the ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, donated by Otto Piene and Elizabeth Goldring, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2014.15. According to Ante Glibota, Sky Art is “the natural consequence of Piene‘s invention of this art genre and his intensive exploration of its characteristics and possibilities. The portfolio is thus divided into three parts: items that familiarize us with … Sky Art; illustrations and interpretations of already realized aerial projects; and finally those that refer to potential or future events with plans and projects.” For further information see Ante Glibota, Otto Piene (Paris, 2011), pp. 617, 628. See also Blakinger 2019 (see note 27), pp. 346, 350.

Otto Piene, project sketch The Boston Harbor Project, 1968, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.IV.171
Otto Piene, project sketch The Boston Harbor Project, 1968, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.IV.171_2
Otto Piene, project sketch The Boston Harbor Project, 1968, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.IV.171_3
Otto Piene, Sky Art, 1969, portfolio with a total of 25 lithographs on paper, sheet XX, 88.9 x 63.5 cm, collection of the ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2014.15

Günther Uecker: “Seagull feeding grounds at sea …, what do you think …???”[i]

[i] Letter from Günther Uecker to Heinz Mack, 1965, in Wieland Schmied, Günther Uecker (St. Gallen, 1972), pp. 40–41.

Günther Uecker certainly did not encounter the natural phenomenon of a flock of seagulls for the first time in connection with ZERO op zee; he grew up on the Wustrow peninsula in the Baltic Sea.[i] In 1970, seagulls were the subject of two of his filmic works.[ii]

In Möweninsel (Seagull Island),[iii] the camera focuses on a hill on which a large colony of seagulls are nesting. The distant birds look like the heads of nails that have been hammered irregularly into a plate. In Schwebend schweben (Hover Hovering)[iv] we see a flock of seagulls on the wing. The typical hook shape of the beating wings stands out against the bright, monochrome sky.

The films look rather like sketches, and the additions “in motion” (in Bewegung) or “static” (statisch) to their titles indicate that the two films are conceived as contrasting each other. The subtitle of Möweninsel (Seagull Island) also makes it clear that its original idea derives from ZERO op zee. Both these films are in the context of several short films made the same year, which use a strong black-and-white contrast to explore everyday phenomena experimentally with the camera, such as a repeatedly slamming door (Lichtspalt [Chink of Light]. Banging Door) or a view of the landscape (Hochmoor [Upland Moor]). According to Sigrid Wollmeiner, the productive peak of Uecker’s cinematic work in 1970 coincided with his engagement with nature.[v] In her understanding, the films are “actions in and with nature in the figurative sense.… Nature takes the lead role within the framework set by the artist and presents itself.”[vi] The films can therefore be assigned to the category of “accentuation of sections of nature”—one of three focuses that Wollmeiner has educed for Uecker’s nature-related works.[vii] Besides Uecker’s films, his collaboration with Jef Verheyen on the Vlaamse Landschappen (Flemish Landscapes) project in 1967 is a good example of this. The installation of white frames, taller than a human, in the landscape around the small Belgian town of Mullem can be interpreted as a commentary on the aesthetic category of “landscape,” which only ever exists as a subjectively realized excerpt of the perception of nature.

Central to Uecker’s relationship to nature after his ZERO years is the fact that he worked predominantly on artistic actions, both in the museum and outdoors. These action-based works are accompanied by media communicating them: film, photography, and texts (the Uecker Zeitung newspaper).

Repeatedly and demonstratively, Günther Uecker situates his own person (and thus, by extension, humans and their subjective perception) at the center of his relationship with nature. His works reflect humankind’s actions on and with nature, and can be seen as establishing contact, which derives from the ZERO idea of bringing the relationship between humankind and nature back into harmony.[viii] In Uecker’s understanding, humanity is not in opposition to nature, but does not coexist smoothly with it either. As Xiao Xiao has recently pointed out, as well as Sigrid Wollmeiner, Uecker’s warning about the destruction of nature is a very important subject for him.[ix]

With regard to his action Nagelfeldzug (Nail Campaign), of 1969, in which the camera accompanies the artist as he nails up an area or objects in urban spaces, Uecker sees the nails in this work as an “ambivalent sign of creating order, but also the aggressive and destructive intervention of humankind in nature.”[x]

Uecker’s art visualizes how humankind leaves its marks on the “earth,” exemplified in the simple action, captured on film, with the descriptive title Gehen über Schnee (Walking on Snow), of 1969.

In his Sandmühlen (Sand Mills)[xi], which he worked on from 1965, electronically driven apparatus incessantly plows through sand using strings, only to obliterate these traces again shortly afterwards. Here as elsewhere, the question of how to deal with interventions in nature in the future resonates in Uecker’s work.

Uecker and his colleagues were fascinated by light as an immaterial natural phenomenon during the ZERO period, and, afterwards, more and more concrete natural materials were added. Stones, string, wood (often in its “natural” state—that is, unworked wood like a tree trunk or branch), ashes, sand, and soil became and remained important natural materials for him, including for his sculptural and canvas-based works.

[i] See Dieter Honisch, Günther Uecker (Stuttgart, 1983), p. 8. The publication includes a photograph showing the view from his parents‘ house; readily noticeable are the seagulls sitting on the groynes.

[ii] The descriptions refer to prints taken from film stock. A comprehensive, well-founded analysis of Uecker‘s cinematic work is still pending.

[iii] See Honisch 1983 (see note 39): Günther Uecker, Möweninsel, 1970: Zero on Sea, 1965, Möwenskulptur statisch (1970). 16 mm film, black/white, 3 min.

[iv] See Honisch 1983 (see note 39): Günther Uecker, Schwebend schweben, 1970, Möwenskulptur in Bewegung (1970). 16 mm film, black/white, 3 min.

[v] Sigrid Wollmeiner, “Land-Art oder Natur-Kunst? Günther Ueckers Auseinandersetzung mit der Natur und ihrem Material,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., Günther Uecker: Die Aktionen (Petersberg, 2004), p. 129.

[vi] Ibid., p. 129.

[vii] As a further focus, she says that Uecker‘s nature-oriented works make the viewer aware of a “relationship that exploits and destroys nature,” in order ultimately “to surrender to nature” in and with his works. See ibid., p. 129. These cannot be clearly separated.

[viii] Otto Piene formulated this for ZERO as follows: “One of our most important intentions was to reharmonize the relationship between humans and nature—we see in nature possibilities and stimuli, the effects of the elements and their material form: sky, sea, the Arctic, deserts; air, light, water, fire as creative media; the artist is not a refugee from the ‘modern world,’ no, the artist uses new technical resources as well as the forces of nature.” Otto Piene, quoted in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), p. 244.

[ix] See Xiao Xiao, Philosophie und Künste Ostasiens im Werk von Günther Uecker (Weilerswist-Metternich, 2023), pp 101–3. Further, Xiao sees themes of “destruction” both as a pictorial violation, as it were, and as the endangering of people by other people.

[x] Günther Uecker, quoted in Wollmeiner 2004 (see note 43), p. 127.

[xi] For example, Günther Uecker, Sandmühle (1970/2009), collection of the ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, donated by Günther Uecker, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.69.

Filmstrip from: Günther Uecker, Möweninsel (Seagull Island), statisch (static), 1970, 16 mm film, black/white, 3 min., referring to: Zero on Sea, 1965
Filmstrip from: Günther Uecker, Schwebend schweben (Hover Hovering), in Bewegung (in motion), structural sequences, 1970, 16 mm film, black/white, 3 min

Heinz Mack: “They could also be abstract seagulls that have settled on the sea.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack to Henk Peeters, s.l., February 25, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO. 1.I. 1208.

Heinz Mack was the only one of the four artists involved in the joint ZERO presentation for the ZERO op zeeproject who did not take up the idea of a seagull sculpture in later years.

Nevertheless, the seabirds also occupied him outside of the collaboration. In a letter to Henk Peeters, who was close to the Internationale Galerij Orez in The Hague, he took seagulls as a comparative image for constellations of works featuring sailing ships or buoys, which were intended to be artificial yet at the same time reminiscent of natural phenomena.[i] He later created works that can be linked to other ideas of the “ZERO presentation.” For example, Feuer im Wasser (Fire in the Water) (no. 1) can be compared to his Feuerschiffe (Fire Boats), which first appeared in the film Tele-Mack, of 1969.

Furthermore, no. 16, Fire Fighting Boat (“At the exhibition opening, the boat, while moving, shoots up jets of water into the air”), is comparable to Mack’s Wasserwolke (Water Cloud) for the 1972 Olympic Games, an enormous fountain on the Olympic Park Lake in Munich. A vertical fountain of water, the Water Beam,[ii] was also envisaged for Piene’s Boston Harbor Project. Both artworks are related to garden and landscape design, in which fountains have been a design feature in connection with water systems for centuries.

Mack sees the four natural elements, above all fire and water, as characteristic of many ZERO artists—including for his own art. Further, Mack views electricity, light, movement, and transparency as belonging equally to the “universals of nature, quasi-basic phenomena of nature.”[iii] Mack sees the last three in particular as “decisive … media for my work, or to be more precise, their integration is my artistic problem.”[iv]

Several of these universals of nature come together in the fountain installations created by Mack, such as Segelbrunnen (Three Sails Fountain), of 1988, in Düsseldorf. The motion of the translucent water is optically multiplied by the three polished stainless steel sails, and the natural fluidity of the water is enhanced by technical propulsion—pumps.

Basically—as Mack has said himself—his aim is to bring together nature and technology. He sees himself as an artist in both areas, which exist in a dialectical relationship with each other and which he wants to make interchangeable.[v]

[i] Ibid. The full quotation reads: “I am also thinking of abstract sailing ships, not necessarily large, floating in a circle of spherical buoys. They could also be abstract seagulls that have settled on the sea. Everything should be very artificial. It gets really exciting when you shine a spotlight on it at night.”

[ii] “All the pressure one can get for the tallest water beam ever, shooting vertically.” Project sketch, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.171.

[iii] Unpublished text by Heinz Mack, available to the ZERO foundation, “Mein Verhältnis zur Natur: Ein Arbeitspapier von Heinz Mack” (“My Relationship to Nature: A Working Paper by Heinz Mack”), 2021, p. 1.

[iv] Herzogenrath 1973 (see note 22), p. 109.

[v] Ibid.

“To me the works that seem to succeed, that come off best, are those where a visual appearance has been created that cannot be assigned to either nature on the one hand or technology on the other, even though the works participate in both areas.”[i]

[i] Ibid, pp. 109–10.

The example of the fountain or water feature, which illustrates how Mack handles natural materials, also refers to the relationship between natural spaces and human-made spaces, which is just as fundamental to Heinz Mack’s art. A garden results from the interface between “natural” and “artificial” nature, and is often evoked as a new perceptual space in the titles of Mack’s works and exhibitions, or explored as such by art historians.[i]The roots of this debate already lie in Mack’s important text on his Sahara Project, which he published in ZERO 3 in 1961. There he describes his project as “the idea of an artificial ‘garden’ in the Sahara.”[ii] When he installed his artworks in the Tunisian desert in 1968, he actually took the step out of the interiors of institutions, which many artists were striving for but had not yet taken, and as he had also planned to do in the ZERO op zee project. The objective was to “achieve an unparalleled appearance” of his own works within this novel natural environment and to “find a new freedom for art.”[iii]

Mack’s subsequent projects in the desert and the Arctic, in which his utopian and romanticizing relationship to the natural environment returns, bring with them experiences that he then takes back into the museum in two-dimensional works, for example in his monochrome Sand Reliefs.

[i] See, for example, Karin Thomas, “Gartenkünstlerische Aspekte bei Heinz Mack,” in Wieland Schmied, ed., Utopie und Wirklichkeit(Cologne, 1998), pp. 271–75.

[ii] Heinz Mack, “Das Sahara-Projekt” (1961), in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), n.p.

[iii] Ibid.

The Joint ZERO op zee Presentation as a Catalyst for Individual Artworks

Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker had already organized the first open-air art events together as part of their two ZERO demonstrations in 1961 and 1962, which had regarded the natural environment as a constitutive element. In 1962, Mack, Piene, and Uecker designed installations that actively incorporated airspace and light in particular: balloons rising and brightly illuminated against the night sky; sails of fabric and aluminum fluttering in the wind; and reflecting Lichtfahnen (Light Flags). What is new at this point in the development of art is that increasingly the dynamic movements of the typical ZERO materials are derived from forces in nature. In 1966, the year in which the ZERO group finally disbanded, the ZERO op zee project marked a further augmentation of this openness toward nature.

The collaboration with Hans Haacke, who already from the beginning of the s was delving deeper and deeper into the biological and physical foundations of the natural materials he used, indicates that all the protagonists came together precisely because they saw paths for the future in intensifying their work with “nature.” A further illustration is the example of works that developed from the idea of a seagull sculpture, as traced above, albeit with different emphases: the question of the separability of nature and culture (Haacke); the integration of technical possibilities into the nature-culture relationship (Piene); the subjective perception of nature (Uecker); and the opening up of new spaces for perception within nature (Mack).

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

O=0

O O=0 (The Number Zero)

4,3,2,1—ZERO = Zero, Zero Point, Nothing

Anna-Lena Weise

The term “zero” has its origins in Arabic, where the word sifr, means “empty.” It was later adopted in Italian and eventually became common in French and English. Today’s German word Null derived from the Latin nullus(“none”), as a shortened form of the old Italian nulla figura, which translates to “here stands nothing” (no numeral).[i]


In mathematics, zero acts as the neutral element of addition. It is the only real number that is neither positive nor negative. Around 5,000 years ago, an unknown scribe scratched two slanted arrows into a clay tablet to distinguish between numbers such as 12 and 102, for example. Over the following three millennia, the arithmetical symbol developed out of this symbol for nought/naught. It is at once a placeholder, a gap filler, a digit, and a cipher, and looks confusingly similar to the uppercase letter “O”.[ii]


The “group” ZERO uses the zero in many different ways: as their name, on printed matter, in works of art, and in other ways besides.


[i] The German word null is used in the idiom null und nichtig (corresponding to the English legal phrase “null and void,” as in a contract), which means that something is invalid, without value, and is at the same time a duplication. Null is used in numerous other German idioms, as when “something starts at zero”—that is, from scratch—or someone is “technically a zero,” an insignificant person. Null thus often carries a negative connotation.

[ii] Uwe Springfeld, “Die Geschichte der Null,” in Spektrum der Wissenschaft, October 1, 2000, p. 106, https://www.spektrum.de/magazin/die-geschichte-der-null/826879 (accessed January 2, 2024).
Die Stunde Null—The Zero Hour

The name “ZERO” refers to the new beginning sought by ZERO founders Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014) after the Second World War had ended. As a metaphor, “die Stunde Null”—“the zero hour”—of 1945 marks the beginning of the postwar period in Germany. Eleanor Gibson writes:

“In the years immediately following the war, the term Stunde Nul [sic]—or “Zero hour”—was used to signify a desired or supposed break with Nazism, as well as with the defeat and destruction of the war. The term ‘zero’ also carried specific military associations: ‘air zero’ being the explosion point of a bomb above the ground and ‘ground zero,’ first used in 1946 by the United States Strategic Bombing Survey, indicating the ground point directly below an aerial nuclear explosion.”[i]

[i] Eleanor Gibson, The Media of Memory: History, Technology, and Collectivity in the Work of the German Zero Group 1957–1966,Ph.D. diss. (Yale University, 2009), p. 18. The ZERO artists certainly did not choose this name because of its connection with the atom bomb, but rather in connection with the end of the war and the new beginning they hoped for—although this new beginning, symbolized by the Stunde Null (“zero hour”), did not actually come about.

The German expression null Uhr (literally “zero o’clock”) is commonly used to refer to “midnight.” As a time, 00:00 is the start of a new day. Heinz Mack seems to have taken this formulation literally: two of his works represent veritable zero o’clocks. Mack learned how to dismantle and reassemble an alarm clock from his uncle, who was a watchmaker. The ZERO-Wecker (ZERO Alarm Clock), created around 1961, is colored on the inside, with its clockface removed to the edges of the dial so that the mechanism is visible. All the numbers on the clockface are replaced with zeros.[i] Mack turned his attention to a clock once more in the context of the ZERO Midnight Ball at the Rolandseck railway station (near Remagen and Bonn). The large ZERO train station clock[ii] was designed at the end of 1967, but realized later.[iii] The digits on this clock were also replaced with zeros. Both of Heinz Mack’s clocks thus strike the “zero hour,” symbolizing the start of a new era (for postwar art).

[i] Heinz Mack, ZERO-Wecker, ca. 1961, alarm clock and collage, 15 x 13 x 6 cm, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.12.

[ii] Heinz Mack, ZERO-Zeit 220 Volt, 1961/2008, metal, glass, electrical equipment, 210 x 62 x 62 cm, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.11.

[iii] Heinz and Ute Mack, eds., Mack: Leben und Werk. Ein Buch vom Künstler über den Künstler / Life and Work. A Book from the Artist about the Artist. 1931–2011 (Cologne, 2011), p. 160.

Heinz Mack, ZERO-Zeit 220 Volt, 1961/67/2008, 210 x 62 x 62 cm, metal, glass, electrics, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.11, photo: Melanie Stegemann
The Eye-Catching Zero

There are several posters by ZERO artists that utilize the number zero in a wide variety of forms. For instance, the poster for the exhibition Mack + Klein + Uecker + Lo Savio = 0 at Galleria La Salita in Rome, 1961,[i]incorporates the number in an unusual addition. The names of the artists in the exhibition are written vertically, with a plus sign between each letter and an equals sign at the end of each line, followed by the result: “0”. Additionally, the font design of the letter “O” and the numeral “0” are identical.

[i] Poster for the exhibition Mack + Klein + Piene + Uecker + Lo Savio = 0, Galleria La Salita, Rome, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.44.

Poster for the exhibition Mack + Klein + Piene + Uecker + Lo Savio = 0, Galleria La Salita, Rome, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.44

In the poster for the exhibition Nul at the Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam (1962), a black zero is prominently placed in the center, superimposed over images of the participating artists’ works.[i] It is what stands out and first catches the viewer’s eye.

[i] Poster for the exhibition Nul, Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.47_1.

Poster for the exhibition Nul, 1962, Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.47_1

A large zero composed of three colors—red,silver, and black—was used for the exhibition poster Mack, Piene, Uecker at the Kestner Gesellschaft, Hannover (1965)[i]. A red ellipse in the center is surrounded by a larger silver ellipse, and these are enclosed by a black circle. According to Wieland Schmied, the three colors represent Piene (red), Mack (silver), and Uecker (b. 1930) (black).[ii] The number zero represents ZERO as a whole, but also stands for “O”, the last letter of the group’s name. There is a duplication of the form, with an elliptical “0” and a circular “O”.

[i] Poster for the exhibition Mack, Piene, Uecker at the Kestner Gesellschaft, Hannover, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.52(1).

[ii] For further information, see Wieland Schmied, “Etwas über ZERO,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), pp. 9–17.

Plakat zur Ausstellung Mack, Piene, Uecker in der Kestner-Gesellschaft, Hannover, 1965, Archiv der ZERO foundation, VL Mack, Inv Nr. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.52(1), Foto: ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf.

This use of the zero is also utilized for the poster of the exhibition ZERO: An Exhibition of European Experimental Art, at the Washington Gallery of Modern Art, Washington, DC, in 1965. It is based on a design by US artist Robert Indiana (1928–2018), who created the black-and-white motif especially for the exhibition and poster. The white zero in the center of the poster is enclosed by a circle.[i] The circle, a symbol of infinity due to its lack of a beginning and end point, encloses the zero inside. This could be interpreted to mean that ZERO is/should be forever/eternal.

[i] Poster for the exhibition ZERO: An Exhibition of European Experimental Art, Washington Gallery of Modern Art, Washington, DC, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.110.

Poster for the exhibition ZERO: An Exhibition of European Experimental Art, Washington Gallery of Modern Art, Washington, DC, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.110

In a collage by Heinz Mack, the “O” can also be read as “0”, which is a reference to the English term “zero.”[i]The word “zero” hangs from a balloon, and the white number zero is set off from the other letters, which are black. Its font is also larger, which adds further emphasis.

[i] Heinz Mack, ZERO-Ballon, photo collage, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no mkp.ZERO.1.V.4.

Heinz Mack, ZERO-Ballon, photocollage, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.V.4

In the poster for the Mikro Nul Zero exhibition at the Galerie Delta in Rotterdam,[i] the number is used differently. Here, too, the black zero is placed in the center. An invisible dividing line created by the typography runs through the middle, which results in the mirroring of the text. The names of the participating artists are listed on both sides of the zero, while the title of the exhibition is placed inside it. The connection between ZERO and the Nul group from the Netherlands, signaled by their names, is particularly evident in the poster for the exhibition ZERO-0-Nul, at the Gemeentemuseum in The Hague, 1964.[ii] The connecting link—the zero—is again placed in the center, while the names of the participating ZERO and Nul artists are arranged around it on four sides. The catalog is also divided into two parts: one page belongs to the Nul artists, and the facing page to the ZERO artists. On each page half of a zero is depicted, which only becomes whole when the two pages are taken together.

[i] Poster for the exhibition Mikro Nul Zero, Galerie Delta, Rotterdam, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no mkp.ZERO.1.VII.116.

[ii] Poster for the exhibition ZERO-0-Nul, Gemeentemuseum, The Hague, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no mkp.ZERO.1.VII.51(1). For more information about this exhibition, see Thekla Zell, “The ZERO Traveling Circus: Documentation of Exhibitions, Actions, Publications 1958–1966,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), p. 79.

Poster for the exhibition Mikro Nul Zero, Galerie Delta, Rotterdam, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.116, photo: Horst Kolberg
Poster for the exhibition ZERO-0-Nul, Gemeentemuseum Den Haag, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.51(1)
The Editorial Zero

An issue of a magazine or newspaper that appears before the actual launch of the publication is also referred to as “Issue 0”—in German a Nullnummer. Early on, there were efforts to create magazines dedicated to new trends in art. In 1958, Otto Piene and Heinz Mack published the magazine ZERO 1, which was presented at the 7th Evening Exhibition, Das rote Bild (The Red Painting), and ran to two further issues. Thus the name of the new art movement also became its program. In ZERO 3, the thinking is infinite, which is suggested by the juxtaposition of two circles (zeros), reminiscent of the symbol for infinity, “∞”.[i]

[i] On the issues of the ZERO magazine, see Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 10).

ZERO 3, various pages, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.144

Issue one of the magazine Nul=0. Tijdschrift voor de nieuwe konseptie in de beeldende kunst, edited by Armando (1929–2018), Henk Peeters (1925–2013), and Herman de Vries (b. 1931), was published six months after ZERO 3. This magazine also served as an organ for contemporary artists. The editors’ idea was to publish articles by artists on a regular basis as well as to provide information about current exhibitions. The cover of issue one is blank apart from the empty circle in the top right-hand corner—the zero is the focus of attention. The publication of Nul=0 served to promote the Nul group’s exhibition, planned by Henk Peeters for 1962 at the Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam. In April 1963, two years after the first issue, the second issue of the magazine was published, dedicated to the late Yves Klein and Piero Manzoni. Its title page features an enlargement of Manzoni’s fingerprints, which resemble the shape of a zero, and a striking red zero in the top right-hand corner.

Nul = 0, 2, 1963, cover, archive of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.5.VII.14
The Demonstrative Zero

The hand of Heinz Mack, with a zero stamped on it, instead of an admission ticket. The idea was used for the ZERO farewell party at Rolandseck railway station, Remagen, in 1966. In addition, a ZERO plate was designed for the party in the context of Eat Art, and with reference to fasting after Carnival. The plate features a black zero placed demonstratively in its center on a white background.

In 1961, Günther Uecker (b. 1930) had the idea of letting a white balloon float up into the air in front of the Galerie Schmela—a large white zero, which he repeated a year later in a different form. His circular Weisse Zone ZERO (White Zone ZERO), painted on the ground, was accompanied by live music and a dancing audience at the ZERO Demonstration on the Rhine meadows in Düsseldorf in 1962. Girls wore costumes made of black cardboard with white zeros painted on them, and the balloons rising into the sky also resembled this digit.

Reiner Ruthenbeck, Zero festival, ZERO people with balloons,1962, gelatin silver print, photo: Stiftung Kunstfonds, Künstler:innen- archiv/estate Reiner Ruthenbeck

The Demonstration was used by Gerd Winkler in his film about ZERO for Hessischer Rundfunk, the public broadcaster of the German state of Hesse. The resulting film, 0 x 0 = Kunst. Maler ohne Pinsel und Farbe (0 x 0 = Art. Painters without Brush and Paint), was broadcast on television for the first time on June 27, 1962.[i]The ZERO costume played an important role in the ZERO Demonstrations of the nineteen-sixties. It was an integral part of the performances,[ii] as evidenced by many documentary photos and the design drawing by Uecker.[iii]

[i] See Pörschmann and Schavemaker 2015 (see note 14), pp. 91ff.

[ii] ZERO-Kleid, 1961/2008, 100 x 60 cm, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2008.10.

[iii] Günther Uecker, Entwurf ZERO-Kleid, 2006, pencil, acrylic paint, and construction paper on paper, 60.6 x 43.2 cm, collection of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2019.02.

Günther Uecker, Entwurf ZERO-Kleid, 2006, 60,6x43,2 cm, Bleistift, Acrylfarbe und Tonpapier auf Papier, Sammlung der ZERO foundation, Inv. Nr. mkp.ZERO.2019.02, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf.
The Zero Is Round, “Zero is round, zero rotates”

This quote from the ZERO manifesto, titled Zéro der neue Idealismus, which is said to have been written on a whim in 1963, highlights the round shape of the zero frequently used by the ZERO artists. It is already inscribed in a circle.

The letter “O” is circular. “O” like Otto Piene, and like zero. Some letters Piene signed only with “O”. With this “O”, which represents both a letter and a number. The circle encloses his signature, which indicates how strongly he identified with ZERO.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Poster

P Poster

On the Poster Designs of the ZERO Artists

Rebecca Welkens

“If they don’t turn out well, then the cat will eat them” Otto Piene

Introduction

The ZERO foundation archive holds around 200 posters, of which a smaller group of seventy-five posters can be described as the core collection. These were created during the ZERO period between 1957/58 and 1967, and most were designed by either Heinz Mack (b. 1931), Otto Piene (1928–2014), or Günther Uecker (b. 1930).[i] As a practical medium of communication and a means to impart information, the posters displayed in public spaces built a bridge between the artists and the public. Together with invitation cards and exhibition catalogs, whose designs often matched, the posters were part of the multimedia apparatus that at that time was an indispensable component of every exhibition—in large institutions as well as in smaller galleries. Because they were produced by the artists themselves, most posters have the character of artworks, which means that they can be considered as an interface between fine art and commercial art.

This essay examines the role of posters within the ZERO movement, and particularly the special features of the group of ZERO posters, as well as the processes and procedures involved in their production. In addition to the designers, it explores other actors involved in these processes, in particular printers and gallery owners, and how the posters were used. With the help of documents in the ZERO foundation archive in Düsseldorf, it is possible to almost completely reconstruct processes, transactions, prices, and phases of artistic discovery, not only providing insight into the everyday life of the artists and their work, but also shedding light on ZERO’s self-image.

[i] In the late nineteen-fifties, Heinz Mack and Otto Piene occasionally worked as graphic designers; Günther Uecker had trained as a painter and advertising designer. See Heiner Stachelhaus, ZERO: Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker (Düsseldorf, 1993), pp. 217, 229.

Exhibition Posters: A Review

Exhibition posters have been an essential part of art exhibitions ever since these events began to be organized on a regular basis. At first, the majority of posters only contained text. As a large proportion of the population could not read until the beginning of the nineteenth century, until then announcements were read out in public. However, as the proportion of the illiterate population gradually decreased, exhibitions began to be announced mainly on the free-standing cylindrical advertising columns invented by Ernst Litfass (1816–1874), as was the practice in England and France.[i] The first posters that bore artistic designs, and which then replaced the text posters, began to appear in France from the eighteen-seventies onwards.[ii] Around 1900, the ornamental and allegorical figurative design elements of the exhibition poster established in France were also taken up in Germany.[iii] For the first time, posters came to be regarded as collector’s items. Museums responded by setting up poster collections, while writings began to appear on the subject of posters.[iv]

[i] We Want You! Von den Anfängen des Plakats bis heute, exh. cat. Museum Folkwang, Essen (Göttingen, 2022), p. 14.

[ii] Jürgen Döring, ed., Künstlerplakate: Picasso, Warhol, Beuys, exh. cat. Museum für Kunst und Gewerbe Hamburg (Berlin, 1998), p. 6.

[iii] Anja Ebert, ed., Ausstellungsplakate 1882–1932: Die Nürnberger Plakatsammlung im Germanischen Nationalmuseum, exh. cat. Germanisches Nationalmuseum (Nuremberg, 2013), p. 5.

[iv] Ibid., pp. 6–7.

The evolution of the exhibition poster is closely linked to developments in mechanical printing processes like offset printing at the beginning of the twentieth century, which played a special role in the constantly growing advertising industry. The development of commercial art as an independent profession, providing and organizing visual information to advertise products, was also an essential factor.[i]

[i] Ibid., pp. 12–13.

Product advertising and artistic aspirations are not compatible per se, but these interests did overlap in the institution of the Bauhaus, which was founded in 1919.[i] This resulted in numerous innovations in the fields of art and commercial art, particularly in the area of typography.[ii] For example, Paul Renner (1878–1956) developed the Futura typeface in Frankfurt am Main in 1927, which was a simple, sans serif typeface that eliminated nonessentials.[iii] After World War II, the reduced formal language pioneered by the Bauhaus was taken up by the ZERO artists for the design of their posters. Together with the Helvetica typeface, which was created around 1957, Futura became a favorite of the ZERO artists for this purpose.

[i] Ibid., p. 12.

[ii] Ibid., p. 12.

[iii] Anita Kühnel, “Werbegrafik in Deutschland seit 1945,” in Anita Kühnel, ed., Schrift. Bild. Zeichen. Werbegrafik in Deutschland 1945–2015 (Dortmund, 2016), p. 60.

The ZERO Posters: The Signature ZERO Lettering and the Numeral “0”

In terms of design, the ZERO posters are heterogeneous. In general, similarities in size, color, and design are found among posters created for series of exhibitions, such as Piene’s Fest für das Licht (Festival of Light), or touring exhibitions, such as ZERO avantgarde 1965. The signature “ZERO,” as well as the “0,” only grew to be essential elements of the posters over time; “0” and “ZERO,” respectively, aimed to foster public perception of ZERO as a group, a movement, a unit, and/or an artists’ association. Their inclusion in the poster designs was relatively late, which is surprising considering that the signature lettering “ZERO” had already been used for the magazine ZERO 1 in 1958. In the following, we shall therefore take a look at the development of the posters over time, pinpointing the moment at which “ZERO” appeared on the posters as a synonym for the group.

One of the very first posters for a ZERO show was for the Dynamo 1 exhibition, which took place in August 1959 at Renate Boukes Gallery in Wiesbaden. It was probably designed by Otto Piene, as a sketch in his estate suggests.[i]

[i] Design sketch for Dynamo 1, undated (ca. 1959), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.99.

Poster for the exhibition Dynamo 1, Galerie Renate Boukes, Wiesbaden, 1959, design: Otto Piene, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.32

The names Bury, Holweck, Mack, Mavignier, Oehm, Piene, Rot, Soto, Spoerri, Tinguely, and Yves appear below a large number “1,” each prefixed by “Dynamo.”[i] In an interview in 2009, Piene stated that the Wiesbaden exhibition represented the extended ZERO group. Only after this, he recalled, did he and Mack use the name “ZERO” as a title for group activities and in preparations for the ZERO 3 magazine.[ii] Be that as it may, they had in fact already used the lettering in 1958 for the magazines ZERO 1 and ZERO 2.

[i] Tiziana Caianiello, “Ein ‘Klamauk’ mit weitreichenden Folgen: Die feierliche Präsentation von ZERO 3,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), pp. 511–26.

[ii] Dirk Pörschmann, “‘M.P.Ue.’ Dynamo for ZERO: The Artist-Curators Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker,” in Tiziana Caianiello and Mattijs Visser, eds., The Artist as Curator: Collaborative Initiatives in the International ZERO Movement 1957–1967(Ghent, 2015), p. 33.

The signature lettering also appeared on the poster announcing the ZERO: Edition, Exposition, Demonstrationevent, which took place in 1961 inside and in front of the Galerie Schmela in Düsseldorf, and at which the third and last ZERO magazine was presented.[i] Featuring quotations in various languages taken from the ZERO 3magazine, the poster was initially produced as a collage.

[i] Dirk Pörschmann, Evakuierung des Chaos: ZERO zwischen Sprachbildern der Reinheit und Bildsprachen der Ordnung (Cologne, 2018), p. 15.

Poster for the exhibition ZERO: Edition, Exposition, Demonstration, Galerie Schmela, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.86

In addition to the word “ZERO” in the upper quarter of the 84 x 58.5 cm poster, the names of the artists who were involved in ZERO 3 appear in different sizes, with the names of Piene, Mack, Fontana, Mavignier, and Arman in larger type than those of Uecker and Tinguely, while the font size of Ira Moldow’s name is only slightly larger than that of some of the quotations. The poster does not give either the location or the date and time of the event. In photographs taken at the evening presentation event on July 5, 1961, the poster can be seen in the exhibition space, positioned between the artworks, and also in between excerpts of pages taken from ZERO 3, as well as alongside the magazine itself. Presumably, the poster was not produced to announce the event to the public, but rather to proclaim the appearance of ZERO 3 inside the Galerie Schmela, thus reinforcing the overall spatial concept of the evening, with its collage-like combination of different media and artists’ contributions.[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 39.

With regard to the use of the name “ZERO” as a brand or collective term for similar artistic approaches, the event at the Galerie Schmela and its associated poster can be regarded as a kind of initial spark: from this point onwards, “ZERO” appears on exhibition posters in conjunction with various constellations of the same artists’ names.

The next occurrence, however, was not until 1963, on the poster for the Galerie Diogenes exhibition, for which the ZERO manifesto was written, and at which it was distributed. “ZERO” was also the title used for the show in Gelsenkirchen that year, which Otto Piene organized together with Ferdinand Spindel (1913–1980).[i] This was followed by numerous international exhibitions titled “ZERO,” for which posters were also designed, as in The Hague and London, and especially for the touring show ZERO avantgarde 1965, which was curated by Nanda Vigo (1936–2020) in 1965/66, and which sought to publicize ZERO art in Italy.

[i] Thekla Zell, “Chronologie,” in Caianiello and Visser 2015 (see note 12), p. 470.

In the exhibitions that were advertised under the title “ZERO,” this only rarely signified that Mack, Piene, and Uecker were the sole artists participating. In most cases, these exhibitions were larger group shows for which a variety of international artists were recruited. One of the first exhibitions advertised under the name “Group ZERO” in which only Mack, Piene, and Uecker took part was the London exhibition at McRoberts & Tunnard Gallery in 1964, which then moved on to the Howard Wise Gallery in New York a few months later, bearing the same name.

In addition to the signature lettering “ZERO,” from 1961 onwards the numeral “0” was also used synonymously, or else juxtaposed in the design. The numeral is, for example, the primary design element of the exhibition poster designed by Francesco Lo Savio (1935–1963) for the exhibition Mack + Klein + Piene + Uecker + Lo Savio = 0, held at the Galleria La Salita, Rome, in 1961. Here, the names of the five participating artists are written vertically and are reminiscent of the design of the Dynamo 1 poster for the Renate Boukes Gallery. Read horizontally, the rows of letters do not make any sense, but each row ends with “= 0.”

Another striking example of the “0” as a design element is the poster for the Nul exhibition at the Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam in 1962. Several posters were produced for this group exhibition, in which Mack, Piene, and Uecker also participated. These included a typographic collage with excerpts from various manifestos, the reverse of which featured a compilation of photographs of works by the participating artists.[i] The poster was folded and put in an envelope to be handed out as an accompanying brochure at the exhibition. For the advertisements in public spaces, this compilation of images of the works was used as a template, on which a large black “0” was superimposed. Information about the exhibition was added at the top and bottom, resulting in a simple and impressive design. Like the signature ZERO lettering, the numeral also featured on the poster for the final exhibition of Mack, Piene, and Uecker, in Bonn, but was otherwise also used as a design element for larger group exhibitions, often in connection with the Dutch Nul group.

[i] Johan Pas, “The Magazine Is the Message: ZERO im Zine-Netzwerk der Neo-Avantgarde 1958–1963,” in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 11), p. 482.

Otto Piene, poster design for the exhibition Sensibilité prussienne, Galerie Dato, Frankfurt am Main, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of, Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.IV.14
The General Framework of the Poster Designs

Mack, Piene, and Uecker designed many of the exhibition posters themselves, as was common practice at the time. Before Uecker joined the group, Mack and Piene took turns to create the designs, which was probably due to the fact that both artists enjoyed designing posters, as well as for the practical reason that it saved time. For example, with regard to the poster design for the exhibition Integratie 64 at the Arena-Centrum Deurne, Antwerp, in 1964, Mack wrote to Paul de Vree (1909–1982):

“I like making posters and sometimes they turn out really well.”[i] As proof that he was passionate about poster design, Mack added:

“I shall not charge a fee for making the poster, but would still like to accept the DM 100 you are offering because then I can have my design printed by a professional graphic designer, because I can’t be bothered to do this myself nor do I have time for it.”[ii]

[i] Heinz Mack to Paul de Vree (draft), June 1, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1517.

[ii] Ibid.

The correspondence shows, for example, that the museum director Udo Kultermann (1927–2013) requested both Piene and Mack to provide poster designs for group exhibitions. In April 1960, he asked Piene to design the poster for the exhibition Monochrome Malerei (Monochrome Painting) in Leverkusen, for which Piene charged a fee of DM 350. Two years later, Kultermann offered Mack a commission to design a poster for the group exhibition Konstruktivisten (Constructivists) in Leverkusen. In the estimate he provided to Kultermann, Mack named a fee of DM 500, which, compared to the average salary in 1960, was very generous remuneration.[i]

However, charging a fee for designing posters was not common practice. Correspondence between gallerists and artists frequently concerned detailed breakdowns of costs for advertising and transportation. For example, on February 4, 1960, with regard to the exhibition Piene: Oil Paintings, Smoke Drawings, Light Models, and Light Ballet, at Galerie Diogenes in Berlin, Piene noted on the back of a cost estimate from the printing firm Knoche that he had spoken to the gallery owner, Günter Meisner (1926–1994), on the phone. Meisner had assured Piene that he would pay for the catalogs and invitation cards, and Piene had told him he would pay for the posters.[ii] Determining who would pay for what printed matter was a matter of negotiation, as illustrated by the correspondence in 1962 with Ursula Ludwig, who worked at Galerie Diogenes. In November that year, after Piene had sought to pass on the costs for posters and invitations to Galerie Diogenes for the exhibition Zero, which was scheduled to take place in Berlin from March 30 to April 30, 1963, Ludwig wrote:

[i] The average monthly wage for employees in 1960 was DM 508.42. See “Sozialgesetzbuch (SGB) Sechstes Buch (VI) – Gesetzliche Rentenversicherung – (Artikel 1 des Gesetzes v. 18. Dezember 1989, BGBl. I S. 2261, 1990 I S. 1337), Anlage 1 Durchschnittsentgelt in Euro/DM/RM,” Gesetze im Internet (website), https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/sgb_6/anlage_1.html (accessed December 14, 2023).

[ii] The printing firm of Knoche to Otto Piene, February 3, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.264.

“It’s not all right that we alone should bear all the costs for invitations, catalogs, and posters; to be honest, that’s too much for us—how about a compromise?”[i]

[i] Galerie Diogenes to Otto Piene, December 8, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1485.

She then awaited Piene’s response. Apparently an agreement was reached, because the poster, the invitations, and the catalog were available at the exhibition in the spring of 1963. Galerie St. Stephan in Vienna told Piene that they would cover the printing costs for the poster up to DM 300; anything in excess of that amount he would have to pay himself. However, they did also pay half of the transportation costs.[i]

[i] Galerie St. Stephan to Otto Piene, December 11, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO. 2.I.44.

The budget for printed matter for an exhibition was always tight and, as can be seen from the numerous letters to and from galleries and institutions, they were rigorously negotiated. If Piene and Mack designed the posters themselves, the galleries or institutions saved the costs for graphic designers, and at the same time ensured that the posters matched the artists’ own wishes. Such deals also benefitted the artists, as the art institutions covered the costs of transportation and other printed matter in return.

In terms of time management, the archive materials show that the designs were generally produced to very tight deadlines. Correspondences reveal that the time frame for executing the designs and delivering them to the printers was usually only one week, which did not leave much time to prepare and print the advertising material, either for the institutions or the artists. Notwithstanding, the finished posters had to be delivered to the galleries and institutions as fast as possible in order to advertise the exhibitions in good time. This process, which always resulted in time pressure, late submissions, and the habitually late display of the posters, appears to have been repeated from exhibition to exhibition, as can be seen from the dates of the letters. For example, in his letter to Udo Kultermann dated June 8, 1962, regarding the design for the poster for the Constructivist exhibition in Leverkusen, Mack urged Kultermann to make a quick decision about his design because he needed time for his “special poster idea.”[i] However, Mack did not receive official written confirmation before June 15. As the exhibition was scheduled to open on June 22, this gave Mack only a week to come up with the design, which he did, as can be seen from the invoice.[ii] However, this was not always the case, as a letter from Paul de Vree to Mack demonstrates. Although the exhibition Integratie 64was not due to open until September 26, 1964, de Vree sent Mack a letter on August 7 stating that Mack was too late. He pointed out that it was already the beginning of August and that they urgently needed to start advertising the exhibition, for which the poster was absolutely essential.[iii] The urgency and the speed with which posters were required obviously had a lot to do with the scale of the exhibition and the institution organizing it, because advertising entailed pasting the posters on cylindrical advertising columns—common pieces of street furniture in Germany—sending posters to important institutions for them to put on display, and distributing posters to friends and acquaintances. This often only happened after the exhibition had opened—the result of the perennial problem of time management.[iv]

[i] Heinz Mack to the Städtisches Museum Leverkusen Schloss Morsbroich, June 8, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1398.

[ii] Correspondence between Heinz Mack and the Städtisches Museum Leverkusen Schloss Morsbroich, May/June 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1397–1400.

[iii] Paul de Vree to Heinz Mack, August 7, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.639.

[iv] Engelbert Eckert and Rochus Kowallek to Heinz Mack, July 10, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.173; Heinz Mack to the Städtisches Museum Leverkusen Schloss Morsbroich (draft), n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1400; Otto Piene to Studio F (draft), April 24, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.159.

In terms of poster design, Piene and Mack worked closely with the printing firm Knoche, in Solingen-Wald near Düsseldorf, as evidenced by invoices in the archive from 1957 onwards. This collaboration resulted from personal acquaintance; Piene’s friend Walter Kirschbaum, whom he had met in a field hospital during the war, was the brother-in-law of the company owner.[i] Correspondence with the printers reveals the prices and printing details for the posters. One of the first documented invoices for posters dates from 1959: Piene ordered 200 DIN A1 offset posters from Knoche, which cost him DM 209.[ii] However, problems frequently arose when third parties were supposed to meet the costs, mostly when galleries failed to pay the outstanding invoices. For example, in February 1962, Werner Knoche wrote a letter to Mack informing him that Galerie Dato in Frankfurt am Main had not paid an invoice for DM 29 for eighty-two posters for Die Ruhe der Unruhe (Resting Restlessness), despite three reminders.[iii] As a result of Dato’s nonpayment of the invoice, Knoche, on the advice of a lawyer, demanded that Mack return the papers, by which he probably meant the posters. It was not until October 1962 (the original invoice having been issued by Knoche on July 26, 1961) that the gallery paid the invoice.[iv] Despite these occasional payment problems, the collaboration with Knoche was not affected—the ZERO artists worked with the printers until 1966.[v]

[i] Dirk Pörschmann, “ZERO bis unendlich: Genese und Geschichte einer Künstlerzeitschrift,” in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 12), p. 437.

[ii] Knoche printing company to Otto Piene, June 29, 1959, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.434.

[iii] Ibid.

[iv] Correspondence between the Knoche printing company and Heinz Mack, October 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.327–328.

[v] Knoche printing company to Otto Piene, April 4, 1967, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2451.

Designing Posters: The Example of Otto Piene

Otto Piene’s estate at the ZERO foundation contains numerous documents that relate to the preparation of posters, including several drafts of designs and sketches.[i] The majority are sketches of ideas, on which basis rough designs were tried out, such as for the poster for the exhibition Dynamo 1, at Galerie Renate Boukes, Wiesbaden, in 1959, or the poster for Piene’s exhibition Sensibilité prussienne (Prussian Sensibility), which took place in 1961 at Galerie Dato in Frankfurt am Main. The small 10.5 x 14.9 cm sketch for the 1961 exhibition was executed in ballpoint pen on a single sheet of paper, but for the Dynamo 1 sketch, executed in fountain pen, which he quickly drew over again, Piene used the front and back of his 1959 draft letter to Oskar Holweck (1924–2007).[ii]

[i] Ruth Magers and Rebecca Welkens, ‘Entwurf und Skizze im Nachlass von Otto Piene,‘ in Die Entwurfszeichnungen und Skizzen von Otto Piene im Archiv der ZERO foundation (Düsseldorf, 2023), pp. 11–15.

[ii] Design sketch for Dynamo 1, undated (see note 10); draft poster for the exhibition Sensibilité prussienne, n.d. (ca. 1961), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. ZERO.2.IV.14.

Otto Piene, poster design for the exhibition Dynamo 1, Galerie Renate Boukes, Wiesbaden, 1959, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.99

The later design of the poster can already be guessed at from the drawing on the front; Piene quickly scribbled and numbered the names of the participants on the paper. The second draft is almost identical to the final poster, apart from the fact that the draft is in landscape format and the final version is portrait. In addition to the names in the middle section, the details of the exhibition are noted at the top and bottom of the page. As Piene crossed out the sketch, however, it must be assumed that this was a preliminary idea and was not passed on to the printers.

The ballpoint pen design for the Sensibilité prussienne poster is of a different quality. With spontaneous, sketchy lines, Piene outlined the design for the poster in portrait format. He put his name and the exhibition title at the top, sketched a circular shape in the middle, and wrote the name of the gallery and its address at the bottom. This did not quite fit into Piene’s small sketch, which is why he wrote over the edge, but also put a frame around this part later. Above the small sketch, he noted the words “A1 edition 500” (denoting a print run of 500 on A1 paper), which are clearly an instruction to the printers. The poster was executed according to this design; the dates and opening hours of the exhibition were actually omitted from the finished poster, which is why this sketch must be considered a concrete preliminary draft.[i] However, Piene usually also gave detailed instructions to the printers, which in some cases even rendered the sketches obsolete.[ii]

[i] It is safe to assume that many design sketches for posters remained at the printing firms and were not sent back to the artists. One example in support of this assumption is a draft letter from Otto Piene to the Knoche printing company, in which Piene specifically mentions a design drawing that was probably enclosed with the letter but is not found among the writings in his estate. A search of the Knoche printing company estate has so far been unsuccessful. See Otto Piene to the Knoche printing company (draft), May 1, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.498.

[ii] Otto Piene to the Knoche printing company (draft), April 26, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.503.

Collage as a Design Element in Uecker’s Work

Günther Uecker used collage as a design element for the poster Sintflut der Nägel (Flood of Nails), which was created in 1963 in collaboration with the publisher Hans Möller, who owned the Hofhauspresse in Düsseldorf.[i]Uecker frequently took part in creating collages that resulted from artistic collaboration projects. One example is the collage for the 1962 Nul exhibition in Amsterdam, mentioned above. For the Sintflut poster, Uecker drew on two collages that he had made shortly before, in the same year as the poster—1963.[ii] On a 60.5 x 35 cm piece of chipboard, Uecker positioned newspaper cuttings showing New York’s skyline and a blue wave ornament, plus photographs of the upper part of a mushroom cloud from a nuclear explosion, as well as his own head, and the lower part of a naked body bending forward. For the first collage, Sintflut Manifest—Überflutung der Welt. TRANSGRESSION. (Flood Manifesto—Flooding the World. TRANSGRESSION), he used white paint to make the background for the New York skyline and thin nails to mark the contours of the images as well as the larger dark areas of the photographs. Uecker wrote the title, together with his signature and the date, in pencil on the lower third of the board.

[i] Poster for Sintflut der Nägel, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, Holdings 0, mkp.ZERO.0.VII.93.

[ii] The two works were purchased in 2023 by the Friends of the ZERO foundation and are now in the ZERO foundation’s collection in Düsseldorf.

Günther Uecker, Sintflut Manifest – Überflutung der Welt TRANSGRESSION, 1963, 60.5 x 35.0 cm, collage with nails, collection of the ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, inv. no. FK ZERO.2023.02, photo: Matias Möller

After he had completed it, Uecker photographed parts of the collage and in the same year combined them with various black-and-white photographs of his work to create a further collage, Sintflut (Die Engel fliegen) (Flood [The Angels Fly]), the dimensions of which (89 x 62.5 cm) are considerably larger than the work on chipboard. In the margins, he added individual words and short phrases, such as “the angels fly” or “spreading nonsense,” in black felt-tip pen. In addition to the photographic copies of the first collage, works such as his Sonnenüberflutung—Transgression (Flooded by the Sun—Transgression), created the same year, were also featured as photographic reproductions in the center of the upper half of the collage. In between are photographs of tables and other everyday objects with nails. At the bottom edge there is a photo of Uecker and the head of a woman. The woman’s head is the only component of the collage that was cut out of a newspaper and not printed on photographic paper. The two figures are positioned at the same level vertically, which suggests a connection in the otherwise chaotic overlapping and juxtaposition of the collage’s elements. The reproductions of Uecker’s nailed head stand out clearly because of the strong light and dark contrasts. Their recurring use in the collage underlines that these are motif constants.

The second collage was ultimately the template for the Sintflutmanifest (Flood manifesto) poster. At Hans Möller’s Hofhauspresse, the Sintflut collage was copied and reduced to a printable size, in this case DIN A2.[i] The words “SINTFLUT DER NÄGEL” (“Flood of Nails”) were then stamped in red on the upper left and center right edges of the printed posters. The words “hofhaus presse” were stamped in blue at the bottom of the poster. It is unclear where and how the Flood manifesto was distributed, but when Uecker contacted William E. Simmat (1926–1993) from Galerie D in August 1963, regarding the exhibition Sintflut der Nägel,he asked whether it would be possible to use his posters—he still had 500 of them—as invitations. He wrote that they would then have to be printed in red, with names and “Galerie D,” and enclosed a sketch with the letter.[ii] A further sketch in blue ballpoint pen on the stamped poster, which Uecker also sent to Simmat, shows how he envisioned the invitation card.[iii] Uecker was pragmatic here, for this kept the costs for the exhibition’s advertising material very low, finding a further use for a well-considered and sophisticated collage artwork.

[i] See the June 1, 1964 letter from Heinz Mack to Paul de Vree (see note 18), which shows that Hans Möller could only print certain sizes of paper in offset.

[ii] Günther Uecker to William E. Simmat, August 15, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of William E. Simmat, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.7.I.22.

[iii] Design of the invitation card for the Sintflut der Nägel exhibition at Galerie D, Frankfurt am Main, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of William E. Simmat, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.7.IV.2.

Günther Uecker, Sintflut (Die Engel Fliegen), 1963, 89 x 62.5 cm, photo collage, collection of the ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, inv. no. FK ZERO.2023.03, photo: Matias Möller

In a slightly modified form and with additional text, the manifesto was later sent out as an invitation card, albeit without the red and blue stamps of the Hofhauspresse. In September 1963, the exhibition, in which Uecker mainly exhibited nailed everyday objects, opened with an event: Bazon Brock (b. 1936) read a text while Uecker simultaneously nailed it down at Brock’s feet.

Poster and invitation card for the exhibition Sintflut der Nägel, Galerie D, Frankfurt am Main, 1963, design: Günther Uecker, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of William E. Simmat, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.7.VII.3
Entwurf für Plakat und Einladungskarte für die Ausstellung Sintflut der Nägel, Galerie d, Frankfurt am Main, 1963, Design: Günther Uecker, Archiv der ZERO foundation, Nachlass William E. Simmat, Inv. Nr. mkp.ZERO.7.VII.2
Photography as a Design Element in Mack’s Work

The designs of the ZERO posters frequently use photographic elements, mostly photographs of works to illustrate and concretize the content to be expected in the exhibition. In addition to the posters that show works representing the participating artists, there are some examples in the group of ZERO posters for which abstract photographs were selected for the design. These include the posters for the group exhibitions Konstruktivisten (Constructivists), held at the Museum Morsbroich, Leverkusen, in 1962, and Integratie 64, at the Arena-Centrum Deurme, Antwerp, in 1964. Mack designed the posters for both exhibitions and in each case used his own works as photographic templates.

In May 1962, Kultermann asked Mack whether he could design the poster for the Constructivists exhibition, and Mack accepted shortly afterwards.[i] He used one of his own experimental photographs for the poster and the exhibition catalog.[ii]

[i] Städtisches Museum Leverkusen Schloss Morsbroich to Heinz Mack, May 30, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.1397.

[ii] Many thanks to the Atelier Mack, in particular to Heinz Mack and Sophia Sotke, who generously gave me a great deal of information about how the posters were created.

Poster for the exhibition Konstruktivisten, Museum Morsbroich, Leverkusen, 1962, design: Heinz Mack, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.175
Draft for the poster for the exhibition Konstruktivisten, Museum Morsbroich, Leverkusen, 1962, design: Heinz Mack, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.32
Draft for the poster for the exhibition Konstruktivisten, Museum Morsbroich, Leverkusen, 1962, design: Heinz Mack, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.IV.32

A comparison with Mack’s oeuvre from this period reveals many overlaps between the photograph and his series of Dynamic Structures. Jagged white or radiating lines protrude from a funnel-shaped white area on a black background. In the center of the portrait-format poster, a black strip with the inscription “Constructivists” divides the design, the photograph in the upper part being reflected in the part below. The depicted structures are vaguely reminiscent of visualizations of sounds and voices. Numerous similar examples can be found in Mack’s oeuvre of paintings and drawings—Mack had worked on the depiction of rhythmic structures in a musical style since the early nineteen-fifties. Other examples of similar representations of Mack’s Dynamic Structures are also found in ZERO 3, which ensured that the experimental photograph used for the poster became a distinctive work of Mack’s.[i]

For the Integratie 64 poster, Mack chose a photograph of the Sahara Relief, which was created in 1960–61 as a work for the public sphere, and which covered the façade of the Mathildenhof School in Leverkusen.[ii] The poster features a photograph of the façade taken from below, revealing a horizontal zigzag structure.

[i] Magdalena Zorn, “Das Klingen sehen: Musikalität im Werk von Heinz Mack,” in Heinz Mack (Cologne, 2021), pp. 58–73; photograph of the work Dynamische Struktur by Heinz Mack, 1961, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.V.106.

[ii] The reliefs were removed from the school’s façade and no longer exist. Sophia Sotke, Das Sahara-Projekt von Heinz Mack im internationalen Kontext von ZERO und Land Art, 1959–1976, Ph.D. diss. (University of Cologne, 2020), pp. 65–66.

The arrangement of the slats varies, creating an effect of different incidences of light and shadow that changes depending on the viewer’s position.[i] In a letter to Paul de Vree, one of the three organizers of the exhibition, Mack wrote in detail about what he was planning for the poster design:

[i] Ibid.

“I would like to use the grid effect of my Sahara-reliefs [sic]—translated into a graphic grid—for the poster, because in my opinion this will have a bold and eye-catching effect, which also has an underlying meaning: an integration of architectural and sculptural structures. Naturally, I shall only select a section from the reliefs that is as anonymous as possible; that is, the viewer should only see the clear graphic structure, with which they will associate architecture and sculpture and technology, but not with my name or respectively the given reliefs.”[i]

[i] Mack to de Vree 1964 (see note 17).

Poster for the exhibition Integratie 64, Arena- Centrum, Antwerp, 1964, design: Heinz Mack, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.114

This letter demonstrates that Mack desired to keep as close as possible to the theme of the exhibition with his poster design, and sought to establish a visual connection between art, technology, and architecture. In addition to wanting to produce a fitting design, Mack also mentioned that he was planning to make a graphic design of his relief for the poster; however, in the end a photograph was used that was only slightly abstract. Mack’s further correspondence with de Vree reveals that he did not keep to the deadline for delivering the design; it can only be speculated that the photograph was possibly used due to time constraints. From today’s perspective, as a result, the envisaged abstract drawing of his relief, and thus Mack’s anonymity, did not come about: Mack’s relief must have been immediately recognizable as his work, at least to aficionados, because it was a work in the public sphere, and, more importantly, it had already been published in ZERO 3.[i] In both of these examples, Mack adeptly placed his own works in public spaces by reprinting them on posters for group exhibitions.

[i] With a print run of 1225 copies, ZERO 3 had a higher circulation than either ZERO 1 (400 copies) or ZERO 2 (350 copies). See Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 11), pp. 403–4.

Artist and Professional Graphic Designer: On the Poster Designs of Almir Mavignier

The fact that the works of individual artists could be identified as such via the posters may have been mainly due to the fact that they had developed their own recognizable styles. As one of the few professional graphic artists in the ZERO circle, Almir Mavignier (1925–2018) developed his own unique style that in the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties was often based on grids and dots. In contrast to the other ZERO artists, Mavignier’s poster designs and artworks were mutually dependent: often, the poster designs resulted in independent graphic works, which blurred the boundary between artwork and commercial graphics in his work.[i]

After studying painting in Rio de Janeiro, Mavignier moved to Europe and studied visual communication at the Ulm School of Design (HfG Ulm) from 1953 to 1958.[ii] Through Piene and his participation in the 7th Evening Exhibition, Mavignier joined the ZERO artists and exhibited regularly with them until 1963.[iii] In addition to the artworks he created, during this period Mavignier produced over 200 posters, most of which were cultural posters, for example, for the Museum Ulm, which he executed as commissions.[iv] It was also in Ulm that Mavignier first developed his “modular” or “additive” posters for the museum, which basically always followed a similar structure but could be adapted for each new exhibition. Individual modules were rearranged for each show, resulting in a serial and coherent character that was recognizable to the public, yet which still allowed the works to be individually designed. It was particularly important to Mavignier to have as much freedom as possible in the design of the posters, especially with regard to the graphic design, the choice of colors, and the supervision of the printing.[v]

[i] Axel von Saldern, “Almir Mavignier,” in Axel von Saldern, ed., Mavignier: Plakate, exh. cat., Museum für Kunst und Gewerbe/Deutsches Plakat Museum (Hamburg and Essen, 1981), pp. 46–47.

[ii] Ibid.

[iii] Otto Piene to Almir Mavignier (draft), March 5, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.854; Almir Mavignier to Heinz Mack, April 28, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.809.

[iv] von Saldern 1981 (see note 48), p. 46.

[v] von Saldern 1981 (see note 48).

One of the most striking examples of his innovative approach to poster design was on show in the exhibition Mavignier: Pictures + Posters at Galerie Nota, Munich, in 1961.[i]

[i] This was one of a series of exhibitions; the Mavignier exhibition was the fourth. Previously, there had been exhibitions by Morellet, Mack, and Piene at Galerie Nota in Munich. See Antje von Graevenitz, “Gerhard von Graevenitz as Curator,” in Caianiello and Visser 2015 (see note 12), pp. 275–92.

Poster for the exhibition Mavignier. Bilder + Plakate, Galerie Nota, Munich, 1961, design: Almir Mavignier, courtesy Delmar and Sigrid Mavignier

There are two large white circles at the top and bottom of the vertically aligned silkscreen poster, with Mavignier’s name at the top and the exhibition title and further information about the show in small letters at the bottom—one of the hallmarks of Mavignier’s designs. The two white circles are part of a grid of what are otherwise black circles on a blue background, which, apart from the circle in the middle, are divided or cropped by the edge of the poster. With this, Mavignier pursued a specific strategy for outdoor spaces.[i] Several posters were to be placed vertically and horizontally next to each other so that together they formed a large image of a grid. Thus the poster design was subjected to a logical, overall concept that worked both for individual posters and for larger numbers and took account of outdoor spaces and the public’s perception.

[i] Ibid., p. 287.

Installation view of the documentation room at Zero in Bonn, Städtische Kunstsammlungen Bonn, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.0.V.35
Conclusion

For the ZERO artists discussed in this essay—Mack, Piene, Uecker, and Mavignier—designing posters was an essential part of their work. This work was formally located at the interface between art and commercial art, but often exhibited extremely artistic content, as the examples cited here demonstrate. In addition to their principal purpose—generating public interest in the exhibitions advertised—the posters also fulfilled other tasks for the artists. While Piene was completely committed to the idea of ZERO, as can be seen in his designs for posters, Mack also—but certainly not exclusively—used the posters to generate interest in his art. For Uecker, the value of the posters was not so much as an advertising strategy, but was more idealistic, and above all artistic, while for Mavignier posters always fulfilled the dual function of artistic expression and advertising, which also secured his livelihood. The heterogeneous character of the posters in the ZERO archive, mentioned above, is thus reflected not only in their motifs but also in their function, which ultimately results from how each of the artists discussed understood the poster as a design medium.

The example of the documentation room in the 1966 exhibition Zero in Bonn, again makes it very clear that Mack, Piene, and Uecker also attached great importance to the posters for their joint work. The walls of this room were literally papered with numerous posters from the ZERO period. Display cases in front of the walls contained catalogs, manifestos, and invitation cards from the period 1957/58 to 1966. Entry to the exhibition was via the documentation room, which was intended to inform visitors about the history of Mack, Piene, and Uecker, and to provide an introduction to the exhibition’s context.[i] With this mise-en-scène of posters and other advertising materials, the artists, who had designed this room together—the only one in the exhibition—sought to create a form of self-presentation that on the one hand served to situate their work in its historical context, and on the other to visualize and enhance their joint activities. Despite the different positions of the artists, the poster was presented to the outside world as a joint product, which was also a main reason for the far-reaching, international success of the Düsseldorf ZERO artists.

[i] In 1964, Mack created a concept for a similar room in London; see Thekla Zell, “‘The Ship ZERO Is Casting Out Its Anchor, and the Voyage Is Over.’ ZERO in Bonn and a Final Midnight Ball,” in Caianiello and Visser 2015 (see note 12), p. 403.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Quotes

Q Quotes

Moving Memory

Leonard Merkes

Script of a radio play about the art movement ZERO

Press here to listen to the audio play:
0:00
/

0.

At the edge of a street, in front of a gate, a driveway. A car approaches, it stops and a door opens. Someone gets out. Then a match is lit and goes out in the wind. Music, a melody, that envelops the text like smoke.

We were boys and teenagers growing up in a dark time. The whole world was dark. No light was allowed to escape out of any window. There were no streetlights and the cars — the few there were — had masks on their headlights with little slits, which let through a tiny bit of light.

Dark

Danger everywhere

This also meant the daytime sky, for the daytime sky was, after all, full of danger. The daytime sky was more of a threat than a promise of salvation and illumination.

It was just dark. And that for six years. Of the life I lived as a boy, one third was war.

And therefore there is this enormous contrast between a life in darkness and a life in a legalized brightness.

A match is lit and goes out in the wind. Then, as though from far away, there’s a crack, a crunch. Metal meets metal. A gate opens, something starts moving, digs into the melody. A voice repeats:

Projectionists please turn on projectors!

Projectionists please turn on projectors!

Projectionists please turn on projectors!

Now

0.

Steps. Someone walking up a staircase. A quiet voice counts down from ten. A countdown, a counting rhyme that, before it ends at zero, starts all over again, sometimes jumping wildly back and forth between numbers. For this scene: laughing at mistakes is allowed, silence can happen at any time, and of course the sound of steps must be repeated at the end. Different voices, saying:

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yesterday

Today

Tomorrow

Breathe

Someone takes a deep breath. Then again followed by steps.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Je suis de mon temps

Je suis de mon temps

Yesterday

Today

Tomorrow

Yes

Yes

Yes

Breathe

Again someone takes a deep breath. Then again — steps.

ZERO: we are for everything!

ZERO: we are alive!

Yesterday

Today

Tomorrow

4 2 3 1

Movement

Movement

3 4 2 1

Movement

ZERO: we are for everything!

ZERO: we are alive!

Movement

It is unstoppable

It is without physics

Dynamo dynamo dynamo

I

7/7 dynamo

The calm of unrest

The calm of unrest

4 3 2 1

Doing

No tremolo

No lamento

No ritardando

No parlando

Doing

Giggling. Somewhere in a building a heavy iron or steel door opens and then another and another and another. A short melody, the same as at the beginning, resumes, it pushes through the opened doors, which after a while, surprisingly, shut completely silently. Steps continue, leading into the next scene.

0.

An empty room. People are tiptoeing around, soft sounds come from all directions. Words echo in German, English, French, Italian, Dutch, and in languages yet to be invented.

An entirely new art has to come. No longer beautiful and ugly, no longer good and evil, but an art that is no longer art, but a given.

Not abstract. Not figurative.

Not merely as an action. Not merely as stimulus. But as seeing itself.

Anti-painting, not antagonism. But rather a new dimension.

ZERO is a community of individuals, not a party. There is no president, no leader, no secretary, no treasurer, no members. There are only human relationships.

There is no obligation to participate, nor is there any other “should” or “must.” The composition of the ZERO exhibitions changes constantly.

We occasionally work together, even as a team.

For me, the meaning of teamwork consists in the synthesis of different, individual ideas.

Voluntary integration and voluntary dissolution.

ZERO accepts things as they are.

Excluding disturbing personal feelings is a fundamental principle of ZERO.

The absence of a particular preference, the absence of a particular emphasis.

Not abstract. Not figurative.

Not merely as an action. Not merely as stimulus. But as seeing itself.

You ask: Can this project even be realized?

I say: Yes!

Yes

Yes

Yes

ZERO: we are for everything!

ZERO: we are alive!

Yesterday

Today

Tomorrow

Movement

Movement

Je suis de mon temps

Je suis de mon temps

I

7/7

I

7/7

Dynamo

Dynamo dynamo dynamo

I

7/7

I

7/7

I

Was one third war

the life I lived as a boy

Was one third war

Sudden silence. Something cracks and crackles, something warps and someone whispers:

Project proposal:

Light plantation 3 x 3 x 3 meters

Cube with 36 vertical columns

These columns are of different heights with slits 150 cm long

The slits appear as threads of light

Individual light threads are programmed as groups

The time that a group lights up is:

5 seconds

Several voices count down softly from five, while a single voice speaks the following text against the rhythm of the counting:

I want to build a new space, a space without beginning or end, where everything lives and is invited to live. Which is at the same time quiet and loud, motionless and moving. It shall be high, as high as I want it to be, and low, when I want it to be low. It should be erectable anywhere, in the smallest space or large like a city, a country, or even a thought. If you hold a mirror up to another mirror, you will find a space without end or limits, a space with unlimited possibilities, a new metaphysical space.

A match ignites and in the words that now follow, there is flickering, crackling

Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, Zero-Manifest, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.126

Zero is the silence. Zero is the beginning. Zero is round. Zero turns itself. Zero is the moon. The sun is Zero. Zero is white. The desert Zero. The sky above Zero. The night -. Zero flows. The eye Zero. Navel. Mouth. Kiss. The milk is round. The flower Zero the bird. Silently. Floating. I eat Zero, I drink Zero, I sleep Zero, I wake up Zero, I love Zero. Zero is beautiful. Dynamo dynamo dynamo. The trees in springtime, the snow, fire, water, sea. Red orange yellow green indigo blue violet. Zero Zero rainbow. 4 3 2 1 Zero. Gold and silver. Sound and smoke. Traveling circus Zero. Zero is the silence. Zero is the beginning. Zero is round. Zero is Zero.

0.

A radio is heard. It jumps back and forth between different radio stations. News reports, news, from yesterday today and tomorrow. A babble of voices, then a newsreel:

… Then we went to Gallery d, where Europe’s artistic avant-garde gives a foretaste of what will one day inspire our grandchildren as much as Rembrandt and Raphael have long inspired us. A little apprehensively, we felt our way through the thicket of opinions:

“I don’t know if you can call this art; there are a lot of things here that are very amusing and formally very wittily solved.”

“To tell it to you straight, this is quite pointless nonsense.”

“It has very little to do with art. It looks more like technical equipment, and if it’s supposed to be art, I’d say it borders on charlatanism.”

“I think it’s quite imaginative.”

“The composition is quite good, too.”

“Can you explain the line thing?”

Abrupt end, as if someone has pulled the plug. Only a single tone remains, as an acoustic line, so to speak. It is neither pleasant nor unpleasant. It lasts until the next scene begins.

0.

A light switch is turned on, a cigarette is lit, a window is opened. Breathing in and breathing out. While someone is talking, you think you hear a plane taking off, its jet engines getting louder and louder, more and more booming, affecting your voice as well. Just when you think that the plane must now take off, there is a sudden silence.

In 1944, I saw a jet fighter for the first time. It rolled to the start of the runway before take off. During the preparations, I noticed that the pilot made a strangely nervous, perhaps neurotic impression. The airplane seemed strange and thrilling.

Despite this stimulating observation, I was completely surprised by what then occurred: the engines were started. Immediately, the air around the plane, especially behind the wings, began to tremble, vibrate, and dance. Stronger than the flickering over a cornfield in summer more obvious, more urgent. Seen through this pulsating air, everything seemed like an articulation of power.

After the noise, into the silence, quietly but firmly:

Yes,

I wish for a wider world.

Should I wish for a narrower one?

0.

A car door is slammed. You hear an engine start, then voices from a car radio. Again and again you hear the sound of radio stations being changed.

At the end of the war, I was demobilized in Schleswig-Holstein. I had never seen the sea, so I decided not to go south and home immediately, but to go west to the coast.

You have heard about the exhibition ZERO on Sea …unbelievably tomorrow I will be there with Piene and discuss everything in more detail. If everything is true: What do you think?

…between movement and motionlessness there is this imperceptible moment …at which what is moving already stands still …at which the end begins with the beginning.

Because of the war, I had been evacuated and I landed up in the middle of the countryside.

Rapidly, we pass a forest. Here, static objects shift in front of one another and behind one another.

I remember as a child trying to push my head between the bars of a railing and not getting it out again.

Freeway bridge. Railing. Two vertical rows of steel shift in front of one another. They vibrate like the plucked strings of an instrument.

Through a combination of adverse circumstances, it took me days, actually a week, to get to Glücksstadt, where, although not the coast, at least the Elbe is.

Maybe we can color the sea and the beach.

We can certainly get spotlights for the light columns at night. What do you think?

Because of the war, I had been evacuated and landed up in the middle of the countryside.

I remember…

There’s no such thing as a standstill.

I remember…

You ought to be able to walk on the sea, on a skin of silver. That would be something for you. What do you think?

I remember…

It would be good to have a NATO missile there and modify it, humanize it. A good idea to paint a tank pink, a better one is a Stalin “Katyusha“ and maneuvers with war machines. What can be done to make it clear here that it will be a celebration of life?

I remember …

The islands move, or the Earth moves and the islands stand, stand in the rotation. You can do that with acoustics. What do you think?

Fire rafts. Glasses for the sun, not against it. What do you think?

I remember…

How do you think?

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Bibliography:

ZERO aus Deutschland 1957 bis 1966. Und heute (ZERO out of Germany 1957 to 1966. And Today), ed. by Renate Wiehager, exh. cat., Villa Merkel (Esslingen and Ostfildern, 2000).

Otto Piene and Heinz Mack, “Dynamo,” Nota. Studentische Zeitschrift für bildende Kunst und Dichtung, no. 4, pp. 3–4.

Heinz Mack, ed. by Heike van den Valentyn, exh. cat., Kunstpalast Düsseldorf (Cologne 2021).

Otto Piene, 10 Texte (Munich, 1961).

ZERO. Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), ed. by Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, exh. cat. Martin Gropius Bau, Berlin (Cologne 2015).

Günther Uecker, “From a Letter to Mack 1965”, in Günther Uecker, ed. by Wieland Schmied, exh. cat. Kestner-Gesellschaft, Hannover (St. Gallen, 1972), pp. 40-41.

Project description KunstLichtKunst, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv.no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.V.140_4.

Endnotes

Red

R Red

Monochrome (Rhythm and Phenomenon)

Matthieu Poirier

Today, thanks to the successful long-term legacy of Yves Klein’s famous paintings of 1955, the term “monochrome painting” refers to a work in a single shade or color. This usage has superseded the original meaning of the epithet “monochrome,” denoting a cameo or grisaille in varied black-and-white tones. In the historical and nonfigurative aesthetic defined by ZERO, and with a view to later developments in the cognitive sciences, this original notion of “monochrome” describes a staccato in tonal ranges (rather than chromatic values).

Klein’s close associates, such as Heinz Mack or Jesús Rafael Soto, often realized this either as bas-relief or high relief, depending on the volume projecting from the vertical plane. Wishing to transform inert objects into an experiential medium, these artists often explored variations in tone, light, shade, and depth, and activated novel perceptions, such as the mobility of the viewer, which was often preferred to the simple movement of the object itself. The visual experience defined in this context excludes the complex color variations used in abstract art since 1910.

With ZERO, what stands out is a highly rhythmic, vibrating, and temporalized understanding. This is conducive to a de-hierarchization of the constituent elements of the work, a general artistic upheaval primarily involving the removal of polychromy.

Seen in the broader context of perceptual, Op, or Kinetic Art, these works are set in the real time and space of active perception, using it in vivo—or, as it were, in the living space of the viewer’s body, now regarded as a wholly separate medium whose very definition is therefore susceptible to modulation, exploration, and questioning. This also allows the freeing of pigmented color from its stable backing, where these “metastructures” (Heinz Mack) float above the material device and rise to the rank of pure, vibratory, luminous phenomena, beyond reach and control.

Poster for the exhibition Monochrome Malerei, Museum Morsbroich, Leverkusen, 1960, archive of the ZERO foundation

These paintings, and other monochrome reliefs created under the auspices of ZERO, are open to the gaze as much as they hide from it; they appear as much as they disappear. They resist any form of fixation and, by constantly oscillating, they represent an abrupt break with the absolute, stable, and constant presence envisaged more specifically by Klein. The language they create is first and foremost one of dynamic fluctuation, at heart constructivist and kinetic by nature, consisting as much of a materiality that is deliberately short on artifice as of its endangerment, or, in other words, its dematerialization. While familiar with the cognitive sciences, Gestalttheorie, or information theory—which was then in full-blown expansion—Soto’s and Mack’s works were intended to be immediately accessible to the mind, without the need for pictorial or textual reference. This logic underwent any number of variations, all based on repetition and progression rather than on the classical layout. This relationship between background and form is crucial: in visual terms, it produces an undulating, changing moiré effect that is dependent on the slightest movement in the viewer’s position. From 1953 onwards, Soto abandoned these two-dimensional paintings, which would prove to be extraordinary anticipations of the Op Art of the nineteen-sixties, and devoted himself without interruption to sculptural works, ranging from protruding reliefs of simple grids composed of multiple black-and-white vertical lines to “penetrable” installations. Monochromy rapidly acquired considerable importance within these spaces, as it did in his numerous sculptures in the round, often described by the artist himself as “Virtual Volumes,” which are arranged in a “shower” of colored rods or threads. In these floating, almost impalpable masses, we find, on the one hand, the exceptional simplicity of the material and the elusive complexity of their immaterial effect, and, on the other, the neutrality of monochrome—a single color—and the rhythmic inconstancy of vibration. This is because, for Soto, the experience of the work is never fixed or univocal: it takes place in the real time and space of perception, as a temporal exploration of the monochrome. In contrast to his friend Klein, Soto aimed to liberate color from the surface, no longer just conceptually but in a wholly “perceptual” manner.

Jesús Rafael Soto, 4 carrés bleus sur 1 bleu, 1977, 202 x 202 x 22 cm, courtesy Soto Estate, photo: unknown

Particular influences become noticeable from Soto’s earliest years in Paris, like those of Piet Mondrian’s Neoplasticism and Laszló Moholy-Nagy’s theories on light and its transparency, which were set out in the book Vision in Motion (1947), a copy of which Soto acquired during an exhibition by the former Bauhaus teacher at Galerie Arnaud in December 1952, and had translated in full. Soto would also recall the roles played by Pierre Boulez’s serial and dodecaphonic music and his reading of René Leibowitz’s book on Arnold Schönberg[i] in his rejection of composition—the very architecture of monochrome uniformity—and his setting up of repetitive systems.

[i] René Leibowitz, Schoenberg et son école: l’étape contemporaine du langage musical (Paris, 1947), published in English as Schoenberg and His School: The Contemporary Stage in the Language of Music, trans. Dika Newlin (New York, 1949).

“My interest shifted to the works that emerged from the spirit of Bauhaus and, with Klee, to those works that sought a perspective from different viewpoints,”

Soto would affirm in 1974 with regard to his earliest passions.[i] While they rely on systems, the material characteristics of his works seem to alter or vibrate depending on the direction in question, just as much as they provoke movement in the viewer. Unlike the wind in Alexander Calder’s works, or electricity in those of Jean Tinguely, it is people themselves who provide the driving force for Soto, without there being any manipulation of the object. This property of the work, more specifically known as “dynamogenic,” was poorly understood when it first appeared—as it was for other artists, like Heinz Mack, Julio Le Parc, or even Bridget Riley. It is worth remembering that, from the nineteen-sixties onwards, Soto was still widely regarded as the hero of an art sometimes called “Kinetic” or “Op”—what was more, the artist, anxious to assert his unique position, regularly protested against this second label on the grounds that it would confine his use of traditional effects to the sphere of painting. Soto’s approach was marked by what William Seitz describes as “perceptual abstraction,” that is to say, a form of nonfigurative art that draws on phenomenology and sees spatiotemporal perception as a medium in its own right.[ii]

[i] Jésus Rafael Soto, in Claude-Louis Renard, “Excerpts from an interview with Soto,” in Soto: A Retrospective Exhibition, exh. cat. Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum (New York, 1974), pp. 26–27.

[ii] These ideas are at the heart of my doctoral thesis on Op Art and Kinetic Art (Université Paris IV-Sorbonne, 2012) as well as the 2013 exhibition Dynamo: Un siècle de lumière et de mouvement dans l’art, 1913–2013, which I curated at the Galeries nationales du Grand Palais, with Serge Lemoine (lead curator), and Domitille d’Orgeval and Marianne Le Pommeré (associate curators). See Dynamo: Un siècle de lumière et de mouvement dans l’art, 1913–2013, exh. cat. Grand Palais (Paris, 2013).

In the catalogue of a 1969 exhibition dedicated to the artist by the ARC, City of Paris Museum of Modern Art (Musée d’Art Moderne de la Ville de Paris), the art critic Jean Clay underlines the profoundly spiritual dimension of the “radical dematerialization” led by the artist.”[i] Moreover, he quotes Kazimir Malevich, because a reproduction of his 1918 work, Suprematist Composition: White on White, an icon of monochrome painting, would have a lasting influence on the Venezuelan’s oeuvre.

[i] The author continues from where he left off in the catalogue of the monographic exhibition on Soto held at the Galerie Denise Rayé in 1967.

More than fifty years before Soto, the Constructivist painter was attacking the theoretical framework that, in his view, governed what was still a very young abstract art. As Jean Clay claims: 

“Then the prophecy [made by Malevich] in 1919 came true: ‘Those who create abstract constructions based on the interrelationship of colors within a painting are still trapped in the world of aesthetics, rather than being immersed in philosophy.’”[i]

[i] Jean Clay (quoting Kazimir Malevich), “Soto: Itinéraire, 1950–1959,” in Soto, exh. cat. (Paris, Musée d’Art Moderne, 1969), n.p.

From the radical abstraction of the Constructivist painter to that of the Kinetic artist displayed in Paris in 1950, the question was always how to escape this logic of the closed painting. The work must be “open,” to use the phrase coined by Umberto Eco, particularly with regard to Kinetic Art. Jean Clay seems to find the ultimate embodiment of this logic in Soto’s Penetrables (from 1967 on). These take the form of a shower of thin, translucent nylon tubes, for the most part monochrome in color, through which viewers are invited to move freely and experience continuous contact.[i] Clay presents this logic as a significant development for the “ambivalent space” that took shape in the first plexiglass reliefs of the nineteen-fifties. The visual and spatial impact of the Penetrables was certainly not impacted by the limited dimensions of the oldest works. Quite the opposite—as Clay himself asserted, Soto achieves

[i] Soto imagined an “aquatic” version of the Pénétrables, called the Aquapénétrable, in which thousands of small water jets replaced the translucent tubes. He also thought about realizing a steam version, a “pénétrable en vapeur,” “for cold countries” (these works were never made but their models were illustrated in the magazine Robho in 1969).

“astonishing effects of unequal weight through the play of differently slanted scratches, as if each plate represented the atmosphere of a different planet, as if each series of stripes reacted differently to the laws of universal attraction.… Take a step sideways and a completely different set of levitations comes into force, creating the disconcerting sensation that opposing laws of physics apply concomitantly to the microspace that Soto has succeeding in entrapping.”[i]

[i] Clay 1969 (see note 5), n.p.

This is nothing other than a psycho-physiological experience, pure and simple (one not linked to the imagination), a monochrome weightlessness in action, in a universe crossed by “non-Euclidean” forces that defy the laws of physics and, in particular, those of rational understanding.

Through his work, the artist must respond to this new, multidimensional regime of visual experience. At the turn of the nineteen-sixties, this is precisely what a number of artists developing within the open framework of ZERO aimed to do: no longer working at the level of the painting and imagery, but within the temporal and spatial variability of in vivo experience.

But this multidimensional expansion, which some would describe as “baroque,” called for a novel reduction, like a counterpoint, both in terms of color and materials. The monochrome phenomenon often begins on the surface of a canvas, a painted wood board or even a metal sheet. At the same time, through the constant palpitation of its visual field, the kinetic or perceptual monochrome also offers a unique resonance with Goethe’s Trübe.[i] In his writing, the philosopher announces that

 

[i] This concept may be translated as “trouble” or “turbidity.” On Goethe’s terminology, see Maurice Élie, Lumière, couleurs et nature: L’Optique et la physique de Goethe et de la Naturphilosophie (Paris, 1993).

“if turbidity is a weakening of transparency and the start of corporeality, we can express it as an assembly of differences, namely of transparency and non-transparency, creating an unequal woven quality, which we name after the expression coming from this altered unity, the rest and connection of these parts which are then in disorder and confusion, that is to say Trübe [turbidity].”[i]

[i] Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, Naturwissenschaftliche Schriften, 5. Band I (Weimar, 1897), p. 395, reprinted in Elie 1993 (see note 8), p. 81.

As Maurice Élie reminds us, Goethe studies these troubled milieux in the chapter of the Theory of Colors that discusses the “first class” physical colors, that is to say, those formed by blending light and darkness through the mist, steam, or smoke. Thanks to its status as an intermediary milieu, Trübe is transparency and opacity in equal measure. It can describe a phenomenon of balance between being and nothingness, between the vibrating unity of the light-color field and the chaotic movement of its elements. Numerous works emerging from this dynamic reading of monochrome also bring together the atmospheric qualities of the diaphanous, as described by Aristotle in his Meteorology: “so too, the sun appears red through smoke and mist.”[i] Also, in his Parva naturalia, the same author gives an early indication of the quality of this luminous-chromatic presence, at once floating, indirect, and corporeal:

[i] Aristotle, Petits traités d’histoire naturelle (Paris, 1965), p. 14.

“The nature of light, he says, is therefore in the indeterminate diaphanous. As for the limit of the diaphanous, which is in the body, it is obvious that it has some reality, and, from the facts, it is clear that this is precisely where color lies, because color is either at the limit of bodies or is their limit.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 28.

For Soto, color alone only appears through its indeterminate diffusion, in which the gaze is immersed. On the other hand, in a way that prefigures Soto’s reliefs, volumes, and other “Penetrables,” the painter Franz Marc associates some optical discoveries with art in his Aphorisms (1914), and foresees in the modern gaze a similar capacity to penetrate the visible, even if it were totally material and opaque:

“The art of the future will be an embodiment of our scientific belief. We deconstruct prudish and deceitful nature and reconstruct it in our own understanding. We see beyond the material, and the day is certainly not far when we will penetrate it like air. Matter is a force that mankind still tolerates, but no longer recognizes. Instead of being satisfied with looking at the world, we now x-ray it. No mystic could have achieved, even in the moments of greatest ecstasy where the heavens seemed to open to his eyes, the complete abstraction of modern thought, which is no longer halted by any obstacle.”[i]

[i] Franz Marc, “Aphorisms” (1914), reprinted in Georg Schmidt and Robert Schenk, eds., Kunst und Naturform (Basel, 1960), p. 39.

These ambulatory environments reveal Soto’s choice to give preference to a free field of vision and wandering; the viewer, like an actor without a script or a dancer without a choreography, is lost—at least insofar as he finds himself sensorially and socially present, although forgotten by the object-painting.

The works can become disconcerting, as minimalist in their production as they are elusive when seen in vivo.The eye—and sometimes also the body, when regarding one of Soto’s Penetrables, for example—is subtly trapped and can wander endlessly in atomized spaces, constantly oscillating between volume and plane, object and image. By invading our perceptive space without ever allowing itself to be fully grasped, a ZERO monochrome, as Henri Bergson would say, is an object never seen in its entirety, now or in the future, by anyone. Whether in the form of a mural relief, a sculpture in the round, or even an environment, this monochrome staccato provides us with a singular experience, renewed on each contemplation: a realization of incompleteness, a space–time continuum that words and images will always fail to capture.

On his visiting card, Heinz Mack presents himself as a “sculptor and painter.” The order is important: the modulation of matter in space takes precedence over the creation of images on the painted surface. In other words, even the canvases that the artist stretches over frames from the mid-nineteen-fifties onwards are covered with abundant pasted materials, bringing them closer to this intermediary domain in the history of art, namely relief, midway between painting and sculpture. Their appearance offers an incessant play of perception with light and real space. The matter appears to be literally consumed by the play of reflection, and the work only exists in the double movement of appearing and disappearing. It is a paradox, one that is inseparable from the history of kinetics and perceptual art, in which Mack played a central part, between the evidence of the material fact and its complex effects. A similar tension applies to the artist’s career, which cannot be adequately approached either from a fixed viewpoint or from a central perspective.

The lyrical abstraction that Mack came closer to in the early nineteen-fifties seemed to him to be overly indebted to the history of painting through its lively polychromy and its supposedly “free” gestures. For most of the artists who were members of ZERO, the twin questions of relief and the “ideal monochrome” form a constant refrain. For his part, Mack aimed to use color alone in space and real time. In other words, Mack goes back to the oldest definition of the term “grisaille,” starting with one color at a time—preferably white, black, or grey, alternately and using different repeated patterns—but without simulating relief in an illusionist manner, using the tools of perspective (Structure Dynamic Blanc, 1958), as well as, more rarely, other colors like red (Untitled, 1957–58), blue (Vibration in Blue, 1959), and halftones (Untitled, 1957–58). His aesthetic project in 1958 was extremely precise: “I give vibration to a color, i.e., I give the color a structure or I give it shape. Whatever happens, one can no longer talk of creating a form in the classic sense of the term.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “Die neue dynamische Struktur,” in ZERO 1, eds. Heinz Mack and Otto Piene (Düsseldorf, 1958), n.p.

Heinz Mack, Ohne Titel – Rote Dynamische Struktur, 1958, 64 x 82 cm, synthetic resin on canvas, photo: Archive Heinz Mack

In Mack’s Metallreliefs (Metal Reliefs) and Lichtreliefs (Light Reliefs), the constant dialectic between order and chaos, the gridded and the diaphanous, matter and light, is resolutely abstract. These works, like the Sandreliefs (Sand Reliefs), echo the activity of the natural elements of light, wind, and rain on the surfaces of water or deserts. The link between Heinz Mack and Yves Klein is fundamental here. Their meeting, in 1956, led to a deep friendship and numerous collaborations that only came to an end with Klein’s death in April 1962. The latter’s contribution to the history of the monochrome, now tragically over, was recognized early. As for Mack’s exactly contemporary, but also clearly distinct, contribution, it would remain underestimated for many years in the history of the genre. In his black paintings, where the matter plays with light, as in Untitled (1957–58), for example, Mack was keen to integrate the variation of a repetitive rhythm into the paint layer. Like a contretemps, numerous accidents and other irregularities also help to create what is a real staccato effect—unlike with Klein, who preferred a form of contemplative continuity. Multiple microbreaks result from the free realization that Mack thought necessary in order to avoid ornament. Moreover, not far from this radical series—which announces Pierre Soulages’s Outrenoir series, or is perfectly contemporary with it—are Mack’s Sandreliefs. Here, the granular surface and the regularity of the alternating hollows and crests are produced using a simple stylus or notched ruler—of which the artist made several models, depending on the format of the work and the pattern he wanted to create. These instruments, traditionally associated with sculpture, replace the painter’s tools, the brush and the knife. 

The general outcome of the process certainly evokes the powdered surfaces of Klein’s IKB (International Klein Blue) monochromes or, again, those of Piero Manzoni’s pleated and then painted textiles for his Achromes. But the dynamic nature and the play of light and shadow set Mack’s work apart, as with the role played by chance, for example, in a strange horizontal relief titled Sahara-Sandtisch (1972), simply made of dry sand collected during a stay in the desert, which the artist placed in a plexiglass box, allowing its appearance to change as it moves and tilts. 

It is not just a fragment of the desert that seems to have been transposed into a work of art, but its endlessly changing appearance.

As well as this subtle evocation of the desert, a sample of which materially constitutes the art work, Mack’s aluminum creations are an essential stage in his monochrome speculation. They are the result of manual embossing, using a stylus and a ruler, with the sheet then attached to a wooden panel to make it rigid. The artist explains:

“I no longer saw the relief of the metal, rather a vibrating and pulsating structure made of light. It seems to me that this structure floated on the metal relief, as if detached, like the reflection of light on the sea that starts to vibrate in intense sunlight, taking the form of a carpet of light made up of reflections of dancing light.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, quoted in Yvonne Schwarzer, Das Paradies auf Erden schon zu Lebzeiten betreten: Ein Gespräch mit dem Maler und Bildhauer Heinz Mack (Witten, 2005), p. 15. Translation by Lucinda Byatt.

This passage, among others, reveals the artist’s unusual fascination with light, which Dieter Honisch presents as a protagonist in its own right. Retracing the genealogy of these metal reliefs to Impressionism and Neo-Impressionism, the art historian sums up his argument as follows:

“[Mack] does not portray the light. Instead, he constrains it to reveal itself, to be involved in the creation of a special optical quality. In his optical reliefs, the light seems to be gathered, concentrated, fortified, strengthened, intensified, or, in a word, transported through a power of attraction that does not exist elsewhere.”[i]

[i] Dieter Honisch, Mack: Skulpturen 1953–1986 (Düsseldorf and Vienna, 1986).

In other words, by using a very physical, material, and tangible matrix, Mack aims to amplify the undulating, rhythmic, and vibrating essence of the natural phenomenon of light. Where Moholy-Nagy still conceived his Light Space Modulator (1922–30) as a composed deployment in space and time, Mack pushed his sculpture to the limits of formal simplification, toward a form of paradoxical derealization. The eye is captured by the mysteries of this device, held in its optical nets. It is not only color alone that Mack uses, but also the “non-colors” proscribed by Mondrian—black, white, and gray—which here co-exist with the other chromatic values.

Turning to some earlier works, a surprising drawing on paper (Untitled, 1950), made by Mack during his first year at art school in Düsseldorf, consists simply of a horizontal succession of scalloped lines. This is the first known example of the monochromatic structure that will be developed further by the artist. Through this unusual echo of grisaille, Mack sketches a staccato motif and announces his pairing of formal reduction and phenomenal deployment in a work that is both monochrome and “open,” therefore becoming contingent and dependent on its changing context, whether variations in light and space or the erratic movements of the viewer. This elaboration of a changing appearance is accompanied, in Mack’s work, by a strong resonance with landscape, a quest for the sublime and an undeniable romanticism. These seem to follow in the wake of Mondrian’s early experiments in the nineteen-tens, which led him from landscape painting to radical abstraction, especially in his Composition no. 10—Pier and Ocean (1915). Here, one can see an aerial form with blurred contours, essentially made up of fine horizontal and vertical lines in the sky. This dialectic, between basic geometry and atmospheric entropy, also applies to Mack’s metallic reliefs from 1958 onwards, such as Lamellenrelief, for example, or Das Meer I—Lichtrelief, with its explicit title (das Meer means “sea” in German), both created in 1963. The demultiplication and sudden variations in the reflection of light make the work fluctuate between material object and diaphanous scintillation, taking the motifs painted in oil on the canvas of the Dutch artist to a truly “phenomenal” spatial dimension.

This dialogue between the permanent structure and changing dynamics of natural elements takes place at the level of landscape. However, this is not a landscape in the classic sense, with trees and people, inherited from seventeenth-century Dutch painting, but rather a landscape without landmarks, made up of deserted stretches, whether land or sea, in the Arctic or the Sahara, where the artist travelled and carried out a number of projects from 1959 onwards. The artist uses these inhospitable lands, shaped by natural forces—seas of dunes, glaciers, and translucent icebergs—as ad hoc frames in which to present his works, thus opening the way to American Land Art in general, and to an artist like Robert Smithson in particular.[i] The same is true for Mack’s fascinating photographic collages that evoke those of contemporaries such as Archigram or Hans Hollein. Creating a play of scales, and leaving clearly visible traces of “trickery,” the artist transposes his sculptures into a natural setting, as in the case of Entwurf für eine Lichtpyramide (1964), a sculpture composed of six stainless steel triangles, simply folded and lined up one behind the other, from the smallest to the largest. The means deployed are as derisory as the objective is phenomenal, in the true sense of the word: the light and its reflections are first caught then bounce back off the sculpture, almost making the latter vanish, like the triangles themselves, which seem as sharp as knives and fill the space majestically and menacingly. As he does in his columns, covered with yellow gold foil for The Sky over Nine Columns (2013), or white gold for Silber-Stele (2012–14), whose finely embossed surfaces shimmer in the sunlight, Mack offers a model of dynamic monumentality to the moving gaze. Here, the word “DYNAMO,” which recurs frequently in the titles of ZERO’s exhibitions and publications from 1957,[ii] acquires a particular meaning: not only must the work be “dynamic,” that is, moved by an inner force, but also “dynamogenic,” or in other words visually stimulating a motor reaction in the observer, a setting in motion of the mechanics of perception.

[i] Among the works of Robert Smithson (1934–1973), for example, one could mention Yucatan Mirror Displacements (1969). Smithson probably discovered the work of Heinz Mack in 1964, while preparing to participate in the exhibition The Responsive Eye at the Museum of Modern Art in New York (as attested by his letters to the exhibition’s curator, William Seitz, which are now in the museum’s archive).

[ii] See Dynamo 2013 (see note 3).

In around 1870, Hippolyte Taine sought to describe a perceptual fading of form, which is produced when the eye is subject to this highly unusual type of stimulus, producing a dissociation of concept and percept. As part of a study on the visual data of the act of understanding, and having presented a “general law” of attention, the philosopher qualified this effect as “an error of conscience” produced by an “optico-muscular” difficulty in introducing hierarchy into the visual field and of evaluating spatial distances.[i] According to Taine, the invisible and the evanescent occur when the hierarchy of elements in a visual field is disturbed. Continuing his reflections, this time taking a musical score as his example, he described how a musician’s spirit becomes “a black daub [whose] signs have been erased [and whose] sounds alone linger on.”[ii] These sounds that linger, produced by the conscience (yet not acknowledged by it), are for the most part unfocused and undulating kinetic monochromes. It is worth noting that if sounds were to be drawn from it, as from a score, they would evoke the repetitive and serial music that was emerging during this same period. For Mack, sensorial experience is never a protocol, a pure idea. The artist’s desire to translate the dynamization and fragmentation of modern spatiotemporal experience is firmly anchored in the tangible reality of materials, in the countless traces of a resolutely manual and artisanal production process, ranging from the brushstroke to steel cutting. Another possibly more primitive aspect of the dynamogenic quality described above is founded on a solid belief, among these artists, in the transmission to the viewer of the physical action that generated the work. If this visual dynamic dominates all of Mack’s oeuvre and merges with that of ZERO for a short period of time, it is because it emerges from the ruins of the Second World War and is prompted by the absolute necessity to build a new world, one that marks a clean break. This relationship with reality, at once demystified and luminous, questions a modernity dominated by the occasionally overwhelming feeling of intensified social and informational exchange, of an accelerating pace of life. And so, this exploration of the vibrating monochrome introduced by ZERO is essential today because it remains irrevocably questioning, oscillating constantly between immobility and acceleration, materiality and evanescence.

[i] Hippolyte Taine, De l’intelligence, 2nd ed. (Paris, 1870), p. 68.

[ii] Ibid., p. 69.

This text has been translated from French into English by Lucinda Byatt.

Endnotes

Structure

S Structure

ZERO 3+3

Iwona Bigos

“Structure, in its basic sense, is the created unity of the parts and joints of entities. It is a pattern of dynamic cohesion in which noun and verb, form and to form, are coexistent and interchangeable; of interacting forces perceived as a single spatio-temporal entity.


It is no quibble to separate the notion of structure from such related concepts as order, form, organized complexity, whole, system, or Gestalt. Each historical era seeks and needs a central model of understanding. Structure seems central to our time—the unique substance of our vision.”


György Kepes

The definition of structure is multifaceted and can be explained on a variety of levels. In short, it is at once an entity and an arrangement of constituent parts that could be termed “structural elements,” which stand in a system of reciprocal relations. This chapter starts with a citation from the 1965 anthology Structure in Art and in Science, edited by György Kepes, the second volume in his Vision + Value series. Each volume contained essays by prominent contemporary artists, designers, architects, and scientists that presented cutting-edge scientific findings and artistic visions as a complex picture and publicized the concept of structure as the new organizing principle of the thinking at the time.

In the context of ZERO and structure, this anthology is also important because it paints a picture of the scientific discoveries around the middle of the twentieth century, including such momentous ones as the discovery of the double helix structure of DNA in 1953. It points up the connections between science and art that were of great importance to the art of the time and which led to the use of new technical media in artistic processes. Also of considerable significance for the development of the art of those years was structuralism, which the anthology also addresses.

The Vision + Value series grew out of seminars held from 1965 to 1966 at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Cambridge, MA, where the editor who later became the first director of the Center for Advanced Visual Studies (CAVS), György Kepes (1906–2001), taught. Texts by scientists, technologists, architects, and artists, including Max Bill (1908–1994) and art theorist Margit Staber (b. 1931), appeared in Structure in Art and in Science. For her chapter, Margit Staber used visual material that included the works Kompozycja unistyczna 9 (1931) by Władysław Strzemiński (1893–1952), and Calme (1960) by Otto Piene, to each of which we shall return later.

Max Bill and Margit Staber were also the authors of the catalog for the exhibition Konkrete Kunst: 50 Jahre Entwicklung (Concrete Art: 50 Years of Development), which took place in 1960 at the Helmhaus in Zurich. Particularly with regard to searching for the usage of the concept of structure in the work of the three ZERO artists Heinz Mack (b. 1931), Otto Piene (1928–2014), and Günther Uecker (b. 1930), Staber’s suggestion that the origin of its application was to be found in the development of Concrete Art pointed the way forward. In the catalog, she wrote:

Władysław Strzemiński, Kompozycja unistyczna 13, 1934, 50 x 50 cm, oil on canvas, Muzeum Sztuki, Łódź

“The concept of Concrete Art obviously has much wider and deeper roots, it hangs on the concept of structure, as emerges repeatedly in the foregoing discussion. Structure: to be understood as the conscious ordering principle, the controlled and controllable organizational scheme of the design process. Here, nongeometrical and amorphous formations have the same rights as the geometrical and exact elements, the sharp and the soft contour, sfumato or punctual dissolution. These processes lead on the one hand more in the direction of the design concept, and on the other hand—above all in the latest experiments—to the visualization of the structural organization itself.”[i]

[i] Margit Staber, “Katalog dokumentiert von Margit Staber,” in Konkrete Kunst: 50 Jahre Entwicklung, exh. cat. Helmhaus (Zurich, 1960), p. 57.

The Zurich exhibition on the development of Concrete Art, which was the second organized by Max Bill, featured works by over one hundred international artists, and included works by Heinz Mack, Lichtrelief in Bewegung (Light Relief in Motion), 1959; Otto Piene, Rasterbild Calme (Grid Painting Calme), 1960; and Günther Uecker, Objekt Weiss (White Object), 1959; as well as by Władysław Strzemiński (1883–1952), Kompozycja unistyczna 9 (Unist Composition 9), 1931; and Kompozycja unistyczna 13 (1934). According to Dieter Honisch (1932–2004), the Zurich exhibition was the first opportunity Günther Uecker had to engage with the concept of Unism and the works of Władysław Strzemiński.[i] Uecker, however, claims to have spoken with Willem Sandberg (1897–1984) about the correspondence between Strzemiński and Kazimir Malevich (1879–1935) as early as the nineteen-fifties. Uecker said he knew the name of the Polish artist and theorist even before Max Bill’s Zurich exhibition:

[i] See Dieter Honisch, “O strukturze Günthera Ueckera,” in Günther Uecker Struktury, exh. cat. Muzeum Sztuki w Łodzi (Łódź, 1974), p. 8. All quotations from this book were translated from the Polish into German by the author and into English by Gloria Custance.

“In Antwerp I was on very friendly terms with Jef Verheyen, and in Amsterdam with Willem Sandberg.… Sandberg told me about the correspondence between Władysław Strzemiński and Malevich, in which Strzemiński reproaches Malevich for still being a very heavily biased symbolist painter, but, nevertheless, he succeeds in bringing about perception of a picture that is egalitarian with his structural frictions and his nondominance of a prominent object. That is just an interpretation, not a quote. I then became very preoccupied with Strzemiński and he left his mark on me.”[i]

[i] Günther Uecker, interview by Franziska Leuthäußer, cafedeutschland.staedelmuseum.de/, March 31, 2016, https://cafedeutschland.staedelmuseum.de/gespraeche/guenther-uecker (accessed August 8, 2023).

Who was this Strzemiński?

Together with his wife Katarzyna Kobro (1898–1951), Strzemiński was one of the most influential Polish artists of the twentieth century. The two were important members of the European avant-garde and were in early contact with the Russian Suprematists around Kazimir Malevich—Vladimir Tatlin (1885–1953), El Lissitzky (1890–1941), and Alexander Rodchenko (1891–1956). They also maintained a lively exchange with a large number of European artists, including Piet Mondrian (1872–1944) and Theo van Doesburg (1883–1931). Together, they helped Polish art after World War I to combine the modernist ideas of eastern central Europe and Russia with those of Western Europe. In 1930, they founded the Muzeum Sztuki in Łódź—the first museum of contemporary art in Europe. A fundamental influence on Strzemiński’s theoretical work, especially on his Theorie des Sehens (Theory of Vision),[i] was the fact that he had been severely wounded in World War I: the artist lost not only an arm and a leg but was also blinded in one eye.

[i] See Władysław Strzemiński, Teoria widzenia (Łódź, 2016).

Günther Uecker, Białe pole – Hommage à Strzemiński, 1970, 65 x 65 x 9 cm, nails, chipboard, canvas, Muzeum Sztuki, Łódź

After World War II, Strzemiński’s theories and his work were not widely known in the West. However, according to Heiner Stachelhaus, the Polish artist certainly played an inspiring role for the ZERO artists.[i] It can be assumed that the young German artists confronted, or perhaps encountered, the theory of Unism in painting for the first time during the exhibition in Zurich.[ii]All three protagonists later expressed very different opinions about this influence, or about the lack thereof.[iii] In the catalog of the Zurich exhibition, along with Strzemiński’s paintings, a short text on his ideas was published, which quoted a small part of his reflections on Unism:

[i] “By concentrating on Mack, Piene, and Uecker, this is an attempt to represent the ‘center’ of ZERO, as it were. That in the early phase some direct and indirect influences were effectual, must not be concealed. Artists such as Lucio Fontana, Yves Klein, Piero Manzoni, and Jean Tinguely, on the one hand, and Kazimir Malevich and Władysław Strzemiński, on the other, should be mentioned here.” Heiner Stachelhaus, ZERO: Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker (Düsseldorf, 1993), p. 9.

[ii] See Anette Kuhn, ZERO: Eine Avantgarde der sechziger Jahre (Frankfurt am Main and Berlin, 1991).

[iii] “As far as the precursors of monochromy are concerned, Mack, unlike Uecker, does not estimate the influence on his work of the Polish ‘Unist’ Władisław Strzemiński and the Russian ‘Suprematist’ Kazimir Malevich to be so considerable, although he has the highest regard for the great achievements of these artists, especially those of Malevich. Mack first came across paintings by Strzemiński in a catalog of the Paris gallery Denise René. That was, according to his recollection, after the end of ZERO. There were no discussions about Malevich and the relations of Suprematism to ZERO within the inner ZERO circle.” Stachelhaus 1993 (see note 5), p. 66.

“A text by the Polish artist Władysław Strzemiński on his new paintings appeared in the yearbook Abstraction-Création (1932). These works are particularly topical again today, because they already contain the basics of monochrome structural painting, which has emerged in recent years:

‘Where there is a dividing line, the picture is cut into parts. What must their relationships be?

The line. If there is only one line, we see its relationship to the picture’s boundaries. If there are several, we see the relationships of the lines to each other and of each to the pictorial boundaries.

The line has always cut through the picture. What is the reciprocal relationship of these cuts? We bind the individual parts into a rhythm of the relationships of one dimension to another. So there is a rhythm that is the essence of the aesthetic emotions of the picture.

This rhythm results from the contradiction of directions and dimensions.

The law of the unity of the rhythm? The unity of the rhythm is obtained by subordinating the relations of the dimensions to the same mathematical expression.

This mathematical expression determines the relationship between height and width of the picture. All of the fragments and all of the forms are held together by this mathematical relation. In this way we arrive at an absolute rhythm of all forms, the largest of which is the picture itself.

However, wherever we have a line, there is a division, and instead of a single picture, we have separate parts. The line divides; but the goal of our intentions should not be the division, but the unity of the picture, directly represented, that is, the optical unity. Consequently, one must give up the line. One must give up the rhythm, because it only exists in the relationship between independent parts. One must give up contradictions and contrasts, because only separate forms can produce contradictions and contrasts. One must give up divisions, because these engender concentration and the greatest intensity at the contours—and divide the picture into strong and weak forms. Having studied the problem of architectural rhythm in my pictures, I am now occupied with the concept of pictorial unity.’”[i]

[i] Staber 1960 (see note 1), pp. 25–26.

Just how topical these theoretical ideas were was pointed out some thirty-four years later by Volker Adolphs (b. 1957) in his text Das schweigende Bild (The Silent Picture), which he wrote for the exhibition catalog of Strzemiński’s retrospective at the Kunstmuseum Bonn:

“As there was no reception of the ideas of Strzemiński, or only reception that was considerably delayed, it came about that Strzemiński’s thoughts on the self-referentiality of the picture as an autonomous and organic two-dimensional whole, on the unity of its structure, on reducing reflections on the elements constituting the picture, which he set forth in his artworks and writings such as B=2 (1924) and Unism in Painting(1928), were buried again. His insights had to be rediscovered and reexplored from the end of the 1950s, without artists crediting Strzemiński. Strzemiński belongs to the pioneers of a concrete art that refers to itself, of the development of art, for example, into monochromy, of the exploration of primary structures that is prepared in the work of Strzemiński, so that in Germany, among other places, the aims of the group ZERO do seem related to Strzemiński’s aims in their purism of form and color. Günther Uecker is one of the few artists who has explicitly recognized Strzemiński as a precursor and kindred spirit of his own artistic intentions.”[i]

[i] Volker Adolphs, “Das schweigende Bild,” in Władysław Strzemiński 18931952, exh. cat. Kunstmuseum (Bonn, 1994), p. 30.

Installation view of exhibition Günther Uecker: Struktury, 1974–75, 160 x 160 x 18.5 cm, nails, wood, canvas, Archiwum Muzeum Sztuki, Łódź

What was this Unism? Why does it seem worth mentioning in the context of an essay on structure in the work of the ZERO artists? To summarize: in the field of painting, this theory is based on the assumption that the essence of a painting is determined by the fact that the flat surface of the work, consisting of the applied paint, is bounded by a frame of certain dimensions.[i] It is an attempt to overcome the dualism of outline and plane, or space and form, which prevails in the creation of pictures. The picture represents a fixed unity of forms, the largest of which is the picture itself. The idea is that the effect of all forms and colors should be simultaneous and equal, which can be achieved through the subtle differentiation of color as well as texture, leading to an absolute rhythm of all forms. Anything that goes beyond these defined characteristics, such as movement, time, three-dimensionality, or pointers to references and content, must be rejected by the artist, as this stands in the way of the ideal integrity of the work. The picture becomes a subject, similar to an organism. It does not convey reality but becomes a kind of “being/existence itself.” This idea of Strzemiński’s was best visualized in his last Unist compositions, which were on display in the Zurich exhibition. His striving for a unified image, however, did not lead to the rejection of structure that results from the combination of organic lines and color planes. Adolphs explains this contradiction as follows:

[i] The first paintings from the Unism phase were painted with the ratio 8:5; the paintings from the last phase were square.

“The line can be legitimized only when it does not manifest itself as a subjective gesture of the artist, as an emotional cipher; when it does not formulate dynamic, opposing pictorial directions as a ‘power sign,’ but instead deindividualizes, unifies, is nondirectional, and contributes to the unification of the picture’s surface in grid-like repetitions and parallel paths.…

Then the line no longer serves to delimit areas of color or to traverse them freely; the line itself becomes color, color becomes line. In order to fend off any claim to a representative, symbolic, illusionistic function of color, the line is broken down into dense webs of lines or the smallest formal units, whereby they are applied impasto or with a spatula, dabbed, or pressed out of the tube to form bands of color. The color is thus immediately present as material, it refers to nothing but itself. This facture of the pictures is of great importance for the pictorial structure aspired to.”[i]

[i] Adolphs 1994 (see note 9), p. 38.

As illustrations for his text, Adolphs uses both Strzemiński’s Kompozycje unistyczna (Unistic Compositions) 9 and 11, of 1931 (one of which was also featured in the catalog of the Zurich exhibition and in the anthology Structure in Art and in Science, albeit mirrored), as well as Heinz Mack’s Dynamische Struktur auf Schwarz (Dynamic Structure in Black), 1961, and Günther Uecker’s Mathematische Reihung (Mathematical Array), 1963. In the text, Adolphs also points to a direct connection between the theory and the work of the ZERO artists: “The concept of structure of the artists from the German group ‘ZERO’ is likewise related, who in their works, however, were primarily concerned with releasing the energy of light and the attainment of a zero point, a new basis for art, through the purification of color.”[i]

Heinz Mack claims he only engaged with Unism after ZERO had ended. Proof of this is his schematic drawing from 1970 about the artist groupings around ZERO.[ii] And if one looks at Mack’s early work, the artist’s exploration of the concept of structure in his writings can be found as early as 1958. In his essay Die neue dynamische Struktur (The New Dynamic Structure) for the magazine ZERO 1, which appeared on the occasion of the 7th Evening Exhibition, Das rote Bild (The Red Painting), he writes about the importance of structure in pictorial design as well as about the unity of the picture that Strzemiński had aspired to so forcefully thirty years earlier:

[i] Ibid., p. 39.

[ii] See Kuhn 1991 (see note 6), p. 12.

“Overcoming polychromaticism through color itself means that we must give up composition in favor of a simple structure zone, i.e., the simple ‘coming together’ of all creative elements. The painter accomplishes unity in a work, among other means, by knowing precisely the function of each simple constituent; in the place of ‘interesting’ detail we substitute a completely insipid structural element that is only meaningful when it is related to the whole. In this way the structural element achieves its individuality, its unique significance. To speak of such an element by itself is meaningless. (The ‘images within the painting,’ the ‘effects,’ the predomination of isolated single forms, do not exist any more.) In other words, ‘structure’ in the sense of ‘unity,’ overall form, is destructible, but its elements remain in their unadulterated diversity. Once this is recognized it will mean exciting results for the painter.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “The New Dynamic Structure” (1958), in Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO, trans. Howard Beckman (Cambridge, MA, 1973), p. 14.

Mack’s preoccupation with the structure zone in the context of dynamic structure is at odds with Strzemiński’s theoretical rejection of the appearance of movement in the painting. However, if we look at the Polish artist’s Unistic compositions, especially the final ones, we see how much his theory deviates from the real paintings, in which the repetitive monochrome color forms nevertheless seem to pulsate. Mack’s works also exhibit similar effects. In his structural paintings, the mechanical process of repetition creates “parallel zones” that endow the picture with a vibrant appearance and dynamic. Like Strzemiński’s Unistic Compositions,Mack’s paintings are freed from composition, with structure taking its place, whereby, for Mack—as Gerhard Charles Rump (1947–2020) emphasizes—a structure is not identical with a uniform grid.[i] Mack’s first Dynamic Structures were created in the late nineteen-fifties. The pictures were intended to convey the impression of pure emotion, which arises from intensive contemplation of the constantly changing, flickering vibrations. The structural elements utilized by Mack are composed in different lengths, vertically or horizontally, slightly oblique or straight. What appears to be arbitrary has in fact nothing to do with arbitrariness. Mack speaks of a new image space.[ii]

These are closed, rhythmic, pictorial systems. This rhythm, which is caused by a vibration in the eyes of the viewer, became a very important category for Mack in his artistic work. Rump even speaks of rhythm as a pictorial strategy:

[i] Gerhard Charles Rump, “Die Macht der Notwendigkeit: System der Struktur im Werk von Heinz Mack,” in Heinz Mack: Strukturen—Licht—Bewegung, exh. cat. Samuelis Baumgarte Galerie (Bielefeld, 2013), p. 2.

[ii] “This promises a new pictorial space. By pictorial space I understand the continuous integration of a number of individual spaces. The differentiated pictorial spaces become proportional to one another, producing a certain order. Above all, the new structural order of pictorial space will be determined by the space value of color and its frequency.… In turn, only through the structuring of color space is vibration of color possible at all. Movement will not only be realized on the surface of the painting but will also leap out at the observer unexpectedly. Depth of image becomes irrelevant. Representational-physical pictorial space should be done away with, even when it appears abstract.” Heinz Mack, quoted ibid., p. 15.

Henryk Stażewski, Relief aluminiowy 2, 1965, aluminum, wood, 64 x 100 cm, Muzeum Narodowe we Wrocławiu.

“The rhythmization of the picture ensures heightened attention that lifts it out of the stream of the visual processing of optical stimuli. Rhythm is a pictorial strategy.”[i]

[i] Rump 2013 (see note 15), p. 4.

Rhythm in Mack’s pictorial work appears to be self-explanatory, given the artist’s great musical talent and knowledge of music theory.[i] Early on, he understood music notation as a system of signs, and even the paintings he submitted with his application for admission to the Düsseldorf Kunstakademie were abstract musical notations. Music and the piano have accompanied Mack throughout his life, and this double talent has found expression in his pictorial work. A good example of this is the painting Das Klavierkonzert (The Piano Concerto), of 1962, but this rhythm is also found in his photographs from the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties, where he depicts the structural order of arable furrows or rows of trees. Mack talks about this link in an interview conducted by Heinz-Norbert Jocks (b. 1955):

[i] For more on this, see Heike von den Valentyn, “Die strukturelle Logik des Klanges: Von der Notation zum dynamischen Bildraum” (paper presented at the symposium Mack und Musik: eine Tagung zu Ehren von Heinz Mack,curated by Barbara Könches, ZERO Foundation, Düsseldorf).

“It has to do with music, my musical training, and in particular my preoccupation with Johann Sebastian Bach. Through music I came into contact early on with a nonobjective world full of structures. I had so internalized the inherently logical structure of the musical notation of a fugue or a prelude, which follows inner laws, that I undertook graphic experiments as a school student. Because I drew with my hand, I later called these ‘the language of my hand.’ Everything that plays a great role in music, like vibrating moments or oscillations, I recorded in drawings and avoided making a musical notation.”[i]

[i] Heinz-Norbert Jocks, “Heinz Mack: Warum an den Tod denken, wenn ich lebe: Ein Gespräch von Heinz-Norbert Jocks,” KUNSTFORUM International, no. 277 (October 2021), p. 239.

Jerzy Rosołowicz, Neutron Temat 3/a, 1965, 70 x 70 cm, wood fibreboard, Muzeum Narodowe, Wrocław

The dynamic structure of these works is based not only on the repetitive, variously composed, note-like structural elements, but also on the existing light contrasts, regardless of the colors used (mostly white, gray, and black). His famous Light Reliefs from the same period are also subjected to the principle of rhythm and the play of light and dark. According to Thomas Beck, Mack’s oeuvre contains two approaches for dealing with light: first, light as the lightness value of color and objects that makes it possible to experience real light in spaces, to which category theDynamischen Strukturen (Dynamic Structures) belong.[i] The Lichtreliefs (Light Reliefs) belong to the second group. They still retain a pictorial form, but because this novel material is used, they already have the character of objects and can already be termed “Light Art.” In the Light Reliefs, which feature a highly polished aluminum foil relief on a plate, light can be experienced both through the contrast, as well as through the direct reflection of light. The works in this group also demonstrate references to the world of music, as with Meine kleine Klaviatur (My Small Keyboard), 1960. In the third ZERO magazine, Mack titles his contribution the Sahara-Projekt: Station 10. Die Lichtreliefs:

[i] See Thomas Beck, “Licht als Thema im Werk von Heinz Mack: Eine Analyse der ästhetischen Grundlagen,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., ZERO-Studien: Aufsätze zur Düsseldorfer Gruppe ZERO und ihrem Umkreis (Münster, 1997), pp. 11–52.

“These ‘Light Reliefs,’ as I call them, exhibit the property that their structures change as soon as the light falling on them changes its angle of incidence or its intensity. When the position of the sun changes, so too does the appearance of the reliefs. Thus any fixed identity of the image ceases to exist.…

The Light Reliefs gain in intensity of vibration, which can be particularly suggestive, when the viewer takes up a position that is an unusual distance away from them. This effect corresponds to the new spatial relations and determines the sensations that come over the viewer. And last but not least, the spatial distance at which we face these phenomena is capable of stimulating the overcoming of materiality.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack, “The Sahara Project: Station 10. The Light Reliefs” (1961), in Mack and Piene 1973 (see note 14), p. 183.

In the later development of his artistic process, Mack transferred the Light Reliefs to new sculptural carriers, but in painting, to which he later returned, he remained faithful to the medium of the structural image.

The revolutionary power of the Light Reliefs was also noticed by Max Bill. Mack’s Struktur der Bewegung (Structure of Motion), 1959, appeared in the catalog of the exhibition Konkrete Kunst: 50 Jahre Entwicklung (Concrete Art: 50 Years of Development), where it is frequently mentioned. With Struktur der Bewegung, one can already speak of an installation, since Mack departs from the principle of two-dimensionality of the image in favor of three-dimensionality. From Otto Piene’s oeuvre, the renowned artist colleague and exhibition curator Max Bill chose one of his early Grid Paintings, Calme (1959). Two years earlier, according to Ursula Perucchi-Petri, the first painting in this series, Frequenz (Frequency), was created. In her text “Otto Piene und ZERO,” she compares the structural composition of these images to Unist thinking, which contrasted image structure with image composition.[i] It was with the Rasterbilder (Grid Paintings or Stencilled Paintings), which were to assume a key position in his work, that Piene achieved his artistic breakthrough at this time.[ii] To create his Grid Paintings, Piene used stencils with systematic perforations, which he made himself. These early works, still structured very geometrically, also exhibit slight irregularities in the resulting colored dots and circles. The painting Calme, on the other hand, already exhibits very clearly a varied structure: geometry gives way to the complex vibrations of colorless surfaces of various depths, which are sometimes almost flat. Rather like Mack’s structural paintings, the shadow play of light has a decisive role in the facture. Piene investigates the effect of paint/color as a material and as a medium of light, which he applies to the canvas through the screens.

In ZERO 1, Piene writes:

[i] See Ursula Perucchi-Petri, “Otto Piene und ZERO,” in Ante Glibota, ed., Otto Piene (Villorba, 2011), pp. 253–75.

[ii] Lawrence Alloway refers to the Rasterbilder as “Stencilled Paintings” in his preface, “Viva Zero,” in Mack and Piene 1973 (see note 14), pp. ix–xiv.

“Light value can be illumination, energy, or motion value.

Light value as illumination usually appears in the disguise of imitative value. Energy value (‘the strength of color’) can mean static or kinetic energy. Here again we are faced with the form–color relationship. It is a question of formal arrangement whether the light value shows up as static or kinetic energy. Color has motion value, above everything else, when the imitative space value is very controlled and the actual (pictorial) space value is constrained or indifferent (silver, white, gold, yellow). Here, a decrease in the space dimension means an expansion of the time dimension. The appearance of color becomes dynamically vibrating, glistening, radiating.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene, “Color in Different Value Systems” (1958), in Mack and Piene 1973 (see note 14), p. 20.

The Grid Paintings were created with bright colors like white, silver, gold, and yellow, which best reflect light.

The restriction to one color in the painting was connected to the ZERO artists’ deliberate reduction of their means of expression, but it was also intended to lead to a better articulation of light and structure in the artwork.

“In this way it becomes clear that monochromy in the ZERO artists’ work is closely linked to the importance they attach to light. The Red Paintingwas the title of Mack and Piene’s 7th Evening Exhibition, in April 1958, which became the first demonstration of monochrome tendencies.

For the artists, however, a new beginning was symbolized above all by the color white. White and ZERO are complementary terms. ‘ZERO is white,’ states a ZERO manifesto.”[i]

[i] Perucchi-Petri 2011 (see note 22), p. 266.

Piene’s color scheme changed with the next phase, the Rauchzeichnungen (Smoke Drawings), which were created as early as 1959. This was connected to the new production process and the very unusual material used. In these pictures, the artistic process undergoes an even further reduction, and the artist leaves the creative act largely to the effect of the medium of smoke.

“If, in the case of the Grid Paintings, standardization is still somewhat relativized by influencing the individual dots both by hand, (sic) and via the application of paint, the color tone, the paint consistency, or via the production of the grid, in the case of the Smoke Drawings there is no longer any direct contact between the creating hand and the material picture. Only the depersonalized, ‘objective’ source of ‘light,’ which leaves the dark dots as a trail of smoke, is guided by his hand. In a dialogue with the viewer, the light in the space sets the smoke dots in motion before their inner eye.”[i]

[i] Beate Fricke, “Rauch und Feuer bei Otto Piene,” in Beuckers 1997 (see note 20), p. 57.

Günther Uecker, Symmetrische Struktur, 1958, 85 x 85 cm, nails on canvas on wood, private collection

The two most important elements continue to be the structure and the movement in which the smoke blotches, dots, or streaks overlap or cluster. Although the consistency of the surface loses its relief-like character, compared to the colorful Grid Paintings, and the light effect is reduced to the contrast of black and white, the Smoke Drawings evoke the effect of dynamic movement in the viewer, though they are much more dependent on the viewer’s active vision.

Like Heinz Mack, Otto Piene’s development of new creative options called into question the traditional picture or image, turning it into more of an object that, freed from composition and representation, expands in space through its vibrations.

The changed artistic process, in which the creator renounces the use of classic painterly tools, is even more obvious in the works of Günther Uecker. According to Honisch, Uecker was the most radical of the ZERO artists and the most consistent in how he engaged with structure in his works. He remained true to his archaic way of working, while Mack and Piene, after a structure-oriented phase, shifted the solution of their artistic problems to the technological level.[i]

In his text “Über die Struktur von Günther Uecker” (“On the Structure of Günther Uecker”), Honisch examines the development of twentieth-century art up to the nineteen-seventies, and advances the hypothesis that during this period there is a shift from the pictorial composition to the structural image. He speaks of a new definition of reality in the image:

[i] See Honisch 1974 (see note 2), p. 8.

“The way in which artists have returned from the world of illusion and reproduction to rendition is the path of gradually defining structure, wherein the object and the rendition meet in a particular object. This balancing, which perhaps only took place because art—seen negatively—solidified into formal analysis, and—seen positively—was able to enjoy its social freedom without being sure what would result from it, was only completed generations ago, to which Günther Uecker also belongs.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 5.

Heinz Mack, Struktur der Bewegung, 1960, 137 x 73.5 x 73.5 cm, steel, glass, aluminum, photo: Archive Heinz Mack

In analyzing the artistic development in Uecker’s early work, Honisch also makes a comparison with Strzemiński’s theory. For Honisch, the significant element in the Polish artist’s work appears to be the fact that Strzemiński replaces the antithesis of composition and construction, which draw their validity from outside, with a structure that has meaning in and of itself.[i] This constituted the topicality of his thought and made him the “father” of a new awareness, also for the art of ZERO, which was no longer reproductive but immanent, concrete, and self-determined. Although Uecker did not refer directly to Strzemiński’s work in connection with his own, he found confirmation of his artistic practice in the Polish artist’s theory. That Uecker held Strzemiński in high esteem is shown by the fact that he donated his painting Das weisse FeldHommage à Strzemiński (1970) to the Muzeum Sztuki in Łódź, where Uecker’s first monographic exhibition in Poland was held in 1974 (Honisch contributing a text to the show’s catalog). In his engagement with structure, Uecker demonstrates considerable consistency. He is interested in the problems of designing neutral images without contrasts and drama. The structure in his works is created by the utilization of lines, stripes, and dots, but also by the varying density of nails painted white. He gave his works indicative titles such as Open Structure, Hanging Structure, Symmetrical Structure, Light Structure,Organic Structure, and Light Modulation. In the beginning, the structure remained enclosed within the picture, as, for example, in Perforations. As of 1958 it takes over the surface of the picture. It occupies the entire surface from edge to edge. The hierarchy disappears. The structures are imprecise and arise spontaneously, which conveys the impression of an individual attitude that is characteristic of Uecker. The artist does not lay down any fixed forms for the picture’s carrier; the works are rectangular or almost square; the colors monochrome, limited to red, white, yellow, and black. One could speak here of a Unistic pictorial structure, since it is about unifying the pictorial field. Uecker, however, develops the structural idea further by giving it a spatial effect through the insertion of nails. The Nail Pictures develop a strong play of light and shadow and an aggressive dynamic. The structure has detached itself from the picture’s surface.

If one looks at the work of the three ZERO protagonists from the aspect of structure, it not only becomes clear just how far understanding of the picture-making process has moved away from the tradition of the brush as a tool, but also how the personality of the artist has receded into the background. The foreground is left to the viewer. This is especially true of the transition from two- to three-dimensionality and finally, with the environment projects, to four-dimensionality, in which time plays a decisive role.

[i] See ibid., p. 6.

Five years before Uecker’s exhibition at the Muzeum Sztuki in Łódź, a major exhibition of works by Henryk Stażewski (1894–1988) took place in the same rooms, which featured mainly white reliefs. Stażewski produced his first reliefs in the late nineteen-fifties, when he had already been acknowledged as the intellectual “father” of the Polish avant-garde for many years. He was already over sixty years old, and thus quite “grown up.” His discovery of this new form of expression supplanted purely painterly media in his creative practice for almost twenty years. Like other representatives of geometric abstraction, Stażewski believed that art should follow the example of science and search for the basic principles of reality.

Stażewski created art for many years in the spirit of the theory of Unism as formulated by Władysław Strzemiński. The two artists, who were almost the same age, were close friends for a long time and worked together in artist groups such as BLOK and artyści rewolucyjni (“a.r.”), with whom they founded the Muzeum Sztuki in Łódź.[i] In the interwar period Stażewski concentrated on geometric abstraction. He was also inspired by the Dutch group De Stijl, advocates of the theory known as “Neoplasticism,” “Nieuwe Beelding,” or the “new image.”

The exhibition Konkrete Kunst, already mentioned several times in this essay, exhibited Stażewski’s Geometric Composition (1930), but none of his reliefs. In this new group of works, Stażewski expanded the Unistic picture by introducing the third dimension. While the first reliefs were made of wood and painted white, for the later ones he used metal and multiplied the number of repeating elements.

[i] “In 1929 my parents left ‘Praesens’ and together with Henryk Stażewski founded ‘a.r.’ (artyści rewolucyjni [revolutionary artists]—awangarda rzeczywista [real avant-garde]). The reason they left was differences of opinion about the goals and functions of art. The ‘a.r.’ group was soon joined by poets of the Kraków avant-garde—Jan Brzękowski and Julian Przyboś. The group’s goal—apart from integrating various areas of art and publishing—was to establish an International Collection of Modern Art in Poland. Strzemiński’s efforts to house it in the National Museum in Warsaw failed. Only after much effort did he finally succeed in gaining the support of the Łódź City Council for the initiative of the ‘a.r.’ group. Its members began—on my father’s initiative—to gather together works of art for the future collection. In Poland, Katarzyna Kobro and Władysław Strzemiński were involved, and in France Jan Brzękowski, Stanisław Grabowski, and Henryk Stażewski.” Nika Strzemińska, “Władysław Strzemiński: Mensch und Künstler,” in Władysław Strzemiński 18931952 1994 (see note 9), p. 133.

Otto Piene, Lichtweisskreis, 1960, 68.5 x 96.5 cm, oil on canvas, Von der Heydt- Museum, Wuppertal, photo: Antje Zeis-Loi, Medienzentrum Wuppertal

In contrast to the Unistic idea of the flat picture, the introduction of the relief elements resulted in completely new effects. It created a play of light, shadow, and vibration, which is intensified by the viewer’s movements. Here one can already speak of kinetics within the artwork, or more precisely in the eye of the viewer, which then finds its completion in the moving reliefs.

As with the ZERO protagonists, the effect of the picture object continues within the space. In some of Stażewski’s reliefs, one can discern a strong resemblance to Mack’s Light Reliefs.However, the likelihood that the artists knew about each other’s work at the time is minimal, as the possibilities for Polish artists to enter into exchanges with the West after World War II were very limited. Notwithstanding, some developments in the art scene were much more rapid; one of these is the exploration of structure within the picture. As an example, we shall consider the work of Wrocław artist Jerzy Rosołowicz (1928–1982), whose paintings and optical objects are in the collection of the National Museum in Wrocław. At the end of the nineteen-fifties, Rosołowicz created his first paintings that had a structural character, for which he used a mixture of paint and plaster. In the nineteen-sixties, they became rhythmic compositions reminiscent of microphotographs of organic forms, with a certain allusion to Unist painting. Rosołowicz, however, was more interested in Strzemiński’s theory of vision. He called his structural paintings “Neutrons,” which expressed his search for a neutralizing effect of art on reality. For Rosołowicz, art’s mission was to contribute to a more harmonious relationship between technological civilization, cultural products, and the natural environment. He was convinced that the modern world was having an extremely negative impact on nature. In his theoretical texts he proposed the idea of art as a “neutral action” that would help to bring order and peace.

Heinz Mack, Silbersteine, 1961, 150 x 100 x 8 cm, plaster, silver flakes, stainless steel, wood, Archive Heinz Mack, photo: Weiss-Henseler Werbefotografie

In the spherical reliefs he created after 1967, he used glass lenses melted together with polychrome wood, metal, or a glass plate, as he had done in the Neutronicons series. As with the ZERO artists, the focus here is on the effect of moving light on the viewer. Like the ZERO artists, he positions the objects within space. Mostly they float in the air and visitors can walk around them and look at them from all sides. The artwork thus loses its two- and three-dimensional boundaries and finds its continuation in the gaze of the moving viewer.

In connection with the discussion around the middle of the twentieth century about the role of structure and its situatedness in art, in artistic practice the panel painting becomes detached from the object and there is a trend toward the design of spaces. This goes hand in hand with the advent of new materials and media being used in art, as well as with the decline of the artwork seen as the product of a unique artist, in favor of interactive works of art. This was achieved by reducing the composition to the point of its ultimate dissolution in favor of structure and monochromy.

Light and movement are now the main themes.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Theater

T Theater

Movement in space between performing and executing. ZERO and theatre

Barbara Büscher

Is That Theater? was the title of a focus in the May 1965 issue of the highly influential magazine Theater heute (Theater Today), which presented works, concepts, and standpoints of newer forms of performance, in terms of which actions, happenings, moving installations, and so on could be understood.

From today’s perspective, it seems remarkable to me that the question was posed at that time and in that place. Developments that were initially and primarily taking place in the field of the visual arts had begun to shift the idea of what theater was or could be. Artistic practices that had nothing to do with plays presenting literary texts or traditional musical theater were being engaged with and discussed as relevant to theater.

Here I would like to explore facets of the connection between the diverse perceptions of what theater could be and the changes in the arts that began in the nineteen-sixties, to which the ZERO artists made a significant contribution.

Theater is a house, a building, a specifically structured space. Theater is an institution that can assume different configurations depending on the historical and cultural context.[i] Theater is an art form whose central endeavor is to bring forth a performance.

Performances, in the broader contemporary understanding of art studies or performance studies, are presentations, events that run for a fixed period of time, actualizations of various constellations of media. Today, exhibitions are also studied as stagings or performances.[ii]

Theater is a constellation of actors (human and nonhuman)[iii] moving through space that are seen and heard. Theater takes place within a defined period of time, within a “shared space.”

Theater develops between executing and performing.

 

[i] Theater as an institution comprises a specific infrastructure plus production and working methods that have evolved over a very long period of time, the terms and conditions of which are currently being challenged. NB I shall not be able to explore this aspect within the present text.

[ii] See, for example, Beatrice von Bismarck, Das Kuratorische (Leipzig, 2021), pp. 53–64.

[iii] This aspect, formulated in terms of media theory, has played an important role in theater studies since the nineteen-nineties. The idea that the apparatus—the material, etc.—plays a part in and codetermines actions and practices is being reformulated today as an ecological understanding of the connection between various actors. The actor-network theory developed by Bruno Latour and others, as well as the considerations associated with New Materialism, play an important role here. See, for example, Bruno Latour, Pandora’s Hope (Cambridge, MA, 1999); Karen Barad, Agentialer Materialismus: Über die Bedeutung materiell-diskursiver Praktiken (Berlin, 2012).

If one assumes, as the art historian Dorothea von Hantelmann does, that one important difference between exhibiting and performing is that the latter begins and ends at precisely fixed moments in time, and takes place in a space shared by all the actors,[i] one can then identify an affinity between the ZERO Evening Exhibitions, which took place in Düsseldorf from 1957 to 1960, and theater as an event. Various authors who engage with performative aspects of the work of the ZERO artists see this as a beginning—a start toward opening up to the performative, the theatrical. Thekla Zell speaks of the “ephemeral character” of the exhibitions.[ii] Annette Urban sees the format as “pointing the way to a shift towards the action.”[iii] The American art historian Julia Robinson has explained and clarified this explicitly:

[i] See Dorothea von Hantelmann, “What is the New Ritual Space for the 21st Century?” (2018), The Shed (website), https://theshed.org/program/series/2-a-prelude-to-the-shed/new-ritual-space-21st-century (accessed August 15, 2023).

[ii] Thekla Zell, Exposition ZERO: Vom Atelier in die Avantgardegalerie. Zur Konstituierung und Etablierung der Zero-Bewegung in Deutschland am Beispiel der Abendausstellungen, der Galerie Schmela, des Studio F, der Galerie Nota und der D(a)to Galerie (Vienna, 2019), p. 80.

[iii] Annette Urban, “Projektionen von heute sind Verhältnisse von morgen: Projektionsräume und ihre durchlässigen Grenzen in der westdeutschen und polnischen Kunst zwischen 1959 und 1970/71,” Own Reality 26 (2016), http://www.perspectivia.net/publikationen/ownreality/26/urban-de (accessed August 15, 2023). See also Joseph D. Ketner II, Witness to Phenomenon: Group ZERO and the Development of New Media in Postwar European Art (London, 2018), p. 143. Ketner quotes, in turn, the British art theorist Lawrence Alloway, who wrote the introduction for a book on ZERO published in the USA.

“What did the Evening Exhibitions—for which a day and an hour were given—do at the time to the standard format of the art exhibit, which typically spans around a month? If the conditions for an exhibition and a performance, or simply an opening versus the run of an exhibition, collapse here to form the event, surely it changed the energy and even the urgency around what took place. And this may be one place to begin a genealogy of staging in ZERO, which would extend to the staging of artworks in dramatic spaces, and the total installations that would ultimately develop. Here the event structure of the showing of painting paves the way for a dramatic reframing of the conditions of seeing and perceiving works of art.”[i]

[i] Julia Robinson, “0/60/10: Turn… slowly, extremely. Calibrating ZERO to Changing Time(s),” in Tiziana Caianiello and Barbara Könches, eds., Between the Viewer and the Work: Encounters in Space (Heidelberg, 2019), pp. 33–34.

The shortening of time to a specific and defined time period is also a means of focusing attention, which can (and should) prevent visitors from scattering over a longer period of time, and instead keep them gathered together—as is the case in the theater, for example. The format indicates the fact that every exhibition is ultimately a temporary event that can also be understood as a staging within a space—a view that, as mentioned above, was only taken up by theory much later, for example, by the curatorial studies of recent years.

Space/Movement

A central aspect of the ZERO artworks, which coincides with a generally understood idea of theater/performance as I introduced it at the beginning of this chapter, is their focus on movement in space, movement in different spaces of differing materiality, dynamics, and modes of initiation and control—whether these are due to human action or mechanical propulsion. Performing as a plot or action in time thus becomes an element of exhibiting. The American art historian Michael Fried vehemently criticized such “theatricality” of the arts in the case of Minimal Art (and beyond) in 1967, and described its situatedness, which included the viewer,[i] as a negative shift that compromised the understanding of the artwork.

Understood in this way, the affinity to constellations that can be described as “theatrical” begins even before what is then explicitly staged as a performance, happening, or demonstration. As Otto Piene (1928–2014) described in 1960, the space-filling movement of light as well as the movement of Kinetic Art installations both enable and require the viewer to move and thus expand their perspectives:

[i] See Michael Fried, “Art and Objecthood,” Artforum 5, no. 10 (Summer 1967), pp. 12–23.

“The most important thing is the all-encompassing filling of space as compared to the well-known visual arts of theater and film. The light is not confined to the space of the stage or the surface of the screen visible at the end of a long, dark room where the viewer sits. Light can reach most places in the room. This gives the viewer the impression of being the center of the action.… This results in a dynamic sense of space in which gravity has lost a lot of its power.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene, “Lichtballett” (1960), in Otto Piene, 10 Texte (Munich, 1961), p. 16.

Here something is hinted at that is continued in further developments, such as “expanded cinema,” among other things, but naturally also in Piene’s works themselves as immersive project environments: namely, that the juxtaposition of the viewer and the viewed—which exists both in the theater as a spatial arrangement of spaces for the stage and the audience, and in the museum as spatial distancing—is cancelled out. The light space, the “dancing light … in a certain ‘choreographic’ sequence”[i] as movement in space, now spreads out around the viewer.

[i] Ibid., p. 16.

Light—Movement—Performance: Activation—Installation

This is the sense in which curator Renate Wiehager summarized the exhibition Mack, which took place in 1960 at the Galerie Diogenes in Berlin:

“Mack’s investigations of light, movement, and space, as well as the calculated inclusion of the viewer, reach a new dimension with the conception of the gallery space as a single, large light object: … For the viewer, these are ephemeral, immaterial phenomena: the intense light reflections in the space as well as the structures that are constantly changing due to viewers’ movements in the space, become the actual aesthetic-visual event. In the basement … Mack organized an action for the opening, which he himself called a “demonstration.”[i]

[i] Renate Wiehager, “54321 ZERO: Countdown für eine neue Kunst in einer neuen Welt,” in ZERO aus Deutschland 1957–1966. Und heute (ZERO out of Germany 1957–1966. And Today), exh. cat. Villa Merkel (Esslingen and Ostfildern, 2000), p. 8.

The activation of installations, in this case the light installation Hommage à Georges de La Tour (1960), for a specified period of time,[i] described by Mack (b. 1931) as a “demonstration,” represents a further step toward the theatrical/performative and can be understood as a performance. The artist himself has given a description of this demonstration.[ii]

[i] Ketner calls this “demonstration” a “dramatic multimedia performance” and describes it in detail. See Ketner 2018 (see note 6), p. 150. It is not entirely clear from the descriptions by Ketner and Wiehager whether this is an action within the light installation Hommage à Georges de La Tour, or whether it is an independent but thematically related demonstration.

[ii] See Heinz Mack, “Kommentar zur ‘1. Hommage à Georges de La Tour’ in der Galerie Diogenes, Berlin 1960,” in Mack: Lichtkunst,exh. cat. Kunstmuseum Ahlen (Cologne, 1994), pp. 180–81.

The Light Ballets developed by Otto Piene from 1959 onward, which already include a reference to a specific form of theater in their title, also move between the (light) kinetic installation and its temporary activation as a performance. Three forms may be distinguished: the archaic, the chromatic, and the mechanical Light Ballet.[i]In 1959, Piene first performed the archaic Light Ballet in his studio, and then at the Galerie Schmela in Düsseldorf. The chromatic Light Ballet was shown in 1960 at the Galerie Diogenes in Berlin and then at Studio F in Ulm. Apart from Piene, three to five other actors were involved in the projections, which took place in the entire gallery space and surrounded the audience. Influenced by Jean Tinguely’s (1925–1991) moving machines, Piene created the mechanical Light Ballet from 1960 onward, in which the human actors were replaced by mechanical constructions “equipped with movable gripper arms and rotors.”[ii] All three versions were performed as A Festival of Light in October 1960 at the 9th Evening Exhibition.[iii]

[i] See Chris Gerbing, “‘Mit 12 x 12 Scheinwerfern zum Mond’: Die Universalität des Raums in den Lichtballetten und Sky Events von Otto Piene,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., ZERO-Studien: Aufsätze zur Düsseldorfer Gruppe ZERO und ihrem Umkreis (Münster, 1997), p. 85.

[ii] Gerbing 1997 (see note 14), p. 85.

[iii] Thekla Zell cites the first variant in this context as “Light Ballet with transparencies to jazz” and the third variant as “fully electronic Light Ballet.” Zell 2019 (see note 5), p. 125. Annette Urban quotes the first as “light and jazz ensemble,” and the third as “fully electric Light Ballet.” Urban 2016 (see note 6), p. 9.

Typescript by Otto Piene, titled Licht, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.IV.13
Typescript by Otto Piene, titled Licht, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.IV.13

The fact that the performances of the Light Ballets changed from integrating human actors to programmed machine control does not alter their character as performances or presentations. Both forms of controlling an (inter)media constellation—which theater can also be understood to be—make visible different practices of intertwining execution and performance. This connects the Light Ballets both with an updated understanding of media performance, and also with artists’ increased interest in contemporary technologies that emerged later in the nineteen-sixties.[i]

[i] See Barbara Büscher, Live Electronics und Intermedia: die 1960er Jahre. Über den Zusammenhang von Performance und zeitgenössischen Technologien, kybernetischen Modellen und minimalistischen Kunst-Strategien, Habilitation diss. (University of Leipzig, 2002), https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:bsz:14-qucosa-39497 (accessed August 22, 2023).

Installation view of Otto Piene, Light Ballet, MIT List Visual Arts Center, 2011, courtesy MIT List Visual Arts Center
Action Theater, with Nailing

The presentation of the third issue of ZERO magazine, in 1961, featured Günther Uecker (b. 1930) in one of his first actions—Weisse Zone (White Zone).[i] In addition to his actions[ii] involving the nailing of everyday objects—such as furniture, in Sintflut der Nägel (Great Flood of Nails), with Bazon Brock (b. 1936), Galerie D in Frankfurt, 1963; or a piano, in Benagelung eines Klaviers (Nailing of a Piano), at Pianohaus Kohl in Gelsenkirchen, 1964—or his actions featuring nailing as rhythmic amplification—such as Telefonzeitnageln(Telephone Time Nailing), with S. D. Sauerbier (1942–2019), at Studio F in Ulm, 1966—it is the pieces he developed and realized together with S. D. Sauerbier, such as Reise-Theater (Mobile Theater), 1962/1964, and Röhrentheater (Tube Theater), of 1966, whose titles alone suggest a relevance to my topic. The concept for the Reise-Theater that was never realized, which Uecker wrote down in 1962 and planned with Sauerbier until 1964, was also published in the aforementioned issue of Theater heute as one of the artworks that jut out of the visual arts into the theater and challenge it. First of all—as the model (or the stage sculpture)[iii]also shows—it is a spatial arrangement with a turntable at its center, upon which some of the actors and spectators are located. It makes it possible to visualize the relationship between immobility and movement through projections of light and shadow, while at the same time a montage of quotes from travel brochures concretizes this relationship to travel/mobility as consumption:

[i] This title stands below a corresponding photo in Katrin Salwig, “Die Aktionen von Günther Uecker,” in Klaus Gereon Beuckers, ed., Günther Uecker: Die Aktionen (Petersberg, 2004), p. 47.

[ii] Salwig reports that Uecker continued his nailing actions in front of an audience until the nineteen-seventies, and that they often functioned as multimedia presentations. As an example, she mentions a performance at Haus Ruhnau, Essen, in 1968. See ibid., p. 53.

[iii] For illustrations and explanations, see …zum Raum wird hier die Zeit. Günther Uecker: Bühnenskulpturen und optische Partituren,exh. cat. Neues Museum (Weimar, 2001), pp. 114–21.

Günther Uecker, Röhrenballett, Düsseldorf Opera House, 1969, photo: Lothar Wolleh @ Lothar Wolleh Estate, Berlin

“The plan is to actualize the intentions of a travel group that agrees with the group attending the performance … that they should be offered something: these two cultural organizations, the tour operators and the organizers of this performance, have similar intentions, as do their victims.”[i]

[i] Günther Uecker, “Reise-Theater” (1962), in Stephan von Wiese, ed., Günther Uecker: Schriften. Gedichte, Projektbeschreibungen, Reflexionen (St. Gallen, 1979), pp. 61–63.

The critical reflection that theater is a site of consumerism also extends to viewing the concept and the plan of the performance as part of the play text. Sauerbier formulated this as one of the principles of their collaboration.[i]

The Röhrentheater, which Uecker also performed with Sauerbier in 1966 as part of the program Röhrenversammlung und Sprechtanz (Tube Assembly and Speech Dance) at the first art fair in Büdingen, Hessen, and in 1967 in Düsseldorf, set people and objects in motion.[ii]

[i] “Not only the tools, the material, and the instruments, but also the planning and the instructions should be made the subject of the artwork. We applied this principle in a number of pieces: first, the plan became the material of the speaking part.” S. D. Sauerbier, “Vom Theater. Zum Theater. Gemeinschaftsarbeiten mit/von Günther Uecker von/mit S. D. Sauerbier,” in von Wiese 1979 (see note 21), p. 23.

[ii] “[We performed] several pieces with uniform stereometric shapes, namely cylinders; sometimes actors were in a tube.… In another part of this sequence of pieces, the continuous and paralyzingly slow tube movement through the room could be observed—for the playback of equally uniform and penetrating sinusoidal tone.” Ibid., pp. 25–26.

“Is that theater?” asked the theater critics, who had at least become aware of it. The artists themselves had used the term “theater” as a matter of course to describe their activities. This was partly polemical, but also partly in order to throw the term open and to recast it. John Cage (1912–1992), for example, hypothesized as early as 1954 that “music is an oversimplification of the situation we actually are in. AN EAR ALONE IS NOT A BEING; music is one part of theater.… Theater is all the various things going on at the same time.”[i] And Dick Higgins (1938–1998), a Fluxus artist and much-quoted intermedia theorist, wrote in 1964: “A theater is a place made for things to happen.”[ii]

[i] John Cage, “45’ for a Speaker,” in John Cage, Silence: Lectures and Writings (London, 1968), p. 149 (upper case in the original).

[ii] Dick Higgins, Postface/Jefferson’s Birthday (New York, 1964), p. 7.

Sauerbier sums up the shift in the concept of theater as follows: “Presentation, only presentation instead of representation! That was the slogan of the time, just like the organization of found material through ‘cold’ montage.”[i]

[i] Sauerbier, “Vom Theater. Zum Theater,” in von Wiese 1979 (see note 22), p. 28. In 1976, S. D. Sauerbier published his dissertation in theater studies: “Gegen Darstellung: Ästhetische Handlungen und Demonstrationen. Die zur Schau gestellte Wirklichkeit in den zeitgenössischen Künsten” (Cologne, 1976).

Taking to the Streets: Demonstrations and Festivals

Other forms of performance that abandoned the framework of a demarcated art space—whether a theater, a gallery, or a museum—found expression outdoors. The Düsseldorf ZERO artists called these “Demonstrations,” just as Mack had done indoors. The first joint action by the three ZERO artists took place in 1961 on the street in front of the Galerie Schmela in Düsseldorf, as part of Zero Edition Exposition Demonstration. Uecker painted a “white zone” on the pavement, and young people wore long robes labeled “ZERO,” or with a nought, and blew soap bubbles. A large, transparent, hot air balloon rose into the air. Various kinds of music came out of the gallery into the street.[i] These performative elements were used repeatedly in other “Demonstrations”—for example, at an exhibition opening in Arnhem in 1961,[ii] and at the Galerie Diogenes in 1963.[iii] They were expanded for the festival that took place on an evening in 1962 at the meadows by the Rhine in Düsseldorf, which was staged explicitly for the shooting of a film about ZERO.[iv] These performative activities also served to generate attention for the group in a game with the media (television and newspapers), as has been emphasized by various studies.[v]

[i] See Tiziana Caianiello, “Ein ‘Klamauk’ mit weitreichenden Folgen: Die feierliche Präsentation von ZERO 3,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), p. 514; Beuckers 2004 (see note 18), p. 47.

[ii] Caianiello, in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 27), pp. 516, 517.

[iii] See Thekla Zell, “Editionen. Expositionen. Demonstrationen 1957–1966,” in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 27), p. 459.

[iv] This was for the film 0 x 0 = Kunst. Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel, by Gerd Winkler, which was screened on June 27, 1962, by Hesse Broadcasting (HR). See Zell, in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 27), p. 455; Gerd Winkler, “Wenn aus Avantgardisten Klassiker werden,” in Wiehager 2000 (see note 11), pp. 69–70.

[v] See Margriet Schavemaker, “Performing ZERO,” in ZERO: Countdown to Tomorrow, 1950s–1960s, exh. cat. Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum (New York, 2014), p. 47; Ulli Seegers, “Art for All: Lines of Tradition and Development of a Central Narrative of Art since ZERO,” in Caianiello and Könches 2019 (see note 7), pp. 39–52.

The move from galleries and museums to the street as an extended space for action was one of the features that became relevant in the art of the nineteen-sixties. As early as 1958, Wolf Vostell had titled an action performed in Paris Das Theater ist auf der Strasse (The Theater is on the Street). On the street, as a publicly accessible space, everyday life and artistic action could be combined and addressed to many people, including those who were unprepared for it. Somewhat later, in the second half of the nineteen-sixties, political protest actions were held on Germany’s streets. Peter Handke (b. 1942) would describe these, in 1968, as the true street theater—as opposed to all art-oriented theater.[i] Uecker’s roadblock made of nails, which he erected as a public action in Düsseldorf city center in 1968, and similar actions,[ii] can be understood as engaging with and latching onto the protests of 1968, in this sense as street theater.

In contemporary US theater and performance theory, and above all from the observation of both developments—the expansion of space and action that emerged from the visual arts, but which also came from music (John Cage, among others) and dance (Yvonne Rainer, b. 1934, Steve Paxton, b. 1939), and from the political movements of the nineteen-sixties—a far-reaching opening in the understanding of theater had emerged, which continues to exert its influence today. In 1967, Richard Schechner (b. 1934), the cofounder of performance studies at New York University, placed the following diagram at the beginning of the first axiom in his Six Axioms for Environmental Theater:

[i] Peter Handke, “Für das Strassentheater und gegen die Strassentheater” (1968), in Helmut Kreuzer, ed., Deutsche Dramaturgie der sechziger Jahre (Tübingen, 1974), pp. 127–30.

[ii] Beuckers 2004 (see note 18), pp. 57–58.

Screenshot

He explained: “It is because I wish to include this entire range in my definition of theater that traditional distinctions between art and life no longer apply.”[i]

[i] Richard Schechner, “Six Axioms for Environmental Theater (1967/1987),” in Richard Schechner, ed., Environmental Theater (New York 1994), p. xix.

Projection Performance: Intermedia Theater—Expanded Cinema

Schavemaker summarizes, in her analysis, that “performing ZERO was always a consciously cross-, multi-, and electrical media activity—and, at some points, an antimedia one.”[i] Using the example of Otto Piene’s various projection performances, I would like to link this observation with the term “intermedia theater,” an influential historical standpoint used by Gene Youngblood (1942–2021) in his book Expanded Cinema,published in 1970.

What developed in the early nineteen-sixties in the USA as a specific form of expanded cinema was not only a deconstructive examination of the cinematic dispositif, but was also involved in contemporary experiments with computer technology, and encompassed new forms (including narrative) of performing light, image, space, and body constellations.[ii] Youngblood’s book was an eminently timely attempt to provide an overview of these phenomena against the background of contemporary developments, particularly in the USA, and to combine this with a forceful attitude toward media as a means of expanding consciousness, as formulated by media theorist Marshall McLuhan (1911–1980),[iii] among others.

[i] Schavemaker 2014 (see note 31), p. 54.

[ii] See Büscher 2002 (see note 17), pp. 273–338.

[iii] Marshall McLuhan, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man (New York, 1964).

“Thus in intermedia theater, the traditional distinctions between what is genuinely “theatrical” as opposed to what is purely “cinematic” are no longer of concern.… Whatever divisions may exist between the two media are not necessarily “bridged,” but rather are orchestrated as harmonic opposites in an overall synesthetic experience.”[i]

[i] Gene Youngblood, Expanded Cinema (New York, 1970), p. 365.

In Part Six of Youngblood’s book, in a section on “Intermedia Theater,” performance as a central and common starting point for theater and cinema becomes also the basis for the new synesthetic format of intermedia. In the conversations with artists and the presentation of projects that form the main part of this section, attention is paid to contemporary technological developments and the activation of the audience, alongside performance as a presentation format. In addition to discussing works by Carolee Schneemann (1939–2019), Milton Cohen, John Cage, Ronald Nameth (b. 1942), and Robert Whitman (1935–2024), the text also addresses Otto Piene’s and Aldo Tambellini’s (1930–2020) collaboration at the Black Gate Theater in New York, and Wolf Vostell’s TV De-Collages (Electronic Happening Room, 1968).[i] Almost all of these works abandon the discrete separation of performance/stage and audience space, and construct a scenography and audiography that surrounds the recipients, which, from today’s perspective, would be understood as an immersive environment.

Immaterialization through the movement of light, and the abolition of traditional spatial arrangements, enabling viewers to immerse themselves: Piene came rather close to this idea of theater with his slide performance The Proliferation of the Sun, which was performed at the Black Gate Theater in New York in early 1967:[ii]

[i] Ibid., pp. 366–86.

[ii] There is some confusion about the year the premiere took place. All the sources, including Babette Marie Werner in her text on the reconstruction of the work, state that the first performance took place in March 1967. See Babette Marie Werner, “Restaging The Proliferation of the Sun in 2014: The Digital Projections,” in Tiziana Caianiello, ed., Light On/Off: Restaging ZERO (Düsseldorf, 2018), pp. 89–100. However, in the publication by Barbara Engelbach, Piene himself says it was 1966, and this is the date that appears in her edited volume, Die Sonne kommt näher: Otto Piene, Frühwerk (Siegen, 2003).

Installation view of Otto Piene, Die Sonne kommt näher (The Proliferation of the Sun), 1966–67, 35-minute multimedia performance with hand-painted glass slides, sound, and five carousel projectors, Galerie Art Intermedia, Cologne, courtesy of Otto Piene Estate, photo: unknown

“The 60-meter-square room was carpeted with foam rubber so that the visitors could lie down. Five carousel slide projectors were operated by 5 people who received their directions from a tape recorded by Piene. For each projector, 2 carousels with painted glass slides were arranged in such a way that the predominant colors of the slides—they showed colored dots on a luminous background that looked like planets or suns when projected—changed to the colors of the rainbow. The spoken instructions from the tape set the rhythm of the slide changes, which slowly sped up until the room was bathed in glistening white light at the end of the first sequence of images. The sequence of images then played backwards and ended with the dark room.”[i]

[i] Engelbach 2003 (see note 40), p. 28.

This description provides a considerable amount of basic information, which is supplemented in other descriptions—particularly with regard to the version shown at the Galerie Art Intermedia in Cologne in 1967. A large balloon and lengths of transparent fabric were also used as projection screens.[i]

The arrangement of the space, inviting the viewer to lie down, as well as the way that projections are distributed around the entire room, implies the viewer’s immersion in the projection performance’s flow of images. In the 1960 text quoted above, Piene states that a “large room with a hemispherical shape” would be the ideal location for the Light Ballet, in which “the experiencer … lies relaxed.”[ii]

[i] See Caianiello 2018 (see note 40), p. 97; Urban 2016 (see note 6), p. 17.

[ii] Piene 1961 (see note 9), p. 16.

An immersive environment like this, which cancels the frontal orientation of cinema and of theater as it is practiced in our latitudes, is also an essential feature of other expanded cinema experiments of the nineteen-sixties. The much-cited Movie-Drome, which the US experimental filmmaker Stan VanDerBeek (1927–1984) built inside a grain silo[i] in 1965, is just as much a part of this as Milton Cohen’s Space Theater of 1960, which is presented in Youngblood’s book. In his 1965 manifesto, VanDerBeek wrote:

[i] See Gloria Sutton, The Experience Machine: Stan VanDerBeek’s Movie-Drome and Expanded Cinema (Cambridge, MA, 2015). For information about and images of the Movie-Drome, see http://stanvanderbeek.com/_PDF/moviedrome_final.pdf (accessed August 28, 2023).

“In a spherical dome, simultaneous images of all sorts would be projected on the entire dome-screen.… The audience lies down at the outer edge of the dome with their feet towards the center, thus almost the complete field of view is the dome-screen. Thousands of images would be projected on this screen.… The audience takes what it can or wants from the presentation … and makes its own conclusions.”[i]

[i] Stan VanDerBeek, “Culture: ‘Intercom’ and ‘Expanded Cinema’” (1965), in Gottfried Schlemmer, ed., Avantgardistischer Film 1951–1971: Theorie (Munich, 1973), p. 59.

The idea of a dome-shaped projection screen, which in architecture evokes R. Buckminster Fuller’s popularization of his “geodesic” dome constructions at around this time, changed the space of the theater, of the cinema, and of performance, into a new kind of interface between images, sound, and the viewer.

There are two precursors to Piene’s work, which are referred to in the literature as “performance” and “multimedia theater.”[i] Last but not least, his collaboration with Aldo Tambellini on Black Gate Colognefollowed in 1968, a cooperation with WDR (West German Broadcasting), and at the same time a highly interesting form of intermedia theater, which took place as a live performance in front of a studio audience in the new Electronic Studio of WDR, and was also recorded.[ii]

[i] Stephan von Wiese and Susanne Rennert, eds., Otto Piene: Retrospektive, 1952–1996, exh. cat. Kunstpalast (Düsseldorf and Cologne, 1996), p. 185; Ketner 2018 (see note 6), pp. 164–65.

[ii] “Black Gate Cologne is considered to be the first television show realized by visual artists. In a WDR studio (at the invitation of Werner Höfer and Wibke von Bonin), several cameras are used to record a live event with audience participation. The image and sound material is electronically condensed, with a 23-minute version broadcast on WDR on January 26, 1969.” Ludwig Forum für Internationale Kunst, Video Archive, https://videoarchiv-ludwigforum.de/in-context/ja/otto-piene-and-aldo-tambellini-black-gate-cologne-cologne/ (accessed August 23, 2023).

Stage/Space: Scenographies for Institutionalized Theater

Otto Piene’s first collaboration with institutionalized theater took place in 1968. For the premiere of the opera Die Geschichte von einem Feuer (The Story of a Fire) (composition: Dieter Schönbach; libretto: Elisabeth Borchers) during the Kiel Regatta Week, he created part of the scenography, which included four light sculptures: Titelsäule (Title Pillar), Sleepwalker, Osramsatellite, and Schwarzer Stern (Black Star).[i] “The projections of their Light Ballet move into a dramatic conjunction with the pneumatic objects and actions and the sound collage,” stated the program booklet.[ii] In 1969, this so-called multimedia opera was shown in a revised form in Münster. However, Piene was unable to carry out his idea of placing the light sculptures among the audience and in this way bridging the discrete spaces of stage and auditorium.[iii] Engelbach refers to a text by Piene in the Münster program booklet that is very reminiscent of the text that appeared in 1968 under the title “Pneumatic Theater,” in the volume Bühne und bildende Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert.[iv]Piene’s critique of institutionalized theater is sweeping and focuses on how it organizes space, stating, among other things: “One way to create new conditions for theater is to build new theaters.” And:

“Another goal is the stationary theater, which is completely variable and adaptable in its entirety, inside and out.… The mobile theater, which moves around and at the same time changes its form, will be a further step.… What’s all this for? In this case, for movement within theater.”[v]

[i] Engelbach 2003 (see note 40), p. 48.

[ii] Amongst other things, the online archive of Der Spiegel features a review titled “Licht und Lärm” (“Light and Noise”), dated June 23, 1968. See https://www.spiegel.de/kultur/licht-und-laerm-a-03ae5e43-0002-0001-0000-000046020924 (accessed August 25, 2023).

[iii] Engelbach 2003 (see note 40), p. 26.

[iv] See Henning Rischbieter, ed., Bühne und bildende Kunst im XX. Jahrhundert: Maler und Bildhauer arbeiten für das Theater(Velber, 1968).

[v] Otto Piene, “Pneumatisches Theater” (1967), in Rischbieter 1968 (see note 51), p. 259.

The connection with the ideas and projects of Essen architect Werner Ruhnau (1922–2015), who worked with Yves Klein (1928–1962), among others, is striking,[i] as is the fundamental importance that the spatial arrangement has for the changeover to a new theater.

For the 1968–69 season, the Deutsche Oper am Rhein (German Opera on the Rhine) in Düsseldorf requested the three ZERO artists to create a ballet evening together with the choreographer Erich Walter (1927–1983). Such offers to collaborate were certainly in part influenced by Merce Cunnigham’s (1919–2009) and John Cage’s collaborations with contemporary artists[ii]—in 1964, it was already possible to become acquainted with their work in performance through the Company’s world tour.

[i] See Barbara Büscher, “Mobile Spielräume,” in Barbara Büscher, Verena E. Eitel, and Beatrix von Pilgrim, eds., Raumverschiebung: Black Box—White Cube (Hildesheim, 2014), pp. 43–60; Claudia Blümle and Jan Lazardzig, eds., Ruinierte Öffentlichkeit: Zur Politik von Theater, Architektur und Kunst in den 1950er Jahren (Zürich, 2012).

[ii] See Barbara Büscher, “Gegenseitige Durchdringung und Nicht-Behinderung: Über das Verhältnis zweier Performance-Systeme,” MAP—Media | Archive | Performance 3 (2012), https://perfomap.de/ map/3/kapitel1/Gegenseitige%20Durchdringung (accessed August 28, 2023).

Ballet evenings, Deutsche Oper am Rhein, May 19, 1969, Gravité, Concerto in G minor for organ, string orchestra and timpani by Francis Poulenc, stage design by Otto Piene, photo: Elfi Hess
Ballet evenings, Deutsche Oper am Rhein, May 19, 1969, Suite No. 1 for violincello by Johann Sebastian Bach, stage design by Günther Uecker, photo: Rudolf Eimke

Heinz Mack, Otto Piene and Günther Uecker work with light on stage. Through the materials they use, they make its movements visible. They do not create background projections in front of which something takes place, but succeed in making the stage set itself participate; it even dances along.”[i]

[i] John Matheson, “Vom Künstler und vom Theater,” in Kunst und Bühne: Düsseldorfer Künstler als Bühnenbildner, exh. cat. Stadt Sparkasse (Düsseldorf, 1981), n.p.

Whether and how the light movements, which added their own performance to the space, actually entered into a productive relationship with the choreography, or the dancers’ movements, cannot be reconstructed from the material that is accessible. In the catalog for the exhibition Kunst und Bühne: Düsseldorfer Künstler als Bühnenbildner (Art and Stage: Düsseldorf Artists as Stage Designers),[i] from which the above quotation is taken, the regret is voiced that the “neoclassical and conventional language of movement of the choreographer” is an obstacle to achieving a new “stage synthesis.”[ii]

Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and (above all) Günther Uecker continued to work for the theater and for musical theater. For example, Mack designed the stage set for the 1973 production of Wagner’s Tristan and Isolde by director Nikolaus Lehnhoff (1939–2015), in the ancient Roman theater in Orange, France. Regarding this, he wrote:

[i] See Kunst und Bühne 1981 (see note 55).

[ii] Christiane Kluth, “Der Ballettabend oder Drei Lösungsvorschläge zur tänzerischen ‘Bühnensynthese,’” in Kunst und Bühne 1981 (see note 55), n.p.

Titus Andronicus, Düsseldorfer Schauspielhaus, December 12, 1970, stage design by Heinz Mack, photo: Lore Bermbach

“The image produced by the stage design never really interested me. In this context, it was only the empty stage that fascinated me.… The experience I gained here expanded the experience I had made outside of the art museums and galleries: I was seeking spatial adventures on the stage, and it was the stage that was to be almost exclusively illuminated, filled, and designed by light, which alone makes the space visible and capable of being experienced, assisted by the choreography of the movement.”[i]

[i] Heinz Mack (1974), in Kunst und Bühne 1981 (see note 55), n.p.

Uecker also created the set and costumes for a 1981 production of Tristan and Isolde directed by Götz Friedrich (1930–2000), with whom he collaborated several times. Uecker saw the focus as follows: “The stage design here is not an illustration, it’s an instrument. The music is made visible; it becomes perceptible in the spaces between the optical structures.”[i]

However, the basic spatial arrangement of traditional Western theater remained untouched.

Theater is a house, an institution, a spatial arrangement.

Superficially, it seems as though a walk-through of the performative theatrical practices of the visual artists of the nineteen-sixties leads inevitably to the unchanged, conservative institution of the theater. However, as I have mentioned variously but have been unable to elaborate here, all these endeavors brought about significant shifts within and between the arts, which have led to multiple, proliferating performative and theatrical forms, and to an expanded notion of performance arts. This also includes my understanding that:

Theater is a constellation of actors (human and nonhuman) in motion in space with the object of being seen and heard.

Theater develops between executing and performing.

[i] Günther Uecker, “Verlassen wir die Opera als Ort der Pietät!” (1977), in von Wiese 1979 (see note 21), p. 160.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

Utopia

U Utopia

Radiant Images to Counter the Pervasive Feeling of Heavy as Lead, or the Question, What Is Utopia?

Barbara Könches

“The freedom of the imagination is not fixed.”  Günther Uecker

Hardly anyone today knows him: Helmuth de Haas (1928–1970), poet, translator, and cultural correspondent of Die Welt newspaper for several years from 1955 onwards. At the end of the nineteen-sixties, he was tasked with saving the cult magazine Twen, but died during this time.[i] De Haas wrote essays that to this day convey brightness and liveliness in an era which in Germany is labeled “leaden,” and which receives scant attention from those born later. The years of the hippie/flower power/1968 generation movement, which spread from San Francisco to Berlin and Europe, are considered more exciting, revolutionary, colorful, dazzling, as well as more moral, honest, and sincere. But once the stirred-up dust has settled, roots are discovered where previously it was assumed there was only wasteland, and the nineteen-fifties also prove to have visions and dreams to offer.

[i] Alexander Rost, in his obituary for de Haas, writes: “A stomach ulcer was perforated. In addition, pneumonia developed.” See Alexander Rost, “Vier Feststellungen. Zum Tode des Journalisten Helmuth de Haas,” Die Zeit, no. 44, October 30, 1970, https://www.zeit.de/1970/44/vier-feststellungen (accessed February 29, 2024). A report about internal quarrels in the magazine Twen appeared in Der Spiegel, no. 48, November 22, 1970, http://www.spiegel.de/spiegel/print/d-44302998.html (accessed February 29, 2024). De Haas also translated the text “Truth Becomes Reality” by Yves Klein for ZERO 3; see archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.VI.2. Another text by de Haas about Yves Klein was not printed in ZERO 3, as the editors had decided to allow only the participating artists to have their say; see archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.785.

Film poster The War of the Worlds, 1953, design: unknown

Helmuth de Haas wrote a text[i] about the German version of the US film The War of the Worlds, based on H. G. Wells’s 1898 sci-fi novel, with the title Kampf (sic) der Welten,[ii] which was first screened in Germany in January 1954. Titled “Griff in die Stratosphäre” (“Reach for the Stratosphere”), in thirteen lines de Haas summarizes the film’s plot about a hostile attack by the inhabitants of Mars on planet earth. In the very first sentence, he characterizes the novel by Wells (1866–1946) as “utopian,” only to qualify this statement a little later by saying that, apart from the “pushbutton fingers and weak, photophobic eyes of the Martians,” the recounted events are “familiar to us”: “Attack from the air, destroyed cities, evacuation….”[iii]

[i] Helmuth de Haas, “Griff in die Stratosphäre,” in Das geteilte Atelier: Essays (Düsseldorf, 1955), pp. 163–69.

[ii] The War of the Worlds, directed by Byron Haskin (USA, 1953). The film and the novel are known in Germany under the title Krieg der Welten.

[iii] De Haas 1955 (see note 2), p. 163.

Cover of the book Das geteilte Atelier: Essays by Helmuth de Haas, 1955

Very quickly, de Haas makes it clear that, contrary to the events portrayed in the dramatic feature film, in reality the Earth was not under attack—on the contrary, humanity was getting ready to explore and/or conquer space. You might almost be hearing Paul Virilio (1932–2018) avant la lettre[i] when de Haas states: “We are heading towards a velocity that will one day be identical to absolute rest.”[ii] In his article, de Haas soon comes to speak of the French pilot and poet Antoine de Saint-Exupéry (1900–1944), whom he places in a context that has far-reaching implications:

[i] See Paul Virilio, The Aesthetics of Disappearance (New York, 1991); War and Cinema: The Logistics of Perception (London, 1989); Polar Inertia (London, 1999).

[ii] De Haas 1955 (see note 2), p. 165.

Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, 1935, courtesy Nachlass Saint Exupéry- d‘Agay, Paris, photo: unknown

“With the stratospheric aviators and their clients, the hectic, pitfall-ridden, undependable spirit of the times seems to have taken possession of a group of people; people as they have always existed, beings and existences strained to the utmost, oriented on the unattainable, whose physical and intellectual existence can become a single stylus with which the epoch can write a new paragraph.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 168.

The deep impression that reading the literary works of the professional aviator made on de Haas[i] can be regarded as paradigmatic for the postwar period in Germany,[ii] whose commentators were well aware that something new had already begun.[iii]

Young artists such as Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014) wanted to be just such a “stylus,” to be those who in their physical and intellectual existence wanted to inscribe, make a mark, and insert themselves into a new era. The purely subjective psychogram of an isolated landscape of the soul, which hitherto had been the theme of Art Informel painters,[iv] seemed just as inappropriate to them as the superficial stroll through “the pictures of the old world … with heavy frames” that literally force the viewer into the picture, as Otto Piene put it in the legendary magazine ZERO 3 in 1961.[v]

[i] Saint-Exupéry continues to captivate artists from all over the world even today, like the Indonesian artist Tintin Wulia. See Tim Cresswell, “Art and Geography,” https://www.guggenheim.org/blogs/map/art-and-geography (accessed February 29, 2024).

[ii] Karl Rauch publishers, which moved from Leipzig to Düsseldorf after the war, acquired the German license for some of the pilot‘s works, including his most popular book to date, Der kleine Prinz (The Little Prince). In a 1952 survey conducted by Der Spiegel, both The Little Prince and Stadt in der Wüste (Citadelle; The Wisdom of the Sands) by Saint-Exupéry were named as bestsellers. See “Die Bestseller des Jahres,” Der Spiegel, no. 31, July 30, 1952, p. 32.

[iii] See, for example, “Wohnbirne unterm Himmel,” Der Spiege, no.l 1, January 5, 1950, pp. 35–36. The article begins: “What is happening in physics now will completely reshape our lives. Nuclear energy and large rockets are more significant than the Occupation Statute [of Germany] and peace treaties.”

[iv] This is how the ZERO artists saw Art Informel; see Sylvia Martin, “ZERO, Azimut und ihr Verhältnis zum Informel,” in Impulse—Informel und Zero in der Sammlung Ingrid und Willi Kemp, exh. cat., Museum der Stadt Ratingen (Bönen, 2006), pp. 19–24.

[v] Otto Piene, “Ways to Paradise,” reprinted in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), n.p.

Piene dreamed of “light[ing] up the sky with colorful signs and artificial and induced bursts of flame.”[i] And he emphasized two things in this programmatic text: first, the indissoluble unity of body and mind, and, second, the goal of his Sky Art, which was to serve the praise of freedom. The then thirty-three-year-old, who had studied philosophy at the University of Cologne from 1953 to 1957 after studying art at the State Academy in Düsseldorf—like Heinz Mack—emphasized at the end of his text on “Wege zum Paradies” (“Paths to Paradise”) that he had something real to offer in and with his art: namely, the expansion of space, the expansion of free art. Utopias, Piene argues, come from literature; one could also say that they equate to the written word.

[i] Ibid.

“Utopias,” says Piene, “with a real basis are not Utopias. My utopia has a solid foundation: light, smoke and 12 spotlights! I have something real to offer.”[i]

[i] Ibid.

“Wege zum Paradies” typescript by Otto Piene, undated (ca. 1961), preparatory text for ZERO 3, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.5_3 401

Similarly, in Heinz Mack’s 1959 version of his Sahara Project[i] (declared as “final”), one also encounters a clear commitment to reality, which must be expanded by an “unseen artistic reality” through bold projects.[ii]

[i] Shown as a facsimile in Wieland Schmied, ed., Utopie und Wirklichkeit im Werk von Heinz Mack (Cologne, 1988), p. 16.

[ii] Ibid., p. 21.

“A new collaboration of artists will have to see off the functionaries and consumers of art as well as the utopists and prophets.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 21.

In ZERO 3, Günther Uecker (b. 1930) also underlines the priority of reality, where the important thing is to achieve freedom:

“My objects constitute a spatial reality, a zone of light. I use the means of technology to overcome the personal gesture, to objectivate, to create the conditions of freedom.”[i]

[i] Günther Uecker, “UECKER,” in Pörschmann and Visser 2012 (see note 12), n.p.

ZERO was the first art that left the museum in order to work with light, air, fire, and water instead of painting with brush and palette. The artists, who by way of exhibition projects and publications had formed a loose kind of network,[i] wanted and were able to explore space and make viewers more sensitive to nature’s elements so that the environment would be understood in the sense of Jakob von Uexküll (1864–1944) as surrounding the “blue planet.”[ii]

This artistic venture was not a utopian project,[iii] but one that was based on the ideals of an aviator poet à la Saint-Exupéry; indeed, many of the planned artworks were actually realized. Today, now that the importance of ecology has entered public awareness, ZERO’s art can be described as anticipating this development.

[i] See “Z is for ZERO: Minutes of a Workshop,” in this volume.

[ii] See Florian Hildebrand, “Blaue Kugel am Horizont,” Deutschlandfunk Kultur (website), July 15, 2009, https://www.deutschlandfunkkultur.de/blaue-kugel-am-horizont-100.html (accessed March 3, 2024).

[iii] I disagree with Dirk Pörschmann‘s assertion that ZERO was a utopian project. See Dirk Pörschmann, “Ins Gelingen verliebt: Utopia ZERO,” in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre(ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam, and Cologne, 2015), pp. 225–33. Such formulations can also be found elsewhere, as in Jill Michelle Holaday, Die Gruppe ZERO: Working Through Wartime Trauma, Ph.D. diss. (University of Iowa, 2018), pp. 129, 239.

When, and why, was ZERO described in the specialist literature as utopian art? To find this out is a task for the coming years, as well as clearing up the mistaken notion that ZERO’s objectives “no longer corresponded to social reality shortly before the student unrest,” as a publication on contemporary culture put it.[i]

[i] Ralf Schnell, ed., Metzler Lexikon: Kultur der Gegenwart (Stuttgart and Weimar, 2000), p. 554.

What is meant by “utopia”?

Planet Earth, Western Hemisphere, 2002, created by NASA, public domain

Utopia, as one reads in every dictionary, designates a non-place, a not-yet-place, a place beyond, or a future place. If one considers that the term was coined in 1516 by Thomas More, in his satirical novel On the Best State of a Commonwealth and on the New Island of Utopia (in Latin), then it is clear that the connotation of place/space or non-place—that is, utopia—in 1950 must have been completely different to the original or to any future utopian space.

Around the middle of the twentieth century, television was regarded as a possible threshold between reality and utopia. TV sets had long been present in “American homes and snack bars, in hotel rooms and shop windows full of advertising,” as Helmuth de Haas[i] wrote. He went on to say that it was part of the “typology of the television joke” that the “events taking place on the screen” would spill over into the room, or that “the events on the screen” would lure the viewer “right into the apparatus.”[ii] None of this has happened, obviously, and in 2024, the once utopian medium appears to have been left far behind, and set up where its regular audience is: in an old folks’ home. De Haas’s “antidote,” however, remains relevant:

[i] Helmuth de Haas, “Utopie und Fernsehwitze,” in de Haas 1955 (see note 2), p. 171.

[ii] Ibid., p. 172.

“discovering at the other end of technical perfection that wood is wood; that reality is plastic and ensouled; that hardly anything is as beautiful as real eyes and real lips and real words.”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 173.

Ambrosius Holbein, Aerial view of the island of Utopia, 1518, 18 x 11.8 cm, woodcut and letterpress print, in Thomas More, De optimo reip. statu deque nova insula Utopia... (On the Best State of a Commonwealth and on the New Island of Utopia), Basel 1518, p. 12, collection of the British Museum, London

The artistic ideas of a generation that deeply mistrusted[i] idealized spaces, which were too remote, came together in the poetics of reality.

In the 1970 interview “Die Einnagelung ins Bewusstsein” (“Nailing into the Mind”), Günther Uecker explained to his interviewer, Rolf-Gunter Dienst, that:

[i] This is typical of the ZERO generation, born between 1925 and 1935, who experienced the Second World War as children and adolescents, some of whom had to take part in the war as so-called Flakhelfer—anti-aircraft helpers.

“Just as situations in my reliefs are represented in a model-like way, similarly, in my opinion, something becomes more real through interventions in real space. The freedom of the imagination is not fixed. It is more open in the natural movements of each person and can be derived from their environmental experiences or vice versa. Here, the experiences of my objects and of the states that I mean are transferred to the environment via the mind; one sees the environment differently and more consciously.”[i]

[i] Quoted in Günther Uecker, Schriften: Gedichte, Projektbeschreibungen, Reflexionen, ed. Stephan von Wiese (St. Gallen, 1979), p. 127.

Günther Uecker and Jef Verheyen, Vlaamse Landschappen, Müllem, 1967, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Günther Uecker, photo: Gerald Dauphin/Photomuseum Antwerp

And Otto Piene was not sketching utopian dreams when he made the following statement to the magazine ArtsCanada in 1969:

“As the world expands so does art, it has to. If it doesn’t, it will go under, and when art goes under the world will cease to live, because art is the force that binds body, brains, and soul.… We, the artists with serious concerns, have to face reality, wake up, move out of the art world, and embrace the void.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene, “Sky Art: A Notebook for a Book,” ArtsCanada, June 1969, p. 14.

Heinz Mack’s dream of art within a vast desert landscape was not a chimera either. “Suddenly the director of photography, Hans Emmerling, said that since Mack had so much to report about his project in the Sahara, we should go there and finish the film,” recount Robert Fleck and Antonia Lehmann-Tolkmitt in their book Heinz Mack: Ein Künstler des 21. Jahrhunderts (An Artist of the 21st Century).[i] They come to the following conclusion:

[i] See Robert Fleck and Antonia Lehmann-Tolkmitt, Heinz Mack: Ein Künstler des 21. Jahrhunderts (Munich, 2019), p. 58. Fleck and Lehmann-Tolkmitt also stick to the concept of utopia.

“The fact that the various kinds of stele were only set up in the Tunisian desert for the duration of the filming points to another aspect of the Sahara Project. It is one of the first artworks conceived in terms of media in European avant-garde art of the 1960s and 1970s… In this case, in terms of media theory, on the other side of the camera was not the artist, but the audience of the early media society,”[i]

[i] Ibid., p. 61.

whose most convincing instrument was television.

Heinz Mack in a silver suit, undated (1967), (Op) Art Galerie, Esslingen, courtesy Prof. Schmitt-Siegel, photo: Prof. Schmitt-Siegel, Bonn

This closes the circle of argumentation and it becomes clear that Düsseldorf ZERO art’s nest was not built on the programmatic pedestal of a philosophical utopia but on a media-theoretical foundation that was forward-looking for that time. The inspiration for this came from Yves Klein’s productions, like his Aerostatic Sculpture(1957) at the Parisian gallery of Iris Clert,[i] and the ZERO artists soon followed with their own actions, such as ZERO: Edition, Exposition, Demonstration (1961), in front of the Galerie Schmela, proving how masterfully they could engage with the public—both in reality and via the media.[ii] Last but not least, the publication of the magazines ZERO 1–3 clearly demonstrates that the artists were aware of the strengths, possibilities, and influence of media and the media, which they made use of together until 1966, and individually after ZERO came to an end.

Joe Ketner (1955–2018) examined this relationship in detail in his book Witness to Phenomenon, and concluded:

[i] See Yves Klein, “Aerostatic Sculpture,” https://www.yvesklein.com/en/ressources/index?s[]=6&sb=_created&sd=desc&p[]=1954-1957#/en/ressources/view/artwork/645/aerostatic-sculpture (accessed February 12, 2024).

[ii] See Klaus Gereon Beuckers and Christine Korte-Beuckers, For Any Instrument: Die Anfänge der Aktionskunst in den 1950/60er Jahren im Rheinland (Munich, 2021). See also the chapter “X = 0 x 0 = Art,” in this volume.

“The visual experience that they created manifest in a variety of forms and new media, including monochrome painting, kinetic art, assemblage, performance, technology, and environmental installations.… In the course of a long decade they introduced some fundamental changes to the visual arts, incorporating nontraditional materials and new technologies that divorced the artistic enterprise from that mark, the touch and individual expression.… ZERO and ‘new tendency’ artists introduced a host of new media and ideas into art.”[i]

[i] See Joseph D. Ketner II, Witness to Phenomenon: Group ZERO and the Development of New Media in Postwar European Art(London, 2018), pp. 261–62.

In summary, it can be said that it was less the idea of utopian images that shaped the ZERO artists than the idea of open spaces, both topographical and topical, social and political, which were not yet occupied by traditional art. Art in the sky, art made of fire, art in the light offered just such spaces to be discovered and used. These were the so-called utopias on a solid foundation, the defense of open spaces as a possibility for freedom and thus for democracy.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Otto Piene, Olympic Rainbow, 1972, photo- graphic reproduction from slide, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.V.216_7, photo: Wolf Huber

Endnotes

Volt

V Volt

The Energy Powering ZERO

Rebecca Welkens Romina Dümler Nicole Reds Martina Kerkhoff

An Interview with the Conservators Nicole Reds and Martina Kerkhoff


 

Electric currents, the standard unit of which is the volt (V), are the indispensable motive force behind many of the ZERO artists’ works. Their aspiration was to make a connection between art, people, and technology—this is clearly reflected in their works from the late nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties, and especially in the materials they chose to use. Incandescent lamps and electrically powered motors in the Lichtballette (Light Ballets) by Otto Piene (1928–2014) or the illuminated Cronotopi by Nanda Vigo (1936–2020), for example, are testimony to the artists’ engagement with technology. They also make the significance of technology for the respective works visible, for these are key works that resulted from the artists’ many years of engaging with the possibilities of contemporary technologies and of utilizing them in their art.


Today, the light-kinetic works from the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties pose particular challenges for conservators because, after seventy years, the original technical devices and light sources exhibit signs of wear and tear, and in some cases simply no longer function.[i] The intended effect of an electrical work, which results from its specific functions, cannot be reproduced faithfully today if crucial elements such as the correct light bulbs are no longer available because their production has ceased.


This interview with conservators Nicole Reds and Martina Kerkhoff provides some insights as to how kinetic artworks may be preserved in the spirit of the artists’ intentions by using a combination of specialist knowledge, craftsmanship, and archival research. Taking objects by Günther Uecker (b. 1930) and Heinz Mack (b. 1931) as examples, the conservators explain current restoration procedures for artworks that are operated by electricity. This reveals an important aspect of ZERO art that would otherwise remain hidden.


[i] During the exhibition Zero ist gut für Dich (Zero Is Good for You): Mack, Piene, Uecker in Bonn, 1966/2016, on December 8, 2016, the symposium Light On/Off: Reconstruction and Presentation of Light Installations took place at the LVR-Landesmuseum (Rheinisches Landesmuseum) in Bonn. In 2018, a publication based on the symposium was published by the ZERO foundation. See Tiziana Caianiello, ed., Light On/Off: Restaging ZERO (Düsseldorf, 2018).

ZERO foundation: Please introduce yourselves briefly. What does your work entail? And how would you define your collaboration?

 

Nicole Reds and Martina Kerkhoff: The preservation of art and cultural heritage for future generations is the main focus of our work as conservators. We work on this together in the Restaurierungsatelier (restoration studio) Kerkhoff + Vogel in Bochum, which was founded in 2010 by Martina Kerkhoff and Diana Vogel.

In addition to conserving and restoring paintings, sculptures, and contemporary art, our areas of responsibility also include carrying out art-technological investigations, supervising exhibitions and the transportation of art, as well as looking after art storage facilities and collections.

In order to preserve the authenticity of the works of art as far as possible when restoring them, restoration concepts are developed that always take into account the existing basic principles of restoration ethics. These include, for example, making interventions that are only minimally invasive and ensuring that the measures implemented are as reversible as possible. The basis for this is careful analysis and the consideration of various options. These can be highly complex, especially in the case of contemporary kinetic works of art, as often it is not only the preservation of the original substance that is relevant. Other factors, such as functionality or the original artistic intention, may also be decisive in preserving the significance of the work.

 

Zf: You recently completed an important restoration project for the new presentation of the Kunsthalle Recklinghausen’s collection, which included two ZERO works: Hommage à Broadway by Günther Uecker (1965), and Lichtdynamo by Heinz Mack, of 1963. How did that come about?

Günther Uecker, Hommage à Broadway, 1965, 174 x 174 x 33.5 cm, object box, canvas-covered wooden rotor disk with hammered-in nails, socket, electric motor, light bulbs, sodium vapor lamp, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Irina Eckmeier
Heinz Mack, Lichtdynamo, 1963, 122 x 122 x 32.5 cm, object box, structured rotor disk, socket, aluminum foil, electric motor, front disk made of corrugated glass, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Alistair Overbruck

NR, MK: Our regular clients also include some of the Ruhr art museums, including the Kunsthalle Recklinghausen. Upon joining the museum in 2021, one of the first things the new director, Nico Anklam, did was to arrange a joint inspection of the external storage facility, which revealed that there were a number of kinetic artworks not suitable for exhibition and in need of restoration. These included the works you mentioned. We then examined them more closely and analyzed their state of preservation. On this basis, we developed concepts for their restoration with the goal of restoring the works to a condition in which they could be exhibited.

 

Zf: What are the special features of these two ZERO works?

 

NR, MK: Both Hommage à Broadway and Lichtdynamo (Light Dynamo) are box objects with rotating disks inside. What the two works have in common is that the motion of the disk is an integral part of their identity. It is the rotation of the disk that makes possible the optical effects that the artist intended.

Günther Uecker, Hommage à Broadway, 1965, 174 x 174 x 33.5 cm, object box, canvas-covered wooden rotor disk with hammered-in nails, socket, electric motor, light bulbs, sodium vapor lamp, general view of the front after restoration, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Nicole Reds/Restaurierungsatelier Kerkhoff+Vogel, 2022
Günther Uecker, Hommage à Broadway, 1965, 174 x 174 x 33.5 cm, object box, canvas-covered wooden rotor disk with hammered-in nails, socket, electric motor, light bulbs, sodium vapor lamp, general view of the back after restoration, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Nicole Reds/Restaurierungsatelier Kerkhoff+Vogel, 2022
Heinz Mack, Lichtdynamo, 1963, 122 x 122 x 32.5 cm, object box, structured rotor disc, frame, aluminum foil, electric motor, front pane made of corrugated glass, general view of the front after restoration, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Nicole Reds/Restaurierungsatelier Kerkhoff+Vogel, 2022
Heinz Mack, Lichtdynamo, 1963, 122 x 122 x 32.5 cm, object box, structured rotor disc, frame, aluminum foil, electric motor, front pane made of corrugated glass, general view of the back after restoration, Kunsthalle Recklinghausen, photo: Nicole Reds/Restaurierungsatelier Kerkhoff+Vogel, 2022

In Heinz Mack’s Lichtdynamo, the rotating disk has a structure of vertical lamellae covered in silver, using various materials. The box itself is covered by a pane of corrugated glass. When the disk rotates, the lamellae and the glass in front of it create interference, that is, an optical overlay. This results in flowing movements and an impression of water or liquid glass. It also looks as though the structures are moving in different directions, although the disk is actually rotating in one direction.

The object Hommage à Broadway by Günther Uecker contains a wooden rotating disk covered with canvas, which is studded with numerous nails and painted off-white. It is illuminated from the side so that the nails appear in a strong ray of light. The rotation of the disk produces a constant interplay of light and shadow and a complex, changing kinetic structure.

The visual movement in both objects is powered by an electric motor attached to the back. Unlike Mack’s Lichtreliefs (Light Reliefs), which reflect light from outside, Uecker’s light-kinetic nail object contains several internal sources of light. Through the inclusion of light sources, Uecker precisely defined the status of light in the work and designed it to be largely independent of external conditions. In order to enable the authentic experience of the artwork, it was therefore especially important for us to retain the originally intended lighting in its restoration.

 

Zf: What challenges arose during restoration of the kinetic ZERO works?

 

NR, MK: When they were brought to the restoration studio, both objects were in an unstable condition and no longer intact, which was why they were examined and measures undertaken for their conservation. None of the electrical elements worked; neither the motors nor the light sources they contained. In addition, there was a great deal of other damage, such as deposits of dirt, mold infestation, damage to the objects’ boxes, elements that had become detached, and corroded metal parts.

A particular challenge with the work Hommage à Broadway was to reconstruct the lighting situation in accordance with the artist’s intention.

There was some evidence that the electrical system had been altered in the past, when the positions of the lamps in the corners of the box had been changed. However, it was not documented why or when this had taken place, or who did it. In order to be able to decide whether the existing construction was worth preserving or whether reconstruction to an earlier state would enable a more authentic reception of the work, the urgent question was whether Günther Uecker himself had carried out the alteration, or whether it had been authorized by him or not. We thought that this was conceivable in principle, as it was part of his artistic practice to put together and arrange the kinetic light objects variably in different exhibitions, together with Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, depending on the space. Marcel Hardung, the artist’s son, told us that technical elements of the works were actually changed in the process.

Another issue arose from the fact that new, commercially available light bulbs were screwed into the sockets. This fits in with the fact that light bulbs in exhibited works of art are often replaced when they no longer function. If this is not documented, information about which light sources were originally used is lost. However, this information is highly relevant for the appearance of the work, because there can be major visual differences between different light sources—for example, in terms of brightness, light color, beam angle, and many other specific parameters.

Another challenge was that an old sodium vapor lamp[i] was installed in the object’s box, which in the past had been operated via an outdated intermediate high-voltage transformer. Its operation would have posed a considerable safety risk, both for the artwork, as such lamps become extremely hot, and for exhibition visitors, as it contains mercury, which is toxic to the respiratory tract, and the risk of the bulb shattering is quite high. Therefore, the question arose as to how we should deal with the safety concerns and whether, from a purely technical point of view, it would even be possible to operate a sodium vapor lamp inside the work.

 

Zf: How important for the restoration process is background information and in-depth research in archives?

 

NR, MK: In addition to the art-technological examination of the objects, in-depth research is often essential for developing an appropriate restoration concept. Particularly with regard to the issues described above, we needed to gain a deeper insight into the original presentation and exhibition history of the work. Tapping into archives can make an important contribution here. Archives can provide a great deal of information, not only about the artists, their intentions, and when the works were created. They can also contain documentation of previous restoration measures or technical documents that provide information about the original materials and techniques used.

Information attached to the objects themselves—for example, exhibition stickers—can also lead to valuable information if investigated.

 

[i] Unlike fluorescent lamps, sodium vapor lamps do not require fluorescent luminescent material; instead, the gas discharge of sodium vapor produces visible light. Sodium vapor lamps are characterized by the intense brightness of their high-contrast yellow-orange light and are mainly used for outdoor lighting today.

In the case of Günther Uecker’s Hommage à Broadway, we discovered a historical photograph in an exhibition catalog thanks to such a sticker, which provided crucial information about an earlier lighting setup and the position of the lamps.

Furthermore, the practice of involving the artists themselves in the decision-making process, where possible, has now become established. Also, interviewing people from the artistic environment, or contemporary witnesses, represents a possibility to obtain particularly valuable background information. Günter Thorn, for example, shared with us his knowledge about the special spotlights that Günther Uecker originally used as light sources inside the box, and also put us in contact with the artist’s son, which was most fruitful. Together with Hans Ulrich Faust (who died in 2023), he also carried out the necessary reconstruction of the electrical installation of Uecker’s light box.

 

Zf: ZERO art in particular works with light—including electric light sources. To what extent is the topic of sustainability relevant for you in your work or is it not possible to restore works from the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties sustainably?

 

NR, MK: We always attach great importance to minimizing the ecological footprint of restoration by pursuing a sustainable approach. For light-kinetic ZERO artworks, for example, this can mean using LED light sources, which have lower energy consumption, generate less heat, and have a longer lifespan than older technologies. A decision such as this must be carefully weighed up, since, from the perspective of conservation ethics, the repair of technical devices or light sources is usually prioritized over replacing them. In addition, it is not always possible to simulate the lighting effect intended by the artist using LED technology. For example, the original halogen spotlights in Uecker’s light box are no longer produced today, but fortunately the lighting effect was satisfactorily recreated using LED versions, as Marcel Hardung and Günter Thorn confirmed in a direct comparison of the two light sources on site. However, there was no adequate LED replacement for the defective sodium vapor lamp, which was ultimately not put back into operation for the time being because of the hazardous substance, mercury, that it contains. The complexity of the processes when making such decisions and the possibilities and challenges that can arise when restoring light installations by the ZERO artists are elucidated in the 2018 publication Light On/Off: Restaging ZERO.[i]

[i] See Caianiello 2018 (see note 1).

Another way to reduce the energy consumption of electrically powered artworks is to put restrictions on operating them during an exhibition. To this end, recommendations can be developed and implemented using timers, motion sensors, or floor switches. At the same time, such measures reduce wear and tear on the electrical components, including the light sources, and therefore have a positive effect on the preservation of the artworks.

 

Zf: Dear Nicole Reds, dear Martina Kerkhoff—thank you very much indeed for these valuable insights!

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Nicole Reds while working on Hommage à Broadway by Günther Uecker, photo: Charlotte Stahmann, 2022

Endnotes

Women

W Women

“Women in the ZERO Group? There weren’t any”—A Common and Persistent Misperception

Barbara Könches

The idea that the ZERO movement consisted only of men is as old as it is long-lived—and it is wrong. There were female artists, gallery owners, and journalists who were involved in the art created by ZERO. Although they were few in number, their contributions are no less valuable. This essay is dedicated to the women in the ZERO circle because they were often marginalized, or preferred not to take center stage, and often go unmentioned in the accounts and introductions of art historians.

Who belonged to ZERO and who did not is another issue that is as general as it is controversial. Nevertheless, it is worthwhile, for example, to take a look at Thekla Zell’s work in the exhibition catalog ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s,[i] and to count the number of times individual female artists participated. Yayoi Kusama (b. 1929) was represented most frequently in ZERO exhibitions, namely, sixteen times. Nanda Vigo (1936–2020) presented her works in this context fourteen times, Dadamaino (1930–2004) ten times, Grazia Varisco (b. 1937) nine times, and Martha Boto (1925–2004) five times. Some artists, such as Marianne Aue (1934–2016), Hanne Brenken (1923–2019), Vera Molnar (1924–2023), Rotraut (b. 1938), and Lygia Clark (1920–1988) were only represented once in shows presented in the context of ZERO. Of the total of 119 exhibitions listed by Zell, eighty had no women participants, or, conversely, only thirty-nine exhibitions featured female artists. This means that women took part in around thirty-three percent of the shows.

The reasons for this are manifold. They can certainly be found in the historical context of the patriarchal social structure of the nineteen-fifties and nineteen-sixties. In a profession such as art, in which there are no fixed salaries, fixed employment, or fixed contracts, and which depends on robust networks of gallery owners and curators, women face additional difficulties.

This text cannot and should not be about compensating for discrimination a posteriori, making moral judgments, or assessing “male dominance.” Rather, it is an attempt to understand history in the form of stories. At the same time, the gaps and blind spots become clearer with each account.

[i] Thekla Zell, “The ZERO Traveling Circus: Documentation of Exhibitions, Actions, Publications 1958–1966,” in in Dirk Pörschmann and Margriet Schavemaker, eds., ZERO: Die internationale Kunstbewegung der 50er und 60er Jahre (ZERO: The International Art Movement of the 1950s and 1960s), exh. cat. Martin-Gropius-Bau and Stedelijk Museum (Berlin, Amsterdam and Cologne, 2015), pp. 19–176. Zell begins her chronology with the 7th Evening Exhibition, that is, with the publication of ZERO 1.

The Evening Exhibitions: Herta Junghanns-Grulich and Hal Busse

When Heinz Mack (b. 1931) and Otto Piene (1928–2014) began organizing exhibitions in their Düsseldorf studio at Gladbacher Strasse 69 in 1957, they were both members of Gruppe 53, “a circle of mainly young artists full of ideas, many of whom would later become part of the avant-garde, who came together in the short term in an initiative directed at the future.”[i] In the first Evening Exhibitions, the choice of program and artists corresponded to Gruppe 53, which was defined by Art Informel. It was not until the 4th Evening Exhibition, which Piene regarded as the decisive one,[ii] that he and Mack turned away from Art Informel and embarked on the artistic and theoretical path that led to ZERO, whose “birth” thus coincided with the 7th Evening Exhibition and the group’s eponymous publication.

Prior to this, two artists from Gruppe 53 had been involved in the 2nd Evening Exhibition: Herta Junghanns-Grulich (1912–1990) and Anneliese Külzer-Winter (1921–1965).[iii]

[i] Marie-Luise Otten, “Auf dem Weg zur Avantgarde: Künstler der ‘Gruppe 53,’” in Marie-Luise Otten, ed., Auf dem Weg zur Avantgarde: Künstler der Gruppe 53, exh. cat. Museum der Stadt Ratingen (Heidelberg, 2003), p. 9. Unless otherwise stated, all quotations have been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

[ii] Otto Piene, handwritten text, Groton, Massachusetts, January 2, 1998, Otto Piene archive at the Center for Advanced Visual Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA.

[iii] Other participants included Fritz Bierhoff, Claus Fischer, Fathwinter, Albert Fürst, Herbert Götzinger, and Rolf Sackenheim.

Herta Junghanns-Grulich, Horizontal-dynamisch, 1950/55, 100 x 125 cm, oil on canvas, Stadtmuseum Düsseldorf, photo: Stadtmuseum Düsseldorf
Heinz Mack, untitled, 1954, 99 x 121 cm, synthetic resin and oil paint on nettle, private collection NRW, courtesy archive Heinz Mack

Herta Junghanns-Grulich, who is almost forgotten today, painted her last representational picture in 1941,[i]and from that point onward experimented with pigments and chemicals with the intention of making movement visible. She was fascinated by chemical and biological processes,[ii] which she thematized in works such as Am Rande der Strömung (At the Current’s Edge), pre-1961; Blaues Bild II. Photosynthesis (Blue Picture II. Photosynthesis), pre-1976; and Horizontal-dynamisch (Horizontal dynamic), 1950/55. If you look at these paintings, you can see the broad, flat strokes of paint, and the formal treatment of the paint itself is certainly related to the paintings produced by Heinz Mack and Otto Piene at that time.

[i] Otten 2003 (see note 2), pp. 210–11.

[ii] For example, with her husband, Georg Grulich, she attended lectures at the Kant Society and the Society of Natural Sciences. See Georg Grulich to Herta Junghanns-Grulich, Düsseldorf, May 1991, Herta Junghanns-Grulich estate, Düsseldorf.

Herta Junghanns-Grulich, ohne Titel 6, undated, 42 x 28 cm, mixed media on cardboard (behind glass), estate HJG, Düsseldorf, photo: Jan van der Most
Otto Piene, SCHWARZ WEISS GRAU, 1956/57, 125.3 x 167 cm, egg tempera on canvas, courtesy Sprüth Magers, Berlin

Although the paint in Junghanns-Grulich’s works is both applied and removed with scraper and spatula, strongly echoing Art Informel, her paintings are distinguished by a clear brightness and by their vibrant light effects. During the Second World War, the artist had to do without paints and canvases, and she began to weave fabric pictures from remnants of wool. Evidently, the underlying woven structure exerted an influence on her future artistic work. And it was this structure that fit very well into the gradually evolving stylistic spectrum of ZERO art. Mack and Piene clearly appreciated her work, as she was again invited to participate in the 7th Evening Exhibition,[i] and Piene visited her studio with his students from the fashion school.[ii]

[i] Lists of artists to be invited, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.2.IV.67 and mkp.ZERO.2.IV.68.

[ii] See Grulich 1991 (see note 6).

Card from Otto Piene to Hal Busse, March 9, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.809
Card from Hal Busse to Otto Piene, March 21, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.812

At the legendary 7th Evening Exhibition, entitled Das rote Bild (The Red Painting), forty-two male artists were represented and three female artists: Junghanns-Grulich, Hanne Brenken, and Hal (Hannelore) Busse (1926–2018). With regard to the circumstances of the invitation of the first two artists, silence prevails in the ZERO foundation archive.[i]

The situation is different in the case of Hal Busse. On March 9, 1958, Otto Piene wrote to “Dear Mrs. Busse!” that he had received her address from “Mr. Seitz, who sends you his regards.”[ii]

[i] This was certainly related to the fact that all the artists lived in Düsseldorf.

[ii] See Fritz Seitz to Otto Piene, March 6, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.853. In the early ZERO years, Mack and Piene carried on a lively correspondence with artist, graphic designer, and author Fritz Seitz (1926–2017).

“I would like to invite you to take part in the Evening Exhibition Das rote Bild (The Red Painting), which will take place in mid-April. The exhibition will feature around 30 painters, each presenting one painting (including Brüning, Geiger, Kaufmann, Mathieu, Mack, Piene, Thieler, Wind, and Yves).”[i]

[i] Card from Otto Piene to Hal Busse, Düsseldorf, March 9, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.809.

“Thanks in a hurry for the letter and invitation,” Hal Busse replied on March 10, 1958, asking: “Should the red painting be large or small?”[i]

[i] See the letter from Hal Busse to Otto Piene, March 10, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.810.

Two days later, Piene replied diplomatically:

“A medium size [format] will perhaps be most suitable (about 100 by 100 [cm]). If you’ve got two red pictures available, you can also send the two, just in case.”[i]

[i] See the card from Otto Piene to Hal Busse, Düsseldorf, March 12, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.811.

Which she did![i]

[i] See the card from Hal Busse to Otto Piene, Stuttgart, March 21, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.812_1. Petra Gördüren suspects that Busse showed three pictures, because she had noted on Piene’s invitation: “1. red painting 2 [sic] nail reliefs” (Hal Busse archive, Hamburg). It can be assumed that these are numbers denoting the order and that the full stop is missing from the number two. In view of the size of the premises at Gladbacher Strasse 69, and that works from forty-five artists were in the exhibition, it is extremely unlikely that Busse was able to show three works. See Petra Gördüren, “‘Bin ich dann heute gegenständlich und morgen nicht?’ Hal Busses künstlerischer Werdegang zwischen Figuration und Abstraktion,” in Petra Gördüren and Dorothea Schöne, eds., Hal Busse: Das Frühwerk 1950–70, exh. cat. Kunsthaus Dahlem (Berlin, 2019), pp. 12–41. The consignment note preserved in the Piene estate states that “1 box of artworks” insured for DM 515 was despatched by Hal Busse on April 14, 1958. Archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.III.170.

Note by Hal Busse on the 7th Evening Exhibition, undated, Hal Busse archive, Hamburg

To her regret, Busse did not see the 7th Evening Exhibition—“Düsseldorf is unfortunately a bit too far”[i] from Stuttgart, where Busse lived with her husband Klaus Bendixen. But what actually were her two contributions to the exhibition The Red Painting, at Gladbacher Strasse 69 in Düsseldorf?

Hal Busse noted on a reproduction of one of her works: “In the exhibition IM MATERIAL [In the Material], a correction to the Red Nail Relief in the catalog.”[ii] And below the reproduction: “This picture hung with the Red Nail Relief in Düsseldorf in 1958. Exhibition The Red Painting, Düsseldorf 1958 opening, exhibited together with the Nail Relief, which is owned by the Galerie der Stadt Stuttgart. Please change the year 1959 to 1958.”[iii]

[i] See the letter from Hal Busse to Otto Piene, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.814.

[ii] Hal Busse archive, Hamburg. See Barbara Heuss-Czisch and Angelika Weissbecher, eds., Im Material: Objekte und Assemblagen der 60er Jahre in Stuttgart, exh. cat. Württembergischer Kunstverein (Stuttgart, 1986), p. 31.

[iii] As Frederik Schikowski has shown, Busse dated works retrospectively—also to her disadvantage. See Frederik Schikowski, “Hal Busses ‘Montagen’: Ein kaum bekannter Beitrag zur frühen konkret-konstruktiven Kunst der Bundesrepublik,” in Gördüren and Schöne2019 (see note 14), pp. 42–57.

Scan from the exhibition catalog Im Material, published by Württembergischer Kunst- verein Stuttgart, 1986, p. 31

Busse requested that both works should be returned quickly, as she wanted to show them at a “collective exhibition” in Stuttgart in mid-May.[i] Apparently, she did not meet with either Piene or Mack at this time. Instead, she sent her regards to Heinz Mack and added: “H. Mack came to see us here once but we were not in.”[ii]

In June that year, Piene promised to make a trip to Swabia and get in touch.[iii] Their correspondence became literally more cordial. In July, Busse reported that she had returned from Venice, “where some [illegible adjective] is interesting at the Biennale.… Your yellow painting is still very fresh in my mind even after this international art market, which is definitely … instructive and stimulating, much more than the Künstlerbund [Association of German Artists] exhibition.”[iv] The aforementioned Künstlerbund exhibition took place from May 17 to July 13, 1958, in the Grugahallen in Essen. Hal Busse and Klaus Bendixen each exhibited one work, and Heinz Mack and Otto Piene were represented with two works each—Piene with the Rasterbild (Grid Painting) Hell Gelb Hell (1958).[v] Busse may have been referring to this painting in her letter. Perhaps she recognized in Piene’s works a kindred spirit, for her major work Bild 58, gelb (1958) was created the same year. It is even possible that Piene’s yellow Grid Painting inspired the Stuttgart artist to create her work. However, although superficially there is a certain similarity in the form of the yellow dots, the works are based on completely different stylistic premises: Piene’s results from experiments with screens and grid stencils, and Busse’s from a profoundly painterly attitude based on the shimmering lights of Impressionism.[vi]

[i] Hal Busse to Otto Piene, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.814. There is no mention of a group exhibition in Stuttgart in 1958 either in the exhibition catalog for Hal Busse (Gördüren and Schöne 2019, see note 14) or in that for Farben, die blühen: Die Malerin Hal Busse (ed. Marc Gundel, exh. cat. Städtische Museen, Heilbronn, 2006). However, she did have a solo show in Stuttgart in 1958: Hal Busse: Bilder und Montagen, at Galerie Behr.

[ii] Letter from Hal Busse to Otto Piene, Stuttgart, May 9, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.815.

[iii] Card from Otto Piene to Hal Busse, Düsseldorf, June 17, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.814.

[iv] Card from Hal Busse to Otto Piene, Stuttgart, July 3, 1958, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.818.

[v] The exhibition catalog includes the entry: “Otto Piene, Gelbhellgelb [sic], 1958, 78 x 96 cm, oil.” See Deutscher Künstlerbund, Achte Ausstellung, mit Sonderausstellung Handzeichnungen, exh. cat. Grugahallen (Essen, 1958), n.p.

[vi] See Barbara Könches, “Klatschmohnfelder in der Zone Null: Hal Busse und die Gruppe ZERO,” in Ute Eggeling and Michael Beck, eds., Hal Busse: Eine Wiederentdeckung (Düsseldorf, 2023), pp. 42–45.

Otto Piene, Hell Gelb Hell, 1958, 68.5 x 96.5 cm, oil on canvas, LWL-Museum für Kunst und Kultur, Westfälisches Landesmuseum, Münster, inv. no. 1333 LM, photo: LWL-Museum für Kunst und Kultur, Westfälisches Landesmuseum, Münster/Hanna Neander
Hal Busse, Bild 58, gelb, 1958, 130 x 172 cm, oil on hardboard, WVZ-HB-3RD-04891, private collection, courtesy Galerie Volker Diehl, Berlin, photo: Marcus Schneider

Yet the art scenes in Düsseldorf and Stuttgart were not only brought into contact with each other at Fritz Seitz’s recommendation, but also through the artists Peter Brüning (1929–1970)[i] and Klaus Jürgen-Fischer (1930–2017),[ii] who had both studied at the Art Academy in Stuttgart with Willi Baumeister and were fellow students of Klaus Bendixen. Jürgen-Fischer, who initially belonged to the ZERO artists’ circle of friends, organized the 1959 exhibition Stringenz: Nuove tendenze tedesche at the Galleria Pagani del Grattacielo in Milan, to which he invited Hal Busse, Oskar Holweck (1924–2007), Norbert Kricke (1922–1984), Heinz Mack, Almir Mavignier (1925–2018), Günther Sellung (b. 1925), and Hans-Peter Vorberg, as well as showing his own works.[iii]

In the 1961 exhibition 30 junge Deutsche (30 Young Germans),[iv] curated by Udo Kultermann, director of the Städtisches Museum Leverkusen Schloss Morsbroich, works by the ZERO artists Mack, Piene, Uecker (b. 1930), Hermann Goepfert (1926–1982), Oskar Holweck, and Uli Pohl (b. 1935) again came together with those of Hal Busse. Only two years later, the Gesellschaft zur Aktivierung von Kunst und Wissenschaft (Society for the Activation of Art and Science) once again invited Busse to participate in the ZERO exhibition at the Diogenes Gallery in Berlin; however, the invitation arrived too late for her to participate.[v]

[i] Like Mack and Piene, Peter Brüning belonged to Gruppe 53 and was represented in the 1st, 4th, and 7th Evening Exhibitions.

[ii] Klaus Jürgen-Fischer, schoolfriend of Heinz Mack, artist, and art critic of the magazine Das Kunstwerk (Ägis publishers, Baden-Baden), was responsible for issuing the invitations to the 6th Evening Exhibition, his solo show, at Gladbacher Strasse 69.

[iii] Klaus Jürgen-Fischer to Heinz Mack, Baden-Baden, September 25, 1959, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.62. See also Jürgen-Fischer to Heinz Mack, Baden-Baden, November 19, 1959, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.159.

[iv] See Udo Kultermann, ed., 30 junge Deutsche: Architektur, Plastik, Malerei, Graphik, exh. cat. Städtisches Museum Leverkusen Schloss Morsbroich (Leverkusen, 1961), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.250.

[v] In the Hal Busse archive in Hamburg, there is a letter dated March 20, 1963, inviting the artist to participate at very short notice—the exhibition opened on March 30, 1963. The invitation had first been sent to Hölderlinstrasse in Stuttgart, where Busse had not lived since 1961. Notes written on the envelope state “Forwarded to Hamburg; Changed address there in the meantime; Forwarded ….” In view of the fact that she would have only had a maximum of nine days, even if the first address had been correct, and in view of the subsequent progress of the errant mail, her participation in the exhibition seems highly unlikely. In the exhibition catalogs by Gördüren and Schöne (2019, see note 14) and Gundel (2006, see note 18), the exhibition is listed. Busse herself does not mention it in a handwritten CV in the Hal Busse archive, Hamburg.

Nevertheless, completely unnoticed and unremarked, Hal Busse contributed to the ZERO publications. At the end of ZERO 3, the legendary third ZERO magazine, there is a picture atlas consisting of twenty-five grids of images that is spread over seven pages. One of the square tiles contains a photo of Busse’s Nail Relief (yellow—blue—red), ca. 1958, which is alongside images of artworks such as “Piene, Constant, Takis, Moldow,” and images from the fields of “physics, agriculture,” and “architecture.”[i]

[i] ZERO 3 (1961), in Dirk Pörschmann and Mattijs Visser, eds., ZERO 4321 (Düsseldorf, 2012), n.p. Not a single work by a female artist was included in the magazine, but women were represented as photographers: Hilla Wobeser, who later became world-famous as Hilla Becher, photographed the works of Günther Uecker. Vera Spoerrri and Martha Rocher photographed works by Jean Tinguely.

ZERO at the Galerie Diogenes in Berlin: Dadamaino

Thanks to their friendship with actor and gallery owner Günter Meisner (1926–1994), Mack, Piene, and Uecker (b. 1930) were given the opportunity to curate the aforementioned ZERO exhibition in Berlin. With the high total of forty-four international artists participating,[i] the Berlin event is reminiscent of the 7th Evening Exhibition. However, whereas three female artists participated in The Red Painting, five years later this number had dropped to two: Rango Heusser-Bohne (1932–2021) and Dadamaino.[ii]

Edoarda Emilia Maino, known as Dadamaino, who lived in Milan, was well known to the Düsseldorf ZERO artists through her Italian friends. “Until the closure of the gallery [Azimut] in July 1960, Castellani and Manzoni organized a compact cycle of twelve exhibitions in a friendly collaboration with their spiritus rector Lucio Fontana and the young artist Dadamaino,” according to Renate Damsch-Wiehager.[iii]

[i] In addition to German artists, colleagues from Italy, Belgium, France, the Netherlands, and Switzerland were also invited.

[ii] I regard the participation of Hal Busse as unlikely (as explained in note 28). The exhibition took place from March 30 to April 30, 1963, at the Galerie Diogenes, Bleibtreustrasse 7, West Berlin. Meisner ran the gallery on behalf of the Gesellschaft zur Aktivierung von Kunst und Wissenschaft (Society for the Activation of Art and Science).

[iii] Renate Damsch-Wiehager, “Eine Linie von unendlicher Länge,” in Renate Damsch-Wiehager, ed., ZERO Italien: Azimut/Azimuth 1959/60 in Mailand. Und heute, exh. cat. Villa Merkel (Esslingen and Ostfildern, 1996), p. 11.

Dadamaino, Volume a moduli sfasati, 1960, 120 x 60 cm, perforated and superim- posed plastic canvases on wooden stretcher bars, Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo

Dadamaino was the only artist about whom Manzoni ever wrote a text. It culminated in the euphoric statement: “Her [Dadamaino’s] paintings are banners of a new world, are a new meaning: they are not content with saying something else, they say new things.”[i] And some thirty years later, the philosopher, critic, and painter Gillo Dorfles (1910–2018) explained what “new things” she was saying in her art:

[i] Piero Manzoni, “Dadamaino,” in ibid., p.94.

“In this way we can attribute all the works of this era to the great torrent of programmed or kinetic art, even if we are aware of the artist’s constant participation in the problems and activities of related groups.… How do these objects nevertheless differ.… Undoubtedly, because of their striking sophistication, and in the fact that besides the perceptual, they always include aesthetic value.”[i]

[i] Gillo Dorfles, “Dadamaino,” in ibid., p. 86.

Dadamaino, Volume, 1958, 70 x 50 cm, tempera on perforated canvas, courtesy A arte Invernizzi, Milan, photo: Bruno Bani, Milan

When did the Düsseldorf ZERO artists and Dadamaino meet for the first time? In a short aside in a letter dated December 1962, Heinz Mack mentions that the artist had been in Düsseldorf over a year ago.[i]However, intensive correspondence between Milan and Düsseldorf had only begun on September 20, 1962, with a letter from Dadamaino to Otto Piene.[ii] Just three weeks later, Dadamaino contacted Piene again and suggested that he make a presentation in the gallery of the architect Arturo Cadario, where Fontana (1899–1968) also exhibited. Cadario was going to publish a book about the “Nouvelles Tendances,” which Umbro Apollonio (1911–1981) was writing.[iii] In her next message, the Italian artist addressed all three Düsseldorf “ZEROists,” requesting them to send photos of artworks, artist portraits, and biographies, which she would like to send to Nobuya Abe (1913–1971). Abe was about to write a major article on the New Tendencies, which would be published in a Japanese magazine, and—Dadamaino announced—might also lead to an exhibition in Tokyo.[iv]

On February 9, 1963, Dadamaino informed Piene and the other colleagues of the sudden death of Piero Manzoni.[v] At virtually the same time, Heinz Mack was in contact with the artist, informing her that an exhibition was planned for March 1963 in Berlin, and that the Düsseldorf ZERO artists would be happy if she were to participate and show one of her works.[vi] He also asks her:

[i] “When you had been here more than a year ago,” Heinz Mack to Dadamaino, December 27, 1962, Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo, Italy. A meeting must therefore have taken place in mid-1961.

[ii] In the archives of the ZERO foundation and the Archivio Dadamaino there are sixty-seven items of correspondence between Dadamaino and Piene, and forty-one items of correspondence between Dadamaino and Mack.

[iii] Dadamaino to Otto Piene, Milan, October 10, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2809.

[iv] Dadamaino to Otto Piene, Heinz Mack, and Günther Uecker, Milan, December 12, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1436.

[v] Dadamaino to Otto Piene, Milan, February 9, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1356. See also the message of condolence from Otto Piene to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, March 2, 1963, Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo, Italy.

[vi] Heinz Mack to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, February 11, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no.  ZERO.1.I.149.

“If you have friends in Italy whose paintings correspond with our tendencies or are similar, then we would like to ask you to invite these artists on our behalf and send their addresses to us. They will also receive an official invitation.”[i]

[i] Ibid.

Dadamaino replied quickly with her suggestions for Berlin: “Getulio, Toni Costa, Bruno Munari, Enzo Mari.”[i] In the same letter, she told Mack that she had shown one of his reliefs to Cadario and that he was very interested. “So if you like, I could take an interest in [advancing] an exhibition of yours [at the Cadario gallery] as well.”[ii]

[i] Dadamaino to Mack, Milan, February 15, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. ZERO.1.I.150. Getulio Alviani (1939–2018) and Bruno Munari (1907–1998), both proposed by Dadamaino, took part in the exhibition.

[ii] “Alors si vous voulez, je pouvrai m’interesser aussi pour une votre exposition [à la galerie Cadario].” Ibid.

Poster Vigo, Mack, Piene, Uecker, Galerie Wulfengasse, Klagenfurt, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.165

It is quite obvious that Dadamaino belonged to the inner circle of ZERO: she organized exhibitions,[i] brokered contacts—for example, between Otto Piene and Gillo Dorfles[ii]—and took care of collectors personally;[iii] “the spirit of ZERO will always be alive if artists like you engage with such verve!” wrote Piene, acknowledging her efforts.[iv]

[i] Dadamaino to Otto Piene, Milan, December 7, 1962 (Neue Tendenzen exhibition at Galleria Cadario), archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2811; Otto Piene to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, May 1, 1963 (exhibition in Madrid), Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo, Italy; Otto Piene to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, November 9, 1962 (Piene solo show at Galleria Cadario, Milan), Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo; Dadamaino to Heinz Mack, Milan, February 15, 1963, (Mack solo show at Galleria Cadario, Milan), archive of the ZERO Foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.1.I.150, mkp.ZERO.1.I.147, mkp.ZERO.1.I.152, mkp.ZERO.1.I.153, and mkp.ZERO.1.I.154.

[ii] Dadamaino to Otto Piene, Milan, April 16, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2812. In the same letter, Dadamaino writes that she is in contact with Luis Gonzales Robles, Commissioner of La Biennale di Venezia for Spain, who intends to organize an exhibition on the New Tendencies at a museum in Madrid.

[iii] Dadamaino to Otto Piene, Milan, October 7, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1788 and mkp.ZERO.2.I.1790. Cf. Heinz Mack to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, December 27, 1962, Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo, Italy; and Otto Piene to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, October 13, 1963, Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo, Italy.

[iv] “l’esprit de Zéro sera toujours vivant si des artistes comme vous s’engager avec cette verve!” Otto Piene to Dadamaino, Düsseldorf, October 13, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.1789.

Telegram from Dadamaino to Heinz Mack, October 31, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.I.155

The collaboration between the Düsseldorfers and the Milanese artist intensified until the summer of 1964. In March that year, the Klagenfurt gallery owner Heide Hildebrand got in touch to organize a joint exhibition of Dadamaino, Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, and Nanda Vigo. After Hildebrand had initially announced that the invitation cards would be designed by Dadamaino and Vigo, at the end of August she announced that Dadamaino would not be taking part in the exhibition after all.[i]

Just a few weeks earlier, in June 1964, Vigo and Dadamaino had participated in the group exhibition at the New Vision Centre Gallery and were involved in setting up the program of the ICA (Institute of Contemporary Arts) in London.[ii] “If the NVC-gallery will write you, please, give an answer in a positive sense. I wrote to London that you can organize the Italian part and we hope, you will be so nice, to do so,” Mack informed Dadamaino and Nanda Vigo on April 2.[iii]

On September 1, the exhibition Vigo, Mack, Piene, Uecker opened at Heide Hildebrand’s gallery at Wulfengasse 14 in Klagenfurt, and at the same time Mack and Piene lost contact with Dadamaino.

[i] Heide Hildebrand, Galerie Wulfengasse, to Heinz Mack, Klagenfurt, March 5, 1964, archive of the ZERO Foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. nos. mkp.ZERO.1.I.442, mkp.ZERO.1.I.443, mkp.ZERO.1.I.450, and mkp.ZERO.1.I.451.

[ii] Mack to Kenneth Coutts-Smith, Düsseldorf, March 30, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.865. Although Mack does not mention the Italian artists (“there are some German, French and the Dutch artists, who belong to us”), he does list Dadamaino on the back, along with the respective contact persons Goepfert, Soto, and Peeters.

[iii] Heinz Mack to Dadamaino and Nanda Vigo, s.l., April 2, 1964, Archivio Dadamaino, Somma Lombardo.

Dadamaino sent Heinz Mack a short, final telegram on October 31, 1964: “Congratulations.”[i] What was she congratulating him for? Perhaps on the opening of the ZERO [Group ZERO] exhibition at the Institute of Contemporary Art, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, in which many ZERO artist friends participated, such as Enrico Castellani (1930–2017), Piero Dorazio (1927–2005), Lucio Fontana, Hermann Goepfert, Yves Klein, Piero Manzoni, Almir Mavignier, Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, Günther Uecker, Nanda Vigo, and Yayoi Kusama—but not Dadamaino.

[i] “Congratulazionissime.” Dadamaino to Heinz Mack, telegram, October 31, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.155.

ZERO Avant-Garde: Nanda Vigo

In the meantime, judging by the letters in the ZERO archive, Nanda Vigo had taken over the role of the “ZERO organization in Milan.”[i] Mack, Piene, and Uecker had got to know the artist and architect at the end of 1959 through Piero Manzoni, who had forbidden his partner Nanda to work as an artist. “Piero said to me: ‘We’re not the Curie family. I’m the artist, you stay at home. Naturally, I refused, and he refused to marry me. He was at once noble, bourgeois, and revolutionary. We went everywhere together, and I accompanied him to all his exhibitions.”[ii] Thus, at the very beginning of their relationship, the self-confident Vigo appeared as a discussant and ally for the cause of the new avant-garde, but not as an independent artist. This she achieved with the Casa Pellegrini, the so-called ZERO house, which the architect had designed in Milan entirely in white, with many mirrors and shiny surfaces—a home environment dedicated to bright, reflective light. Her client, Nanda Vigo told Heinz Mack in 1963, had seen one of Mack’s works in Fontana’s studio and thus she was requesting him to participate. Fontana and Castellani had already contributed works, Vigo added.[iii] It is not clear from the documents whether Mack acceded to her request.

[i] Barbara Könches, “Make Your Glass Jump! Nanda Vigo and ZERO,” in Nanda Vigo: Alfabeto Cosmogonico, eds. Alberto Fiz, Associazione Culturale Archivio Nanda Vigo, exh. cat. Museo Comunale d’Arte Moderna (Ascona, 2023), pp. 62–69. See also “O-Ton: Interview mit Allegra Ravizza,” ZERO-Heft, no. 14 (2023), pp. 4–17.

[ii] “Piero me dit: ‘nous ne sommes pas la famille Curie. L’artiste, c’est moi, toi, tu restes à la maison.’ Évidemment je refusai et lui, il refusa de m’épouser. Il était à la fois noble, bourgeois et révolutionnaire. Nous allions partout ensemble, je l’accompagnais à toutes ses expositions.” Nanda Vigo, in Paola Nicita, “Nanda Vigo: Le rôle d’une artiste de la Mitteleuropa,” unpublished manuscript in the ZERO foundation archive, Düsseldorf. Paola Nicita is quoting from her conversation with Nanda Vigo in Milan in February 2014.

[iii] Letter from Nanda Vigo to Heinz Mack, Milan, October 6, 1963, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.825.

Heinz Mack and Nanda Vigo in the Sunday Telegraph, 28th of June 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.II.41

As already mentioned, in the summer Mack, Piene, and Uecker invited Vigo and Dadamaino to take part in the exhibition at the New Vision Centre Gallery in London.[i] In the end, twenty-three ZERO artists and two female artists exhibited their work there. The Sunday Telegraph of June 28, 1964, highlighted the newness of ZERO art: “In spite of the talk of ‘Dynamo,’ the achievement of the Group Zero (et al.) is finally one of rare calm and serenity.”[ii] A calm movement, a continuous flow, was the result when the light hit one of Mack’s Light Stelae, or when it cast its shadows into the room along Uecker’s rotating nails. Vigo’s Cronotopi also lived from the contrast between their static calm and the light vibrations they created. The light partly fell from the outside into the narrow, elegant metal cubes, and Vigo partly integrated electric light, which shone dully through the shimmering panes, or else clearly and powerfully through the plain glass.

[i] Letter from Nanda Vigo to Heinz Mack, Milan, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.815.

[ii] Sunday Telegraph, June 28, 1964, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.II.41.

The Milanese artist was a frequent guest in Düsseldorf, which she used as a base to visit friends like Jan Schoonhoven (1914–1994) in the Netherlands and Jef Verheyen (1932–1994) in Belgium, stopping off on her way back to visit Megert in Bern. Like Dadamaino, she took on the role of facilitator, establishing contact with important people from the art world,[i] as well as authors[ii] and the press, including the well-known architecture magazine domus.[iii] She also curated and organized the major exhibition ZERO avantgarde 1965, which opened in Lucio Fontana’s studio on March 27, 1965, and which was subsequently shown in galleries in Venice, Turin, Rome, and Brescia.

A silent understanding of give and take persisted between Nanda Vigo and the Düsseldorfers, until Vigo felt that an imbalance had arisen:

[i] “Also I am meeting the editor Schweiviller, and I find him well intended to publish a Zero book.” Letter from Nanda Vigo to Otto Piene, March 2, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2392;

[ii] “Morucchio write us a good article for Aujourd’hui.Nanda Vigo to Heinz Mack, January 22, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.819.

[iii] Nanda Vigo to Otto Piene, February 2, 1966, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2166;Nanda Vigo to Heinz Mack, n.d., archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.813.English in the letter from Vigo.

Poster for the exhibition ZERO avantgarde 1965, Lucio Fontana‘s studio, Milan, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.VII.191

“I send you for the middle of October a photographer of New York that you have known in Schmela gallery, he is working now for domus, and now we are macking [sic] a photo service about the artists haus [German in the original], so I give him your address, natürlich [German in the original], and also I want that he take photos also of your project in Africa, O.K.?

I hope that you are glad to have another service on domus but dont [sic] forget me for collective exhibitions, I think that in the last time, you forget me too much, please remember Stockholm show for me.”[i]

[i] Nanda Vigo to Heinz Mack, October 5, 1965, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.I.821.

It was quite late—the beginning of 1965—when the correspondence between Vigo and Piene intensified, Piene gradually replacing Mack as the recipient of her artistic and curatorial ideas.

On January 31, 1967—ZERO having ended with the exhibition ZERO in Bonn, in the then West German capital—Nanda Vigo sent a detailed letter to Piene, from which it is clear that there were tensions between her and Mack.[i] Piene replied on February 15, 1967, with a twelve-page handwritten letter:

[i] Nanda Vigo to Otto Piene, January 31, 1967, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2611.

“don’t complain too much about how terrible all my friends, i.e. your friends, too, are.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene to Nanda Vigo, New York, February 15, 1967, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.I.2612.

He gently brings it home to Nanda Vigo that ZERO is over—for her, too:

“So, my Italian Swan, don’t scream too much and don’t over organize things, ZERO is disintegrating anyway & became an unsafe bet as a general idea, boys are becoming older & turn into old boys while girls hopefully turn into ladies.”[i]

[i] Ibid. English in the letter from Piene.

Two ZERO artists in Milan

The many committed letters in the ZERO foundation archive bear eloquent testimony to the fact that the Düsseldorf ZERO core group did indeed invite female artists to the exhibitions, but the small number also demonstrates how modest their share in the artistic community was. At the same time, the correspondence with Dadamaino and Nanda Vigo, in particular, shows us how intensively these two artists contributed to supporting, establishing, and consolidating ZERO in Milan.

Yayoi Kusama, the artist who was the most frequent female participant in ZERO exhibitions, never curated an exhibition herself and did not correspond with the Düsseldorf artists. Her work is undoubtedly unique and stylistically influential, but her emphasis on the physical and on addressing the psychological means that she deviates considerably from the artistic basis of the Dutch, Belgian, or Italian ZERO circles.

As a member of Gruppo T from Milan, Grazia Varisco was represented in many exhibitions with her works, which chimed very well with the ZERO spectrum due to her interest in kinetics and cognitive science, but she did not want to be specifically singled out in this context because of the fact of her being a woman.[i] This point of view can be accepted and regretted at the same time because, for her, as for all the female artists mentioned here, the following applies: her work is of a high quality, regardless of gender. This is the prerequisite for creating outstanding art.

Last but not least, it should be remembered that the success of ZERO art was also made possible by courageous female gallery owners such as Iris Clert, and female art critics such as Hannelore Schubert and Anna Klapheck. In short: there are more stories waiting to be told.

[i] Conversation with the author, Milan, January 2023.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Endnotes

X = 0 x 0 = Art

X X = 0 x 0 = Art

Barbara Könches

The publicist and filmmaker Gerhard Winkler (1929–1978) came up with the following formula in 1962: 0 x 0 = Art.[i] Mathematicians will cringe when they see this equation: the product of a factor of zero must always be nothing. In the subtitle, Winkler added: “Painters without paint and brush,” whereby he promptly lost the rest of his initially well-disposed audience.


[i] 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel (0 x 0 = Art: Painters without Paint and Brush), directed by Gerd Winkler, camera: Franz Rath, editing: Jana Rojewska, sound: Rudolf Vogel, music: Gerhard Wimberger. Produced by Hessischer Rundfunk, 1962, 33:19 min.
Title image from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962

A painter without paint and brushes—how on earth is that supposed to work? the audience wondered on June 27, 1962, when the thirty-three-minute television film was first broadcast on the ARD, Germany’s nationwide public broadcasting corporation.[i] Viewing figures were high for this TV program on the ZERO artists Günther Uecker (b. 1930), Heinz Mack (b. 1931), Otto Piene (1928–2014), Piero Manzoni (1933–1963), Bernard Aubertin (1934–2015), Daniel Spoerri (b. 1930), and others, which was broadcast during prime time at 9 pm. This happened at a time when television sets were still “packaged” in cabinet-like furniture and TV was considered the most up-to-date medium.

Winkler and his camera team traveled to three cities to meet the new artistic avant-garde: to Paris, to the artists’ studios; to Amsterdam, to the exhibition Nul (Null 62) at the Stedelijk Museum; and to the Rhine meadows on the riverbank in Düsseldorf, where Winkler filmed an art event that would open his documentary, and which had been organized especially for the television team of the Hessischer Rundfunk regional public broadcaster.  Similar to the 1961 Demonstration in front of Galerie Schmela, this was an open-air art event initiated by the Düsseldorf ZERO core group of Piene, Uecker, and Mack to coincide with the presentation of their publication ZERO 3; strollers going for a walk on the banks of the Rhine were not a little surprised to see girls dressed in black cardboard boxes with a large zero painted on them. Colorful balloons rose into a night sky that was illuminated by strong spotlights, and cameras flashed. Uecker painted a large white circle on the dark green grass of the riverbank. Taking art into the open air, and using light, movement, and actions to inspire an audience unprepared for ZERO were certainly not the only motives for the event, which was of course attended by prominent figures from the Düsseldorf art scene. Gotthard Graubner (1930–2013), Konrad Fischer (1939–1996), Alfred (1918–1980) and Monika Schmela[ii] (1919–2003) are visible in the crowd.

[i] ARD is the abbreviation for Arbeitsgemeinschaft der öffentlich-rechtlichen Rundfunkanstalten der Bundesrepublik Deutschland—a joint organization of Germany‘s public service broadcasters, including six regional services. It was founded in 1950 in West Germany and is still financed today by the mandatory license fee paid by every household, company, and public institution.

[ii] Monika Schmela, born Wilhelmine Magdalena Even, called herself “Monika” as of 1955. See Lena Brüning, Die Galerie Schmela: Amerikanisch-deutscher Kunsttransfer und die Entwicklung des internationalen Kunstmarktes in den 1960er Jahren (Berlin, 2022), pp. 81, 91.

Rheinwiese, ZERO girl, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 0:55 min.
Rheinwiese, Gotthard Graubner, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 1:21 min.
Rheinwiese, Alfred and Monika Schmela, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 1:20 min.
Hermann de Vries and museum visitors, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 2:18 min.

The film then takes the viewer to the Stedelijk Museum in Amsterdam, where Hermann de Vries is explaining his sculptures to astonished visitors, and Piero Manzoni presents stacked cans of “artist’s shit.” While the Düsseldorf artists take art outdoors, Manzoni upsets the tranquility of the museum and paints a 1,335-meter-long “contact zone”—“also known as a line,” as the commentator mischievously notes. Bernard Aubertin sets fire to a relief studded with matches in the venerable exhibition hall—a “typical ZERO situation” (and anything but a common practice in art museums)—in order to “set fire to all the dusty museums in the world.”[i] In a ZERO exhibition, the commentator explains, the focus is on the visitor, and this is expressed by the fact that you can touch objects or—as in the Light Room[ii]—immerse yourself in them. This art of the future can also be found in galleries such as Galerie Dato in Frankfurt am Main, the commentator continues, which represents the artist Hermann Goepfert (1926–1982), who transforms light into sound with his Optophonium.[iii]

Düsseldorf, “this very modern city”—explains the narrator as the camera travels along the rainy Königsallee—“is first and foremost an art metropolis and only secondly the writing desk of the Ruhr region.”

Scene change: in the backyard of a brick building, Günther Uecker, dressed in white painter’s work clothes, is shooting with a bow and arrow at a white canvas. Whether this is a Zen practice or an art performance is not known, the viewer is told, but the result will certainly be a uniformly monochrome artwork. The film then shows the artist creating a Nail Picture, which when illuminated in a specific way becomes a vehicle for structural phenomena. “The Nail Pictures sprayed white refer to the anti-Fascist stance that is common to almost all artists at Location Zero,” explains the off-screen voice.

[i] Quotation from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst (see note 1).

[ii] The Salon de lumière was a joint light installation by Mack, Piene, and Uecker in the exhibition Nul (Nul 62) at the Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam.

[iii] Hermann Goepfert, Optophonium I (1961–62), cat. no. 220. See Beate Kemfert, Hermann Goepfert (1926–1982), Studien zur Frankfurter Geschichte 43: Nachkriegskunst in Frankfurt am Main (Frankfurt am Main, 1999), p. 288.

Piero Manzoni, Künstlerscheiße, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 2:35 min.
Piero Manzoni paints the line, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 3:12 min.
Bernard Aubertin enflames a relief, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 4:04 min.
Hermann Goepfert, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 5:38 min.

Winkler skillfully arranges succinct sounds, such as Morse code or minimalistic adaptations of bright sounds, to accompany the images, which underline movement and the play of light in a multimedia fashion.

The commentator continues to inform his audience: “ZERO is a language of seeing and feeling. An undercooled visual language of black-and-white effects. In Heinz Mack’s works, light becomes the medium.” To match the words, the artist is seen shaping aluminum disks in forms that will create vibrations and movements. No mention is made, however, of Mack’s large-scale Sahara Project,[i] which he had already embarked on by this time.

We then move on to Otto Piene’s studio. The television viewers do not immediately get to meet the artist, but his children, Claudia and Herbert, are filmed making holes in paper and, with a flashlight held behind the sheet, they create light effects. The children’s inventive talents, the narrator explains, were the inspiration for Piene’s “mechanical Light Ballet.” “The results are unpainted pictures.” The artist himself then presents the creation of a Smoke Drawing in front of the television camera. “I make the dark a volume of power. Moved by breath like my body, I utilize smoke so that the darkness can fly,” comments the painter without a brush.

To conclude, the viewers accompany the television team to Paris, where, as the commentator notes, the ZERO artists do not work together as they do in Germany, but rather they exhibit together.

[i] See Sophia Sotke, Mack-Sahara: From ZERO to Land Art. Heinz Mack‘s “Sahara Project” (1959–1997) (Munich, 2022).

Günther Uecker with bow and arrow, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 7:00 min.
Günther Uecker nails a picture, his hands can be seen, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 8:19 min.
Heinz Mack shaping a stele, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 10:39 min.
Claudia and Herbert Piene with the flashlight, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 12:33 min.

The first stop on the visit to the French metropolis takes them to the studio of Jesús Rafael Soto (1923–2005), who “loves his guitar more than all the treasures in the Louvre,” and “listens” to the sound of the instrument in his paintings.[i]

François Dufrêne (1930–1982), who today is much more associated with the Nouveau Réalisme artistic movement,[ii] is regarded by Gerhard Winkler as “classic ZERO,” which is why he portrays him in the act of pilfering posters that he needs for his décollages. A middle-class living room serves as the artist’s studio, where he achieves the most beautiful color effects by collaging parts of posters, Winkler explains.

The next film sequence introduces Daniel Spoerri, “an accomplice of chance,” who we watch making one of his “Snare-Pictures.” “The vertical becomes horizontal,” we hear from a playback device in the background; “for example, the remains of breakfast are fixed to the table and hung on the wall along with the table.”[iii]While gales of laughter are ringing out from the tape recorder, Robert Filliou (1926–1987) walks into Spoerri’s studio in the documentary film. He is the most fortunate artist and gallery owner in Paris, says the commentator, because he always carries a good two dozen works of art around with him in his cap, which can be bought for around eleven Deutschmarks each. Spoerri, on the other hand, gets between 1,000 and 2,000 Deutschmarks per work, but he doesn’t actually see that much money because the management and sale of his works are handled by a renowned gallery in Milan.[iv]

Next stop is the studio of Jean Tinguely (1925–1991), which is full of boxes and crates, bric-a-brac and junk; his motorized objects are an important influence on the ZERO artists. Tinguely travels a lot, from Copenhagen to America, because his art is very popular, and people pay up to 3,000 Deutschmarks for his sounding sculptures. Clearly, Tinguely was not in Paris during Winkler’s visit, as he does not appear in the documentary in person. Instead, the artist Harry Kramer (1925–1997) is found dancing around his fragile wire sculptures of a “world theater” to the jazzy sound of a saxophone at his studio.

Although Kramer[v] and Dufrêne are rarely counted as belonging to the ZERO circle, Gerd Winkler’s report confirms that the definition of this art movement has always been an open one that is also dependent on the viewer’s perception.

[i] Quotation from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst (see note 1).

[ii] See Dirk Pörschmann, ed., ZERO und Nouveau Réalisme: Die Befragung der Wirklichkeit, exh. cat. Stiftung Ahlers Pro Arte (Hannover, 2016); Dirk Pörschmann, ed., ZERO and Nouveau Réalisme: Questioning Reality, exh. cat. Stiftung Ahlers Pro Arte (Hannover, 2016).

[iii] Quotation from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst (see note 1).

[iv] This refers to the gallery of Arturo Schwarz (1924–2021).

[v] Harry Kramer exhibited together with ZERO artists in the following exhibitions: Bewogen Beweging, Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam, 1961; Europäische Avantgarde, Galerie D in der Schwanenhalle des Römers, Frankfurt am Main, 1963; Documenta III (section on light and movement), Fridericianum, Kassel, 1964; Licht und Bewegung/Kinetische Kunst, Kunsthalle Bern, 1965 (subsequently on view at the Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden, 1965, and as an exhibition of the Kunstvereins für die Rheinlande und Westfalen at the Kunsthalle Düsseldorf, 1966); and Lumiere, Mouvement et Optique, Palais des Beaux-Arts, Brussels, 1965.

Otto Piene with candles under the Rauchzeichnung, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 15:26 min.
Daniel Spoerri in his studio, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 24:05 min.
Robert Filliou visits Daniel Spoerri in his studio, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 25:49 min.

“Zero is also the final command when American space rockets are launched”

the television audience sees and hears the missile take off. Hectic images from the mass media are then combined with the closing words, which admonish us not to forget art in a “world in decline.” Thus ends the art report.

For the title of his film, Gerd Winkler combined two zeros with the mathematical symbol “x,” for multiplication, and the result is a remarkable film contribution about the artistic avant-garde of the same name, a film that can also be regarded as exemplary for art education today.

After the film’s first broadcast, the Frankfurter Rundschau newspaper wrote:

“An informative film that abandons the arrogant stance of the joking commentator. A film about an artistic tendency of these days, which represents an exception because its judgment is not fixed from the outset.… There should be more films of this kind.”[i]

[i] Ed. jel. (abbreviation of author’s name), “0 x 0 ist Kunst,” Frankfurter Rundschau, n.d., p. 7, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.II.13.

And an eloquent television critic from the Neu-Ulmer newspaper expressed the strengths of the film as follows:

“’0 x 0 = Art.’ A red-hot topic. All too easily it tempts the blacksmith to either dip it into the vat of ridicule and scorn to cool it down, or to continue forging it until it is white-hot. Winkler avoids both glossing and glorification. He kept an equal distance from the people who would like to commit these accomplices of chance to the madhouse and from the avant-garde who suffer from hubris. He took on the journalistic challenge of informing the public about a phenomenon of our times.”[i]

[i] Helmut Alt, “Fernsehen—nah gesehen: Die Stunde Null,” Neu-Ulmer Zeitung, July 6, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.II.15.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Launch of American space rockets, from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962, 31:13 min.
Press clipping, “Die Stunde Null ” by Helmut Alt, July 8, 1962, published in Neu-Ulmer Zeitung, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.2.II.16
Lettercard announcing the broadcast of the film by Gerd Winkler, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp.ZERO.1.VII.108
Closing scenes from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962
Closing scenes from the film 0 x 0 = Kunst: Maler ohne Farbe und Pinsel by Gerd Winkler, Hessischer Rundfunk, first broadcast June 27, 1962

Endnotes

Y for Yves

Y Y for Yves

Barbara Könches

“When my text refers to the artist Yves Klein, he is usually just called “Yves.” This can be explained not only by the author’s friendship with the artist, but also because in Klein’s view his first name was sufficient designation. He wanted it that way, and everyone called him Yves.”[i]


[i] Paul Wember, Yves Klein: Werkverzeichnis. Biographie. Bibliographie. Ausstellungsverzeichnis, arranged by Gisela Fiedler (Cologne, 1969), p. 7.

Thus wrote Paul Wember (1913–1987), “director of the Kaiser Wilhelm Museum in Krefeld” and “on friendly terms with Klein from 1957 until his death in 1962,” in his foreword to the first Yves Klein catalogue raisonné, published by M. DuMont Schauberg in Cologne in 1969. The publication was instigated by Rotraut Klein (b. 1938), who—Wember emphasizes—over the course of six years had contributed significantly to compiling the “overview of his [Klein’s] oeuvre.”[i]

Wember was the first and only museum director during Yves’s lifetime (1928–1962) to organize a solo exhibition of his work in a German museum, in 1961. This was a very courageous act at the time, as Yves Klein—the person and his art—was highly controversial for many years, something that today is difficult to imagine.

[i] Ibid.

In the prestigious German weekly Die Zeit, Jürgen Claus (1935–2023), himself an artist and art theorist, published a review of Wember’s catalogue raisonné, which was a very lavish production—anyone wishing to purchase it had to shell out the then princely sum of 180 Deutschmarks. “I would like to recommend the book to my friends,” Claus wrote regretfully, “but unfortunately none of my friends can afford to buy it.”[i]Nevertheless, the expensive price tag did not cloud the critic’s view; on the contrary, he announced at the beginning of his piece that he had “no intention of adding a further hatchet job to the two scathing reviews on Yves Klein that have already appeared in Die Zeit.[ii] Rather, Jürgen Claus weighed up Klein’s merits and summed up with a Solomonic judgment: “If one accepts that the function of art is now expanding, then I think that one can at least accept the Frenchman’s mystical, speculative undertone, even if one does not approve of it. If you leave it aside, there are still more than enough challenges, images, thoughts, sculptures, and sketches that you can stick to.”[iii]

[i] Jürgen Claus, “Herausforderung des Yves Klein: Eine erste Monographie über den umstrittenen französischen Künstler,” Die Zeit 25, June 20, 1969, https://www.zeit.de/1969/25/
herausforderung-des-yves-klein (accessed March 2, 2024).

[ii] Ibid.

[iii] Ibid.

Portrait photograph of Yves Klein, undated, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Heinz Mack, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.1.V.180, photo: unknown

The first “hatchet job” in the very same weekly newspaper appeared on August 17, 1962, not long after Yves’s death on June 6, 1962, with the headline “The First Master Who Fell from the Sky,”[i] and the author was Klaus Jürgen-Fischer (1930–2017), of all people. Fischer was not only an artist himself and the art editor of his father’s publishing house,[ii] but was also the person who had given the opening speech at the 7th Evening Exhibition, Das rote Bild (The Red Painting),[iii] at the Gladbacher Strasse 69 atelier, which had been so decisive for ZERO art. And although not quite as prominent as Yves Klein, “Klaus J. Fischer,” as he styled himself in the magazine ZERO 1, which accompanied the exhibition, nevertheless featured in the publication with a response to the question “Quo vadis, color?”[iv]

Jürgen Claus used the term “hatchet job” intentionally, because Klaus Jürgen-Fischer’s text was and remains personally insulting, a far cry from a critical appraisal, and in fact so defamatory that to this day no one wants to quote it anywhere.

[i] Klaus Jürgen-Fischer, “Der erste Meister, der vom Himmel fiel,” Die Zeit, no. 33, August 17, 1962, https://www.zeit.de/1962/33/ der-erste-meister-der-vom-himmel-fiel (accessed March 2, 2024).

[ii] He worked at the art magazine Das Kunstwerk, published by Agis Verlag in Baden-Baden.

[iii] An excerpt of the opening lecture for the 7th Evening Exhibition was published: Klaus Jürgen-Fischer, “Der Kunstler—die Mittel—der Inhalt,” in Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO 2 (Düsseldorf, 1958), n.p. This text was not included in the English reprint. See Heinz Mack and Otto Piene, eds., ZERO, trans. Howard Beckman (Cambridge, MA, 1973).

[iv] See ZERO 1, eds. Otto Piene and Heinz Mack (Düsseldorf, 1958), n.p. In the English reprint, this page, with answers by Ruprecht Geiger, Klaus J. Fischer, Hermann Bartels, K.F. Dahmen and Jürgen v. Hündeberg has been omitted. See Mack and Piene 1973 (see note 8).

How much more hurtful must the words have seemed to a friend?

 

Otto Piene (1928–2014) was such a friend, and not only that, but he immediately decided to take action against the scurrilous article. On the very same day, Piene typed a letter “To the editors of Die Zeit, Hamburg Pressehaus”:

“With my knowledge of Yves Klein—as a person and as an artist—I can assure you that the statements in your newspaper are malicious, untrue, and immoral.”[i] Piene went on to state that Jürgen-Fischer had “repeatedly sought to vilify Yves Klein during his lifetime.” “The fact that you [the Zeit editorial team, or Rudolf Walter Leonhardt, as head of the arts section] give the bad-mouthing Jürgen-Fischer the opportunity to do so is completely incomprehensible to me and shows, to put it mildly, a lack of tact.”

[i] Otto Piene to Die Zeit (R. W. Leonhardt), Düsseldorf, August 17, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, mkp.ZERO.2.I.1359.

Simply complaining would not have been enough—Piene wanted justice for his deceased friend. He asks that he or someone else be given the opportunity to “follow up with a positive tribute to Klein.… In the interests of intellectual decency … I would keep it completely non-polemical and not go into the Fischer article, because it would be a disservice to the deceased to indulge in public wrangling.”

A letter came back immediately from the feuilleton editorial department of Die Zeit. Dr. Leonhardt (1921–2003) thanked Piene for his open statement and passed on to him an anonymous letter. Since “[the writer] was too cowardly to give his name,” Piene would probably have to discuss the matter “with Mr. Jürgen-Fischer himself.”[i] And Leonhardt hastened to add: “Incidentally, his article is entirely in line with the Zeit editorial team’s opinions.”[ii]

Less than two days later Otto Piene wrote another letter to “Dr. Leonhardt” and sent him back the letter from the “smart ass from Trier.” He then told the feature editor what he and his friends, “some of whom were also friends of Yves Klein,” were concerned about:

[i] R. W. Leonhardt to Otto Piene, Hamburg, August 20, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, mkp.ZERO.2.I.1360.

[ii] Ibid.

“Yves Klein has been derided in a very unfair way by your ‘German Weekly’ and cannot defend himself. Please do him justice by following up the denigration with a tribute.”[i]

[i] Otto Piene to R. W. Leonhardt, Düsseldorf, August 22, 1962, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, mkp.ZERO.2.I.1361.

Despite Piene’s best efforts, the Hamburg editorial team refrained from publishing a second opinion on the artist who called himself Yves.

Yves Klein did come in for a lot of criticism, as Paul Wember does not neglect to address in the chapter “Judgments and Encounters,” in his monograph on Klein’s work.[i] “Apart from the bad reviews, distortions, disparagements, and misunderstandings, Yves had many genuine friends among artists, critics, and art enthusiasts, who appreciated him, were delighted with his work, and genuinely admired his actions,” writes Wember, before going on to list numerous friends by name, including Norbert Kricke (1922–1984), who was “the first German artist to see the significance of Yves in Paris correctly.”[ii] For “the many German artists who were friends with him early on,… especially for the ZERO group, for Mack, Piene, and Uecker,” Yves was a kind of stimulus and an inspiration. In many conversations and reminiscences, all three—Mack, Piene, and Uecker—both during the ZERO period and later, frequently emphasized the importance of Yves Klein and their own deep friendships with him. And, last but not least, the prominent role assigned to Yves Klein in the ZERO 1 and ZERO 3[iii] magazines testifies to the esteem, respect, and friendship between Heinz, Otto, Günther, and Yves.

[i] Wember 1969 (see note 1), p. 54.

[ii] Ibid., p. 57.

[iii] The fact that Yves Klein gave Otto Piene precise instructions on how to scorch the pages in ZERO 3 in a six-page handwritten letter also testifies to this trust: “Please Piene make it in a lovely way—I know it is maybe a delicate WORK—but do it—I am sure you will not let me down with this.” Archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, mkp.ZERO.2.I.2095, pp. 3–4. Apparently Piene must have done everything right, because there is no further letter about this matter. Also, Yves Klein does not seem to have been bothered by the fact that Anthropometry no. 113, listed as ANT 113, titled Ant 113 by Wember, appears in ZERO 3 under the title “Yves Klein Le Monochrome. Vers l’Anthropophagie universelle,” and is shown the wrong way round.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Negative of Yves Klein‘s Anthropometry Barbara (ANT 113), 1960, Kodachrome, archive of the ZERO foundation, estate of Otto Piene, inv. no. mkp. ZERO.2.V.168

Endnotes

ZERO

Z ZERO

Minutes of a Workshop

Barbara Könches

On September 1 and 2, 2023, the authors of The ABCs of ZERO met with ZERO experts and fans to listen to interdisciplinary lectures, negotiate new approaches to research, and, in two workshop units, to explore the question: How can we define ZERO? As an art movement, as a movement, as an idea, or as an initiative? As an “umbrella brand” or as an international network? Or should the question ultimately remain open?


During the concluding discussion of the final plenary session, very stimulating and intelligent ideas, analyses, and suggestions were exchanged, which we, the organizers, thought were safely stored on our computers. However, the transcript revealed that the audio file was virtually useless. In totally confused sentences, terms such as “terrorists,” “police,” and “murder” appeared. Whatever the AI thought it had heard, at no point did the subject of ZERO lead us into the depths of criminality. So, in the end, it remained a do-it-yourself task. Although I had also had considerable difficulty in understanding acoustically all of the participants’ contributions, I succeeded in creating minutes of the workshop using keywords and memory; the minutes reflect the content, albeit not verbatim, and contributions are not assigned to particular speakers.


This report should be understood as a kind of “docufiction” whose protagonists are the conference participants. Each one of the very many contributions has played a significant part in adding an important building block to this edifice of ideas.

Rebecca Welkens during the lecture on Posters, photo: Barbara Könches

Sounds of chairs being moved into place; murmurs around the room.

Speaker 1: I think we are now all here. I would like to welcome you to our final plenary discussion. Over the last two days, you have heard a lot about ZERO, about the art and the artists, about the movement and the circumstances at the time. Yet the question of defining the essence of ZERO remains unanswered. What is ZERO?

Speaker 2: Why are you, the ZERO foundation, asking us this question?

Laughter

Speaker 1: Because one of the aims of this conference is to attempt to find an answer. For this much is certain: so far no single, consistent definition exists.

Otto Piene said that ZERO was not so much a fixed group as rather a group of artists who shared a point of view or an idea. At the beginning of the nineteen-seventies, long after the artists had ceased to operate under these auspices, Heinz Mack produced diagrams that tell us something about origins and affiliations—Astrit Schmidt-Burkhardt has given a detailed presentation of this topic.

Various attempts have been made to list or count the artists who participated in ZERO exhibitions, that is, using a quantitative approach, which in itself has nothing against it except for the objection that there is uncertainty attached to the term “ZERO exhibition.” Which exhibitions belong or belonged in this category? Certainly not only those that had “ZERO” in the title.

The various approaches of network theory might also provide methods. However, such approaches are complicated by the historical development of the “ZERO group,” which, as a group that initially seemed homogeneous, soon split into different artistic directions, such as the Nouveaux Réalistes, headed by Pierre Restany, or the GRAV (Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel), both in Paris, or the Gruppo N (enne) in Padua and the Gruppo T in Milan. While, at the end of the nineteen-fifties, an open field of action had developed, in which artists with different (war) experiences, with individual artistic approaches, and from different countries—such as Italy, Belgium, Germany, France, the Netherlands, or Switzerland—were involved, at the beginning of the nineteen-sixties the movement had differentiated into individual local groups.

Matthieu Poirier during the lecture on Red, photo: Barbara Könches
Astrid Schmidt-Burkhardt during the lecture on Diagrams, photo: Barbara Könches

Speaker 3: One definitely has to concentrate on the collaboration during the decisive ZERO years, because it creates a false picture if activities that took place later are characterized as genuinely ZERO.

Speaker 4: However, one could come to the conclusion that ZERO is or remains undefinable because ZERO did not define itself.

Speaker 2: Perhaps we should concentrate on the artistic manifestos, and read and evaluate the statements from that time.

Speaker 5: And we mustn’t lose sight of the zeitgeist of the time.

n.

Speaker 6: If we look at ZERO from the point of view of its constitution, the question arises as to belonging—that is, inclusion, and thus of course also exclusion. Who belonged and who was excluded? Or did ZERO have an osmotic character? Some took part in certain exhibitions, others did not, but the circle was never exclusive. People took part in ZERO when it suited them. In this respect, Piene is right when he says that ZERO consisted of a community of like-minded people. There was no manifesto, but they did share principles. Using these principles, one could try to define ZERO. ZERO was not an autonomous community; rather, they were looking to connect to the zeitgeist.

Speaker 7: We also must bear in mind that there were artists whose work was based on the ideas of ZERO, but who did not necessarily belong or want to belong personally to this circle. In this respect, the community of like-minded people must be critically reviewed. Animosities did exist, so that some were accepted, and others not. And in 1963, the idealism proclaimed by Piene meant that the common ground was already passé. I would say that ZERO was an open network where information flowed.

Jia Liu and Rudolf Frisius during the lecture on Music, photo: Barbara Könches

Speaker 8: When I received the invitation to this conference, I asked myself what ZERO means, this “nought or nil” that has to be seen against the background of the Second World War, as simple as that might sound at first. First and foremost, it meant that you set yourself apart from your contemporaries in order to make a new start, which you had to do. It was no different for musicians, in fact even more so. They set themselves apart from tradition and this defined the group that wanted to do everything differently.

The other point is the view of the individual as an individual and as part of a group. In the visual arts, this meant finding one’s identity between individual and group exhibitions. How many and what compromises could one make and want to make?

And finally, developments in European countries also differed, at least in music. In France, there was no need to distance oneself politically from one’s parents; it was a normal generational conflict.

In our reflections, we have to break down various individual narrative strands in order to see the national and generational conflicts that have not been overcome, and to make the divisions clear that we want to overcome. Then you can see how great the diversity is and what remains in common.

Speaker 1: But the ZERO people deliberately ignored national borders. Their colleagues from the Netherlands, for example, following ZERO, called themselves the Nul group from 1961 onward. The artists were in agreement that they didn’t accept national borders, that they didn’t want to take them into account. I think they did this because of their experiences of National Socialism and Fascism. They wanted to think beyond borders and nations. And yet there were places in which they felt more comfortable than in others. Mack once said that he felt very comfortable in Milan at the end of the nineteen-fifties, and one can imagine that as a German in Italy you perhaps experienced less resentment than in France.

Perhaps the ZERO people were much more united in their resistance toward what they no longer wanted to experience. It is a frequently observed phenomenon that people are more likely to agree on what they don’t want rather than the formulation of a common goal.

Speaker 7: Let’s take a closer look at the question of art. As we heard in Barbara Büscher’s contribution on theater and performance, there was a connection very early on between visual and performative art in ZERO.

Speaker 3: The lecture by Marco Meneguzzo, who explained how ZERO art created new spaces through light—that is, initiated a new way of thinking about space—also fits in with this. This is a feature that one comes across again and again.

Speaker 8: Now how does this relate to the political aspect? We agreed that 1945 played a role. There is also the question of the influence of art and music from the United States.

Speaker 9: It is really astonishing that so soon after the war it didn’t matter whether the artists were from France or Italy, and that they all exhibited in Germany again.

Speaker 2: There were also other new beginnings of art in Europe, such as the Situationists in Paris, who expressed themselves far more politically. In literature, the “zero hour” was seen by Adorno as the impossibility of continuing to write poetry. Painters said that they no longer wanted to paint figuratively. On the other hand, some Germans felt the need to become artistically active right now. ZERO made a new start by celebrating freedom. They wanted to leave the conclusively or authoritatively fixed spaces and go out into nature. Art, nature, and technology should come together.

Speaker 7: I see ZERO as an artists’ initiative with an open or semi-open network—perhaps the term “competition” would also be appropriate. Back then it was certainly different from today’s perspective; I would describe it as “Düsseldorf cosmos.”

Speaker 10: The Evening Exhibitions were important. In these, the artists came together, as artists always do very well and efficiently in my experience. As I said, it was the time of many initiatives in the nineteen-sixties in Europe. Like-minded people were very well connected and the network developed in all manner of directions. But it was no longer considered necessary to draw up a joint manifesto or something like that. This meant that the artists as individuals were concerned with different things and so it was only logical to disband in 1966. At the moment of their greatest success, so to speak, with exhibitions in the USA and Europe, they no longer saw any point in continuing their activities as a group. And indeed, it was three very different characters who came together in the Düsseldorf ZERO group. This cold and emotionless ZERO art, which was not based on any tradition and was therefore not contaminated, certainly met with astonishment in France and America.

In all our reflections thus far, however, we have overlooked one thing: the marketing effect of the “traveling circus” ZERO, which created a “brand” that still exists today.

from left to right: Romina Dümler, Andreas Joh. Wiesand, Regina Wyrwoll, photo: Barbara Könches

Speaker 7: Which went under at first, but ZERO has survived: as art, as a brand, and with its posters.

Speaker 10: The ZERO brand has survived and that is decisive.

Speaker 4: I would like to go back to two topics. The first is the idea of ideologization. The first avant-gardes in the nineteenth century all went hand in hand with a concept that was an “ism,” which is basically a politico-artistic term. ZERO is now no longer an association or a grouping or a tendency, but a fixed association, in essence an aesthetic party, so that it is now no longer this political ideologization qua label.

The nice thing for me is simply that the ZERO foundation can serve three typologies that work. One is obviously the map, the second is planning, and the third is the network. And all three typologies are contained in the three diagrams presented—the topographical distribution of the different imaginary dimensions, contextualization, and planning.

Speaker 2: But is it legitimate to use these diagrams made afterwards to answer the question of what ZERO was? For me, it plays a decisive role from which authorial perspective a diagram or a definition is formulated. The group at the time would certainly have given different answers than we do today. But maybe that’s just a slight shift.

Speaker 8: May I ask another question that has always bothered me with regard to music? What do the artists decide, and what do others decide? How can we distinguish between content and marketing strategies? How can we describe the relationship between content and distribution?

Nadine Oberste-Hetbleck during the lecture on Galleries, photo: Barbara Könches

Speaker 5: I see it differently; good art was always rejected in its time and only became established later on.

Speaker 8: Which actors contributed to this?

Speaker 5: You could perhaps describe it as a large network.

Speaker 2: Let’s take another look at the experiences of these artists born between 1926 and 1936, who were between ten and eighteen years old at the end of the war; an age at which one is fully cognizant of one’s memories. If we compare the ZERO cohorts with those born after 1937—with artists such as Sigmar Polke—differences in their approach to politics or political issues quickly become apparent.

Speaker 7: I think that the experience of this collective war trauma is certainly important; it is often underestimated.

Iwona Bigos during the lecture on Structure, photo: Barbara Könches

Speaker 11: Yes, but you should also bear in mind that there were countries where people felt very strongly that they were victims of the war, and they had to come to terms with that. That’s why I was always surprised that ZERO was received with such open arms in other countries. I think that this was a sign that at that time everyone just wanted to look ahead and perhaps gave up national perspectives as a result. Which was certainly not easy for the neighbors behind the Iron Curtain.

Speaker 1: Thus it was easier in Germany to bring out a publication with the title “ZERO”—a nice-sounding word here but always quickly associated with “nought, nil” abroad. By the way, it’s not always easy for the ZERO foundation to have to introduce itself as the “nil foundation.”

Laughter

Speaker 1: However, over and above artistic concerns, the brand “ZERO art” certainly also served marketing purposes. Otherwise, the decades-long discussions about who belonged to it and who didn’t would have been uninteresting. The ZERO “traveling circus” was also about marketing, but not exclusively.

Speaker 2: I think we have collected a lot of thoughts and viewpoints. Yet we may have forgotten something crucial. Everyone: please think again whether all the important keywords, thoughts, ideas, and suggestions have been addressed.

from left to right: Anna-Lena Weise, Leonard Merkes, and Ann-Kathrin Illmann present the results of the workshop, photo: Barbara Könches

Speaker 12: Here are the results of yesterday’s group work. There are a few more terms that should be mentioned, such as “turning toward the cosmos” and, based on this, a macro and a micro structure.

Another term that has not yet been mentioned in the discussion is “expedition”: ZERO as an expedition. We have already talked about “ZERO as an umbrella brand.” And again and again we have come across the network, sometimes referred to as a “traveling circus” and at other times as an artistic initiative.

Speaker 7: ZERO is often described as a movement.

Speaker 2: I like the expression because one can read a double meaning into it, the associations with a movement of the mind and at the same time something physically real. Movement as restlessness, change, metamorphosis.

Speaker 1: And it will probably stay that way, because we have now heard many opinions and conducted exciting discussions, but I’m afraid we still have no definition of ZERO. One question about ZERO spawns a thousand new ones like the heads of the Hydra.

Many thanks to you for your thoughts and suggestions, and to the organization team for the excellent hospitality at all times during the conference. Have a safe journey home.

This text has been translated from German into English by Gloria Custance.

Participants in the workshop, photo: Barbara Könches

Endnotes

ZERO is 0
ZERO is 1
ZERO is 2
ZERO is A
ZERO is B
ZERO is C
ZERO is 0
Heinz Mack, ZERO-Wecker , 1961/Artist15 x 13 x 6 cm, alarm clock with collage, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-No. mkp.ZERO.2008.12, photo: Horst Kolberg
zerofoundation.de/en/zero-wecker-2/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie Uli Pohl Der am 28. Oktober 1935 in München geborene Uli Pohl studiert von 1954 bis 1961 bei Ernst Geitlinger Malerei an der Akademie der Bildenden Künste in München. 1961 lädt Udo Kultermann den Absolventen zur Teilnahme an der Ausstellung 30 junge Deutsche im Schloss Morsbroich in Leverkusen ein. An dieser sind auch Heinz Mack, Otto Piene und Günther Uecker beteiligt. Es dauert nicht lange, da wird er in der Zeitschrift ZERO vol. 3 als DYNAMO POHL aufgenommen und von da an gehören seine Werke zu den ZERO-Ausstellungen. Pohls künstlerisches Wahlmaterial war lange Z
zerofoundation.de/uli-pohl/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie Adolf Luther   Adolf Luther wird am 25. April 1912 in Krefeld-Uerdingen geboren. Er starb am 20. September 1990 in Krefeld. Nach seinem Jurastudium in Bonn, welches er 1943 mit seiner Promotion abschließt, ist er zunächst bis 1957 als Richter in Krefeld und Minden tätig. Bereits während des Krieges beginnt Luther sich mit der Malerei auseinanderzusetzen, zugunsten der er seinen Beruf als Richter aufgibt, und versucht durch gestisch-informelle Malerei traditionelle Strukturen zu überwinden. 1959 entstehen seine ersten ausschließlich schwarzen Materiebilder, dere
zerofoundation.de/adolf-luther/
  Short ZERO-Biography of Adolf Luther   Adolf Luther was born in Krefeld-Uerdingen on April 25, 1912. He died in Krefeld on September 20, 1990. After studying law in Bonn, which he completed with his doctorate in 1943, he initially worked as a judge in Krefeld and Minden until 1957. Already during the war Luther begins to explore painting, in favor of which he gives up his job as a judge, and tries to overcome traditional structures through gestural-informal painting. In 1959 he created his first exclusively black Materiebilder (matter paintings), whose relief protrudes into three
zerofoundation.de/en/adolf-luther-2/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie Almir Mavignier   Almir Mavignier, geboren am 01. Mai 1925 in Rio de Janeiro, Brasilien, gestorben am 03. September 2018 in Hamburg, war Maler und Grafiker. Er studiert ab 1946 Malerei in Rio de Janeiro und malt drei Jahre später bereits sein erstes abstraktes Bild. 1951 zieht er nach Paris und von dort aus weiter nach Ulm, wo er bis 1958 an der Hochschule für Gestaltung bei Max Bill und Josef Albers studiert. In dieser Zeit entstehen seine ersten Punkt-Bilder sowie erste Rasterstrukturen, die seine Verbindung zur Konkreten Kunst aufzeigen. Ab 1958 beteiligt Ma
zerofoundation.de/almir-mavignier/
Short ZERO-Biography of Almir Mavignier   Almir Mavignier, born May 01, 1925 in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, died September 03, 2018 in Hamburg, was a painter and graphic artist. He studied painting in Rio de Janeiro from 1946 and already painted his first abstract painting three years later. In 1951 he moved to Paris and from there on to Ulm, where he studied at the Hochschule für Gestaltungwith Max Bill and Josef Albers until 1958. During this time he created his first dot paintings as well as his first grid structures, which show his connection to Concrete Art. From 1958 Mavignier partici
zerofoundation.de/en/almir-mavignier-2/
ZERO-Kurzbiografie Christian Megert Christian Megert wird am 06. Januar 1936 in Bern geboren, wo er von 1952 bis 1956 die Kunstgewerbeschule besucht. Bereits 1956 stellt er in seiner ersten Ausstellung in Bern weiß-in-weiß gemalte Strukturbilder aus. Nach Aufenthalten in Stockholm, Berlin und Paris, bei denen er sich international behaupten kann, kehrt er 1960 in die Schweiz zurück. In diesem Jahr macht er Bekanntschaft mit den Künstler*innen der ZERO-Bewegung, an deren Ausstellungen er sich mit Environments, Spiegelobjekten und kinetischen Objekten beteiligt. Christian Megerts primäres künstlerisches Gestaltungsmittel ist der Spiegel, den er bereits zu Beginn seiner Karriere für sich entdeckt und mit dem er den Raum erforscht. In seinem Manifest ein neuer raum (1961) beschwört der Künstler seinen idealen Raum ohne Anfang und Ende. Seit 1973 ist Christian Megerts Domizil Düsseldorf, wo er von 1976 bis 2002 die Professur für Integration Bildende Kunst und Architektur an der Kunstakademie innehat. Weiterführende Literatur: Anette Kuhn, Christian Megert. Eine monographie,Wabern-Bern 1997. Foto: Harmut Rekort, Ausstellung "Christian Megert. Unendliche Dimensionen", Galerie d, Frankfurt, 1963
zerofoundation.de/christian-megert/
  Short ZERO-Biography of Christian Megert   Christian Megert was born on January 6, 1936 in Bern, where he attended the School of Applied Arts from 1952 to 1956. Already in 1956 he exhibits in his first exhibition in Bern white-in-white painted structural pictures. After residencies in Stockholm, Berlin and Paris, where he was able to establish himself internationally, he returned to Switzerland in 1960. In this year he became acquainted with the artists of the ZERO movement, in whose exhibitions he participated with environments, mirror objects and kinetic objects. Christian Mege
zerofoundation.de/en/christian-megert-2/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie Daniel Spoerri   Daniel Spoerri, geboren am 27. März 1930 in Galati, Rumänien, studiert zunächst Tanz und ist zwischen 1952 und 1957 als Balletttänzer in Paris und Bern tätig. Bereits 1956 wendet er sich aber allmählich vom Tanz ab, und, nach einer kurzen Episode als Regieassistent, der bildenden Kunst zu. 1959 nimmt er mit seinem Autotheater an der Ausstellung Vision in Motion – Motion in Vision im Antwerpener Hessenhuis teil, an der auch Heinz Mack und Otto Piene beteiligt sind. Viele der späteren ZERO-Künstler beteiligten sich an seiner Edition MAT (1959), d
zerofoundation.de/daniel-spoerri/
  Short ZERO-Biography of Daniel Spoerri   Daniel Spoerri, born on March 27, 1930 in Galati, Romania, initially studied dance and worked as a ballet dancer in Paris and Bern between 1952 and 1957. As early as 1956, however, he gradually turned away from dance and, after a brief episode as an assistant stage director, toward the visual arts. In 1959 he participates with his Autotheater in the exhibition Vision in Motion – Motion in Vision in the Antwerp Hessenhuis, in which Heinz Mack and Otto Piene are also involved. Many of the later ZERO artists participated in his Edition
zerofoundation.de/en/daniel-spoerri-2/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie von Günther Uecker Günther Uecker, geboren am 13. März 1930 in Wendorf, Mecklenburg, lebt und arbeitet in Düsseldorf. Nach einem Studium der angewandten Kunst in Wismar und später in Berlin/Weißensee siedelte er 1953 in die Bundesrepublik Deutschland über. Von 1955 bis 1957 studierte er an der Kunstakademie Düsseldorf, an der er dann von 1974 bis 1995 als Professor tätig wurde. 1958 nahm Günther Uecker an der 7. Abendausstellung „Das rote Bild“ teil, die von Heinz Mack und Otto Piene in der Gladbacher Straße 69 in Düsseldorf organisiert wurde. 1961 beteiligte er sic
zerofoundation.de/guenther-uecker/
Short ZERO biography of Günther Uecker Günther Uecker was born on 13 March 1930 in Wendorf and lives and works in Düsseldorf. After his studies of applied arts in Wismar and later also in Berlin/Weißensee, Uecker moved to the Federal Republic of Germany in 1953. From 1955 to 1957, he studied at the Kunstakademie (Academy of Arts) Düsseldorf, where he later worked at as a professor from 1974 to 1995. In 1958, Günther Uecker participated in the seventh “Abendausstellung” (evening exhibition), organised by Heinz Mack and Otto Piene at Gladbacher Straße 69 in Düsseldorf and called “D
zerofoundation.de/en/guenther-uecker-2/
ZERO-Kurzbiografie von Heinz Mack Heinz Mack, am 8. März 1931 im hessischen Lollar geboren, lebt und arbeitet in Mönchengladbach und auf Ibiza. Er studierte von 1950 bis 1956 Malerei an der Kunstakademie Düsseldorf, wo er Otto Piene kennenlernte, sowie Philosophie an der Universität zu Köln. 1957 initiierte er zusammen mit Otto Piene die sogenannten „Abendausstellungen“, die jeweils nur für einen Abend in den Atelierräumen der zwei Künstler in der Gladbacher Straße 69 zu sehen waren. 1958 gründete Heinz Mack mit Otto Piene die Zeitschrift „ZERO“, die einer ganzen internationalen Kunst
zerofoundation.de/heinz-mack/
Short ZERO biography of Heinz Mack Heinz Mack was born on 8 March 1931 in Lollar in Hesse and currently lives and works in Mönchengladbach and Ibiza. From 1950 to 1956, he studied the art of painting at the Kunstakademie [Academy of Arts] in Düsseldorf, where he met Otto Piene, as well as philosophy at the University of Cologne. In 1957, Mack, together with Piene, initiated the so-called “Abendausstellungen” [Evening exhibitions], which were only on display for one evening respectively. The exhibitions could be viewed inside the studio space of the two artists, located at Gladbacher S
zerofoundation.de/en/heinz-mack-2/
Otto Piene, Sketch for the slide installation “Lichtballett ‘Hommage à New York'” , 1966Inv.-Nr.: mkp.ZERO.2.IV.90, Nachlass Otto Piene, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf Otto Piene conceived the "Li...
zerofoundation.de/en/sketch-for-the-slide-installation-lichtballett-hommage-a-new-york/
Otto Piene, Entwurf für die Dia-Installation „Lichtballett ‚Hommage à New York'“ , 1966Inv.-Nr.: mkp.ZERO.2.IV.90, Nachlass Otto Piene, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf Otto Piene konzipierte das "L...
zerofoundation.de/entwurf-fuer-die-dia-installation-lichtballett-hommage-a-new-york/
Kurzbiografie Nanda Vigo Nanda Vigo, am 14. November 1936 in Mailand geboren und am 16. Mai 2020 ebenda gestorben, war Designerin, Künstlerin, Architektin und Kuratorin. Nachdem sie einen Abschluss als Architektin am Institut Polytechnique, Lausanne, sowie ein Praktikum in San Francisco absolvierte, eröffnet sie 1959 ihr eigenes Studio in Mailand. In diesem Jahr beginnen ihre Besuche in Lucio Fontanas Atelier und sie lernt Piero Manzoni und Enrico Castellani kennen. Zudem reist sie für verschiedenste Ausstellungen durch Europa und lernt so die Künstler*innen und Orte der ZERO-Bewegung in Deu
zerofoundation.de/nanda-vigo/
  Short ZERO-Biography of Nanda Vigo   Nanda Vigo, born in Milan on November 14, 1936, where she died on May 16, 2020, was a designer, artist, architect and curator. After graduating as an architect from the Institut Polytechnique, Lausanne, and an internship in San Francisco, she opened her own studio in Milan in 1959. In this year her visits to Lucio Fontana’s studio begin and she meets Piero Manzoni and Enrico Castellani. She also travels through Europe for various exhibitions and gets to know the artists and places of the ZERO movement in Germany, France and Holland. In 1
zerofoundation.de/en/nanda-vigo-2/
Short ZERO-Biography of Oskar Holweck   Oskar Holweck was born in St. Ingbert, Saarland, on November 19, 1924, and died there on January 30, 2007. Except for a few years of study in Paris, he remained loyal to the Saarland. He taught at the State School of Arts and Crafts and at the State School of Applied Arts in Saarbrücken. He turned down appointments at other art schools and invitations to the documenta exhibitions of 1959 and 1972. However, he takes part in the numerous exhibitions of the ZERO group. From 1958 on, he exhibited with its protagonists all over the world. At the begin
zerofoundation.de/en/oskar-holweck-2/
ZERO-Kurzbiografie Oskar Holweck   Oskar Holweck wurde am 19. November 1924 in St. Ingbert im Saarland geboren und ist am 30. Januar 2007 ebenda verstorben. Bis auf einige Studienjahre in Paris bleibt er dem Saarland treu. Er lehrt an der Staatlichen Schule für Kunst und Handwerk sowie an der Staatlichen Werkkunstschule in Saarbrücken. Berufungen an andere Kunstschulen und Einladungen zu den documenta-Ausstellungen von 1959 und 1972 lehnt er ab. An den zahlreichen Ausstellungen der ZERO-Gruppe nimmt er aber teil. Ab 1958 stellt er mit ihren Protagonist*innen in der ganzen Welt aus. Zu
zerofoundation.de/oskar-holweck/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie von Otto Piene Otto Piene wurde am 18. April 1928 in Laasphe (Westfalen) geboren und starb am 17. Juli 2014 in Berlin. Nach zwei Jahren in München studierte er von 1950 bis 1957 Malerei an der Kunstakademie Düsseldorf sowie Philosophie an der Universität zu Köln. 1957 initiierte Otto Piene zusammen mit Heinz Mack, den er an der Kunstakademie kennengelernt hatte, die sogenannten „Abendausstellungen“, die jeweils nur für einen Abend in den Atelierräumen der zwei Künstler in der Gladbacher Straße 69 zu sehen waren. 1958 gründete er mit Heinz Mack die Zeitschrift „ZERO“
zerofoundation.de/otto-piene/
  Short ZERO biography of Otto Piene Otto Piene was born on 18 April 1928 in Laasphe (Westphalia) and died on 17 July 2014 in Berlin. After spending two years in Munich, he studied the art of painting at the Kunstakademie [Academy of Arts] in Düsseldorf from 1950 to 1957, as well as philosophy at the University of Cologne. In 1957, Otto Piene, together with Heinz Mack, initiated the “Abendausstellungen”, which were only on display for one evening respectively. The artists had met in the Kunstakademie and the exhibitions could be viewed in their joint studio space, located at Gladbacher
zerofoundation.de/en/otto-piene-2/
Heinz Mack, Rotor für Lichtgitter , 1967Rotor: 141,5 x 141,5 x 25 cm, Sockel: 60 x 125 x 35 cm, Aluminium, Plexiglas, Spanplatte, Motor, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-Nr. mkp.ZERO.2009.03, Foto: Weiss-Henseler
zerofoundation.de/rotor-fuer-lichtgitter/
Heinz Mack, Rotor für Lichtgitter, 1967, rotor: 141,5 x 141,5 x 25 cm, base: 60 x 125 x 35 cm, aluminum, acrylic glass, wood (chipboard), motor, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-No. mkp.ZERO.2009.03, photo: Weiss-Henseler
zerofoundation.de/en/rotor-fuer-lichtgitter-2/
Günther Uecker, Sandmühle, 1970/2009, 50 x 60 x 400 (dia) cm, cords, wood, electric motor, sand, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-No. mkp.ZERO.2008.66, photo: ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf and Pohang Museum of Steel Art, Pohang
zerofoundation.de/en/sandmuhle/
Günther Uecker, Sandmühle , 1970/200950 x 60 x 400 (dia) cm, Bindfäden, Holz, Elektrikmotor, Sand, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-Nr. mkp.ZERO.2008.66, Foto: ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf and Pohang Museum of Steel Art, Pohang                                                                                                                                                           
zerofoundation.de/sandmuehle/
Heinz Mack, Siehst du den Wind? (Gruß an Tinguely), 1962, 204 x 64 x 40 cm, Aluminium, Eisen, Elektrik, Motor, Kunststoffbänder, Klebeband, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-Nr. mkp.ZERO.2008.16, Foto: N.N.
zerofoundation.de/siehst-du-den-wind-gruss-an-tinguely-2/
Heinz Mack, Siehst du den Wind? (Gruß an Tinguely), 1962, 204 x 64 x 40 cm, aluminum, iron, electrical system, motor (220 V), plastic ribbons, tape, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-No. mkp.ZERO.2008.16, photo: N.N.
zerofoundation.de/en/siehst-du-den-wind-gruss-an-tinguely/
Günther Uecker, Sintflut (Die Engel Fliegen), 1963, 89 x 62.5 cm (framed: 102 x 72.5 cm), b/w photographic prints, newspaper clippings, handmade paper, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, inventory no.: FK.ZERO.2023.03, photo: Matias Möller
zerofoundation.de/en/sintflut-die-engel-fliegen-2/
Günther Uecker, Sintflut (Die Engel Fliegen), 1963, 89 x 62,5 cm (gerahmt: 102 x 72,5 cm), SW-Fotoabzüge, Zeitungsausschnitte, Büttenpapier, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-Nr.: FK.ZERO.2023.03, Foto: Matias Möller
zerofoundation.de/sintflut-die-engel-fliegen/
Short ZERO-Biography of  Uli Pohl   Born in Munich on October 28, 1935, Uli Pohl studied painting under Ernst Geitlinger at the Academy of Fine Arts in Munich from 1954 to 1961. In 1961, Udo Kultermann invites the graduate to participate in the exhibition 30 junge Deutsche (30 Young Germans) at Morsbroich Castle in Leverkusen. Heinz Mack, Otto Piene and Günther Uecker are also involved in this. It is not long before he is included in the magazine ZERO vol. 3 as DYNAMO POHL and from then on his works are part of the ZERO exhibitions. Pohl’s artistic material of choice has for a lon
zerofoundation.de/en/uli-pohl-2/
  ZERO-Kurzbiografie Walter Leblanc   Walter Leblanc, geboren am 26. Dezember 1932 in Antwerpen, gestorben am 14. Januar 1986 in Brüssel, studierte von 1949 bis 1954 an der Königlichen Akademie für Schöne Künste in Antwerpen. 1958 wird er zu einem der Gründungsmitglieder der Künstlergruppe G58 Hessenhuis. Ein Jahr später taucht das erste Mal die Torsion als Gestaltungsmittel in seinen Werken auf, die zu dem bestimmenden Merkmal seiner Kunst wird. Mithilfe von Windungen und Verdrehungen von Papier, Karton oder Fäden werden dreidimensionale Strukturen geschaffen, die auch in skulptur
zerofoundation.de/walter-leblanc/
  Short ZERO-Biography of Walter Leblanc   Walter Leblanc, born December 26, 1932 in Antwerp, died January 14, 1986 in Brussels, studied at the Royal Academy of Fine Arts (Königliche Akademie für Schöne Künste) in Antwerp from 1949 to 1954. In 1958 he became one of the founding members of the artist group G58 Hessenhuis. A year later, torsion appeared for the first time as a design element in his works, and it became the defining characteristic of his art. With the help of twists and turns of paper, cardboard or threads, three-dimensional structures are created, which are also tran
zerofoundation.de/en/walter-leblanc-2/
Otto Piene, Weißer Lichtgeist , 1966220 x Ø 60 cm, crystal glass, metal, bulb, timer, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-No. mkp.ZERO.2012.06, photo: Marcus Schwier
zerofoundation.de/en/weisser-lichtgeist-2/
Otto Piene, Weißer Lichtgeist, 1966, 220 x Ø 60 cm, Kristallglas, Metall, Glühbirnen, Zeitschaltung, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-Nr. mkp.ZERO.2012.06, Foto: Marcus Schwier
zerofoundation.de/weisser-lichtgeist/
Heinz Mack, ZERO-Rakete für „ZERO“, Nr. 3, 1961, Inv.-Nr.: mkp.ZERO.2.VI.30, Nachlass Otto Piene, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf
zerofoundation.de/zero-rakete-fuer-zero-nr-3/
Heinz Mack, ZERO rocket for “ZERO”, no. 3, 1961, Inv.-Nr.: mkp.ZERO.2.VI.30, Nachlass Otto Piene, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf
zerofoundation.de/en/zero-rocket-for-zero-no-3/
Heinz Mack, ZERO-Wecker, 1964, 15 x 13 x 6 cm, Wecker mit Collage, ZERO foundation, Düsseldorf, Invent.-Nr. mkp.ZERO.2008.12, Foto: Horst Kolberg
zerofoundation.de/zero-wecker/
hello world